European Treaties bearing on the History of the United States and its Dependencies to 1648 - . EDITED BY FRANCES GARDINER DAVENPORT WASHINGTON, D. C. PUBLISHED BY THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON 1917 CARNEGIE INSr.TUTlOM OF WASHINGTON PUBLICATION Nq. 254 PAPERS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF • HiSTtiRiGAL RESEARCH J. FRANKLIN JAMISON, EDITOR Uorfc Q^dfftmore (prcs* BALTIMORE, tin., r>. ». A. PREFACE. The colonial dependence of the American settlements upon various Euro- ean governments brings it about, as a necessary consequence, that several f the treaties between European governments, and several of the bulls issued y the popes in virtue of their powers of international regulation, are funda- icntal documents for some of the earlier portions of American history. >ther treaties, or individual articles in treaties, of the period before inde- endence, though not of fundamental importance to that history, have ffected it in greater or less degree. In the period since the United States ecame independent, though the treaties most important to their history have een those made by their own government, not a few of the treaties concluded etween European powers have had an influential bearing on the course of icir development and their public action. Taken altogether, therefore, European treaties, and the earlier papal bulls, Drm an important portion of the original material for American history. Yet :cess to authentic and exact texts of them is far from easy. In a few cases, 5 the researches made for this volume have shown, they do not exist in print. )f those which have been printed, there are many which the student cannot assess except by buying several large and expensive series of volumes ; and icre are some which, though existing in print, are not to be found in these iries, but in volumes which have escaped the attention of most students of imerican history. In view of these considerations, it was a natural thought, to a department f historical research in an endowed institution, to serve the interests of istorical scholars and of libraries by bringing together in one collection those •eaties and parts of treaties, between European powers, which have a bearing n the history of the United States and of the lands now within their area or nder their government as dependencies. Of this task, the first-fruits are resented in this volume, extending through the Treaty of Westphalia, 1648. 'he second volume, embracing treaties from that date to 1713, the date of the Veaties of Utrecht, is in preparation. Extraordinary pains have been taken by Dr. Davenport to find, in European rchives, all the treaties and articles which her volume, as defined in her intro- uction, ought to contain, and to secure perfect accuracy in texts. The index as been made by Mr. David M. Matteson. J. FRANKLIN JAMESON. WASHINGTON, OCTOBER 12, 1917. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE PREFACE iii INTRODUCTION 1 DOCUMENTS 1. The Bull Romanus f>ontife.v, January 8, 1455 9 2. The Bull litter caetera, March 13, 1456 27 3. Treaty between Spain and Portugal, concluded at Alcaqovas, September 4, 1479. Ratification 33 - 4. The Bull Acterni Regis, June 21, 1481 < 49 5. The Bull Inter caetera, May 3, 1493 56 6. The Bull Eximiae devotionis, May 3, 1493 64 _ 7. The Bull Inter caetera. May 4, 1493 71 8. The Bull Dndum siquidem, September 26, 1493 79 9. Treaty between Spain and Portugal, concluded at Tordesillas, June /, 1494. Ratification 84 10. Compact between Spain and Portugal, signed by the Catholic Sovereigns at Madrid, May /, 1495 101 11. The Bull Ea quae, January 24, 1506 107 12. The Bull Praecelsae devotionis, November 3, 1514 1 12 _ 13. Treaty between Spain and Portugal, concluded at Vitoria, February 19, 1524. Ratification 1 18 ' 14. Draft of an unconcluded treaty between Spain and Portugal, 1526 131 " 15. Treaty between Spain and Portugal, concluded at Saragossa, April 17, 1529 146 ' 16. Treaty between Spain and Portugal, concluded at Saragossa, April 22, 1529. Ratifications 169 17. Articles concluded between France and Portugal at Lyons, July 14, 1536. . 199 18. Treaty concluded between France and Spain, at Crepy-en-Laonnois, Sep tember 18, 1544 ; separate article 205 19. Articles concluded between Spain and Portugal in 1552 210 20. Truce between France and Spain, concluded at Vaucelles, February 5, 1556 ; separate article 215 21. Treaty between France and Spain, concluded at Cateau-Cambresis, April 3, !559- Oral agreement concerning the Indies 219 22. Treaty between the King of Spain and the Catholic Princes of France, concluded at Joinville, January 16, 1585 223 23. League between France, England, and the United Netherlands against Spain. Accession of the United Netherlands, concluded at the Hague, October 31, 1596 229 24. Cession of the Netherlands by Philip II. of Spain to his daughter, Isabella- Clara-Eugenia, Madrid, May 6, 1598 235 25. Treaty between England and the United Netherlands, concluded at West minster, August 6/16, 1598. Ratification 239 v vi Table of Contents DOCUMENTS — Continued PAGE 26. Agreement signed by the King of France at Villers Cotterets on July 19, 1603, and by the King of England and Scotland at Hampton Court on July 30/ August 9, 1603 243 27. Treaty between Spain and Great Britain, concluded at London, August 18/28, 1604. Ratification 246 28. Truce between Spain and the United Netherlands, concluded at Antwerp, April 9, 1609. Ratification 258 29. Treaty of guaranty between the United Netherlands, France, and Great Britain, concluded at the Hague, June 7/17, 1609. Ratification 270 30. Treaty of alliance between Denmark and the United Netherlands, con cluded at the Hague, May 14, 1621. Ratification 275 31. Recess signed by the Commissioners of Denmark and the United Nether lands at Bremen, September 3O/October 10, 1621 280 32. Treaty between the United Netherlands and France, concluded at Com- piegne, June 10, 1624. Ratification 285 33. Treaty of offensive and defensive alliance between the United Netherlands and Great Britain, concluded at Southampton, September 7/17, 1625. Ratification 290 34. Treaty between Great Britain and France signed at Susa and London, April 14/24, 1629. Ratification 300 35. Treaty of peace and commerce between Spain and Great Britain, con cluded at Madrid, November 5/15, 1630. Ratification 305 36. Treaty concluded between Great Britain and France at St. Germain-en- Laye, March 19/29, 1632 315 37. Treaty of alliance between Portugal and France, concluded at Paris, June i, 1641 324 38. Treaty of truce and commerce between Portugal and the United Nether lands, concluded at the Hague, June 12, 1641. Ratification 329 39. Agreement concluded between the Governor of Massachusetts and the Commissioner of the Governor of Acadia, at Boston, October 8, 1644. Ratification 347 40. Treaty between Spain and the United Netherlands, concluded at Miinster, January 30, 1648. Ratification 353 INTRODUCTION. The documents printed in this volume illustrate the diplomatic aspect of the great struggle which, from the fifteenth century onwards, was in progress between the governments of the maritime powers of Europe, over the ques tion of participation in the trade and territorial possession of the newly dis covered lands. The story which they tell has a dramatic interest, culminating in the diplo matic victory which, in 1648, the Dutch were able to wrest from Spain. The purpose of this introduction is, so to summarize this story that it may be readily grasped as a whole. In 1455 and 1456 (Docs. 1 and 2), Portugal received from PopeJNicholas V.jthe exclusive right to trade and acquire territory in the region lying south of Cape Bojador, through and beyond Guinea. .The further limit of the region thus set apart as a field of enterprise open to Portugal alone, was indi cated by the phrase " all the way to the Indians " (p. 31 ), evidently the equiva lent of the fuller phrase, " as far as to the Indians who are said to worship the name of Christ " (p. 22). In spite of the papal letters Castile continued to claim Guinea. But in 1479 (Doc. 3), Castile agreed to leave Portugal in peaceable possession of the trade and territory acquired or to be acquired in Guinea, the Azores, Madeira, and the Cape Verde Islands, while Portugal, on the other hand, acknowledged that Castile had an exclusive right to the Canaries. This set tlement was confirmed by the Pope ( Doc. 4) . Columbus's discovery, in the western seas, of lands supposedly Asiatic, led to a renewal of the dispute between Castile and Portugal in respect to the newly found regions. The Spanish Pope, Alexander VI., decided the con troversy in favor of Castile, assigning to that crown the exclusive right to acquire territory, to trade in, or even to approach the lands lying west of the meridian situated one hundred leagues west of any of the Azores or Cape Verde Islands. Exception was however made of any lands actually possessed by any other Christian prince beyond this meridian before Christmas, 1492 (Docs. 5, 6, 7). In September, 1493, the Pope extended his earlier grant by decreeing that if the Castilians, following the western route, should discover lands in Indian waters, these also should belong to them (Doc. 8). In 1494 (Doc. 9), Portugal succeeded in persCading Castile to push the line of demar cation further to the west — 370 leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands ; and both powers agreed that within ten months they would despatch caravels with pilots and astrologers to determine the location of the line. In the fol- 2 Introduction lowing year further provisions were made for determining the demarcation (Doc. 10), but these, like the earlier arrangements, failed to be executed. The treaty of 1494 was confirmed by Pope Julius II. in 1506 (Doc. 11). The arrival of the Portuguese at the Moluccas, in 1512, and the doubt as to whether the Spice Islands lay on the Portuguese or on the Spanish side of the extended line of demarcation, seem to have been the occasion of the issue of the bull of 1514 (Doc. 12), which assigned to the Portuguese all lands discovered by them in their voyages to the east, even those situated more than half-way around the earth, reckoning eastwards from the demarcation line. This bull also renewed the grants of 1455, 1456, and 1481, whose scope had been narrowed by the bull of September, 1493. Although the Pope thus appeared to oppose the extension of the line of de marcation to the further side of the globe, yet the Spanish and Portuguese governments evidently considered that the line established by the Treaty of Tordesillas passed around the earth. This is assumed in the protracted nego tiations concerning the possession and ownership of the Moluccas, and the determination of the position of the line, which, beginning in 1522, resulted in the indecisive conference at Badajoz in 1524 (Docs. 13, 14), and finally in the treaties of 1529 (Docs. 15, 16) . By the treaty of Saragossa (Doc. 16) , the Emperor, in defiance of the wishes of the Castilian Cortes, pledged to the crown of Portugal, for the sum of 350,000 ducats, all rights of possession and trade in the Moluccas, and in all the lands and seas eastwards, as far as to the meridian situated 17 degrees east of the Spice Islands. According to the provisions of this treaty, the Philippines should have passed to Portugal, but Spain managed to retain them. /JOS' The Portuguese-French treaty of 1536 (Doc. 17) is the earliest of those included in this volume to which a power situated outside the Iberian penin sula was party. The French were the first vigorously to make their way into the distant regions, from which the Pope, Portugal, and Spain desired to exclude them. In the early years of the sixteenth century Breton, Norman, and Gascon captains frequented the waters of Newfoundland, a region claimed by Portugal, cruised to the Antilles and to the mainland of America and Africa, and by 1529 had sailed to Sumatra. Before 1515 the French had instituted a regular trade with Brazil, where in 1530 they made a short-lived establishment. So formidable were the corsairs of this nation that in 1523 and 1525 the Cortes of Castile complained of their frequent and intolerable depredations, and their feeling appears to be reflected in the treaty of Madrid concluded between Spain and France in 1526, art. 33. While the French mariners displayed great resolution, the policy of Francis I. fluctuated. He sanctioned the voyages of Verrazano and Cartier, despatched a galleon to Brazil, and in 1528 and 1533 affirmed the principle of free navigation. On the other hand, he did not consistently maintain this Introduction 3 attitude, but shifted his position in accordance with his political necessities. During his long warfare with Charles V. he balanced the need of maintain ing friendly relations with Portugal against the economic advantage derived from the capture of Portuguese ships. Moreover, he was influenced by the counsels of Admiral Brion-Chabot, who was in the pay of Portugal. In 1536, Portugal apparently sought to secure her own ships and colonies from French attack by permitting the French to use the harbors of Portugal, the Azores, and other Portuguese islands, as lurking-places whence they might prey upon the Spanish treasure-fleets and to which they might bring their prizes. The Portuguese-French treaty of this date was highly injurious to Spain. Not only did the French corsairs plague the fleets and oversea settlements of Spain, but, as indicated by Cartier's voyages, they were bent on establish ing themselves on the mainland of America. So alarming was this prospect to the Emperor Charles V. that he was apparently willing to conclude an agreement with the French, permitting them to trade in the Indies if they would not attempt any discoveries or other enterprises there. An article (Doc. 18) to this effect was signed by the French commissioners, but it was not ultimately accepted by Spain, partly on account of the opposition of the King of Portugal. Portuguese as well as Spanish shipping suffered terribly from the French privateers, and in 1552, when war between the Emperor and France was about to be renewed, articles (Doc. 19) were concluded between Portugal and Spain, providing, inter alia, for the protection of their Indian fleets. In a truce, signed with Spain four years later, the French relinquished their navi gation and trade in the Indies (Doc. 20), but in the negotiations that resulted in the treaty of Cateau-Cambresis, an oral agreement was made, apparently to the effect that the French would navigate west of the prime meridian and south of the tropic of Cancer at their own risk, and that what was done in those regions would not be regarded as violating international amity, since treaties would have no force beyond these lines (Doc. 21). For a long period after the settlement made at Cateau-Cambresis, France was so distracted by civil strife that she was unable to carry on a vigorous policy abroad. Enterprises, like Coligny's Florida colony, or the Azores expedition whereby France planned to purchase the region of Brazil, by aid ing the Prior of Crato to recover from Spain the Portuguese crown, failed grievously. So closely were the French Catholic leaders of the League bound to Spanish interests, that in their treaty of 1585 they promised Philip to put a stop to the French voyages to the Indies and Azores (Doc. 22). In 1595 Henry IV., having established himself on the French throne, de clared war on Spain, and in 1596 he sought to form an alliance with the two great sea-powers, England and the United Provinces, against their common enemy (Doc. 23). 4 Introduction The English mariners had been slower than the French to make their way into the distant regions. The comparatively few voyages undertaken by them in the early part of the sixteenth century to the West Indies and Brazil seem to have been usually made in association with French ship-owners and seamen.1 In the latter half of the sixteenth century, however, England came to be the most formidable opponent of the monopolistic claims of Portugal and Spain. In 1553, a joint-stock company was founded in London for the Guinea trade; between 1562 and 1568 Hawkins made three slave-trading voyages between Africa and the West Indies ; subsequently English priva teers played havoc with Spanish shipping in West Indian waters, and by 1586, Drake had definitely proved England's mastery of the sea. Upon Spain's command of the sea, as Spain and England were perfectly aware, depended the maintenance not only of Spain's colonial monopoly, but also of her national strength, which was derived from the Indian trade ; hence, the great potential importance of uniting the naval forces of the English and Dutch to co-operate against Spain's American fleets. At this time France, on the other hand, had little strength upon the ocean, and sought to defeat Spain on land. For this purpose she received small aid from her allies, and therefore in 1598 she made a separate and advantageous peace with Spain, but was able to arrive at no better understanding in respect to navigation beyond the lines of amity than she had reached in 1559 (Doc. 23, end of introduction). In the last decade of the sixteenth century, the Dutch were beginning to send out their ships to Guinea and both the Indies. Their well-founded hopes for the future expansion of this commerce strengthened their aversion to reunion with the southern provinces, or Spanish Netherlands, when these, upon receiving from Philip II. in 1598 a quasi-independent status, were pro hibited from engaging in the East and West Indian trade (Doc. 24). In the same year, despite some jealousy aroused by the commercial successes of the Dutch, England concluded an alliance with the States General (Doc. 25) which provided for joint aggressive action on the part of their naval forces against the Azores and the Indies. But the death of Elizabeth, and James's accession, foreshadowed an Anglo- Spanish peace. This Henry IV. endeavored to prevent, urging England to continue her offensive action against the Spanish coasts and colonies. He succeeded only in drawing her into a defensive alliance (Doc. 26), which provided only contingently for such naval operations. Conformably with Henry's expectation, in the following year (1604), James made peace with Spain (Doc. 27). In the discussions preliminary to the treaty of 1604, the right of English men to engage in the Indian trade was argued at length. The question had previously been debated with representatives of Portugal or Spain in 1555, 1R. G. Marsden, in English Historical Rez'icTV, XXIV. (1909), P- 100. . \$ Introduction 5 ^ I V? • 1561, 1562, 1569-1576, 1587, 1588, and 1600. Since 1555 the claim that En glishmen had a right to visit such parts of the Indies as were not actually held by Spain had been maintained. It may have been due to Robert Cecil's characteristic subtlety that in 1604 an ambiguous article was finally agreed on. which, according to England, admitted Englishmen to the Indies ; accord ing to Spain, excluded them. On account of this difference in interpretation, the status of Englishmen beyond the line was the same as that of the French — right made might in those distant regions. In the negotiations, for a peace or truce, conducted between the United Provinces of the Netherlands and Spain in the years 1607-1609, no question was debated with greater vehemence than that of Dutch participation in the Indian trade. In fact, the Dutch were already profiting by their trade in the East Indies. Spain ardently desired to keep them out of the West Indies, at least, but she was finally obliged to make the great concession, for a limited time. In the twelve years' truce concluded on April 9, 1609, an obscurely worded article permitted the Dutch to trade in both Indies, during the period of the truce, in places not actually held by Spain (Doc. 28). Furthermore, it was certified by the French and English ambassadors at the Hague that it had been agreed that Spaniards should refrain from traffic in places held by the Dutch in the Indies. France and England also guaranteed that, during the truce, Spain would not molest the Dutch in the Indian trade (Doc. 29). In 1621 the twelve years' truce expired, and Spain declared war on the United Netherlands. Within the period from 1621 to 1625 the Dutch were conducting various negotiations with Denmark, France, and England, as well as with other powers, for the purpose of securing their alliance against Spain. The States General were very desirous that Danes, French, and English should co-operate with the Dutch West India Company, chartered in 1621 for the purpose of attacking Spain's American possessions and treasure-fleets, as well as for trade. The Danes and French, on the other hand, desired rather to share in the profitable East India commerce. In 1621 the Dutch and Danish commissioners signed an agreement that in their journeys, trade, and navi gation in the East and West Indies, Africa, and Terra Australis, subjects of either party should befriend subjects of the other (Docs. 30, 31) . The Dutch treaty with France in 1624 merely stipulated that the question of traffic to the East and West Indies should be treated later by the French ambassador (Doc. 32) . The defensive alliance formed with England in 1624 did not refer to the Indies; but the offensive alliance of the following year (Doc. 33) enjoined attacks by both parties on Spain's dominions on both sides of the line, and especially on the treasure-fleets. One of the results of this treaty was the opening of trade between the Dutch and the English colonists in North America. 6 Introduction The treaty which France made with Spain in 1626, and English interference with the French trade with Spain, were among the most important causes of the war between England and France which broke out in 1627. During this war the English, operating in the St. Lawrence River, captured the first fleet sent out by the trading Company of New France, and devastated some French settlements. They also seized some posts occupied by the French in the region of Acadia, but did not capture Quebec until after peace had been proclaimed between England and France in 1629 (Doc. 34). In the following year, when England made peace with Spain, under cir cumstances of domestic dissension that made it impossible for her to compel large concessions, the article respecting trade with the Indies was left in practically the same ambiguous form as in the previous Anglo-Spanish treaty of 1604. An article, which stipulated the return of prizes made south of the Equator, marked a departure from the ancient principle that, between Spain and other nations, might made right beyond the line' (Doc. 35). The seizure of the fort- of Quebec, together with a quantity of furs and merchandise, effected after the conclusion of the Franco-English peace, led to protracted negotiations between the English and French. These finally bore fruit in the treaty of 1632 (Doc. 36), which provided for the restitution to France of all places occupied by the English in " New France, Acadia, and Canada ". Subsequently, a long and bitter quarrel between two lieutenant- governors of Acadia threatened seriously to involve the English of Massa chusetts Bay. But the danger was averted by the conclusion of a treaty between D'Aulnay of Acadia and the magistrates of Massachusetts (Doc. 39) , stipulating peace and mutual liberty of trade. The liberation of Portugal from Spain in 1640 gravely affected the com mercial interests of those nations which, in the course of their wars against Spain, or at other times, had acquired territory in both Indies and Africa, or ha'd seized Spanish-Portuguese colonies, or were developing the slave-trade. Nevertheless, it was to these nations that Portugal turned for friendly recog nition or aid. In 1641 and 1642 she signed treaties with France, the United Provinces, and England (Doc 37, Doc. 38, and Doc. 38, note 24). By these treaties France and the Provinces agreed to send ships to co-operate with those of Portugal in attacking the silver fleet on the seas and the naval fleet at Cadiz ; and it was further arranged that neither Dutch nor Portuguese should send any ships, negroes, or merchandise to the Spanish Indies, and that conquests made there should be divided or enjoyed by common consent. The right of the English and Dutch to continue in the African trade and possessions was recognized. This separation of Portuguese from Spanish colonial interests made possi ble a peace between Spain and the Dutch. In the treaty of Miinster, 1648 (Doc. 40), Spain, for the first time, in a public treaty, and with express Introduction 7 mention of the Indies, recognized the right of the subjects of another nation to trade and hold territory in both the Indies. Thus by the middle of the seventeenth century the two Iberian powers were compelled to admit other nations to trade and territorial dominion in those oversea regions which they had hoped to monopolize. But as old barriers fell new ones were erected. The successful intruders, French, English, Dutch, and others, also sought exclusive rights for their respective peoples or even for certain of their own trading companies in the newly acquired com merce and land. So the ideal of free ocean commerce and navigation, cham pioned by some Frenchmen and Englishmen in the sixteenth century, and brilliantly expounded by Grotius near the beginning of the seventeenth century, remained unrealized. In selecting the texts for this volume the aim has been to include all treaties, or parts of treaties, that bear upon the history of the present territory of the United States, or of its outlying possessions. Some drafts of treaties, and the papal bulls which formed a basis for the claims of Portugal or Spain to the aforesaid territory, are also included. Of the texts contained in this volume, numbers 14, 15, 17, and 18, are, it is believed, here printed for the first time. Of those previously printed, some are drawn from more authoritative manuscripts than those formerly pub lished; others, it is believed, are reproduced with greater accuracy. All of the texts but one 2 have been collated, either with the manuscripts from which they are derived, or with photographs, or, in a few cases, with official tran scripts of these manuscripts. The spelling but not always the capitalization or punctuation of the originals has been followed. A large proportion of the texts of treaties have already been printed in Dumont's Corps Diplo matique, but that great and valuable collection, it is well known, is lacking in verbal exactitude. The same is true of most of the other collections, with some modern exceptions. The translations have, in most instances, been made by the editor. When this is not the case, the fact has been stated. In compiling the bibliographies, the needs of less advanced students, and also the needs of scholars and investigators, have been kept in mind ; for the purpose of the work is not merely to present a body of texts in convenient form, but also to stimulate further research into the history of European- American relations. In collecting the material for this and later volumes, the editor has received generous assistance from many sources. The unfailing courtesy of the offi cials of the London Public Record Office, of the British Museum, and of the Library of Congress, where most of the editorial work has been done, calls for special recognition. It is a pleasure also to acknowledge the aid 'Doc. 19, of which no complete manuscript was found. 8 Introduction received from the director and officials of the archives at Paris, Lisbon, Seville, the Hague, Copenhagen, and Mons. Particular mention must be made of kind help given by Mr. Hubert Hall, by Mr. Henry P. Biggar, and by Miss Ruth Putnam, and by the editor's colleagues, especially by Mr. Waldo G. Leland in Paris, and Mr. Roscoe R. Hill in Seville. The editor is also indebted to the Arthur H. Clark Company of Cleveland and to Dr. James A. Robertson for kind permission to make use, so far as was desired, in connec tion with Docs. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, and 16, of translations from the first volume of Blair and Robertson's The Philippine Islands. Dr. Robertson has also made valuable suggestions respecting other of the translations. FRANCES GARDINER DAVENPORT. 1. The Bull Romanus Pontifex (Nicholas V . ). January 8, 1455. INTRODUCTION. Columbus, returning from his first voyage to America, was driven by storms into the river Tagus. On March 9, 1493, he was received by the King of Portugal, who " showed that he felt disgusted and grieved because he believed that this discovery [of the lands found by Columbus] was made within the seas and bounds of his lordship of Guinea which was prohibited and likewise because the said Admiral was somewhat raised from his condi tion and in the account of his affairs always went beyond the bounds of the truth ".* The king said " that he understood that, in the capitulation 2 between the sovereigns [of Castile] and himself, that conquest [which Columbus had made] belonged to him." The admiral replied that he had not seen the capitu lation, nor knew more than that the sovereigns had ordered him not to go either to La Mina4 or to any other port of Guinea, and that this had been ordered to be proclaimed in all the ports of Andalusia before he sailed".' Thus, before Columbus had arrived in Spain, his discoveries in the New World threatened to create an international difficulty. To explain this diffi culty it is necessary to consider the earlier history of the conflicting claims of Portugal and Castile to the newly discovered lands. The first such conflict concerned the Canary Islands, rediscovered in the latter part of the thirteenth century. In 1344, on the ground that he wished to Christianize these islands, Don Luis de la Cerda, admiral of France and great-grandson of Alfonso the Wise, obtained a bull of investiture from Pope 1 The whole passage from Ruy de Pina, Chronica d'El Rei Dom load II., in J. F. Corrca da Serra, Collecqao de Livros Ineditos de Historic. Portugueza, pub. by the Academia Real das Sciencias, Lisbon, II. 178-179, is translated in a foot-note to the translation of the " Journal of the First Voyage of Columbus ", in J. E. Olson and E. G. Bourne, The Northmen, Columbus, and Cabot (1906), pp. 255-256, in J. F. Jameson's series of Original Narratives of Early American History. 3 The treaty of Alcac.ovas. See below. Doc. 3. 'According to Ruy de Pina, " that conquest " was the " islands of Cipango and Antilia". Vignaud points out (Histoire Critique, I. 368 ff.) that there is no evidence that the Indies were mentioned in this interview, but, as Vander Linden remarks, Columbus placed the island of Cipango in the " sea of the Indies ". American Historical Review, XXII. 12, note 30. 4 Elmina, on the Gold Coast ; known also as S. Jorge da Mina, or, in English, St. George of the Mine. In 1482 Diogo d'Azambuja, acting under royal orders, built a fort there to protect Portuguese commerce. J. de Barros, Da Asia, I. (1778), dec. I., liv. III., cc. I, 2. Cf. Doc. 4, introduction. * " Journal of the First Voyage of Columbus ", in Olson and Bourne, The North men, Columbus, and Cabot, p. 254. The royal letter prohibiting Columbus from going to the Mine is in Navarrete, Coleccion dc Viages (1825-1837), torn. III., no. n, pp. 483-484- 10 Doc. i. The Bull Romamis Pontifex Clement VI., and was crowned Prince of Fortunia ' at Avignon. At this time the kings of Portugal and Castile agreed to set aside their own opposing claims to the archipelago and to help Luis in the enterprise to which the Pope had thus lent his support.7 But Luis never entered into possession, and Portugal and Castile kept up the struggle for the islands. Papal bulls were issued, favorable now to one and now to the other party, and the question of ownership, which was argued before the Council of Basel in 1435, was not finally settled until 1479, when, by the treaty of Alcagovas, Portugal ceded the islands to Castile.1 The second Castilian-Portuguese controversy concerned Africa, where Portugal was following up her conquest of Ceuta (1415) by other military expeditions in Morocco, and by sending caravels southward along the western coast and opening up a trade with Guinea. In 1441 slaves and gold-dust were first brought back to Portugal from beyond Cape Bojador. By 1454 trade with that region had greatly developed " so that Cadamosto, the Vene tian, wrote that " from no traffic in the world could the like [gain] be had "." The kings of Castile, basing their claims on the same grounds that they had employed in respect to the Canaries — possession by their ancestors, the Visi- gothic kings — asserted their right to the conquest of the lands of Africa " and to Guinea and the Guinea trade. They even imposed a tax upon the merchandise brought from those parts.12 The Castilian- Portuguese controversy over the Guinea trade began as early as 1454. On April 10 of that year the King of Castile, John II., wrote a letter " to the King of Portugal, Alfonso V., containing complaints and de mands in respect to the Canaries, and also in respect to the seizure by a Portu- * The Canary Islands were believed to be the Fortunatae Insulae of the ancients. TAn incomplete text of the bull and the letters from the kings of Portugal and Castile to the Pope are in Raynaldus, Annales Ecclesiastic}, VI. 359-364. The full text of the bull is in C. Cocquelines, Bullarum Collectio, torn. III. (1741), pt. II. pp. 296 ff. A French translation (incomplete) is in M. A. P. d'Avezac, lies de I'Afrique (1848), pt. II., pp. 152-153. A facsimile and transliteration of the letter of the King of Portugal to the Pope have been printed by Eugenic do Canto (Lisbon, 1910). The sermon preached by Clement VI. on the occasion of the appointment of Luis to the lordship of the Canaries is extant, see L. von Pastor, Geschichte der Pdpste, I. (1901) 91, note. For other references, see Ch. de La Ronciere, Histoire de la Marine Fran- (aise, II. (1900), 104-106. ' Summaries of the statement of the Bishop of Burgos at the Council of Basel, and of the bull of July 31, 1436, are in Alguns Documentos, pp. 3, 4. The article of the treaty of Alcaqovas by which the Canaries were awarded to Castile is to be found ibid., pp. 44-45, and see Doc. 3, introduction. 'Ch. de Lannoy and H. Vander Linden, L' Expansion Coloniale: Portugal et Espagne (1907), pp. 43, 44. 10 Quoted in the introduction to Azurara, Guinea, II. xxii (ed. Beazley and Prestage, Hakluyt Soc., vol. C., 1899). 11 Bull of July 31, 1436, Algs. Docs., p. 4; bull of Jan. 5, 1443, ibid., p. 7. " Navarrete, Viages, I. xxxvii-xxxix. Cf. Doc. 3, note 2. "The letter is printed in Las Casas, Historia de las Indias, I. 141-151- A Portu guese translation made from the manuscript of the Historia is in Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elementar (1842-1876), II. 352-367- January 8, 1455 11 guese captain of an Andalusian vessel which, together with others also be longing to the citizens of Seville and Cadiz, had arrived within a league of Cadiz on its return from a trading voyage to Guinea." The King of Castile, or rather the two ecclesiastics who a few months before had begun their ener getic management of his affairs," demanded the restitution of the captured subjects of the Castilian crown and of the caravel and her cargo of Guinea merchandise. At the same time " these virtual rulers of Castile sent ambas sadors to the King of Portugal to threaten war unless he should desist from the " conquest " of Barbary and of Guinea, which belonged to Castile. The King of Portugal, although greatly vexed, replied with much moderation that it was certain that that " conquest " belonged to him and to the kingdom of Portugal, and urged that the peace should not be broken until the truth as to the proprietorship were ascertained. Before this reply had reached the King of Castile he had fallen ill and he died in July of this year."' His suc cessor, Henry IV., a king of weak character, was little fitted to oppose the pretensions of Portugal. Moreover, by August, 1454, he was already engaged in negotiating a marriage with the sister of the Portuguese king." It is probable that King Alfonso deemed the time especially propitious for a settlement of the dispute over the proprietorship of Morocco, Guinea, and the Guinea trade. In attempting to establish his claims, he would naturally seek aid from the Pope, for that potentate's independent position made him the arbitrator between nations, while his spiritual authority, in particular his powers of excommunication and interdict, gave weight to his decisions." Moreover, as spiritual fathers of all the peoples of the earth, the popes had long undertaken to regulate the relations — including the commercial rela tions — between Christians and unbelievers. The Lateran Council of 1 179 pro hibited the sale to the Saracens of arms, iron, wood to be used in construction, and anything else useful for warfare. Certain later popes prohibited all commerce with the infidels." These prohibitions were, however, tempered by papal licenses to trade, which were on occasion granted to monarchs, com munities, or individuals, or by the absolutions sometimes purchased by re- " La tierra que llaman Guinea, que es de nuestra conquista.'' Las Casas, op. cit., I. 150. 1S Nunes de Leao (do Liam), Cronicas, p. 221. l" Nunes do Liam does not give the precise date of the sending of the embassy but places it after the beginning of the year 1454 ar>d before June of that year. He names Juan de Guzman and Fernando Lopez of Burgos as the ambassadors, whereas the letter of Apr. 10, 1454. names Juan de Guzman and Juan Alfonso of Burgos as the am bassadors who will bear the letter to the King of Portugal. Fernando Lopez was sent by Henry IV. as ambassador to Portugal in Aug., 1454. Santarem, Quadro Elementar, I- 354- 11 Nunes do Liam, Cronicas, p. 222. 1S Santarem, Quadro Elementar, I. 353, 354. 19 On the papacy as an international power, see R. de Maulde-la-Claviere, La Diplo matic au Temps de Machiavel (1892), torn. I., ch. 2. "The canon law on the subject is in Decretal. Gregor. IX., lib. V., tit. VI., cc. 6, 11, 12, and 17 ; E.vtravag. Joatm. XXII. , tit. VIII.? c. I ; Extrarag. Cominun., lib. V., tit. II., c. i. 12 Doc. i. The Bull Romanns Pontifc.v turning merchants. In order the more readily to obtain these favors, the applicant sometimes pointed out to the Pope how commerce tended to the spread of the Christian faith.21 On January 8, 1455, doubtless in accordance with the request of King Alfonso, Nicholas V. issued the bull Romanns pontifcx, which marks a definite stage in the colonial history of Portugal. By the bull Rex re gum, January 5, 1443, Eugenius IV. had taken neutral ground in the dispute between Portugal and Castile concerning their rights in Africa ; by the bull Dnm dirersas, June 18, 1452, Nicholas V. granted King Alfonso general and indefinite powers to search out and conquer all pagans, enslave them and appropriate their lands and goods.22 The bull Romanns pontifex, on the other hand, settled the dispute between Portugal and Castile in favor of the former, and, apparently for the first time,83 granted Portugal exclusive rights in a vast southerly region. It confirmed the bull Dum diversas, specified the district to which it applied — Ceuta, and the district from Capes Bojador and Nao through all Guinea, and " beyond towards that southern shore " — and declared that this, together with all other lands acquired by Portugal from the infidels before or after 1452, belonged to King Alfonso, his successors, and Prince Henry, and to no others. It further declared that King Alfonso, his successors, and Prince Henry might make laws or impose restrictions and tribute in regard to these lands and seas, and that they and personslicensed by them might trade there with the infidels, except in the prohibited articles, but that no other Catholics should trade there or enter those seas or harbors under pain of excommunication or interdict. 21 On the relations of the Church to commerce, see E. Nys, Les Origines du Droit International (1894), pp. 284-286, and especially G. B. Depping, Hisioire du Commerce (1830), ch. 10. Depping mentions a king of Aragon's attempt to persuade the Pope that his trade with the infidels was in the interest of the Christian faith. In 1485 the orator of the Portuguese embassy of obedience to Pope Innocent VIII. argued that commercial intercourse led to the conversion of the Ethiopians, and that the trade estab lished with the Ethiopians at Elmina had prevented them from furnishing supplies to the Moors (see below, Doc. 1, note 30). An interesting passage in the bull Sedis apostolicae, issued by Julius II. on July 4, 1505, shows that the then King of Portugal was using the same kind of argument to persuade the Pope to absolve from excom munication such Portuguese as might have traded unlawfully in Guinea or India. L. A. Rebello da Silva, Corpo Diplomatico Portuguez (Acad. Real das Sciencias, Lisbon, 1862), I. 59-61. " The bull Re.v re gum is printed in Algs. Docs., pp. 7, 8. The entire bull Dion diversas is printed in Jordao, Bullariutn, pp. 22 ff . ; a part is printed below, Doc. 1, note 37. 23 Barros states that upon petition of Prince Henry, Martin V. (1417-1431) granted to the crown of Portugal the land that should be discovered from Cape Bojador to and including the Indies. (Da Asia, I., dec. I., lib. I., cap. 7.) No such bull is known, but cf. below, note 42. A grant by Pope Nicholas V., dated Jan. 8, 1450, conceding to Alfonso V. all the territories which Henry had discovered, has been said to be preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mac.o 32, no. I, or no. 10. (Santarem, Prioridade, p. 26, and Azurara, Guinea, ed. Carreira and Santarem, 1841, p. 92, note I ; and, in Beazley and Prestage's edition, II. 318, note 67). The editor looked up both these manuscripts and found that one is the executoria of the bull of Jan. 8, 1455 (see below, note 43), and that the other is a bull issued by Paul III. toward the middle of the fol lowing century. January 8, 1455 13 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original manuscript of the promulgated bull is in the National Archives in Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mago 7, no. 29. Text: Printed. J. Ramos-Coelho, Algutis Documentos (1892), pp. 14-20; L. M. Jordao, Bullarium Patronatus Portugalliae Re gum (1868), pp. 31-34; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. III., pt. I., pp. 200-202; O. Raynaldus (continuing Baronius), Annales Ecclesiastici (1747-1756), X. 17-20; and in various bullaria and other works. Translation- English. William Bollan, Coloniae Anglicanae Illustratae (1762), pp. 117-136. Spanish. Boletin del Ccntro rfr Estudios Ameri- canistas de Sevilla, ano III., num. 7 (March-April, 1915). References: Contemporary and early writings. Gomes Eannes de Azurara, Conquest of Guinea (trans, and ed. by C. R. Beazley and E. Prestage, Hakluyt Soc., vols. XCV. and C., 1896, 1899) ; Nunes de Leao (do Liam), Cronicas dos Reys (1780), torn. IV., p. 222; B. de Las Casas, Historia de las Indias ( 1875), tom- !•» c- !8, in M. F. de Navarrete et al., Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos para la Historia de Espafia (1842— ), tom. LXII. References: Later writings. R. H. Major, Life of Prince Henry (1868) ; H. Schafer, Geschichtc von Portugal (1838-1854), II. 477 ff., and III. 144-148, in Heeren and Ukert, Geschichte der Europdischen Staaten; H. Harrisse, Diplomatic History of America (1897), pp. 6, 7; H. Vignaud, Toscanelli and Columbus (1903), pp. 58-61; id., Histoire Critique de la Grande Entreprise de Christophe Colomb (1911), I. 200- 206; E. G. Bourne, Essays in Historical Criticism (1901), "Prince Henry the Navigator" ; C. R. Beazley, " Prince Henry of Portugal and the African Crusade of the Fifteenth Century ", American Historical Review, XVI. 11-23; id., " Prince Henry of Portugal and his Political, Commercial, and Colonizing Work ", ibid., XVII. 252-267 ; J. P. Oliveira Martins, The Golden Age of Prince Henry the Navigator, translated, with additions, by J. J. Abraham and W. E. Reynolds ( 1914) . For other references to the period of Prince Henry's voyages, see the " Critical Essay on Authorities " in E. P. Cheyney, European Background of American History (1904), in A. B. Hart, The American Nation. TEXT.** Nicolaus episcopus, servus servorum Dei. Ad perpetuam rei memoriam. Romanus pontifex, regni celestis clavigeri successor et vicarius Jhesu Christi, cuncta mundi climata omniumque nationum in illis degentium qualitates paterna consideratione discutiens, ac salutem querens et appetens singulorum, ilia propensa deliberatione salubriter ordinat et disponit que grata Divine Majestati fore conspicit et per que oves sibi divinitus creditas ad unicum ovile dominicum reducat, et acquirat eis felicitatis eterne premium, ac veniam impetret animabus ; que eo certius auctore Domino provenire credimus, si condignis favoribus et specialibus gratiis eos Catholicos prosequamur reges et principes, quos, veluti Christiane fidei athletas et intrepidos pugiles, non " The text is from the original manuscript of the bull, preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mac.o 7, no. 29. 14 Doc. i. The Bull Romamis Pontifex modo Saracenorum ceterorumque infidelium Christian! nominis inimicorum feritatem reprimere, sed etiam ipsos eorumque regna ac loca, etiam in long- issimis nobisque incognitis partibus consistentia, pro defensione et aitgmento fidei hujusmodi debellare, suoque temporali dominio subdere, nullis parcendo laboribus et expensis facti evidentia cognoscimus, ut reges et principes ipsi, sublatis quibusvis dispendiis, ad tarn saluberrimum tamque laudabile prose- quendum opus peramplius animentur. Ad nostrum siquidem nuper, non sine ingenti gaudio et nostre mentis letitia, pervenit auditum, quod dilectus filius nobilis vir, Henricus,25 infans Portugalie, carissimi in Christo filii nostri Alf onsi M Portugalie et Algarbii regnorum regis illustris patruus, inherens vestigiis clare memorie Johannis,27 dictorum regnorum regis, ejus genitoris, ac zelo salutis animarum et fidei ardore plurimum succensus, tanquam Ca- tholicus et verus omnium Creatoris Christi miles, ipsiusque fidei acerrimus ac fortissimus defensor et intrepidus pugil, ejusdem Creatoris gloriosissimum nomen per universum terrarum orbem etiam in remotissimis et incognitis locis divulgari, extolli, et venerari, nee non illius ac vivifice qua redempti sumus Crucis inimicos perfidos, Sarracenos videlicet ac quoscunque alios infideles, ad ipsius fidei gremium reduci, ab ejus ineunte etate totis aspirans viribus post Ceptensem "" civitatem, in Affrica consistentem, per dictum Johannem Regem ejus subactam dominio, et post multa per ipsum infantem nomine tamen dicti regis contra hostes et infideles predictos, quandoque etiam in propria persona, non absque maximis laboribus et expensis, ac rerum et personarum periculis et jactura, plurimorumque naturalium suorum cede, gesta bella, ex tot tantisque laboribus, periculis, et damnis non fractus nee territus, sed ad hujusmodi laudabilis et pii propositi sui prosecutionem in dies magis atque magis exardescens, in occeano mari quasdam solitarias insulas fidelibus populavit, ac ftmdari et construi inibi fecit ecclesias et alia loca pia, in quibus divina celebrantur officia. Ex dicti quoque infantis laudabili opera et industria, quamplures diversarum in dicto mari existentium insu- larum incole seu habitatores ad veri Dei cognitionem venientes, sacrum bap- tisma susceperunt ad ipsius Dei laudem et gloriam, ac plurimorum animarum salutem, orthodoxe quoque fidei propagationem, et divini cultus augmentum.** Preterea cum olim ad ipsius infantis pervenisset notitiam, quod nunquam vel saltern a memoria hominum non consuevisset per hujusmodi occeanum mare versus meridionales et orientales plagas navigari, illudque nobis occiduis "Prince Henry the Navigator (b. 1394-d. 1460). 28 Alfonso V., surnamed " the African " from his conquests in Morocco, ruled from 1438 to 1481. He stood high in the favor of Pope Nicholas because, after the fall of Constantinople and in response to the Pope's summons, he alone, of all the western monarchs, seriously prepared to aid in resisting the Turks. In April, 1454, in recognition of his efforts, the Pope sent him the consecrated golden rose. L. von Pastor, Geschichte der Pdpsie, I. (1901), 608; Jordao, Bullarium, p. 35. 27 John L, surnamed " the Great ", the founder of the house of Aviz, ruled from 1385 to 1433- 23 The conquest of Ceuta in 1415, in which Prince Henry played a leading part, marks the beginning of the colonial expansion of Portugal. An account of the crusade against the city is given in Major, Life of Prince Henry, ch. 3. 28 The Madeira Islands were rediscovered in 1418-1420; the Azores, in H^or 1432 or M37- J- Mees argues for the last date in his Histoire de la Decouverte des lies Agores in Recueil de Travaux publies par la Faculte de Philosophic ct Lettres, University of Ghent (1901), fasc. 27. The Cape Verde Islands were discovered in 1456, shortly after the issue of this bull. Azurara, Guinea (ed. Beazley and Prestage), II. ix, Ixxxv, Ixxxvi, xcii-xcvi. January 8, 7455 15 adeo foret incognitum, ut nullam de partium illarum gentibus certam notitiam haberemus, credens se maximum in hoc Deo prestare obsequium, si ejus opera et industria mare ipsum usque ad Indos qui Christi nomen colere dicuntur,* navigabile fieret, sicque cum eis participare, et illos in Christianorum auxilium adversus Sarracenos et alios hujusmodi fidei hostes commovere posset, ac nonnullos gentiles sen paganos nefandissimi Machometi secta minime infectos populos inibi medio existentes continuo debellare, eisque incognitum sacra- tissimum Christi nomen predicare ac facere predicari, regia tamen semper auctoritate munitus, a viginti quinque annis, citra exercitum ex dictorum regnorum gentibus, maximis cum laboribus, periculis, et expensis in velo- cissimis navibus, caravelis " nuncupatis, ad perquirendum mare et provincias maritimas versus meridionales partes et polum antarticum, annis singulis fere mittere non cessav.it ; sicque facttim est, ut cum naves hujusmodi quamplures portus, insulas, et maria perlustrassent, et occupassent, ad Guineam pro- vinciam82 tandem pervenirent, occupatisque nonnullis insulis, portibus, ac mari eidem provincie adjacentibus, ulterius navigantes ad hostium cujusdam magni fluminis Nili a communiter reputati pervenirent, et contra illarum "The early voyages sent out by Prince Henry along the west coast of Africa were connected with the crusade which after the conquest of Ceuta the Portuguese carried on against tfie Saracens in Morocco (see Beazley, " Prince Henry of Portugal and the African Crusade of the Fifteenth Century ", in the American Historical Review, XVI. 11-23). They were undertaken partly to learn whether there were any Christian princes in the interior who would aid the prince against the Moors, and because the infante desired to have knowledge not only of Guinea " but also of the Indies and the land of Prester John" (Azurara, Guinea, chs. 7, 16; ed. Beazley and Prestage, I. 55). The " In dians who are said to worship Christ" are clearly the subjects of Prester John. The question where the Portuguese supposed these Christian Indians to dwell — whether in Abyssinia or Asia — has aroused a controversy, which is summed up in Vignaud, Histoire Critique, I. 195 ff. A bit of evidence, apparently not noticed hitherto but conclusive for its date, is in the oration of obedience, delivered on Dec. 9, 1485, before Innocent VIII., by the Portuguese ambassador, Vascp Fernandas de Lucena. A copy of this oration, printed at Rome, probably in 1485, is in the British Museum. The pas sage is as follows : " Accedit tandem hiis omnibus haud dubia spes Arabici sinus perscrutandi, ubi Asiam incolentium regna et nationes, vix apud nos obscurissima fama cognite, sanctissimam Salvatoris fidem religiosissime colunt : a quibus jam si modo vera probatissimi geographi tradunt paucorum dierum itinere Lusitanorum navigatio abest." This statement concerning the goal of the Portuguese is opposed to Vignaud's conclusion that up to 1486 the Portuguese were seeking the Indies of Prester John in Africa. " Cadamosto, the Venetian, called the Portuguese caravels the best sailing ships at sea. " They were usually 20-30 metres long, 6-8 metres in breadth ; were equipped with three masts, without rigging-tops, or yards ; and had lateen sails stretched upon long oblique poles, hanging suspended from the mast-head. . . . They usually ran with all their sail, turning by means of it, and sailing straight upon a bow-line driving before the wind. When they wished to change their course it was enough to trim the sails." Beazley's introduction to Azurara, Guinea, II. cxii-cxiii. "A vague knowledge of a land called Guinea ("Ganuya", "Ginuia"), south of the great desert, inhabited by negroes and rich in gold, existed in Europe long before the time of Prince Henry. The name " provincia Ganuya " appears on the mappemonde of the Medicean or Laurentian atlas of 1351, reproduced in facsimile in T. Fischer, Raccolta di Mappamondi, pt. V. (1881), and, with clearer lettering, in Santarem, Atlas de Mappemondes (1849-1852), no. 24, and is fully discussed in T. Fischer, Sammlung Mittelalterlicher Welt- und Seekarten (1886), pp. 127-147. " Ginuia" is indicated on the Catalan mappemonde of 1375, of which an available reproduction is opposite p. 78 in S. Ruge, Zeitalter der Entdecknngen (1881), in W. Oncken, Allgemeine Geschichte. "The Senegal, or Western Nile, or Nile of the Negroes. When this river was dis covered in 1445 it was believed to be a branch of the Nile. The maps referred to in the preceding note show a water connection between the Atlantic, Guinea, and the Nubian Nile. Hosthtm is for ostium. 16 Doc. i. The Bull Romamis Pontifex partium populos nomine ipsorum Alfonsi Regis et infantis, per aliquos annos guerra habita extitit, et in ilia quamplures inibi vicine insule debellate ac pacifice possesse fuerunt, prout adhuc cum adjacenti mari possidentur. Ex inde quoque multi Guinei et alii nigri vi capti, quidam etiam non prohibitarum rerum permutatione, sen alio legitimo contractu emptionis ad dicta sunt regna transmissi ; quorum inibi in copioso nttmero ad Catholicam fidem conversi extiterunt, speraturque, divina favente dementia, quod si hujusmodi cum eis continuetur progressus, vel populi ipsi ad fidem convertentur, vel saltern multorum ex eis anime Christo lucrifient." Cum autem sicut accepimus, licet rex et infans prefati, qui cum tot tantisque periculis, laboribus, et expensis, nee non perditione tot naturalium regnorum hujusmodi, quorum inibi quam plures perierunt, ipsorum naturalium duntaxat freti auxilio provincias illas perlustrari fecerunt ac portus, insulas, et maria hujusmodi acquisiverunt et possederunt, ut prefertur, ut illorum veri domini, timentes ne aliqui cupiditate ducti, ad partes illas navigarent, et operis hujusmodi perfectionem, fructum, et laudem sibi usurpare vel saltern impedire cupientes, propterea sen lucri commodo, aut malitia, ferrum, arma, ligamina,35 aliasque res et bona ad infideles deferri prohibita portarent, vel transmitterent, aut ipsos infideles navigandi modum edocerent, propter que eis hostes fortiores ac duriores fierent, et hujusmodi prosecutio vel impediretur, vel forsan penitus cessaret, non absque Dei magna offensa et ingenti totius Christianitatis obprobrio, ad obviandum premissis ac pro suorum juris et possessionis conservation, sub certis tune expressis gravissimis penis prohibuerint et generaliter statuerint quod nullus, nisi cum suis nautis et navibus et certi tributi solutione obtenta- que prius desuper expressa ab eodem rege vel infante licentia, ad dictas pro vincias navigare aut in earum portibus contractare seu in mari piscari presumeret ; M tamen successu temporis evenire posset, quod aliorum regno rum seu nationum persone, invidia, malitia, aut cupiditate ducti, contra pro- hibitionem predictam, absque licentia et tributi solutione hujusmodi, ad dictas provincias accedere, et in sic acquisitis provinciis, portibus, insulis, ac mari, navigare, contractare, et piscari presumerent, et exinde inter Alfon- sum Regem ac infantem, qui nullatenus se in hiis sic deludi paterentur, et presumentes predictos quamplura odia, rancores, dissensiones, guerre, et scandala in maximam Dei offensam et animarum periculum verisimiliter sub- sequi possent et subsequerentur — Nos, premissa omnia et singula debita meditatiorie pensantes, ac attendentes quod cum olim prefato Alfonso Regi quoscunque Sarracenos et paganos aliosque Christi inimicos ubicunque con stitutes, ac regna, ducatus, principatus, dominia, possessiones, et mobilia ac immobilia bona quecunque per eos detenta ac possessa invadendi, conquirendi, expugnandi, debellandi, et subjugandi, illorumque personas in perpetuam servitutem redigendi, ac regna, ducatus, comitatus, principatus, dominia, possessiones, et bona sibi et successoribus suis applicandi, appropriandi, ac in suos successorumque suorum usus et utilitatem convertendi, aliis nostris "The first natives captured beyond Cape Bojador were brought to Portugal by Antam Gonxjalves in 1441 or 1442. Azurara, Guinea, chs. 12 and 13. ** This word appears in this same form in the Corpus Juris Canonici, Decretal. Gregor. IX., lib. V., tit. VI., c. 6, ed. E. Friedberg, who gives as variant forms ligiiamina and ligneamina. " A royal charter, dated Oct. 22, 1443, forbidding any one to pass beyond Cape Bojador without a license from Prince Henry, is printed in Algs. Docs., pp. 8-9. January 8, 1455 17 litteris"7 plenam et liberam inter cetera concesserimus facultatem, dicte facultatis obtentu idem Alfonsus Rex, seu ejus auctoritate predictus infans, juste et legitime insulas, terras, portus, et maria hujusmodi acquisivit ac possedit et possidet, illaque ad eundem Alfonsum Regem et ipsius successores de jure spectant et pertinent, nee quisvis alius etiam Christifidelis absque ipsorum Alfonsi Regis et successorum suorum licentia speciali de illis se hactenus intromittere licite potuit nee potest quoquomodo, ut ipsi Alfonsus Rex ejusque successores et infans eo ferventius huic tarn piissimo ac preclaro et omni evo memoratu dignissimo operi, in quo cum in illo animarum salus, fidei augmentum, et illius hostium depressio procurentur, Dei ipsiusque fklei ac reipublice, universalis ecclesie rem agi conspicimus, insistere valeant et insistant, quo, sublatis quibusvis dispendiis amplioribus, se per nos et Sedem Apostolicam favoribus ac gratiis munitos fore conspexerint, de premissis omnibus et singulis plenissime informati, motu proprio,38 non ad ipsorum Alfonsi Regis et infantis vel alterius pro eis nobis super hoc oblate petitionis instantiam. maturaque prius desuper deliberatione prehabita, auctoritate apostolica et ex certa scientia, de apostolice potestatis plenitudine, litteras facultatis prefatas, quarum tenores de verbo ad verbum presentibus haberi volumus pro insertis, cum omnibus et singulis in eis contentis clausulis, ad " The bull of June 18, 1452 (Nicholas V.)- The provisions of this bull are as follows : "... Nos igitur considerantes, quod contra Catholicam fidem insurgentibus, Chris- tianamque religionem extinguere molientibus, ea virtute, et alia constantia a Christi fidelibus est resistendum, ut fideles ipsi fidei ardore succensi virtutibusque pro posse succincti detestandum illorum propositum, non solum obice intentionis contraire impe- diant, si ex oppositione roboris iniquos conatus prohibeant, et Deo, cui militant, ipsis assistente, perfidorum substernant molimenta, nosque divino amore communiti, Chris- tianorum charitate invitati, officiique pastoralis astricti debito, ea, quae fidei, pro qua Christus Deus noster sanguinem effudit, integritatem, augmentumque respiciunt nobis fidelium animis vigorem, tuamque Regiam Magestatem in hujusmodi sanctissimo pro- posito confovere merito cupientes, tibi Sarracenos, et paganos, aliosque infideles, et Christi inimicos quoscunque, et ubicunque constitutes regna, ducatus, comitatus, princi- patus aliaque dominia, terras, loca, villas, castra, et quaecunque alia possessiones, bona mobilia et immobilia in quibuscunque rebus consistentia, et quocunque nomine censeantur, per eosdem Sarracenos, paganos, infideles, et Christi inimicos detenta, et possessa, etiam cujuscunque seu quorumcunque regis, seu principis, aut regum, vel principum regna, ducatus, comitatus, principatus, aliaque dominia, terrae, loca, yillae, castra, possessiones, et bona hujusmodi fuerint, invadendi, conquerendi. expugnandi, et subjugandi, illorumque personas in perpetuam servitutem redigendi, regna quoque, ducatus, comitatus, princi patus, aliaque dominia, possessiones, et bona hujusmodi, tibi et successoribus tuis Regibus Portugalliae, perpetuo applicandi, et appropriandi, ac in tuos, et eorundem successorum usus et utilitates convertendi plenam et liberam, auctoritate apostolica, tenore praesen- tium concedimus facultatem. ..." Jordao, Bullarium, p. 22. It will be noticed that this bull sanctions the enslaving of the infidels. Two interesting bulls respecting slaves from the Canary Islands, printed in appendix II. of Caracter dc la Conquista y Coloni zation de las Islas Canarias: Discursos leidos ante la Real Academia de la Historia (1901) by Don Rafael Torres Campos, show that Eugenius IV., the immediate prede cessor of Nicholas V., not only wished to protect from slavery and annoyance those aborigines who had embraced the faith, but also expressed a fear that dread of captivity would deter others from conversion. " The phrase motu proprio, etc., had long been a mere form, which exempted the recipient of the bull from the ordinary taxes. J. Haller, " Die Ausfertigung der Pro- visionen ", Quellen und Forschungen, II. (i), (1899), p. 3- " Erne papstliche Verleihung erfolgt fast immer nur auf Grund einer eingereichten Supplik. Der Empfanger also hat die Initiative zu ergreifen auch da, wo es sich scheinbar um einen spontanen Act des Papstes, ein motu proprio handelt. Denn auch diese Art der Verleihung ist schon friih eine blosse Form geworden, bestimmt, dem Empfanger Abgabenfreiheit und andere Vorrechte zu verschaffen." 18 Doc. i. The Bull Romaniis Pontifex Ceptensem et predicta ac quecunque alia etiam ante data dictarum facultatis litterarum acquisita, et ad ea, que imposterum nomine dictorum Alfonsi regis suorumque successorum et infantis, in ipsis ac illis circumvicinis et ulterioribus ac remotioribus partibus, de infidelium sen paganorum manibus acquiri poterunt provincias, insulas, portus, et maria quecunque extendi et ilia sub eisdem facultatis litteris comprehendi, Ipsarumque facultatis et pre- sentium litterarum vigore jam acquisita et que in futurum acquiri contigerit, postquam acquisita fuerint, ad prefatos regem et successores suos ac infantem, ipsamque conquestam quam a capitibus de Bojador 39 et de Nam *° usque per totam Guineam et ultra versus illam meridionalem plagam u extendi harum serie declaramus etiam ad ipsos Alfonsum Regem et successores suos ac in fantem et non ad aliquos alios spectasse et pertinuisse ac imperpetuum spectare et pertinere de jure, Necnon Alfonsum Regem et successores suos ac infantem predictos in illis et circa ea quecunque prohibitiones, statuta, et man- data, etiam penalia, et cum cujusvis tributi impositione facere, ac de ipsis ut de rebus propriis et aliis ipsorum dominiis disponere et ordinare potuisse ac nunc et in futurum posse libere ac licite tenore presentium decernimus et declaramus. Ac pro potioris juris et cautele suffragio, jam acquisita et que imposterum acquiri contigerit, provincias, insulas, portus, loca, et maria, quecunque, quotcunque, et qualiacunque fuerint, ipsamque conquestam a capitibus de Bojador et de Nom predictis Alfonso Regi et successoribus suis, regibus dictorum regnorum, ac infanti prefatis, perpetuo donamus, con- cedimus, et appropriamus per presentes. Preterea cum id ad perficiendum opus hujusmodi multipliciter sit oportunum [concedimus] quod Alfonsus Rex et successores ac infans predicti, nee non persone quibus hoc duxerint, seu aliquis eorum duxerit committendum, illius dicto Johanni Regi per f elicis recordationis Martinum V., et alterius indultorum etiam inclite memorie Eduardo eorumdem regnorum regi, ejusdem Alfonsi Regis genitori, per pie memorie Eugenium IV., Romanes pontifices, predecessores nostros, conces- sorum versus dictas partes cum quibusvis Sarracenis et infidelibus, de qui- buscunque rebus et bonis ac victualibus, emptiones et venditiones prout con- gruerit facere, nee non quoscunque contractus inire, transigere, pacisci, mercari, ac negociari, et merces quascunque ad ipsorum Sarracenorum et infidelium loca, dummodo ferramenta, ligamina, funes, naves, seu armatura- rum genera non sint, deferre, et ea dictis Sarracenis et infidelibus vendere, omnia quoque alia et singula in premissis et circa ea oportuna vel necessaria facere, gerere, vel exercere:" ipsique Alfonsus Rex, successores, et infans M Cape Bojador, in 26° 7' N., was rounded by Gil Eannes in 1434. Azurara, Guinea (ed. Beazley and Prestage), II. x. 40 During a long period prior to Prince Henry's expeditions, Cape Na or Nam was the southern limit of Portuguese coast navigation. This cape was therefore probably not the Cape Non situated to the north of the Canary Islands, in 28° 47' N., but must have been south of Cape Bojador, where, indeed, it is placed on some maps of the early fifteenth century. See the article on " Espaiia en Berberia " by M. Jimenez de la Espada in the Boletin de la Sociedad Geogr&fica de Madrid, torn. IX. (1880), p. 316. The fact that throughout this and the following text Cape Nam is mentioned after Cape Bojador may indicate that it lay to the south of it. 41 Probably no definite locality is intended. 43 The reference is to the bull Pracclaris tuae, issued by Eugenius IV. on May 25, 1437, and summarized in Algs. Docs., p. 5. The bull of Martin V. here mentioned may have been issued in 1424 or 1425 in connection with the Spanish-Portuguese controversy over the Canaries. Such a bull is referred to in Cod. Vatic. 4151, f. 18 (Kretschmer. Entdeckung Amerika's, 1892, p. 220 note) and in Algs. Docs., p. 3. Cf. above, note 23. 19 in jam acquisitis et per eum acquirendis provinciis, insulis, ac locis, quascunque ecclesias, monasteria, et alia pia loca fundare ac fundari et construi [curare], nee non quascunque voluntarias personas ecclesiasticas, seculares, quorumvis ctiam mendicantium ordinum regulares, de superiorum tamen suorum licentia, ad ilia transmittere, ipseque persone inibi etiam quoad vixerint commorari, ac quorumcunque in dictis partibus existentium vel accedentium confessiones audire, illisque auditis in omnibus preterquam sedi predicte reservatis, casibus, debitam absolutionem impendere, ac penitentiam salutarem injungere, nee non ecclesiastica sacramenta ministrare valeant libere ac licite decernimus, ipsique Alfonso et successoribus suis Regibus Portugalie, qui erunt impos- terum et infanti prefato concedimus et indulgemus ; ac universes et singulos Christi fideles ecclesiasticos, seculares, et ordinum quorumcunqu^ regulares, ubilibet per orbem constitutes, cujuscunque status, gradus, ord:nis, condi- tionis, vel preeminentie fuerint, etiamsi archiepiscopali, episcopali, imperiali, regali, reginali, ducali, seu alia quacunque majori ecclesiastica vel mundana dignitate prefulgeant, obsecramus in Domino et per aspersionem sanguinis Domini nostri Jhesu Christi, cujus ut premittitur res agitur, exhortamur, eisque in remissionem suorum peccaminum injungimus, nee non hoc perpetuo prohibitionis edicto districtius inhibemus, ne ad acquisita seu possessa nomine Alfonsi Regis aut in conquesta hujusmodi consistentia provincias, insulas, portus, maria, et loca quecunque seu alias ipsis Sarracenis, infidelibus, vel paganis arma, ferrum, ligamina, aliaque a jure Sarracenis deferri prohibita quoquomodo, vel etiam absque spetiali ipsius Alfonsi Regis et successorum suorum et infantis licentia, merces et alia a jure permissa deferre, aut per maria hujusmodi navigare, seu deferri vel navigari facere, aut in illis piscari, seu de provinciis, insulis, portibus, maribus, et locis, seu aliquibus eorum, aut de conquesta hujusmodi se intromittere, vel aliquid per quod Alfonsus Rex et successores sui et infans predicti quo minus acquisita et possessa pacifice possideant, ac conquestam hujusmodi prosequantur et faciant, per se vel alium seu alios, directe vel indirecte, opere vel consilio, facere, aut impedire quoquo modo presumant. Qui vero contrarium fecerint, ultra penas contra deferentes arma et alia prohibita Sarracenis quibuscunque a jure promulgatas, quas illos incurrere volumus ipso facto, si persone fuerint, singulares excommunicationis sententiam incurrant, si communitas vel uni- versitas civitatis, castri, ville, seu loci, ipsa civitas, castrum, villa, seu locus interdicto subjaceant eo ipso ; nee contrafacientes ipsi vel aliqui eorum ab excommunicationis sententia absolvantur, nee interdicti hujusmodi relaxa- tionem, apostolica vel alia quavis auctoritate obtinere possint, nisi ipsis Al fonso et successoribus suis ac infanti prius pro premissis congrue satis fecerint, aut desuper amicabiliter concordaverint cum eisdem. Mandantes per apos tolica scripta venerabilibus fratribus nostris Archiepiscopo Ulixbonensi et Silvensi ac Ceptensi Episcopis,48 quatenus ipsi vel duo aut unus eorum, per se vel alium seu alios, quotiens pro parte Alfonsi Regis et illius successorum ac infantis predictorum vel alicujus eorum desuper fuerint requisiti, vel aliquis ipsorum fuerit requisitus, illos quos excommunicationis et interdicti senten- tias hujusmodi incurrisse constiterit, tamdiu dominicis aliisque festivis diebus "The executory instrument (executoria) issued by Dom Jayme, archbishop of Lisbon, and Alvaro, bishop of Silves, as executors (juizes executores} of this bull, is preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, maco 32, no. 10. The similar instrument issued by Joao, bishop of Ceuta, is in the same archives, Coll. de Bullas, mac,o 33, no. 14. Both instruments include the text of the bull. 20 Doc. i. The Bull Romanus Pontifex in ecclesiis, dum inibi major populi multitude convenerit ad divina, excom municates et interdictos aliisque penis predictis innodatos fuisse et esse, auctoritate apostolica declarent et denuntient ; nee non ab aliis nuntiari et ab omnibus arctius evitari faciant, donee pro premissis satis fecerint seu con- cordaverint, tit pref ertur ; contradictores per censuram ecclesiasticam, appel- latione postposita, compescendo, non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordina- tionibus apostolicis ceterisque contrariis quibuscunque. Ceterum, ne presentes littere, que a nobis de nostra certa scientia et matura desuper deliberatione prehabita emanarunt, ut prefertur, de surreptionis vel obreptionis aut nulli- tatis vitio a quoquam imposterum valeant impugnari, volumus, et auctoritate, scientia, ac potestate predictis, harum serie decernimus pariter et declaramus, quod dicte littere et in eis contenta de surreptionis, obreptionis, vel nullitatis, etiam ex ordinarie vel alterius cujuscunque potestatis, aut quovis alio defectu, impugnari, illarumque effectus retardari vel impediri nullatenus possint, sed imperpetuum valeant, ac plenam obtineant roboris firmitatem ; irritum quoque sit et inane si secus super hiis a quoquam quavis auctoritate, scienter vel ignoranter, contigerit attemptari. Et insuper, quia dificile foret presentes nostras litteras ad quecunque loca deferre, volumus, et dicta auctoritate harum serie decernimus, quod earum transumpto, manu publica et sigillo episcopalis vel alicujus superioris ecclesiastice curie munito, plena fides adhibeatur et perinde stetur, ac si dicte originales littere forent exhibite vel ostense ; et excommunicationis alieque sententie in illis contente infra duos menses, computandos a die qua ipse presentes littere seu carte vel membrane earum tenorem in se continentes valvis ecclesie Ulixbonensi affixe fuerint, perinde omnes et singulos contra facientes supradictos ligent, ac si ipse pre sentes littere eis personaliter et legitime intimate ac presentate fuissent. Nulli ergo onmino hominum liceat hanc paginam nostre declarationis, con- stitutionis, donationis, concessionis, appropriationis, decreti, obsecrationis, exhortationis, injunctionis, inhibitionis, mandati, et voluntatis infringere, vel ei ausu temerario contraire. Si quis autem hoc attemptare presumpserit, indignationem Omnipotentis Dei et beatorum Petri et Pauli apostolorum ejus se noverit incursurum. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incar- nationis Dominice millessimo quadringentesimo quinquagesimo quarto,44 sexto idus Januarii, pontificatus nostri anno octavo. PE. DE NoxETo.45 TRANSLATION.4" Nicholas, bishop, servant of the servants of God. For a perpetual re membrance. The Roman pontiff, successor of the key-bearer of the heavenly kingdom and vicar of Jesus Christ, contemplating with a father's mind all the several climes of the world and the characteristics of all the nations dwelling in them 44 In the dating of papal bulls, up to the pontificate of Innocent XII. (1691-1700), the 25th of March was usually reckoned as the beginning of the year. A. Giry, Manuel de Diplomatique (1894), p. 696. According to our present reckoning, therefore, this bull dates from the year 1455. 49 Pietro da Noceto was the private secretary and confidant of Nicholas V. L. von Pastor, Geschichte der P'dpste, I. (1901), 365. The bull bears the usual official endorsement " Registrata in camera apostolica". 49 In this translation the editor has been aided by Bollan's translation, mentioned in the bibliography, and by valuable suggestions from C. G. Bayne, C. S. I. 21 and seeking and desiring the salvation of all, wholesomely ordains and dis poses upon careful deliberation those things which he sees will be agreeable to the Divine Majesty and by which he may bring the sheep entrusted to him by God into the single divine fold, and may acquire for them the reward of eternal felicity, and obtain pardon for their souls. This we believe will more certainly come to pass, through the aid of the Lord, if we bestow suitable favors and special graces on those Catholic kings and princes, who, like athletes and intrepid champions of the Christian faith, as we know by the evidence of facts, not only restrain the savage excesses of the Saracens and of other infidels, enemies of the Christian name, but also for the defense and increase of the faith vanquish them and their kingdoms and habitations, though situated in the remotest parts unknown to us, and subject them to their own temporal dominion, sparing no labor and expense, in order that " those kings and princes, relieved of all obstacles, may be the more animated to the prosecution of so salutary and laudable a work. We have lately heard, not without great joy and gratification, how our beloved son, the noble personage Henry, infante of Portugal, uncle of our most dear son in Christ, the illustrious Alfonso, king of the kingdoms of Portugal and Algarve, treading in the footsteps of John, of famous memory, king of the said kingdoms, his father, and greatly inflamed with zeal for the salvation of souls and with fervor of faith, as a Catholic and true soldier of Christ, the Creator of all things, and a most active and courageous defender and intrepid champion of the faith in Him, has aspired from his early youth with his utmost might to cause the most glorious name of the said Creator to be published, extolled, and revered throughout the whole world, even in the most remote and undiscovered places, and also to bring into the bosom of his faith the perfidious enemies of him and of the life-giving Cross by which we have been redeemed, namely the Saracens and all other infidels whatsoever, [and how] after the city of Ceuta, situated in Africa, had been subdued by the said King John to his dominion, and after many wars had been waged, sometimes in person, by the said infante, although in the name of the said King John, against the enemies and infidels aforesaid, not without the greatest labors and expense, and with dangers and loss of life and prop erty, and the slaughter of very many of their natural subjects, the said infante being neither enfeebled nor terrified by so many and great labors, dangers, and losses, but growing daily more and more zealous in prosecuting this his so laudable and pious purpose, has peopled with orthodox Christians certain solitary islands in the ocean sea, and has caused churches and other pious places to be there founded and built, in which divine service is cele brated. Also by the laudable endeavor and industry of the said infante, very many inhabitants or dwellers in divers islands situated in the said sea, coming to the knowledge of the true God, have received holy baptism, to the praise and glory of God, the salvation of the souls of many, the propagation also of the orthodox faith, and the increase of divine worship. Moreover, since, some time ago, it had come to the knowledge of the said infante that never, or at least not within the memory of men, had it been customary to sail on this ocean sea toward the southern and eastern shores, and that it was so unknown to us westerners that we had no certain knowl edge of the peoples of those parts, believing that he would best perform his 47 /. e., if we bestow these favors, in order that. 22 Doc. i. The Bull Romamis Pontifex duty to God in this matter, if by his effort and industry that sea might become navigable as far as to the Indians who are said to worship the name of Christ, and that thus he might be able to enter into relation with them, and to incite them to aid the Christians against the Saracens and other such enemies of the faith, and might also be able forthwith to subdue certain gentile or pagan peoples, living between, who are entirely free from infection by the sect of the most impious Mahomet, and to preach and cause to be preached to them the unknown but most sacred name of Christ, strengthened, how ever, always by the royal authority, he has not ceased for twenty-five years past48 to send almost yearly an army of the peoples of the said kingdoms, with the greatest labor, danger, and expense, in very swift ships called caravels, to explore the sea and coast lands toward the south and the Ant arctic pole. And so it came to pass that when a number of ships of this kind had explored and taken possession of very many harbors, islands, and seas, they at length came to the province of Guinea, and having taken posses sion of some islands and harbors and the sea adjacent to that province, sail ing farther they came to the mouth of a certain great river commonly sup posed to be the Nile, and war was waged for some years against the peoples of those parts in the name of the said King Alfonso and of the infante, and in it very many islands in that neighborhood were subdued and peacefully possessed, as they are still possessed together with the adjacent sea. Thence also many Guineamen and other negroes, taken by force, and some by barter of unprohibited articles, or by other lawful contract of purchase, have been sent to the said kingdoms. A large number of these have been converted to the Catholic faith, and it is hoped, by the help of divine mercy, that if such progress be continued with them, either those peoples will be converted to the faith or at least the souls of many of them will be gained for Christ. But since, as we are informed, although the king and infante aforesaid (who with so many and so great dangers, labors, and expenses, and also with loss of so many natives of their said kingdoms, very many of whom have perished in those expeditions, depending only upon the aid of those natives, have caused those provinces to be explored and have acquired and possessed such harbors, islands, and seas, as aforesaid, as the true lords of them), fearing lest strangers induced by covetousness should sail to those parts, and desiring to usurp to themselves the perfection, fruit, and praise of this work, or at least to hinder it, should therefore, either for the sake of gain or through malice, carry or transmit iron, arms, wood used for con struction, and other things and goods prohibited to be carried to infidels, or should teach those infidels the art of navigation, whereby they would become more powerful and obstinate enemies to the king and infante, and the prosecution of this enterprise would either be hindered, or would perhaps entirely fail, not without great offense to God and great reproach to all Christianity, to prevent this and to conserve their right and possession, [the said king and infante] under certain most severe penalties then expressed, have prohibited and in general have ordained that none, unless with their sailors and ships and on payment of a certain tribute and with an express license previously obtained from the said king or infante, should presume to sail to the said provinces or to trade in their ports or to fish in the sea, ts It is probable that a viginti quinque annis should be translated " from twenty-five years [of age] ", i. e., from 1419. Cf. Bourne, Essays, p. 1/8. January 8, 1455 23 [although the king and infante have taken this action, yet] in time it might happen that persons of other kingdoms or nations, led by envy, malice, or covetousness, might presume, contrary to the prohibition aforesaid, with out license and payment of such tribute, to go to the said provinces, and in the provinces, harbors, islands, and sea, so acquired, to sail, trade, and fash ; and thereupon between King Alfonso and the infante, who would by no means suffer themselves to be so trifled with in these things, and the pre sumptuous persons aforesaid, very many hatreds, rancors, dissensions, wars, and scandals, to the highest offense of God and danger of souls, probably might and would ensue — We [therefore] weighing all and singular the premises with due meditation, and noting that since we had formerly by other letters of ours granted among other things free and ample faculty to the aforesaid King Alfonso — to invade, search out, capture, vanquish, and subdue all Saracens and pagans whatsoever, and other enemies of Christ wheresoever placed, and the kingdoms, dukedoms, principalities, dominions, possessions, and all movable and immovable goods whatsoever held and pos sessed by them and to reduce their persons to perpetual slavery, and to apply and appropriate to himself and his successors the kingdoms, dukedoms, counties, principalities, dominions, possessions, and goods, and to convert them to his and their use and profit — by having secured the said faculty, the said King Alfonso, or, by his authority, the aforesaid infante, justly and lawfully has acquired and possessed, and doth possess, these islands, lands, harbors, and seas, and they do of right belong and pertain to the said King Alfonso and his successors, nor without special license from King Alfonso and his successors themselves has any other even of the faithful of Christ been entitled hitherto, nor is he by any means now entitled lawfully to meddle therewith — in order that King Alfonso himself and his successors and the infante may be able the more zealously to pursue and may pursue this most pious and noble work, and most worthy of perpetual remembrance (which, since the salvation of souls, increase of the faith, and overthrow of its enemies may be procured thereby, we regard as a work wherein the glory of God, and faith in Him, and His commonwealth, the Universal Church, are concerned) in proportion as they, having been relieved of all the greater obstacles, shall find themselves supported by us and by the Apostolic See with favors and graces — we, being very fully informed of all and singular the premises, do, motu proprio, not at the instance of King Alfonso or the infante, or on the petition of any other offered to us on their behalf in respect to this matter, and after mature deliberation, by apostolic authority, and from certain knowledge, in the fullness of apostolic power, by the tenor of these presents decree and declare that the aforesaid letters of faculty (the tenor whereof we wish to be considered as inserted word for word in these presents, with all and singular the clauses therein contained) are extended to Ceuta and to the aforesaid and all other acquisitions whatsoever, even those acquired before the date of the said letters of faculty, and to all those provinces, islands, harbors, and seas whatsoever, which hereafter, in the name of the said King Alfonso and of his successors and of the infante, in those parts and the adjoining, and in the more distant and remote parts, can be acquired from the hands of infidels or pagans, and that they are com prehended under the said letters of faculty. And by force of those and of the present letters of faculty the acquisitions already made, and what hereafter shall happen to be acquired, after they shall have been acquired, we do by the 24 Doc. i. The Bull Romanus Pontife.v tenor of these presents decree and declare have pertained, and forever of right do belong and pertain, to the aforesaid king and to his successors and to the infante, and that the right of conquest which in the course of these letters we declare to be extended from the capes of Bojador and of Nao, as far as through all Guinea, and beyond toward that southern shore,4' has be longed and pertained, and forever of right belongs and pertains, to the said King Alfonso, his successors, and the infante, and not to any others. We also by the tenor of these presents decree and declare that King Alfonso and his successors and the infante aforesaid might .and may, now and hence forth, freely and lawfully, in these [acquisitions] and concerning them make any prohibitions, statutes, and decrees whatsoever, even penal ones, and with imposition of any tribute, and dispose and ordain concerning them as con cerning their own property and their other dominions. And in order to con fer a more effectual right and assurance we do by these presents forever give, grant, and appropriate to the aforesaid King Alfonso and his succes sors, kings of the said kingdoms, and to the infante, the provinces, islands, harbors, places, and seas whatsoever, how many soever, and of what sort soever they shall be, that have already been acquired and that shall here after come to be acquired, and the right of conquest also from the capes of Bojador and of Nao aforesaid. Moreover, since this is fitting in many ways for the perfecting of a work of this kind, we allow that the aforesaid King Alfonso and [his] successors and the infante, as also the persons to whom they, or any one of them, shall think that this work ought to be committed, may (according to the grant made to the said King John by Martin V., of happy memory, and another grant made also to King Edward of illustrious memory, king of the same kingdoms, father of the said King Alfonso, by Eugenius IV., of pious memory, Roman pontiffs, our predecessors) make purchases and sales of any things and goods and victuals whatsoever, as it shall seem fit, with any Saracens and infidels, in the said regions ; and also may enter into any contracts, transact business, bargain, buy and negotiate, and carry any com modities whatsoever to the places of those Saracens and infidels, provided they be not iron instruments, wood to be used for construction, cordage, ships, or any kinds of armor, and may sell them to the said Saracens and infidels ; and also may do, perform, or prosecute all other and singular things [mentioned] in the premises, and things suitable or necessary in relation to these ; and that the same King Alfonso, his successors, and the infante, in the provinces, islands, and places already acquired, and to be acquired by him, may found and [cause to be] founded and built any churches, monasteries, or other pious places whatsoever ; and also may send over to them any ecclesi astical persons whatsoever, as volunteers, both seculars, and regulars of any of the mendicant orders (with license, however, from their superiors), and that those persons may abide there as long as they shall live, and hear con fessions of all who live in the said parts or who come thither, and after the confessions have been heard they may give due absolution in all cases, except those reserved to the aforesaid see, and enjoin salutary penance, and also administer the ecclesiastical sacraments freely and lawfully, and this we allow and grant to Alfonso himself, and his successors, the kings of Portugal, "Vignaud, Toscanelti, p. 61, translates "extending thence beyond towards the dis tant shores of the south ". January 8, 1455 25 who shall come afterwards, and to the aforesaid infante. Moreover, we en treat in the Lord, and by the sprinkling of the blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, whom, as has been said, it concerneth, we exhort, and as they hope for the remission of their sins enjoin, and also by this perpetual edict of prohibition we more strictly inhibit, all and singular the faithful of Christ, ecclesiastics, seculars, and regulars of whatsoever orders, in whatsoever part of the world they live, and of whatsoever state, degree, order, condition, or pre-eminence they shall be, although endued with archiepiscopal, episcopal, imperial, royal, queenly, ducal, or any other greater ecclesiastical or worldly dignity, that they do not by any means presume to carry arms, iron, wood for construc tion, and other things prohibited by law from being in any way carried to the Saracens, to any of the provinces, islands, harbors, seas, and places what soever, acquired or possessed in the name of King Alfonso, or situated in this conquest or elsewhere, to the Saracens, infidels, or pagans ; or even .without special license from the said King Alfonso and his successors and the infante, to carry or cause to be carried merchandise and other things permitted by law, or to navigate or cause to be navigated those seas, or to fish in them, or to meddle with the provinces, islands, harbors, seas, and places, or any of them, or with this conquest, or to do anything by themselves or another or others, directly or indirectly, by deed or counsel, or to offer any obstruction whereby the aforesaid King Alfonso and his successors and the infante may be hindered from quietly enjoying their acquisitions and possessions, and prose cuting and carrying out this conquest. And we decree that whosoever shall infringe these orders [shall incur the following penalties], besides the punishments pronounced by law against those who carry arms and other prohibited things to any of the Saracens, which we wish them to incur by so doing ; if they be single persons, they shall incur the sentence of excommunication; if a community or corporation of a city, castle, village, or place, that city, castle, village, or place shall be thereby subject to the interdict ; and we decree further that transgressors, collectively or individually, shall not be absolved from the sentence of excommunication, nor be able to obtain the relaxation of this interdict, by apostolic or any other authority, unless they shall first have made due satisfaction for their trans gressions to Alfonso himself and his successors and to the infante, or shall have amicably agreed with them thereupon. By [these] apostolic writings we enjoin our venerable brothers, the archbishop of Lisbon, and the bishops of Silves and Ceuta, that they, or two or one of them, by himself, or another or others, as often as they or any of them shall be required on the part of the aforesaid King Alfonso and his successors and the infante or any one of them, on Sundays, and other festival days, in the churches, while a large multitude of people shall assemble there for divine worship, do declare and denounce by apostolic authority that those persons who have been proved to have incurred such sentences of excommunication and interdict, are excom municated and interdicted, and have been and are involved in the other pun ishments aforesaid. And we decree that they shall also cause them to be denounced by others, and to be strictly avoided by all, till they shall have made satisfaction for or compromised their transgressions as aforesaid. Offenders are to be held in check by ecclesiastical censure, without regard to appeal, the apostolic constitutions and ordinances and all other things whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. But in order that the present letters, which have been issued by us of our certain knowledge and after mature deliberation 26 Doc. i. The Bull Roman-its Pontifc.v thereupon, as is aforesaid, may not hereafter be impugned by anyone as fraudulent, secret, or void, we will, and by the authority, knowledge, and power aforementioned, we do likewise by these letters, decree and declare that the said letters and what is contained therein cannot in any wise be im pugned, or the effect thereof hindered or obstructed, on account of any defect of "f raudulency, secrecy, or nullity, not even from a defect of the ordinary, or of any other authority, or from any other defect, but that they shall be valid forever and shall obtain full authority. And if anyone, by whatever authority, shall, wittingly or unwittingly, attempt anything inconsistent with these orders we decree that his act shall be null and void. Moreover, because it would be difficult to carry our present letters to all places whatsoever, we will, and by the said authority we decree by these letters, that faith shall be given as fully and permanently to copies of them, certified under the hand of a notary public and the seal of the episcopal or any superior ecclesi astical court, as if the said original letters were exhibited or shown ; and we decree that within two months from the day when these present letters, or the paper or parchment containing the tenor of the same, shall be affixed to the doors of the church at Lisbon, the sentences of excommunication and the other sentences contained therein shall bind all and singular offenders as fully as if these present letters had been made known and presented to them in person and lawfully. Therefore let no one infringe or with rash boldness contravene this our declaration, constitution, gift, grant, appropriation, de cree, supplication, exhortation, injunction, inhibition, mandate, and will. But if anyone should presume to do so, be it known to him that he will incur the wrath of Almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at Saint Peter's, on the eighth day of January, in the year of the incarnation of our Lord one thousand four hundred and fifty-four, and in the eighth year of our pontificate. P. DE NOXETO. 2. The Bull Inter Caetera (Calixtus III.). March 13, 1456. INTRODUCTION. Calixtus III., who succeeded Nicholas V. on April 8, 1455, was a Spaniard of fiery spirit and religious zeal, who exerted himself to the utmost to rouse the nations of Europe to a crusade against the Turk. For this purpose he despatched legates to many countries,1 and among them he sent Alvaro, bishop of Silves, an executor of the bull Romanus pontifex ' and a man of great authority in the Roman Court,3 as legate a latere to King Alfonso V. of Portugal. At the same time (February-March, 1456) he granted that monarch a number of concessions,4 including the following bull, for which Prince Henry and Alfonso had petitioned. Besides confirming the bull Romanus pontife.v, this bull conferred upon the Portuguese military Order of Christ,1 of which Prince Henry was governor,' the spiritualities in all the lands acquired and to be acquired " from Capes Bojador and Nam through the whole of Guinea and beyond its southern shore as far as to the Indians ''. Whether the phrase " usque ad Indos " referred to the subjects of Prester John or to the East Indians remains a point of controversy/ BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. An official copy of the bull, made on August 16, 1456, in the house of King Alfonso's master of requests, at the instance of the king's procurator, is in the National Archives in Lisbon, gav. 7a, mac.o 13, no. 7. Text: Printed. J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 20-22; L. M. Jordao, Bullarium* pp. 36-37. References. L. von Pastor, Geschichte der Pdpste, I. (1901) 655 ff. ; H. Vignaud, Histoire Critique* I. 205-206. 1 Pastor, Geschichte der Pdpste, I. (1901) 660 ff. 'Doc. 1, note 43. * Damiao de Goes, Chronica de Joam II. (1567), c. 10. 4 Santarem, Quadra Elementar (1842-1876) X. 59-64. 1 See below, note 14. * Cf. note 3 in Beazley, " Prince Henry of Portugal and the African Crusade ", Am. Hist. Rev., XVI. 11-23. 7 Vignaud, Histoire Critique, I. 205, 206; and cf. Doc. 1, note 30. * For fuller title, see the bibliography of Doc. 1. 28 Doc. 2. The Bull Inter Caetera TEXT.* In nomine Domini, Amen. Noverint universi presens publicum instru- mentum inspecturi, quod anno a nativitate Domini millesimoquatuorcentesi- moquinquagesimo sexto, decimasexta mensis Augusti, coram egregio legum Doctore Lupo Valasci 10 de Serpa, illustrissimi domini nostri domini Al- fonsi, Portugalie et Algarbii regis Cepteque domini, et in ejus sacro pallacio supplicacionum expeditore, in presencia mei, notarii et testium infrascripto- rum, in domo habitacionis ejusdem doctoris, comparuit Alvarus Petri legum licentiatus et ejusdem Serenissimi Regis generalis et legitimus procurator et ejus nomine presentavit dicto doctori quasdam litteras apostolicas Calisti Pape Tercii, quasdam alias Nicolai Pape Quinti in se continentes, non viciosas, non rasas, non cancellatas, set omni suspicione carentes et sigillo plumbeo " sigillatas, quarum tenor de verbo ad verbum sequitur et est talis : Calistus episcopus, servus servorum Dei. Ad perpetuam rei memoriam. Inter cetera que nobis, divina disponente dementia, incumbunt peragenda. ad id nimirum solicit! corde rcddimur, ut singulis locis et presertim que Sarracenis sunt finitima, divinus cultus ad laudem et gloriam Omnipotentis Dei et fidei Christiane exaltacionem vigeat et continuum suscipiat incre- mentum, et, que regibus et principibus per predecessores nostros, Romanes pontifices, bene merito concessa sunt, [et] " ex causis legitimis emanarunt, ut, omnibus sublatis dubitacionibus, robur perpetue firmitatis obtineant, apos- tolico munimine solidemus. Dudum siquidem felicis recordationis Nicolaus Papa V., predecessor noster, litteras concessit tenoris subsequentis : [Here follows the bull Romanns pontifex, printed above, Doc. 1.] Cum autem sicut [nobis relatum est] " pro parte Alfonsi Regis et Henrici Infantis predictorum ipsi supra modum affectent quod espiritualitas in eisdem solitariis insulis,13 terris, portubus, et locis in mari occeano versus meri- dionalem plagam in Guinea consistentibus, quas idem in fans de manibus Sarracenorum manu armata extraxit, et Christiane religioni, ut prefertur, conquesivit, prefate Militiae Jhesu Christi," cujus reddituum suffragio idem infans hujusmodi conquestam fecisse perhibetur, per Sedem Apostolicam perpetuo concedatur, ac declaratio, constitutio, donatio, concessio, appro- priatio, decretum, obsecratio, exhortatio, injunctio, inhibitio, mandatum, et * The text is from a copy of the bull made in the house of King Alfonso's master of requests at the instance of the king's procurator, on Aug. 16, 1456, and preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 7*, mac.o 13, no. 7. " Lopo Vasques, a native of Serpa, stood high in the favor of King Alfonso, by whose order he translated from Latin into the vernacular a work entitled Tomada de Constantinople! pelo Grao Turco. D. Barbosa Machado, Bibliothcca Lusitana, III. (1752) 21. irln MS., pumblio. " Not in the MS. 11 In MS., insolis. 14 The Order of Christ was founded in 1319 by King Diniz in conjunction with Pope John XXII. and was endowed with the greater part of the wealth of the recently dis solved Order of the Templars. Prince Henry's African expeditions were made under its banner, and it was granted ecclesiastical and other revenues from many of the newly found lands, in the islands of the Atlantic, Africa, and the Far East. Since its growing wealth threatened to make it a danger to the kingdom, its grandmastership was perma nently united with the crown of Portugal in 1551. In 1789 it was secularized. For an account of this order to 1551 see H. da Gama Barros, Historia da Administrafao Publica em Portugal nos Seculos XII. a XV., I. (1885) 382-388. March 13, 1456 29 voluntas, nee non littere Nicolai predecessoris hujusmodi, ac omnia et singula " in eis contenta confirmentur, quare pro parte regis et infantis pre- dictorum nobis fuit humiliter supplicatum, ut declarationi, constitution!', donationi, concessioni, appropriation!, decreto, obsecrationi, exhortationi, in- junctioni, inhibition!, mandato et voluntati, ac litteris hujusmodi et in eis contends pro illorum subsistentia firmiori, robur apostolice confirmations adjicere, nee non spiritualitatem ac omnimodam jurisdictionem ordinariam tani in predictis acquisitis quam aliis insulis, terris, et locis per eosdem regeni et infantem seu eorum successorem, in partibus dictorum Sarracenorum in futurum acquirendis, prefate militie et ordini hujusmodi perpetuo concedere, aliasque in premissis oportune providere de benignitate apostolica dignaremur. Nos igitur attendentes religionem dicte militie in eisdem insulis, terris, et locis, fructus afferre posse in Domino salutares, hujusmodi suplicationibus inclinati, declarationem, constitutionem, donationem, appropriationem, de- cretum, obsecrationem, exhortationem, injunctionem, inhibitionem, manda- tum, voluntatem, litteras, et contenta hujusmodi et inde secuta quecunque rata et grata habentes, ilia omnia et singula auctoritate apostolica tenore presentium, ex certa scientia, confirmamus et approbamus, ac robori perpetue firmitatis subsistere decernimus, supplentes omnes defectus, si qui forsan intervenerint in eisdem. Et nichilominus auctoritate et scientia predictis, perpetuo decernimus, statuimus, et ordinamus, quod spiritualitas et omnimoda jurisdictio ordinaria, dominium, et potestas, in spiritualibus duntaxat in insulis, villis, portubus, terris, et locis a capitibus de Bojador et de Nam usque per totam Guineam et ultra illam meridionalem plagam usque ad Indos, acquisitis et acquirendis, quorum situs, numerum, qualitas, vocabula, desig- nationes, confines, et loca presentibus pro expressis haberi volumus ad militiam et ordinem hujusmodi perpetuis futuris temporibus spectent atque pertineant; illaque eis ex nunc tenore, auctoritate, et scientia predictis con- cedimus et elargimur./ Ita quod prior major pro tempore existens ordinis dicte militie " omnia et singula beneficia ecclesiastica, cum cura et sine cura, secularia et ordinum quorumcunque regularia, in insulis, terris, et locis pre dictis fundata et instituta, seu fundanda et instituenda, cujuscunque qualitatis et valoris existant seu fuerint, quotiens ilia in futurum vacare contigerit, con- ferre et de illis providere ; nee non excommunicationis, suspensionis, priva- tionis, et interdicti, aliasque ecclesiasticas sententias, censuras, et penas, quociens opus fuerit ac rerum et negotiorum pro tempore ingruentium qualitas id exegerit proferre ; omniaque alia et singula que locorum ordinarii in locis in quibus spiritualitatem habere censentur de jure vel consuetudine facere, disponere, et exequi possunt et consueverunt pariformiter, absque nlla differentia facere, disponere, ordinare, et exequi possit et debeat, super quibus omnibus et singulis ei plenam et liberam tenore presentium concedimus facultatem, decernentes insulas, terras, et loca acquisita et acquirenda hujusmodi nullius " diocesis existere, ac irritum et inane si secus super hiis a quoquam quavis auctoritate scienter vel ignoranter contigerit attemptari, non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordinationibus apostolicis nee non statutis, consuetudinibus, privileges, usibus, et naturis dicte militie," juramento con- firmatione apostolica vel quavis alia firmitate roboratis, ceterisque contrariis quibuscunque. Nulli ergo omnino hominum liceat hanc paginam nostrorum confirmationis, approbationis, constitutionis, supplectionis, decreti, statuti, " In MS., singullo. " In MS., millitie. " In MS., nullus. a In MS., millitie. » 30 Doc. 2. The Bull Inter Caetcra orclinationis, voluntatis, concessionis, et elargitionis infringere vel ei ausu temerario contraire. Si quis autem hoc attemptare presumpserit, indigna- tionem Omnipotentis Dei ac beatorum Petri et Pauli apostolorum ejus se noverit incursurum. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarna- tionis Dominice millesimo quadringentesimo quinquagesimo quinto," tertio idus Martii, pontificatus nostri anno primo. Quibus quidem litteris sic presentatis, prefatus procurator, nomine dicti Serenissimi Regis dicto doctor i exposuit quod pro servicio ejusdem regis oportebat ipsum habere unum vel plura transunta dictarum litterarum apos- tolicarum. Iccirco petebat per me notarium publicum infrascriptum, cum autoritate predicti doctoris sibi in publica forma concedi. Prefatus vero doc tor, auctoritate sui publici officii, sibi fieri mandavit. Acta fuerunt hace in civitate Ulixbonense, in predicta domo habitationis ejusdem doctoris, anno, mense, et die quibus supra, presentibus ibidem venerabilibus viris, ALFONSO JOHANNIS, DlDACO ALFONSI, PHILIPPO ALFONSI, et ALVARO MARTINI SCriptO- ribus in curia prefati Serenissimi Regis, testibus ad hoc vocatis specialiter et rogatis. Et ego, DIDACUS GONSALVI, regali auctoritate publicus notarius, predicta- rum litterarum, apostolicarum presentacioni, requisicioni, et auctoritatis prestationi, dum sic fierent et agerentur cum prenominatis testibus presens fui, et hoc presens publicum instrumentum manu propria scripsi, et me sub- scripsi et signo meo signavi. [Notarial sign.] TRANSLATION. In the name of God, amen. Be it known to all who shall examine the present public instrument that in the fourteen hundred and fifty-sixth year from the nativity of our Lord, on the sixteenth day of the month of August, in the presence of the eminent doctor of laws, Lopo Vasques de Serpa, master of requests in his sacred palace of the most illustrious lord, our lord Alfonso, king of Portugal and Algarve and lord of Ceuta, in the pres ence of me, the notary, and of the witnesses whose names are written below, Alvaro Pirez, licentiate of laws and general and lawful procurator of the said Most Serene King, appeared in the dwelling-house of the said doctor and in the king's name presented to the said doctor certain apostolic let ters of Pope Calixtus III., containing within them certain others of Pope Nicholas V., not defective, erased, or cancelled, but free from all suspicious indication, and sealed with a leaden seal, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : Calixtus, bishop, servant of the servants of God. For an abiding memorial. Among other works, which, by the merciful dispensation of Providence, it is incumbent upon us to accomplish, we are rendered deeply solicitous at heart with respect to this — that in all places, and especially in those bordering upon the Saracens, divine worship may flourish to the praise and glory of Almighty God and the exalting of the Christian faith, and may obtain continual increase, and that by means of apostolic protection we may establish those grants to "Doc. 1, note 44. According to our present reckoning, 1456. March 13, 1456 31 kings and princes, justly made by our predecessors the Roman pontiffs, and based on legitimate grounds, so that through the removal of all doubts they may possess perpetual validity. Indeed a short while ago Pope Nicholas V., of happy memory, our predecessor, granted letters of the following tenor : [Here follows the bull Romanus pontifex, Doc. 1.] Since, however, as has been reported to us on behalf of the aforesaid King Alfonso and the Infante Henry, they are extremely eager that ecclesiastical jurisdiction in the said solitary islands, lands, harbors, and places, situated in the ocean toward the southern shore in Guinea, which the said infante withdrew with mailed hand from the hands of the Saracens, and conquered for the Christian religion, as is stated, may be granted forever by the Apos tolic See to the aforesaid Order of Jesus Christ, by the support of whose revenues the said prince is asserted to have made this conquest ; and that the declaration, constitution, gift, grant, appropriation, decree, entreaty, exhor tation, injunction, inhibition, mandate, and will, and the letters of the said Nicholas,- our predecessor, and all and singular contained therein, may be confirmed ; therefore, on the part of the said king and infante we were humbly besought that we might be graciously pleased of our apostolic good-will to add the support of the apostolic confirmation to the declaration, constitu tion, gift, grant, appropriation, decree, entreaty, exhortation, injunction, inhibition, mandate, and will, and to the said letters and what is contained therein, in order to establish them more firmly ; and to grant in perpetuity to the military order aforesaid, ecclesiastical and all kinds of ordinary jurisdic tion, both in the acquired possessions aforesaid, and in the other islands, lands, and places, which may hereafter be acquired by the said king and prince or by their successor, in the territories of the said Saracens ; and otherwise, in respect to the premises, to make convenient provision. We, therefore, long ing that the religion of the said order may be able in the Lord to bear wholesome fruit in the said islands, lands, and places, influenced by these supplications, and considering as valid and acceptable the above-mentioned declaration, constitution, gift, appropriation, decree, entreaty, exhortation, injunction, inhibition, mandate, will, letters, and contents, and everything done by virtue thereof, through our apostolic authority and of our certain knowl edge, do confirm and approve them, all and singular, by the tenor of these presents, and supplying all defects, if there should be any therein, we decree that they remain perpetually valid. And moreover by the authority and with the knowledge aforesaid, we determine, ordain, and appoint forever that ecclesiastical and all ordinary jurisdiction, lordship, and power, in ecclesiasti cal matters only, in the islands, villages, harbors, lands, and places, acquired and to be acquired from capes Bojador and Nam as far as through all Guinea, and past that southern shore all the way to the Indians, the position, number, nature, appellations, designations, bounds, and localities of which we wish to be considered as expressed by these presents, shall belong and pertain to the said military order for all time ; and in accordance with the tenor of these presents, by the authority and knowledge aforesaid, we grant and give them these. So that the prior major, for the time being, of the said military order may and ought to collate and provide to all and singular ecclesiastical benefices, with or without cure of souls, and whether tenable by seculars or by regulars of whatsoever orders, founded and instituted, or to be founded or instituted, in the said islands, lands, and places, of whatever nature and 32 Doc. 2. The Bull Inter Cactera value the benefices are or shall be, as often as they may fall vacant in the future. Also, he may and ought to pronounce ecclesiastical sentences, cen sures, and penalties of excommunication, suspension, deprivation, interdict, and other sentences, whenever the necessity may arise and the nature of affairs and the course of circumstances may require. And all and singular other acts which, in the places wherein the local ordinaries are held to possess ecclesiastical jurisdiction by law or custom, they are able or are accustomed to perform, determine, and execute, the prior major may and ought to per form, determine, order, and execute, in like manner and without any differ ence. In respect to all and singular these things, we grant him full and free faculty by virtue of these presents, decreeing that these islands, lands, and places, acquired and to be acquired, are included in no diocese and that, if it shall happen that anyone, by whatever authority, shall wittingly or un wittingly attempt anything in respect to these matters which is inconsistent with these provisions, it shall be null and void ; the apostolical constitutions and ordinances, also the statutes, customs, privileges, use, and natural rights of the said military order, though strengthened by oath, by apostolical confir mation, or by any other binding force, and any other things whatsoever, to the contrary notwithstanding. Let no one, therefore, infringe or with rash boldness contravene this our confirmation, approbation, constitution, comple tion, decree, statute, order, will, grant, and gift. Should anyone presume to attempt this, be it known to him that he will incur the wrath of Almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, on the thirteenth day of March, in the year of the incarnation of our Lord one thousand four hundred and fifty-five, in the first year of our pontificate. These letters having been thus presented, the aforesaid procurator, in the name of the said Most Serene King, explained to the said doctor that for the service of the said king it was necessary that he should have one or more copies of the said apostolic letters ; therefore he asked that they be granted to him in public form, by me the undersigned notary public, with the authority of the aforesaid doctor. The aforesaid doctor by authority of his public office ordered it to be done. These things were transacted in this very city of Lisbon, in the aforesaid dwelling-house of the said doctor, in the year, month, and day above-men tioned, there being present the venerable men : ALFONSO YANES, DIOGO ALFONSO, FILIPPO ALFONSO, and ALVARO MARTINES, scribes in the court of the aforesaid Most Serene King, especially called and summoned to witness this ; and I, DIOGO GONQALVES, notary public, by royal authority, was present with the aforenamed witnesses at the presentation, examination, and guaranty of authority of the aforesaid apostolic letters, while they were thus made and prepared, and I wrote this present public instrument with my own hand, and I subscribed myself and signed it with my sign. 3. Treaty betzveen Spain and Portugal, concluded at Alcaqovas, September 4, 1479. Ratification by Spain, March 6, 1480. {Ratification by Portugal, September 8, 1479.} INTRODUCTION. In 1460 the Infante Henry died and the sovereignty of the newly discovered lands became vested in the crown of Portugal. King Alfonso V., however, whose chief ambitions were to extend his Moorish conquests and annex Castile, did not directly concern himself with continuing the work of explo ration. This was left to private enterprise, and the impetus given by the infante gradually wore itself out, although the Guinea trade was actively prosecuted. In 1475 Alfonso invaded Castile, and, to strengthen his pretensions to that country, became betrothed to the Princess Joanna, Queen Isabella's rival for the Castilian crown. The resulting War of Succession extended beyond the limits of the peninsula into the Canary Islands, where the Portuguese aided the natives against the Castilians ; 1 and it gave the Castilians the chance to engage vigorously in trade with Guinea — a country which, in spite of the bull Romanns pontifcx, they continued to claim.2 As the result of preliminary negotiations held at Alcantara in March, 1479, between Queen Isabella of Castile and her aunt, the Infanta Beatrice of Portugal, the bases for a settle ment were laid, and it was agreed that a peace should be negotiated and con cluded in Portugal.3 In the following June, in pursuance of this agreement, Queen Isabella despatched Dr. Rodrigo Maldonado, of Talavera, a lawyer in whom she had 1 J. de Viera y Clavijo, Ilistoria General de las Islas Canarias (1858-1863), II. 37. * Pulgar, Cronica, pt. II., cc. 62, 88. The Catholic sovereigns declared (1475) that " los Reyes de Espana tuvieron siempre la conquista de Africa y Guinea, y llevaron cl quinto de cuantas mercaderias en aquellas partes se resgataban ". Navarrete, Viages (1825-1837), I. xxxvii-xxxix, with which, however, compare Santarem, Recherches sur la Priorite (1842), p. 199. A few years later, but before the end of the war, they instructed their ambassadors in Rome to procure permission for themselves and those to whom they should give license " para que puedan contratar con los infieles que tienen la mina del oro e de la Guinea sin incurrir por ello en sentencia de excomunion." M. F. de Navarrete ct al., Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos para la Historia rf H- Vignaud, Histoire Critique de la Grande Entreprise de Christophe Colomb (1911), II. 276 ff. ; H. Vander Linden, "Alexander VI. and the Demarcation of the Maritime and Colonial Domains of Spain and Portugal ", Am. Hist. Rev., XXII. 1-20. For further references, see J. Winsor, Narra tive and Critical History, II. (1886) 45, etc., and E. G. Bourne, Spain in America (1904), "Critical Essay on Authorities", in A. B. Hart, A merica n Natio n . * These are also the references for Docs. 6 and 7. 58 Doc. 5. The Bull Inter Caetcra TEXT.' Alexander episcopus, servus servorum Dei : carissimo in Christo filio Fernando regi et carissime in Christo filie Elisabeth regine Castelle, Legionis, Aragonum, et Granate illustribus, salutem et apostolicam benedictionem. Inter cetera Divine Majestati beneplacita opera et cordis nostri desiderabilia, illud profecto potissimum existit, ut fides Catholica et Christiana religio nostris presertim temporibus exaltetur, ac ubilibet amplietur et dilatetur, animarumque salus procuretur, ac barbare nationes deprimantur, et ad fidem ipsam reducantur. Unde cum ad hanc Sacram Petri Sedem, divina favente dementia, mentis licet imparibus, evocati fuerimus, cognoscentes vos, tanquam veros Catholicos reges et principes, quales semper fuisse novimus, et a vobis preclare gesta toti pene jam orbi notissima demonstrant, nedum id exoptare, sed omni conatu, studio, et diligentia, nullis laboribus, nullis impensis, nullisque parcendo periculis, etiam proprium sanguinem effundendo, efficere, ac omnem animum vestrum omnesque conatus ad hoc jam dudum dedicasse — quenadmodum recuperatio regni Granate a tyrannide Sarrace- norum hodiernis temporibus per vos, cum tanta Divini Nominis gloria facta, testatur — 7 digne ducimur non immerito, et debemus ilia vobis etiam sponte et favorabiliter concedere, per que hujusmodi sanctum et laudabile ac im- mortali Deo acceptum propositum in dies ferventiori animo ad ipsius Dei honorem et imperii Christiani propagationem prosequi valeatis. Sane ac- cepimus quod vos, qui dudum animo proposueratis aliquas terras et insulas, remotas et incognitas ac per alios hactenus non repertas, querere et hivenire, ut illarum incolas et habitatores ad colendum Redemptorem nostrum et fidem Catholicam profitendum reduceretis, hactenus in expugnatione et recuperatione ipsius regni Granate plurimum occupati, hujusmodi sanctum et laudabile propositum vestrum ad optatum finem perducere nequivistis ; sed tandem, sicut Domino placuit, regno predicto recuperate, volentes de- siderium vestrum adimplere, dilectum filium, Christoforum Colon, cum navigiis et hominibus ad similia instructis, non sine maximis laborious et periculis ac expensis, destinastis, ut terras remotas et incognitas hujusmodi, per mare ubi hactenus navigatum non f uerat, diligenter inquirerent ; qui tandem, divino auxilio, facta extrema diligentia, per paries occidentals, ut dicitur, versus Indos, in mari occeano navigantes, certas insulas remotissimas, et etiam terras firmas,8 que per alios hactenus reperte non f uerant, invenerunt, in quibus quamplurime gentes, pacifice viventes, et, ut asseritur, nudi in- cedentes, nee carnibus vescentes, inhabitant ; et, ut prefati nuntii vestri * The text is from the original manuscript of the bull, preserved in the Archives of the Indies at Seville. The pressmark is Patronato, i-i-i ; but the manuscript is not in this legajo, but framed and hanging on the wall. To facilitate comparison with the bull Inter cactera of May 4, words in this bull which are not in the latter are printed in italics. The variant readings in the Vatican text are few and insignificant. 7 The conquest of the kingdom of Granada was completed by the capitulation of the city of Granada on Jan. 2, 1492. * Columbus at first supposed Cuba to be part of the mainland, but he describes it as an island in the letter written on his homeward voyage, of which one copy was sent to Luis de Santangel, steward of King Ferdinand's household, and another to Gabriel Sanchez, treasurer of Aragon. Nearly all the data for the following description might have been taken from this letter, which was known in Rome before April 18. Harrisse, Diplomatic History, p. 160. A translation of the Santangel letter is given in J. E. Olson and E. G. Bourne, The Northmen, Columbus, and Cabot (1906), pp. 263-272, in J. F. Jameson's series of Original Narratives of Early American History. May 3, 1493 59 possunt opinari, gentes ipse in insulis et terris predictis habitantes, credunt unum Deum Creatorem in celis esse, ac ad fidem Catholicam amplexandum et bonis moribus imbuendum satis apti videntur, spesque habetur quod, si erudirentur, nomen Salvatoris Domini nostri Jesu Christi in terris et insulis predictis facile induceretur ; ac pref atus Christoforus in una ex principalibus insulis predictis jam unam turrim * satis munitam, in qua certos Christianos qui secum iverant, in custodiam, et ut alias insulas et terras remotas et incognitas inquirerent, posuit, construi et edificari fecit; in quibus quidem insulis et terris jam repertis, aurum, aromata, et alie quamplurime res preciose diversi generis et diverse qualitatis repperiuntur. Unde omnibus diligenter, et presertim fidei Catholice exaltatione et dilatatione, prout decet Catholicos reges et principes, consideratis, more progenitorum vestrorum, clare memorie regum, terras et insulas predictas illarumque incolas et habitatores, vobis, divina favente dementia, subjicere et ad fidem Catholicam reducere [proposuistis].10 Nos igitur hujusmodi vestrum sanctum et lauda- bile propositum plurimum in Domino commendantes, ac cupientes ut illud ad debitum finem perducatur, et ipsum nomen Salvatoris nostri in partibus illis inducatur, hortamur vos plurimum in Domino, et per sacri lavacri sus- ceptionem, qua mandatis apostolicis obligati estis, et viscera misericordie Domini nostri Jhesu Christi attente requirimus, ut cum expeditionem hujusmodi omnino prosequi et assumere prona mente orthodoxe fidei zelo intendatis, populos in hujusmodi insulis degentes ad Christianam professionem suscipiendam inducere velitis et debeatis, nee pericula, nee labores ullo unquam tempore vos deterreant, firma spe fiduciaque conceptis, quod Deus Omnipotens conatus vestros feliciter prosequetur. Et, ut tanti negotii pro- vinciam apostolice gratie largitate donati, liberius et audacius assumatis, motu proprio," non ad vestram vel alterius pro vobis super hoc nobis oblate petitionis instantiam, sed de nostra mera liberalitate, et ex certa scientia, ac de apostolice potestatis plenitudine, omnes et singiilas terras et insulas predictas, sic incognitas, et hactenus per nuntios vestros repertas et reperien- das in posterum, que sub dominio actuali temporali aliquorum dominorum Christianorum constitute non sint, auctoritate Omnipotentis Dei nobis in beato Petro concessa, ac vicariatus Jhesu Christi, qua fungimur in terris, cum omnibus illarum dominiis, cum civitatibus, castris, locis, et villis, juri- busque et jurisdictionibus ac pertinentiis universis, vobis heredibusque et succesoribus vestris, Castelle et Legionis regibus, in perpetuum auctoritate apostolica, tenore presentium donamus, concedimus, et assignamus, vosque ac heredes et succesores prefatos de illis investimus, illarumgw^ dominos cum plena, libera, et omnimoda potestate, auctoritate, et jurisdictione, facimus, constituimus, et deputamus ; decernentes nichilominus per hujusmodi dona- tionem, concessionem, assignationem, et investituram nostram, nulli Chris- tiano principi jus quesitum sublatum intelligi posse aut aufferri debere. Et insuper mandamus vobis in virtute sancte obedientie, ut, sicut etiam pollicemini et non dubitamus pro vestra maxima devotione et regia magna- nimitate vos esse facturos, ad terras et insulas predictas viros probos et Deum timentes, doctos, peritos, et expertos, ad instruendum incolas et habitatores * In the town of Navidad, in Hispaniola. Cf. Olson and Bourne, Northmen, Colum bus, and Cabot (1906), p. 268. 10 In the bull Inter caetera of May 4, the word proposuistis appears here, but it is not in either text of the bull Inter caetera of May 3. 11 Cf. Doc. 1, note 38. 60 Doc. 5. The Bull Inter Cactcra prefatos in fide Catholica et bonis moribus imbuendum, destinare debeatis, omnem debitam diligentiam in premisis adhibentes ; " ac quibuscumque personis, etiam cujuscumque dignitatis, status, gradus, ordinis, vel condic- tionis, sub excomunicationis late sententie " pena, quam eo ipso, si contra- fecerint, incurrant, districtius inhibentes, ne ad insulas et terras prcdictas, postquam per vestros nuntios sen ad id missos invent e ct recepte fncrhit, pro mercibus habendis vel quavis alia de causa, accedere presumant, absque vestra ac heredum et succesorum vestrorum predictorum licentia speciali. Et" qnia etiam nonnulli Portugallie Reges in partibus Affrice, Guinee, et Miner e Auri, ac alias, insulas, similiter, etiam ex concesione apostolica eis facta, reppererunt et acquisiverunt et per Sedeni Apostolicam eis diversa privilegia, gratie, libertates, immunitates, exemptiones, et indulta concessa fuerunt,1* nos, vobis ac heredibus et succesoribus vestris predictis, ut in insulis et terris per vos repertis et reperiendis hujusmodi, omnibus et singulis gratiis, privilegiis, cxemptionibus, libcrtatibus, facultatibus, inmunitatibus, et indnltis hujusmodi, quorum omnium tenores, ac si de verbo ad verbum presentibus insererentur, haberi volumus pro snfficienter expresis et insertis, uti, potiri, et gaudere libere et licite, possitis ac debeatis in omnibus ct per oninia, pcrinde ac si vobis ac heredibus et succesoribus predictis speciali ter concessa fuissent, motu, auctoritatc, scicntia, et apostolicc potestatis plenitudine similibus, de specialis dono gratie, indulgemus, illaque in omnibus et per omnia ad vos, heredes ac succesores vestros predictos extendimus pariter, et ampliamus, non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordinationibus apostolicis, nee non omni bus illis que in litteris desuper editis concessa sunt, non obstare, ceterisque contrariis quibuscunque ; in Illo a quo imperia et dominationes ac bona cuncta procedunt confidentes, quod, dirigente Domino actus vestros, si hujusmodi sanctum et laudabile negotium prosequamini, brevi tempore, cum felicitate et gloria totius populi Christiani, vestri labores et conatus exitum felicissimum consequentur. Verum, quia difficile foret presentes litteras ad singula queque loca in quibus expediens fuerit deferre, volumus, ac motu et scientia similibus decernimus, quod illarum transumptis, manu publici notarii inde rogati subscriptis, et sigillo alicujus persone in ecclesiastica dignitate constitute seu curie ecclesiastice munitis, ea prorsus fides in judicio et extra ac alias ubilibet adhibeatur, que presentibus adhiberetur, si essent exhibite et ostense. Nulli ergo omnino hominum liceat hanc paginam nostre exhorta- tionis, requisitionis, donationis, concessionis, assignations, investiture, facti, constitutionis, deputationis, mandati, inhibitionis, indulti, extensionis, amplia- tionis, voluntatis, et decreti, infringere, vel ei ausu temerario contraire. Siquis autem hoc attemptare presumpserit, indignationem Omnipotentis Dei ac beatorum Petri et Pauli apostolorum ejus se noverit incursurum. " In their instructions for Columbus's second voyage, dated May 29, 1493, the Spanish sovereigns showed their anxiety to comply with the papal injunction to Christianize the islands. With this in view, they appointed Fray Bernardo Boyl to accompany Columbus. Navarrete, Viages, torn. II., no. 45. p. 66. 13 Excommunication is either latae or ferendae sententiae. " The first is incurred as soon as the offence is committed and by reason of the offence itself (eo ipso) without intervention of any ecclesiastical judge." The Catholic Encyclopedia. "The following italicized passage, which is omitted from the bull Inter caeiera of May 4 (Doc. 7), corresponds closely to the passage in the bull Eximiae devotionis (Doc. 6), beginning Cum autem and ending ampliamus. See below, pp. 66, 75. "The reference is to the bulls of 1455, 1456, and 1481, Docs. 1, 2, and 4. May 3, 1493 61 Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarnationis Dominice millesimo quadrigentesimo nonagesimo tertio, quinto nonas Maii, pontificatus nostri anno primo. Gratis de mandate sanctissimi Domini nostri Pape. B. CAPOTIUS." L. PODOCATIIARUS." D. SERRANO." FERRARIIS." TRANSLATION." Alexander, bishop, servant of the servants of God, to the illustrious sover eigns, our very dear son in Christ, Ferdinand, king, and our very dear daughter in Christ, Isabella, queen, of Castile, Leon, Aragon, and Granada, health and apostolic benediction. Among other works well pleasing to the Divine Majesty and cherished of our heart, this assuredly ranks highest, that in our times especially the Catholic faith and the Christian religion be exalted and everywhere increased and spread, that the health of souls be cared for and that barbarous nations be overthrown and brought to the faith itself. Wherefore inasmuch as by the favor of divine clemency, we, though of insufficient merits, have been called to this Holy See of Peter, recognizing that as true Catholic kings and princes, such as we have known you always to be, and as your illustrious deeds already known to almost the whole world declare, you not only eagerly desire but with every effort, zeal, and diligence, without regard to hardships, expenses, dangers, with the shedding even of your blood, are laboring to that end ; recognizing also that you have long since dedicated to this purpose your whole soul and all your endeavors — as wit nessed in these times with so much glory to the Divine Name in your recovery of the kingdom of Granada from the yoke of the Saracens — we therefore are rightly led, and hold it as our duty, to grant you even of our own accord and in your favor those things, whereby with effort each day more hearty you may be enabled for the honor of God himself and the spread of the Christian rule to carry forward your holy and praiseworthy purpose so pleasing to immortal God. We have indeed learned that you, who for a long time had intended to seek out and discover certain lands and islands remote and unknown and not hitherto discovered by others, to the end that you might bring to the worship of our Redeemer and profession of the Catholic faith their residents and inhabitants, having been up to the present time greatly engaged in the siege and recovery of the kingdom itself of Granada, were unable to accomplish this holy and praiseworthy purpose ; but the said king dom having at length been regained, as was pleasing to the Lord, you, with the wish to fulfill your desire, chose our beloved son Christopher Columbus, lf Capotius was the rescribendarius, Serrano the computator. For some particulars concerning these and the other signatories of this bull see Vander Linden, op. cit. " Lodovico Podocatharo, bishop of Capaccio and archbishop of Benevento, was physician to Pope Innocent VIII. and secretary to Alexander VI. In 1500 he was made a cardinal. M. Buchberger, Kirchliches Handlexikon. The bull bears the official en dorsement " Registrata in Camera Apostolica ". The names in the register are : B. Capotius, D. Serrano, A. de Campania, N. Casanova. " The deciphering of the name of this abbreviator is due to Professor H. Vander Linden. "In translating Docs. 5, 6, 7, and 8, free use has been made of the translations in Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, I. 97-114. 62 Doc. 5. The Bull Inter Caetera whom you furnished with ships and men equipped for like designs, not with out the greatest hardships, dangers, and expenses, to make diligent quest for these remote and unknown countries through the sea, where hitherto no one v had sailed ; and they at length, with divine aid and with the utmost diligence sailing in the ocean sea,^ through western waters, as is said, toward the Indians^} discovered certain very remote islands and even mainlands, that fiitKerto had not been discovered by others ; and therein dwell very many peoples living in peace, and, as reported, going unclothed, and not eating flesh. Moreover, as your aforesaid envoys are of opinion, these very peoples living in the said islands and countries believe in one God, the Creator in heaven, and seem sufficiently disposed to embrace the Catholic * faith and be trained in good morals. And it is hoped that, were they in structed, the name of the Savior, our Lord Jesus Christ, would easily be introduced into the said countries and islands. Also, on one of the chief of these aforesaid islands the above-mentioned Christopher has already caused to be put together and built a fortress fairly equipped, wherein he has sta tioned as garrison certain Christians, companions of his, who are to make search for other remote and unknown islands and countries. In the islands and countries already discovered are found gold, spices, and very many other precious things of divers kinds and qualities. Wherefore, after earnest consideration of all matters, as becomes Catholic kings and princes, and especially of the rise and spread of the Catholic faith, as was the fashion of your ancestors, kings of renowned memory, you have purposed with the favor of divine clemency to bring under your sway the said countries and islands with their residents and inhabitants, and to bring them to the Catholic faith. Hence, heartily commending in the Lord this your holy and praiseworthy purpose, and desirous that it be duly accomplished, and that the name of our Savior be carried into those regions, we exhort you very • earnestly in the Lord and by your reception of holy baptism, whereby you are bound to our apostolic commands, and by the bowels of the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, enjoin strictly, that inasmuch as with eager zeal for the true faith you design to equip and despatch this expedition, you purpose . also, as is your duty, to lead the peoples dwelling in those islands to embrace the Christian profession ; nor at any time let dangers or hardships deter you therefrom, with the stout hope and trust in your hearts that Almighty God will further your undertakings. And, in order that you may enter upon "- so great an undertaking with greater readiness and heartiness endowed with the benefit of our apostolic favor, we, of our own accord, not at your instance nor the request of anyone else in your regard, but of our own sole largess and certain knowledge and out of the fullness of our apostolic power, by the authority of Almighty God conferred upon us in blessed Peter and of the vicarship of Jesus Christ which we hold on earth, do by tenor of these presents give, grant, and assign^ forever to you and your heirs and successors, kings of Castile and Leon, all and singular the aforesaid countries and islands thus unknown and hitherto discovered by your envoys and to be discovered hereafter, provided however they at no time have been in the actual temporal possession of any Christian owner, together with all their dominions, cities, camps, places, and villages, and all rights, jurisdictions, and appurtenances of the same. And we invest you and your aforementioned heirs and suc cessors with them, and make, appoint, and depute you lords of them with full and free power, authority, and jurisdiction of every kind, with this proviso however, that by this our gift, grant, assignment, and investiture Ju. OUU \wutiv* a May 3, 1493 63 no right acquired by any Christian prince is hereby to be understood to be withdrawn or taken away. Moreover we command you in virtue of holy obedience, that, employing all due diligence in the premises, as you also promise — nor do we doubt that you will act in accordance with your devoted loyalty and royal greatness of spirit — you should appoint to the aforesaid countries and islands worthy and God-fearing, learned, skilled, and ex perienced men to instruct the aforesaid inhabitants and residents in the Catholic faith, and to train them in good morals. And under penalty of <& excommunication late sententie to be incurred ipso facto, should any thus contravene, we strictly forbid all persons of no matter what rank, estate, degree, order, or condition, to dare, without your special permit or that of your aforesaid heirs and successors, to go for the sake of trade or any other reason whatever to the said islands and countries after they have been discovered and found by your envoys or persons sent out for that purpose. And inasmuch as some kings of Portugal, likewise by apostolic grant made to them, have similarly discovered and taken possession of islands in the regions of Africa, Guinea, and the Gold Mine, and elsewhere, and divers privileges, favors, liberties, immunities, exemptions, and indults have been granted to them by the Apostolic See, we through similar accord, authority, knowledge, and fullness of apostolic power, by a gift of special favor, do grant to you and your aforesaid heirs and successors, that in the islands and countries thus discovered and to be discovered by you, you may and rightly can use, employ, and enjoy freely and legally, in all things and through all things, just as if they had been especially granted to you and your aforesaid heirs and successors, all and singular these favors, privileges, exemptions, liberties, faculties, immunities, and indults, the terms of all of which we wish to be understood as being sufficiently expressed and inserted, as if they were inserted word for word in these presents. Moreover we similarly extend and enlarge them in all things and through all things to you and your aforesaid heirs and successors, apostolic constitutions and ordinances as well as all those things that have been granted in the letters set forth above or other things whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. We trust in Him from whom empires and governments and all good things proceed, that should you with the Lord's guidance pursue this holy and praise worthy undertaking, in a short while your hardships and endeavors will attain the most felicitous result, to the happiness and glory of all Christendom. But inasmuch as it would be difficult to have these present letters sent to all places where desirable, we wish, and with similar accord and knowledge do decree that to copies of them, signed by the hand of a notary public com missioned therefor and sealed with the seal of any ecclesiastical officer or ecclesiastical court, the same respect is to be shown in court and outside as well as anywhere else, as would be given to these presents should they be exhibited or shown. Let no one, therefore, infringe, or with rash boldness contravene this our exhortation, requisition, gift, grant, assignment, investi ture, deed, constitution, deputation, mandate, inhibition, indult, extension, enlargement, will, and decree. Should anyone presume to do so, be it known to him that he will incur the wrath of Almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul. Given in Rome, at St. Peter's, on the third day of May in the year one thousand four hundred and ninety-three of the incar nation of our Lord, in the first year of our pontificate. Gratis by order of our most holy lord the Pope. B. CAPOTIUS. L. PODOCATHARUS. D. SERRANO. April. FERRARIIS. 6. The Bull Eximiae Devotionis (Alexander VI.}. May j, INTRODUCTION. Although this bull bears the same date as the preceding,2 it would seem that its expediting was not begun until July. In somewhat more precise and emphatic terms it repeats that concession of the earlier bull, which ex tended to the Catholic kings in respect to the lands discovered by Columbus the privileges previously granted to the kings of Portugal in respect to their discoveries in " Africa, Guinea, and the Gold Mine ". BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. and facsimile. An official copy of the promulgated bull, made in 1515, is in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, i-i-i, no. 4. A facsimile of the text preserved in the Vatican registers is in J. C. Hey wood, Documenta Selecta e Tabulario Secreto Vaticano (1893), and is reproduced thence in J. B. Thacher, Columbus (1903-1904), II. 155, 159- Text : Printed. The Vatican text is in Heywood, op. cit. ; Thacher, op. tit., II. 156, 160; G. Berchet, Fonti Italiane (1892-1893), I. 3, 4 (pt. III. of the Raccolta di Documenti published by the Reale Commissione Colom- biana) ; S. E. Dawson, " Lines of Demarcation of Pope Alexander VI.", etc. (1899), pp. 535-536, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, 2d ser., 1899-1900, vol. V., § 2; and, except the formal conclud ing clauses, O. Raynaldus (continuing Baronius), Annales Ecclesiastici (1747-1756), XL 213-214. The text of the promulgated bull is in J. de Solorzano Pereira, De Indiarum Jure (1629-1639), I. 612. Translations. H. Harrisse, Diplomatic History of America (1897), PP- 2O~ 24; Dawson, op. cit., pp. 536-537; Thacher, op. cit., II. 157-161 ; Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), I. 103-105. References: See under Doc. 5. TEXT.' In nomine Domini, Amen. Universis et singulis presentes licteras sive presens publicum transumpti instrumentum visuris, lecturis, et audituris : quod nos, reverendus dominus, Don Didacus Hernandez, thesaurarius "The bull as printed by Solorzano Pereira, De Indiarum Jure, I. 612, is dated May 4 (quarto nonas Mail), and some historians have accepted this as the date of the promul gated bull. The text in the Vatican Register is dated May 3 (quinto nonas Mali), which the text here printed proves to be that of the promulgated bull. In regard to the expe diting of the bull see Vander Linden, " Alexander VI. and the Demarcation of the Mari time and Colonial Domains of Spain and Portugal ", American Historical Review, XXII. 3-7- * Doc. 5. *The following text is from an official copy, made in 1515, and preserved in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, i-i-r, no. 4. 64 May 3, 1493 65 ecclesie collegialis Sancti Antolini de Medina Campi,4 et reverendi in Christo patris et domini, Domini Belnardini Gutterez, prothonotarii apostolici et abbatis dicte ville Medine, provisor offitialis et vicarius generalis in tem- poralibus et spiritualibus, salutem in Domino et presentibus fidem indubiam adhibere placeat. Noveritis quod nos, ad spectabilis viri Domini Didaci Sal- meron, in jure civili bachalarii, licterarum apostolicarum aliorumque jurium et instrumentorum Serenissime Domine nostre domine Joanne, divina favente dementia Castelle, Legionis, et Granate regnorum, etc. regine Catholice ad suumque regium patrimonium statum, jurisdictionem, facilitates, et pre- heminentias concernentium custodis petitionis instantiam et requisitionem, vidimus et diligenter inspeximus quasdam licteras apostolicas felicis recorda- tionis domini, Domini Alexandri Pape Sexti, in forma ejus vere bulle sigilli plumbei in cordula sirici rubei croceique coloris, more Romane curie, pendentis bullatas, im pergameno et lingua Latina scriptas, coram nobis in juditio per eumdem dominum, bachalarium Didacum Salmeron, in sua originali forma productas et presentatas. Et quia per hujusmodi visionem et inspectionem prefatas litteras apostolicas sanas, integras, et illesas, omnique prorsus vitio et suspitione carere, ut apparebat, reperimus. Ideo, eas, ad prefati domini bachalarii, Didaci Salmeron, ulteriorem instantiam, per notarium publicum infrascriptum, transumi et exemplari ac in hujusmodi transumpti publici formam redegi fecimus et mandavimus, volentes, et ordinaria auctoritate qua fungimur decernentes, quod hujusmodi transumpto publico ilia et eadem ac similis et tanta fides ubique locorum et terrarum ubi illud exhibitum fuerit et productum, tarn in juditio quam extra, adhibeatur, que et qualis et quanta eisdem originalibus litteris apostolicis, unde presens transumptum sive ex emplar extractum fuit, adhiberetur, si in medium exhiberentur aut obsten- derentur. Tenor vero licterarum apostolicarum predictarum de quibus supra fit mentio, sequitur et est hujusmodi : Alexander episcopus, servus servorum Dei, carissimo in Christo filio Ferdinando regi et carissime in Christo filie Elisabeth, regine Castelle, Le gionis, Aragonum, et Granate, illustribus, salutem et apostolicam benedic tion em. Eximie devotionis sinceritas et integra fides quibus nos et Romanam reveremini ecclesiam non indigne merentur ut ilia vobis favorabiliter con- cedamus per que sanctum et laudabile propositum vestrum et opus inceptum in querendis terris et insulis remotis ac incognitis in dies melius et facilius ad honorem Omnipotentis Dei et imperii Christiani propagationem ac fidei Catholice exaltationem prosequi valeatis. Hodie siquidem omnes et singulas terras firmas et insulas remotas et incognitas, versus partes occidentales et mare oceanum consistentes, per vos seu nuncios vestros, ad id propterea non sine magnis laboribus, periculis, et impensis destinatos, repertas et reperiendas imposterum, que sub actuali dominio temporali aliquorum dominorum Chris- tianorum constitute non essent, cum omnibus illarum dominiis, civitatibus, castris, locis, villis, juribus, et 5 jurisdictionibus universis, vobis, heredibusque et successoribus vestris, Castelle et Legionis regibus, imperpetuum, motu proprio et ex certa scientia ac de apostolice potestatis plenitudine donavimus, *A bull of Sixtus IV. creating the collegiate church of Saint Antolin is printed in C. Perez Pastor, La Imprenta en Medina del Campo (1895), pp. 18^ ff. '* The words juribus et are struck out. They appear in the Vatican text, but not in Solorzano. 66 Doc. 6. Tlie Bull Eximiac Dcvotionis concessimus, et assignavimus, prout in nostris inde confectis litteris plenius continetur.* Cum 7 autem alias nonnullis Portugallie regibus qui impartibus Africa, Guinea, et Minere Auri, ac alias, insulas etiam ex* similibus con- cessione et donatione apostolica eis facta repererunt et acquisiverunt, per Sedem Apostolicam diversa privilegia, gratie, libertates, immunitates, ex- emptiones, f acultates, littere, et indulta concessa f uerint ; nos volentes etiam, prout dignum et conveniens existit, vos, heredesque et successores vestros predictos, non minoribus gratiis, prerogativis, et favoribus prosequi, motu simili, non ad vestram vel alterius pro vobis super hoc oblate petitionis instantiam sed de nostra mera liberalitate ac eisdem scientia et apostolice potestatis plenitudine, vobis et heredibus et successoribus vestris predictis, ut in insulis et terris per vos seu nomine vestro hactenus repertis hujusmodi et reperiendis imposterum, omnibus et singulis gratiis et privilegiis, exemptioni- bus, libertatibus, facultatibus, immunitatibus, litteris, et indultis regibus Portugallie concessis hujusmodi, quorum omnium tenores, ac si de verbo ad verbum presentibus insererentur, haberi volumus pro sufficienter expressis et insertis, uti, potiri, et gaudere libere et licite possitis et debeatis in omnibus et per omnia perinde ac si ilia omnia vobis ac heredibus et successoribus vestris prefatis specialiter concessa [fuissent],' auctoritate apostolica, tenore presentium de specialis dono gratie indulgemus, illaque in omnibus et per omnia ad vos heredesque ac successores vestros predictos extendimus pariter et ampliamus, ac eisdem modo et forma perpetuo concedimus, non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordinationibus apostolicis, nee non omnibus illis que in litteris Portugallie regibus concessis hujusmodi concessa sunt, non obstare ceterisque contrariis quibuscunque. Verum, quia difficile foret presentes litteras ad singula queque loca in quibus expediens fuerit, deferri, volumus, ac motu et scientia similibus decernimus, quod illarum transumptis, manu publici notarii inde rogati subscriptis et sigillo alicujus persone in ecclesiastica dignitate constitute, seu curie ecclesiastice, munitis, ea prorsus fides indubia in judicio et extra, ac alias ubilibet, adhibeatur, que presentibus adhiberetur, si essent exhibite vel ostense. Nulli ergo omnino hominum liceat hanc paginam nostrorum indulti, extensionis, ampliationis, concessionis, voluntatis, et decreti infringere, vel ei ausu temerario contraire. Siquis autem hoc attemptare presumpserit, indignationem Omnipotentis Dei ac beatorum Petri et Pauli apostolorum ejus se noverit incursurum. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarnationis Dominice millesimo quadrigentesimo nonagesimo tertio, quinto nonas Maii, pontificatus nostri anno primo. L. Podocatharus." D. Gallettus.11 Registrata in secretaria apostolica. Crothonienfsis]." Jul[io].18 Gratis de mandate b[eati] d[ominij nostri pape. Jo[hannes] Nilis." 'The bull Inter caetera of May 3 (Doc. 5) is here referred to. 7 Compare with the passage that begins here and ends with the word ampliamus, twenty lines below, the corresponding italicized passage in the bull Inter caetera, of May 3 (Doc. 5), which begins with the words Et quia, p. 60. * The Vatican text has in instead of ex. *The word fuissent, which appears in the Vatican text, is omitted from the copy of the year 1515 and from Solorzano. 10 Papal secretary. See Doc. 5, note 17. 11 D. Galetti is mentioned in J. Burchard, Diarium (ed. Thuasne, 1883-1885), II. 285, as an apostolic scribe. " In 1493 Giovanni Ebu was Bishop of Cotrpne. 13 This date is the same as that in the margin of the copy of this bull entered in the Vatican register. It indicates the month in which the expediting of the bull began. See above, note i. 14 Rescribendarius in the third quarter of the year 1493. Cf. Doc. 8, p. 81 ; and Vander Linden, op. cit., p. /, note 19. May 3, 1493 67 Nos, vero, provisor officialis et vicarius predictus, pro tribunal! sedentes ad nostrum solitum banchum juris, hora solita causarum consueta im publica audientia, sit[uata] in dicta villa Medine, juxta15 sua manifesta confinia, omnibus et singulis prcmissis, tamquam rite et recte factis, auctoritatem nostram judiciariam et ordinariam pariter et decretum interponendum duximus, et interposuimus presentium per tenorem. In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem et testimonium premissorum, presentes litteras sive presens publicum exemplar aut transumpti instrumentum ex inde fieri et per notarium publicum infrascriptum subscribi et publicari mandavimus, sigillique dicti domini abbatis, quo in similibus utimur, jussimus et fecimus impressione com [m] uniri, ac manibus nostris roboravimus. Datum et actum in dicta villa de Medina, in publica audientia nobis inibi, ut supra pro tribunal! hora solita causarum consueta sedentes, anno nativitatis Domini millesimo quin- gentesimo quintodecimo, indictione tertia, die vero vigesima secunda mensis Martii, pontificatus santissimi in Christo patris et domini nostri Domini Leonis, divina providentia Pape Decimi anno tertio, presentibus Aloysio Hernandez de Medina et Johanne Garzia de Burgo, notariis audientie abba- tialis predicte, et Stefano Saline procuratore causarum dicte ville, et Francisco Rodregez clerico benefitiato in logare Carpi, testibus ad premissa habitis, vocatis, et rogatis. Datharius et prodatarius. Ego, Felecissimus de Mugnonibus de Crevio, Spoletane diocesis, publicus imperiali apostolicaque auctoritate notarius et judex ordinarius, et ad presens Catholice Majestatis curiam sequens, et spetialiter per dictum dominum, provisorem officialem et vicarium, ad hunc actum, electus, assumptus, et deputatus, quia, premissis omnibus et singulis dum sic ut premittitur, coram prefato domino provisore, ac que per eum fierent et dicerentur, una cum prenominatis testibus presens fui, eaque in notam sumpsi et recepi, ideo supra insertas apostolicas licteras transumpsi et exemplatus sum, et cum suis originalibus comprobavi ac in omnibus con- cordare reperi et presens publicum transumpti instrumentum subscripsi et publicavi, signoque et nomine meis solitis et consuetis una cum dicti domini provisoris manus appositione, et sigilli dicti domini abbatis impressione, signavi, in fidem et robur et testimonium omnium et singulorum premissorum, rogatus et requisitus. Signum [Here follows the'] mei FELECISSIMI notarii L notarial sign J predicti. TRANSLATION. In the name of the Lord, Amen. To all and singular who shall see, read, or hear the present letters, or the present public transumpt, we the reverend lord, Don Diego Hernandez, treasurer of the collegiate church of Saint Antolin of Medina del Campo, and official provisor and vicar general in temporalities and spiritualities of the reverend father and lord in Christ, Don Bernardo Gutterez, apostolic protonotary and abbot of the said town of Medina, health in the Lord, and let certain credence be given to these presents. Be it known that, at the instance and request of the petition of the honorable Don Diego Salmeron, bachelor in civil law and keeper of the apostolic letters "Justain MS. 68 Doc. 6. The Bull E.vimiae Devotionis and of other privileges and instruments concerning the status, jurisdiction, faculties, and pre-eminences of the Most Serene Lady, our Lady Joanna, by the favor of divine mercy Catholic queen of the kingdoms of Castile, Leon, and Granada, and in respect to her royal patrimony, we have seen and dili gently inspected certain apostolic letters of our lord, of happy memory, the lord Pope Alexander VI., sealed in the form of his true bull, with a leaden seal hanging on a red and yellow cord of silk, in the manner of the Roman court, written on parchment and in the Latin tongue, produced and pre sented in its original form before us in judgment by the said lord, the bachelor, Diego Salmeron. And because, upon this view and inspection, we found the aforesaid apostolic letters whole, entire, and unimpaired, and, as it seemed, utterly without blemish or suspicious appearance, therefore, at the further instance of the aforesaid lord bachelor, Diego Salmeron, we have caused and ordered these letters to be copied and transcribed and brought into the form of this public transumpt by the notary public aforesaid, wishing and, by the ordinary authority which we enjoy, decreeing, that that and the same and similar and as great credence be given to this public transumpt, in whatever places or lands it shall be exhibited and produced, in court or out, as any of the same kind and degree as would adhere to the same original apostolic letters from which the present transumpt or exemplar was drawn, if they should be publicly exhibited or displayed. The tenor of the aforesaid apostolic letters of which mention was made above, follows, and is this : Alexander," bishop, servant of the servants of God, to the illustrious sovereigns, our very dear son in Christ, Ferdinand, king, and our very dear daughter in Christ, Isabella, queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, and Granada, health and apostolic benediction. The sincerity and whole-souled loyalty of your exalted attachment to ourselves and the Church of Rome deserve to have us grant in your favor those things whereby daily you may the better and more easily be enabled to the honor of Almighty God and the spread of Christian government as well as the exaltation of the Catholic faith to carry out your holy and praiseworthy purpose and the work already undertaken of making search for far-away and unknown countries and islands. For this very day of our own accord and certain knowledge, and out of the fullness of our apostolic power, we have given, granted, and assigned forever, as appears more fully in our letters drawn up therefor, to you and your heirs and successors, kings of Castile and Leon, all and singular the remote and unknown mainlands and islands lying towards the western parts and the ocean sea, that have been discovered or hereafter may be discovered by you or your envoys, whom you have equipped therefor not without great hard ships, dangers, and expense — and with them all their lordships, cities, castles, places, villages, rights, and jurisdictions ; provided however these countries have not been in the actual temporal possession of any Christian lords. But inasmuch as at another time the Apostolic See has granted divers privileges, favors, liberties, immunities, exemptions, faculties, letters, and indults to certain kings of Portugal, who also by similar apostolic grant and donation in their favor, have discovered and taken possession of islands in the regions of Africa, Guinea, and the Gold Mine, and elsewhere, with the desire to em power by our apostolic authority, as also is right and fitting, you and your aforesaid heirs and successors with graces, prerogatives, and favors of no 18 See Doc. 5, note 19. May 3, 1495 69 less character ; moved also thereto wholly of our similar accord, not at your instance nor the petition of anyone else in your favor, but of our own sole liberality and out of the same knowledge and fullness of apostolic power, we do by tenor of these presents, as a gift of special favor, grant to you and your aforesaid heirs and successors that in the islands and countries, already thus discovered by you or in your name and to be discovered hereafter, you may freely and legally, as is proper, use, employ, and enjoy in all things and through all things, exactly the same as if they had been granted especially to you and your aforesaid heirs and successors, all and singular the graces and privileges, exemptions, liberties, faculties, immunities, letters, and indults that have been thus granted to the kings of Portugal, the terms whereof we wish to be understood as sufficiently expressed and inserted, as if they had been inserted word for word in these presents. Moreover we extend similarly and enlarge these powers in all things and through all things to you and your aforesaid heirs and successors, to whom in the same manner and form we grant them forever, apostolic constitutions and ordinances as well as all grants of similar kind made by letters to the kings of Portugal, as well as other things whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. But as it would be difficult to have these present letters sent to all places where desirable, we wish and with similar accord and knowledge do decree that to copies of them, signed by the hand of a public notary commissioned therefor, and sealed with the seal of any ecclesiastical officer or ecclesiastical court, the same respect is to be shown in court and outside as well as anywhere else as would be given to these presents should they be exhibited or shown. Let no one, therefore, infringe or with rash boldness contravene this our indult, extension, enlargement, grant, will, and decree. Should any one presume to do so, be it known to him that he will incur the wrath of Almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, in the year of our Lord's incarnation one thousand four hundred and ninety- three, the third day of May, the first year of our pontificate. L. Podocatharus. D. Gallettus. Registered in the apostolic secretariate. The Bishop of Co- trone. July. Gratis, by command of our blessed lord, the pope. Jo. Nilis. We, the official provisor and vicar aforesaid, sitting before the tribunal at our accustomed law bench at the hour when law suits are usually heard in the public audiencia situated in the said town of Medina, near its manifest bound aries, have thought that to all and singular the aforesaid, as rightly and cor rectly made, our authority and decree as judge and ordinary ought to be interposed, and we have interposed them by the tenor of these presents. In faith and testimony of these premises, all and singular, we have ordered' the present letters or the present public exemplar or transumpt to be made therefrom, and to be subscribed and published by the notary public whose name is signed below, and we have ordered and caused them to be secured with the impression of the seal of the said lord abbot, which we use in such cases, and we have confirmed them with our hand. Given and done by us in the said town of Medina, as we sat in the public audiencia (as above) before our tribunal at the hour when causes are usually heard, in the year of the nativity of our Lord one thousand five hundred and fifteen, in the third indiction, on the twenty-second day of the month of March, in the third year of the pontificate of the most Holy Father and lord in Christ, our lord, by divine providence, Pope Leo X., there being present Luis Hernandez 70 Doc. 6. The Bull E.vimiac Devotionis of Medina and Juan Garcia of Burgos, notaries of the audiencia of the abbey aforesaid, and Estevan de Salinas, attorney in legal proceedings of the said town, and Francisco Rodriguez, beneficed clerk in the village of Carpio, had, called, and summoned as witnesses to the aforesaid. Datary and prodatary. I, Felecissimo di Mugnano of Crevio in the diocese of Spoleto, by imperial and apostolic authority notary public and ordinary judge, at present following the court of his Catholic Majesty, and especially elected, chosen, and deputed for this act by the said lord, the official provisor and vicar, because (in the manner aforesaid in the premises, all and singular) I, together with the aforenamed witnesses, was present before the said lord provisor and took notes of those things that were done and said by him, therefore I have transcribed the apostolic letters inserted above, and I have copied them and have compared them with the originals and have found them to agree in all respects, and I have subscribed and published the present public transumpt, and having been summoned and required, in faith and confirmation and testimony of all and singular the aforesaid, I have marked it with my usual customary sign and name, together with the apposi tion of the sign manual of the said lord provisor and the impression of the seal of the said lord abbot. Sign [here follows the notarial sign] of me, FELECISSIMO, the notary aforesaid. 7. The Bull Inter Caetera (Alexander VI.}. May 4, 1493. INTRODUCTION. Like the bull Eximiae devotionis of May 3,' the bull Inter caetera of May 4 is a restatement of part of the bull Inter caetera of May 3.' Taken together the two later bulls cover the same ground as the bull Inter caetera of May 3, for which they form a substitute. The changes introduced into the bull Inter caetera of May 4, are, however, of great importance, and highly favorable to Spain. Instead of merely granting to Castile the lands discovered by her envoys, and not under Christian rule, the revised bull draws a line of demarcation one hundred leagues west of any of the Azores or Cape Verde Islands, and assigns to Castile the exclusive right to acquire territorial pos sessions and to trade in all the lands west of that line, which at Christmas, 1492, were not in the possession of any Christian prince. The general safe guard to the. possible conflicting rights of Portugal is lacking. All persons are forbidden to approach the lands west of the line without special license from the rulers of Castile. It is not probable that by this bull Alexander VI. intended to secure to Portugal an eastern route to the Indies, as some writers have maintained. In the bulls of May 3, the earlier papal grants to Portugal are said to have given her rights in the region of Guinea and the Gold Mine, but the Indies are not mentioned. The bull of May 4 does not name Portugal and refers to her only in the clause which excepts from the donation any lands west of the demarcation line, which at Christmas, 1492, might be in the possession of any Christian prince. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. and facsimile. The original manuscript of the promulgated bull is in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, i-i-i, no. 3. A photograph of this manuscript is reproduced in the Boletin del Centra de Estudios Americanistas de Sevilla, ano III., num. 7 (March-April, 1915). A facsimile of the text found in the Vatican registers is in J. C. Heywood, Documenta Selccta e Tabttlario Secreto Vaticano (1893), 1 Doc. 6. 'Doc. 5. For some unknown reason the bull of May 4 was antedated by several weeks. It was expedited in June, and thus is actually prior to the bull Eximiae devo tionis, which, also antedated, was expedited in July. Vander Linden, " Alexander VI. and the Demarcation ". American Historical Review, XXII. 3-8. 71 72 Doc. 7. The Bull Inter Caetera whence it is reproduced in J. B. Thacher, Columbus (1903-1904), II. 139-151. An authenticated transcript of the bull, belonging to Columbus, is partly reproduced in facsimile in the Autografos dc Cristobal Colon (1892), opp. p. 20, published by the Duchess of Berwick and Alba ; and the copy entered in Columbus's Book of Privileges is reproduced in the facsimiles of that work. (See F. G. Davenport, " Texts of Columbus's Privileges ", American Historical Review, XIV. 764.) Text: Printed. The Vatican text is in Heywood, op. cit. ; Thacher, op. cit., II. 140-153; G. Berchet, Fonti Italiane (1892-1893), I. 8-n (pt. III. of the Raccolta di Documents published by the Reale Commissione Colom- biana) ; S. E. Dawson, " Line of Demarcation of Pope Alexander VI.", etc. (1899), pp. 529-531, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, 2d ser., 1899, vol. V., § 2, pp. 467 ff. The text of the promulgated bull, preserved in the Archives of the Indies, is printed in J. de Solorzano Pereira, DC Indiarum Jure .(1629-1639), I. 608-610, and in Navarrete, Coleccion de Viages (1825-1837), II. 28-34. The text in J. Ramos- Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 66-68, is from a manuscript in the National Archives at Lisbon. One or another of the above- mentioned texts will be found in various bullaria and other printed works. Translations:" English. The earliest English rendering is doubtless that published in 1555 in R. Eden's translation of Peter Martyr (Pietro Martire d'Anghiera), Decades of the Newe Worlde or West India. This version (together with the Latin text) is in J. Fiske, Discovery of America (1892), II. 580-593, and in A. B. Hart, American History told by Contemporaries (1897-1901), I. 40-43. Other translations are in the Memorials of Columbus (1823), pp. 172-183, a translation of G. B. Spotorno, Codice Diplomatico Colombo- Americano (1823) ; B. F. Stevens, Christopher Columbus; his Own Book of Privileges, 1502 (1893), pp. 182-197; Dawson, op. cit., pp. 532-534; Thacher, op. cit., II. 141-153; and in Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903- 1909), I. 105-111. Spanish. Boletin del Centra de Estudios Amcri- canistas de Sevilla, ano III., num. 7 (March-April, 1915) ; Navarrete, op. cit., II. 29-35. References. Same as for Doc. 5. TEXT.* Alexander episcopus, servus servorum Dei : carissimo in Christo filio Fernando regi, et carissime in Christo filie Elisabeth regine Castelle, Legionis, Aragonum, Sicilie, et Granate, illustribus, salutem et apostolicam benedic- tionem. Inter cetera Divine Majestati beneplacita opera et cordis nostri * desidera- bilia, illud profecto potissimum existit, ut fides Catholica et Christiana religio " nostris presertim temporibus exaltetur, ac ubilibet amplietur et 1 The following text is from the original manuscript of the promulgated bull, pre served in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, i-i-i, no. 3. yariant readings are given from the text of the Vatican register, reproduced in facsimile in Heywood, Documenta Selecta. Words in this bull, not in the bull Inter caetera of May 3, 1493, are printed in italics. 4 The Vatican text reads vcstri. ' The Vatican text reads lex. May 4, 1493 ":5 dilatetur, animarumque salus procuretur, ac barbare nationes deprimantur et ad fidem ipsam reducantur. Unde cum ad hanc ' Sacram Petri Sedem, divina favente dementia, meritis licet imparibus, evocati fuerimus, cognos- centes vos, tanquam veros Catholicos reges et principes, quales semper f uisse novimus, et a vobis preclare gesta toti pene jam orbi notissima demonstrant, nedum id exoptare, sed omni conatu, studio, et diligentia, nullis laboribus, nullis impensis, nullisque parcendo periculis, etiam proprium sanguinem effundendo, efficere, ac omneni animum vestrum omnesque conatus ad hoc jam dudum dedicasse — quemadmodum recuperatio regni Granate a tyrannide Saracenorum hodiernis temporibus per vos, cum tanta Divini Nominis gloria facta, testatur * — digne ducimur * non immerito, et debemus ilia vobis etiam sponte et favorabiliter concedere, per que hujusmodi sanctum et laudabile ac immortali Deo acceptum propositum in dies ferventiori animo ad ipsius Dei honorem et imperil Christiani propagationem prosequi valeatis. Sane ac- cepimus quod vos, qui dudum animo proposueratis aliquas insulas et terras firmas" remotas et incognitas ac per alios hactenus non repertas, querere et invenire, ut illarum incolas et habitatores ad colendum Redemptorem nostrum et fidem Catholicam profitendum reduceretis, hactenus in expugnatione et recuperatione ipsius regni Granate plurimum occupati, hujusmodi sanctum et laudabile propositum vestrum ad optatum finem perducere nequivistis ; sed tandem, sicut Domino placuit, regno predicto recuperato, volentes desiderium adimplere vestrum, dilectum filium Cristophorum Colon, virum utique dignum et plurimum commendandum, ac tanto negotio aptum, cum navigiis et hominibus ad similia instructis, non sine maximis laboribus et periculis ac expensis, destinastis, ut terras firmas et insulas remotas et incognitas hujus modi per mare, ubi hactenus navigatum non fuerat, diligenter inquireret; qui tandem, divino auxilio, facta extrema diligentia, in mari oceano navi- gantes, certas insulas remotissimas, et etiam terras firmas,11 que per alios hactenus reperte non fuerant, invenerunt, in quibus quamplurime gentes, pacifice viventes, et, ut asseritur, nudi incedentes, nee carnibus vescentes, inhabitant ; et, ut pref ati nuntii vestri possunt opinari, gentes ipse in insulis et terris predictis habitantes credunt unum Deum Creatorem in celis esse, ac ad fidem Catholicam amplexandum et bonis moribus imbuendum satis apti videntur, spesque habetur quod, si erudirentur, nomen Salvatoris, Domini nostri Jhesu Christi, in terris et insulis predictis facile induceretur ; ac pre- fatus Cristophorus in una ex principalibus insulis predictis jam unam turrim " satis munitam, in qua certos Christianos qui secum iverant, in custodiam, et ut alias insulas et terras firmas remotas et incognitas inquirerent, posuit, construi et edificari fecit ; in quibusquidem " insulis et terris jam repertis, aurum, aromata, et alie quamplurime res preciose diversi generis et diverse qualitatis reperiuntur. Unde omnibus diligenter, et presertim fidei Catholice exalta- tione et dilatatione, prout decet Catholicos reges et principes, consideratis, more progenitorum vestrorum, clare memorie regum, terras firmas et insulas predictas illarumque incolas et habitatores, vobis, divina favente dementia, subjicere et ad fidem Catholicam reducere proposuistis. Nos igitur hujusmodi vestrum sanctum et laudabile propositum plurimum in Domino commen- dantes, ac cupientes ut illud ad debitum finem perducatur, et ipsum nomen •The Vatican text reads deducantur. 7The Vatican text reads tani. ' Cf. Doc. 5, note 7. * The Vatican text reads du.rimus. "Note the several instances of the introduction of this adjective. " Cf. Doc. 5, note 8. 1J Cf. ibid., note 9. " The Vatican text reads qiiibitsdam. 74 Doc. /. The Bull Inter Caetera Salvatoris nostri in partibus illis inducatur, hortamur vos plurimum in Domino, et per sacri lavacri susceptionem, qua mandatis apostolicis obligati estis, et viscera misericordie Domini nostri Jhesu Christi attente requirimus, ut14 cum expeditionem hujusmodi omnino prosequi et assumere prona mente orthodoxe fidei zelo intendatis, populos in hujusmodi insulis et terris degentes ad Christianam religionem suscipiendam inducere velitis et debeatis, nee pericula, nee labores ullo unquam tempore vos deterreant, firma spe fiduciaque conceptis, quod Deus Omnipotens conatus vestros feliciter prosequetur. Et, ut tanti negotii provinciam apostolice gratie largitate donati liberius et audacius assumatis, motu proprio," non ad vestram vel alterius pro vobis super hoc nobis oblate petitionis instanciam, sed de nostra mera liberalitate et ex certa scientia ac de apostolice potestatis plenitudine, omnes insulas et terras firmas inventas et inveniendas, detectas et detegendas versus occidentem et meridiem™ fabricando et constituendo unam lineam" a polo Arctico scilicet septentrione ad polum Antarcticum scilicet meridiem, sive terre firme et insule invent e ct inveniende sint versus Indiam aut versus aliam quancunque partem, que line a distet a qualibet insularum, que vulgariter nnncupantur de los Azores et Caboverde, centum lends" versus occidentem et meridiem, ita quod omnes insule et terre firme reperte et reperiende, detecte et detegende, a prefata linea versus occidentem et meridiem, per alium re gem aut principem Christian-urn non fuerint actualiter possesse usque ad diem nativitatis do mini nostri Jhesu Christi proxime preteritum a 19 quo incipit annus presens millesi- mus quadringentesimus nonages-imus tertius, quando fuerunt per nuntios et capitaneos vestros invente alique predictarum insularum, auctoritate Omnipotentis Dei nobis in beato Petro concessa, ac vicariatus Jhesu Christi, qua fungimur in terris, cum omnibus illarum dominiis, civitatibus, castris, locis et villis, juribusque et jurisdictionibus* ac pertinentiis universis, vobis heredibusque et successoribus vestris, Castelle et Legionis regibus, in per- petuum tenore presentium donamus, concedimus, et assignamus, vosque et heredes ac successores prefatos illarum dominos cum plena, libera, et omnimoda potestate, auctoritate, et jurisdictione, facimus, constituimus, et deputamus ; decernentes nichilominus per hujusmodi donationem, conces- sionem, et assignationem nostram nulli Christiano principi, qui actualiter prefatas insulas aut terras firmas possederit usque ad predictum diem Nativi tatis Domini nostri Jhesu Christi, jus quesitum sublatum intelligi posse aut auferri debere. Et insuper mandamus vobis in virtute sancte obedientie, ut, sicut etiam pollicemini et non dubitamus pro vestra maxima devotione et regia magnanimitate vos esse facturos, ad terras firmas et insulas predictas viros probos et Deum timentes, doctos, peritos, et expertos, ad instruendum incolas et habitatores prefatos in fide Catholica et bonis moribus imbuendum destinare "The Vatican text reads et. " Cf. Doc. 1, note 38. 14 Of the many commentaries on the phrase, " versus occidentem et meridiem ", the best appears to be that of Vander Linden, in his article on " Alexander VI. and the Demarcation" in the American Historical Review, XXII. 1-20. " It is highly probable that this line was suggested by Columbus. Cf. Dawson, Lines of Demarcation, pp. 491-493; and Vander Linden, op cit. 18 A discussion of ancient and medieval measures of length, including the marine league, is in Dawson, Lines of Demarcation, pp. 502-517, 545, 546. Kretschmer calcu lates that, reckoning a league as equal to four Roman or Italian miles, each equal to about 1480 metres, and coupling from San Antonio, the most westerly of the Cape Verde Islands, the longitude of the first demarcation line was 31° west. Entdeckung, p. 303. " The Vatican text reads in. May 4., 1493 75 debeatis, omnem clebitam diligentiam in premissis adhibentes, ac quibuscunque personis cujuscunque dignitatis, etiam imperialis el regalis, status, gradus, ordinis, vel conditionis, sub excommunicationis late sententie pena, quam eo ipso si contrafecerint, incurrant, districtius inhibemus, ne ad insulas et terras firmas, inventas et inveniendas, detectas et detegendas versus occidentem et meridiem, fabricando et constituendo lineam a polo Arctico ad polum Antarc- ticum, sive terre firme et insule invente et inveniende sint versus Indiam aut versus aliam quancunque partem, que linea distet a qualibet insularum, que vulgariter nuncupantur de los Azores et Caboverde, centum leucis versus occidentem et meridiem, ut prefertur, pro mercibus habendis vel quavis alia de causa, accedere presumant absque vestra ac heredum et successorum vestrorum predictorum licentia speciali, non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordinationibus apostolicis, ceterisque contrariis quibuscunque, in Illo a quo imperia et dominationes ac bona cuncta procedunt confidentes, quod, dirigente Domino M actus vestros, si hujtismodi sanctum et laudabile propositum pro- sequamini, brevi tempore, cum felicitate et gloria totius populi Christiani, vestri labores et conatus exitum felicissimum consequentur. Verum, quia difficile foret presentes litteras ad singula queque loca in quibus expediens fuerit deferri, volumus, ac motu et scientia similibus decernimus, quod illarum transtmiptis manu publici notarii inde rogati subscriptis, et sigillo alicujus persone in ecclesiastica dignitate constitute, seu curie ecclesiastice munitis, ea prorsus fides in judicio et extra ac alias ubilibet adhibeatur, que presentibus adhiberetur, si essent exhibite vel ostense. Nulli ergo omnino hominum liceat hanc paginam nostre commendationis, ortationis, requisitionis, donationis, concessionis, assignationis, constitutionis, deputationis, decreti, mandati, in- hibitionis, et voluntatis, infringere, vel ei ausu temerario contraire. Si quis autem hoc attemptare presumpserit, indignationem Omnipotentis Dei ac beatorum Petri et Pauli apostolorum ejus se noverit incursurum. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarnationis Dominice mil- lesimo quadringentesimo nonagesimo tertio, quarto nonas Maii, pontificatus nostri anno primo. Gratis de mandato sanctissimi Domini nostri pape. Jun[io]. Pro r[eferenda]rio, Pro Jo. BUF[OLINUS],M A. DE MUCCIARELLIS. A. SANTOSEVERINO." L. PODOCA.THARUS. TRANSLATION.*1 Alexander, bishop, servant of the servants of God, to the illustrious sovereigns, our very dear son in Christ, Ferdinand, king, and our very dear daughter in Christ, Isabella, queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Sicily, and Granada, health and apostolic benediction. Among other works well pleasing to the Divine Majesty and cherished of our heart, this assuredly ranks highest, that in our times especially the Catholic faith and the Christian religion be exalted and be everywhere increased and spread, that the health of souls be 29 The Vatican text omits Domino. 21 The reading of these names is due to Professor yander Linden, whose article in the American Historical Review, XXII. 1-20, contains information concerning the signa tories of this bull. " See Doc. 5, note 19. 6 76 Doc. j. The Bull Inter C act era cared for and that barbarous nations be overthrown and brought to the faith itself. Wherefore inasmuch as by the favor of divine clemency, we, though of insufficient merits, have been called to this Holy See of Peter, recognizing that as true Catholic kings and princes, such as we have known you always to be, and as your illustrious deeds already known to almost the whole world declare, you not only eagerly desire but with every effort, zeal, and diligence, without regard to hardships, expenses, dangers, with the shed ding even of your blood, are laboring to that end ; recognizing also that you have long since dedicated to this purpose your whole soul and all your en deavors — as witnessed in these times with so much glory to the Divine Name in your recovery of the kingdom of Granada from the yoke of the Saracens — we therefore are rightly led, and hold it as our duty, to grant you even of our own accord and in your favor those things whereby with effort each day more hearty you may be enabled for the honor of God himself and the spread of the Christian rule to carry forward your holy and praiseworthy purpose so pleasing to immortal God. We have indeed learned that you, who for a long time had intended to seek out and discover certain islands and main lands remote and unknown and not hitherto discovered by others, to the end that you might bring to the worship of our Redeemer and the profession of the Catholic faith their residents and inhabitants, having been up to the present time greatly engaged in the siege and recovery of the kingdom itself of Granada we^e unable to accomplish this holy and praiseworthy purpose ; but the said kingdom having at length been regained, as was pleasing to the Lord, you, with the wish to fulfill your desire, chose our beloved son, Christo pher Columbus, a man assuredly worthy and of the highest recommendations and fitted for so great an undertaking, whom you furnished with ships and men equipped for like designs, not without the greatest hardships, dangers, and expenses, to make diligent quest for these remote and unknown main lands and islands through the sea, where hitherto no one had sailed ; and they at length, with divine aid and with the utmost diligence sailing in the ocean sea, discovered certain very remote islands and even mainlands that hitherto had not been discovered by others ; wherein dwell very many peoples living in peace, and, as reported, going unclothed, and not eating flesh. Moreover, as your aforesaid envoys are of opinion, these very peoples living in the said islands and countries believe in one God, the Creator in heaven, and seem sufficiently disposed to embrace the Catholic faith and be trained in good morals. And it is hoped that, were they instructed, the name of the Savior, our Lord Jesus Christ, would easily be introduced into the said countries and islands. Also, on one of the chief of these aforesaid islands the said Christo pher has already caused to be put together and built a fortress fairly equipped, wherein he has stationed as garrison certain Christians, companions of his, who are to make search for other remote and unknown islands and mainlands. In the islands and countries already discovered are found gold, spices, and very many other precious things of divers kinds and qualities. Wherefore, as becomes Catholic kings and princes, after earnest consideration of all matters, especially of the rise and spread of the Catholic faith, as was the fashion of your ancestors, kings of renowned memory, you have purposed with the favor of divine clemency to bring under your sway the said main lands and islands with their residents and inhabitants and to bring them to the Catholic faith. Hence, heartily commending in the Lord this your holy and praiseworthy purpose, and desirous that it be duly accomplished, and May 4, 1493 77 that the name of our Savior be carried into those regions, we exhort you very earnestly in the Lord and by your reception of holy baptism, whereby you are bound to our apostolic commands, and by the bowels of the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, enjoin strictly, that inasmuch as with eager zeal for the true faith you design to equip and despatch this expedition, you purpose also, as is your duty, to lead the peoples dwelling in those islands and countries to embrace the Christian religion ; nor at any time let dangers or hardships deter you therefrom, with the stout hope and trust in your hearts that Al mighty God will further your undertakings. And, in order that you may enter upon so great an undertaking with greater readiness and heartiness endowed with the benefit of our apostolic favor, we, of our own accord, not at your instance nor the request of anyone else in your regard, but of our own sole largess and certain knowledge and out of the fullness of our apostolic power, by the authority of Almighty God conferred upon us in blessed Peter and of the vicarship of Jesus Christ, which we hold on earth, do by tenor of these presents, should any of said islands have been found by your envoys and captains, give, grant, and assign to you and your heirs and successors, kings of Castile and Leon, forever, together with all their dominions, cities, camps, places, and villages, and all rights, jurisdictions, and appurtenances, alljslands and mainlands found and to be found, discovered and to be dis covered towards the west and south, by drawing and establishing a line from the Arctic pole, namely the north, to the Antarctic pole, namely the south, no matter whether the said mainlands and islands are found and to be found in the direction of India or towards any other quarter, the said line to be distant one hundred leagues towards the west and south from any of the islands commonly known as the Azores and Cape Verde. With this proviso how ever that none of the islands and mainlands, found and to be found, dis covered and to be discovered, beyond that said line towards the west and south, be in the actual possession of any Christian king or prince up to the birthday of our Lord Jesus Christ just past from which the present year one thousand four hundred and ninety-three begins. And we make, appoint, and depute you and your said heirs and successors lords of them with full and free power, authority, and jurisdiction of every kind ; with this proviso how ever, that by this our gift, grant, and assignment no right acquired by any Christian prince, who may be in actual possession of said islands and main lands prior to the said birthday of our Lord Jesus Christ, is hereby to be understood to be withdrawn or taken away. Moreover we command you in virtue of holy obedience that, employing all due diligence in the premises, as you also promise — nor do we doubt your compliance therein in accordance with your loyalty and royal greatness of spirit — you should appoint to the aforesaid mainlands and islands worthy, God-fearing, learned, skilled, and experienced men, in order to instruct the aforesaid inhabitants and residents in the Catholic faith and train them in good morals. Furthermore, under penalty of excommunication late sententie to be incurred ipso facto, should anyone thus contravene, we strictly forbid all persons of whatsoever rank, even imperial and royal, or of whatsoever estate, degree, order, or condition, to dare, without your special permit or that of your aforesaid heirs and suc cessors, to go for the purpose of trade or any other reason to the islands or mainlands, found and to be found, discovered and to be discovered, towards the west and south, by drawing and establishing a line from the Arctic pole to the Antarctic pole, no matter whether the mainlands and islands, found 78 Doc. 7. The Bull Inter Caetera and to be found, lie in the direction of India or toward any other quarter whatsoever, the said line to be distant one hundred leagues towards the west and south, as is aforesaid, from any of the islands commonly known as the Azores and Cape Verde ; apostolic constitutions and ordinances and other decrees whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. We trust in Him from whom empires and governments and all good things proceed, that, should you, with the Lord's guidance, pursue this holy and praiseworthy undertaking, in a short while your hardships and endeavors will attain the most felicitous result, to the happiness and glory of all Christendom. But inasmuch as it would be difficult to have these present letters sent to all places where desir able, we wish, and with similar accord and knowledge do decree, that to copies of them, signed by the hand of a public notary commissioned there for, and sealed with the seal of any ecclesiastical officer or ecclesiastical court, the same respect is to be shown in court and outside as well as any where else as would be given to these presents should they thus be exhibited or shown. Let no one, therefore, infringe, or with rash boldness contravene, this our recommendation, exhortation, requisition, gift, grant, assignment, constitution, deputation, decree, mandate, prohibition, and will. Should any one presume to attempt this, be it known to him that he will incur the wrath of Almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, in the year of the incarnation of our Lord one thousand four hundred and ninety-three, the fourth of May, and the first year of our pontificate. Gratis by order of our most holy lord, the pope. June. For the referendary, For J. BUFOLINUS, A. DE MUCCIARELLIS. A. SANTOSEVERINO. L. PODOCATHARUS. 8. The Bull Dudum Siquidem (Alexander VI.). September 26, 1493. INTRODUCTION. Not long after the interview of March 9, 1493, between Columbus and John II. of Portugal,1 the latter caused an armada to be fitted out to take possession of the lands found by Columbus. A report 2 of these hostile prepa rations having reached the Spanish sovereigns they at once despatched Lope de Herrera to the Portuguese court to request that ambassadors be sent them, and that the caravels should not sail, or Portuguese subjects go to those parts, until it should be determined within whose seas the discoveries lay. Meanwhile the King of Portugal had sent Ruy de Sande to the Spanish sovereigns to entreat them (among other things) to prohibit their subjects from fishing south of Cape Bojador till the limits of the possessions of both kingdoms should be fixed, and to make these limits the parallel of the Canaries, leaving the navigation south of this line to the Portuguese.1 In the middle of August the Portuguese ambassadors, Pero Diaz and Ruy de Pina, arrived in Barcelona, and an attempt at settlement was made. In the midst of the negotiations the Spanish sovereigns appealed to the Pope, who, on September 26, granted them a fourth bull, which confirmed the bull Inter caetera of May 4,* extended it so as to secure to Spain any lands discovered by her in her westward navigations, even though they should be in the eastern regions and belong to India, excluded the subjects of all other crowns from navigating or fishing or exploring in those parts, without, license from Spain, and revoked all the earlier papal grants to Portugal which might seem to give her a claim to lands not already actually possessed by her in those regions. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Texts: MS. Two original manuscripts of the promulgated bull, written on parchment and with the leaden seal affixed, are in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, i-i-i, nos. 2. and 5. A manuscript copy, 1 See introduction to Doc. I. 1 The report came from the Duke of Medina-Sidonia. A letter in respect to this from the sovereigns to the duke, dated May 2, 1493, is printed in Navarrete, Viagts, torn. II., no. 16, pp. 22-23. ' Las Casas quotes Columbus as stating that King John " said that there was mainland to the south". J. E. Olson and E. G. Bourne, Northmen, Columbus, and Cabot (1906), p. 326. For these negotiations see Herrera, Historia General, dec. I., lib. II., c. 5 ; Zurita, Historic, torn. I., lib. I., c. 25 ; Munoz, Historia, torn. I., lib., IV., § 26. 4 Doc. 7. 79 80 Doc. 8. The Bull Dudum Siquidem probably dating from the first years of the sixteenth century, is inserted at the beginning of a manuscript of the Columbus Codex, preserved in the Library of Congress. This bull has not been found in the Vatican registers, and it is a curious fact that neither of the original manuscripts of the promulgated bull bears the customary endorsement " Registrata ". Texts : Printed. The text of the promulgated bull has been printed by J. de Solorzano Pereira, De Indiarum Jure (1629-1639), I. 613, and from this source in G. Berchet, Fonti Italiane (1892-1893), I. 15-16 (pt. III. of the Raccolti di Documenti published by the Reale Commissione Colombiana) ; S. E. Dawson, " Line of Demarcation of Pope Alex ander VI.", etc. (1899), pp. 538-539, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, 2d ser., 1899-1900, vol. V., § 2; and J. B. Thacher, Columbus (1903-1904), II. 162-164. It has also been printed in the Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos . . . de Ultramar, 2d ser., torn. V., Documentos Legislatives (ed. A. M. Fabie, 1890-1897), I. 1-4. Translations: A Spanish translation of the bull, made in 1554 by Gracian de Aldrete, secretary of Philip II., and printed in Navarrete, Coleccion de Viages (1825-1837), torn. II., app., pp. 404-406, has been erroneously supposed by several modern historians to be the basis of Solorzano's Latin text. The English translation in Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), I. 111-114, is from the Spanish version. Thacher's (op. cit., II. 163-164) and Dawson's (op. cit., pp. 539-540) are from Solorzano's text. References: See under Doc. 9. TEXT.' Alexander episcopus, servus servorum Dei : carissimo in Christo filio Ferdinando regi et carissime in Christo filie Elisabeth regine Castelle, Legionis, Aragonum, et Granate, illustribus, salutem et apostolicam benedic- tionem. Dudum siquidem omnes et singulas insulas et terras firmas, inventas et inveniendas versus occidentem et meridiem, que sub actuali dominio temporal! aliquorum dominorum Christianorum constitute non essent, vobis heredi- busque et subcessoribus vestris Castelle et Legionis regibus, imperpetuum, motu proprio et ex certa scientia ac de apostolice potestatis plenitudine donavi- mus, concessimus, et assignavimus, vosque ac heredes et successores prefatos de illis investivimus, illarumque dominos cum plena, libera, et omnimoda potestate, auctoritate, et jurisdictione, constituimus et deputavimus, prout in nostris inde confectis litteris, quarum tenores, ac si de verbo ad verbum, presentibus insererentur haberi volumus pro sufficienter expressis, plenius continetur.* Cum autem contingere posset quod nuntii et capitanei aut vassalli vestri, versus occidentem aut meridiem navigantes, ad partes orientales applicarent, ac insulas et terras firmas que Indie fuissent vel essent, repperi- rent, nos, volentes etiam vos favoribus prosequi gratiosis, motu et scientia ac potestatis plenitudine similibus, donationem, concessionem, assignationem, et litteras predictas, cum omnibus et singulis in eisdem litteris contends * The text is from the original manuscript of the bull, preserved in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, r-i-i, no. 5. *The reference is to the bull Inter caetera of May 4, Doc. 7. September 26, 1493 81 clausulis, ad omnes et singulas insulas et terras firmas, inventas et inveniendas ac detectas et detegendas, que navigando aut itinerando versus occidentem aut meridiem hujusmodi sint vel fuerint aut apparuerint, sive in partibus occidentalibus vel meridionalibus et orientalibus et Indie existant, auctoritate apostolica, tenore presentium, in omnibus et per omnia, perinde ac si in litteris predictis de eis plena et expressa mentio facta fuisset, extendimus pariter et ampliamus, vobis ac heredibus et successoribus vestris predictis, per vos vel alium seu alios, corporalem insularum ac terrarum predictarum possessionem, propria auctoritate libere apprehendendi ac perpetuo retinendi, illasque adversus quoscunque impedientes etiam defendendi, plenam et liberam facultatem concedentes, ac quibuscunque personis etiam cujuscunque dignitatis, status, gradus, ordinis, vel condicionis, sub excommunicationis late sententie pena, quam contrafacientes eo ipso incurrant, districtius in- hibentes, ne ad partes predictas ad navigandum, piscandum,' vel inquirendum insulas vel terras firmas aut quovis alio respectu seu colore ire vel mittere quoquo modo presumant absque expressa et spetiali vestra ac heredum et successorum predictorum licentia, Non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordi- nationibus apostolicis, ac quibusvis donationibus, concessionibus, facultatibus, et assignationibus per nos vel predecessores nostros quibuscunque regibus, principibus, infantibus, aut quibusvis aliis personis aut ordinibus et miliciis,' de predictis partibus, maribus, insulis, atque terris, vel aliqua eorum parte, etiam ex quibusvis causis, etiam pietatis vel fidei aut redemptionis captivorum, et aliis quantuncunque urgentissimis, et cum quibusvis clausulis etiam deroga- toriarum derogatoriis, fortioribus, effkacioribus, et insolitis, etiam quascunque sententias, censuras, et penas in se continentibus, que suum per actualem et realem possessionem non essent sortite effectum, licet forsan aliquando illi quibus donationes et concessiones hujusmodi facte fuissent, aut eorum nuntii, ibidem navigassent, quas tenores illarum etiam presentibus pro suffi- cienter expressis et insertis habentes, motu, scientia, et potestatis plenitudine similibus, omnino revocamus, ac quo ad terras et insulas per eos actualiter non possessas pro infectis haberi volumus, nee non omnibus illis que in litteris predictis voluimus non obstare, ceterisque contrariis quibuscunque. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarnationis Dominice millesimo quad- ringentesimo nonagesimo tertio, sexto kalendas Octobris, pontificatus nostri anno secundo. Gratis de mandate sanctissimi domini nostri pape. Jo[lIANNES] NlLIS.* P. GORMAZ." Sept[embri]. 7 The reference to fishing is doubtless explained by the fact that Spain, yielding to the demands of Portugal, had just agreed to forbid her subjects to fish south of Cape Bojador. One of the two treaties between Spain and Portugal, concluded at Tordesillas on June 7, 1494, relates to the fisheries from Cape Bojador to the Rio do Ouro. This treaty is printed in J. Ramos-Coelhos, Algs. Docs. (1892), pp. 80 ff. * This refers to the Portuguese military Order of Christ, to which Pope Calixtus had granted the spiritualities of Guinea, and beyond, as far as to the Indians. See Doc. 2. * Cf. Doc. 6, note 14. 10 In the second copy of the bull the name of L. Alvarus is substituted. The name of the pontifical secretary, L. Podocatharus, appears on the dorse of both copies of the bull. 82 Doc. 8. The Bull Dudum Siquidem TRANSLATION." Alexander, bishop, servant of the servants of God, to the illustrious sovereigns, his very dear son in Christ, Ferdinand, king, and his very dear daughter in Christ, Isabella, queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, and Granada, health and apostolic benediction. A short while ago of our own accord, and out of our certain knowledge, and fullness of our apostolic power, we gave, conveyed, and assigned forever to you and your heirs and successors, kings of Castile and Leon, all islands and mainlands whatsoever, discovered and to be discovered, toward the west and south, that were not under the actual temporal dominion of any Christian lords. Moreover, we invested therewith you and your aforesaid heirs and successors, and appointed and deputed you as lords of them with full and free power, authority, and jurisdiction of every kind, as more fully appears in our letters given to that effect, the terms whereof we wish to be understood as if they were inserted word for word in these presents. But since it may happen that your envoys and captains, or vassals, while voyaging toward the west or south, might bring their ships to land in eastern regions and there discover islands and mainlands that belonged or belong to India, with the desire moreover to bestow gracious favors upon you, through our similar accord, knowledge, and fullness of power, by apostolic authority and by tenor of these presents, in all and through all, just as if in the aforesaid letters full and express mention had been made thereof, we do in like manner amplify and extend our aforesaid gift, grant, assignment, and letters, with all and singular the clauses contained in the said letters, to all islands and mainlands whatsoever, found and to be found, discovered and to be dis covered, that are or may be or may seem to be in the route of navigation or travel toward the west or south, whether they be in western parts, or in the regions of the south and east and of India. We grant to you and your afore said heirs and successors full and free power through your own authority, exercised through yourselves or through another or others, freely to take corporal possession of the said islands and countries and to hold them forever, and to defend them against whosoever may oppose, With this strict prohi bition however to all persons, of no matter what rank, estate, degree, order or condition, that under penalty of excommunication latae sententiae, which such as contravene are to incur ipso facto, no one without your express and special license or that of your aforesaid heirs and successors shall, for no matter what reason or pretense, presume in any manner to go or send to the aforesaid regions for the purpose of navigating or of fishing, or of searching for islands or mainlands — notwithstanding apostolic consti tutions and ordinances, and any gifts, grants, powers, and assignments of the aforesaid regions, seas, islands, and countries, or any portion of them, made by us or our predecessors to any kings, princes, infantes, or any other persons, orders, or knighthoods, for no matter what reasons, even for motives of charity or the faith, or the ransom of captives, or for other reasons, even the most urgent ; notwithstanding also any repealing clauses, even though they are of the most positive, mandatory, and unusual char acter; and no matter what sentences, censures, and penalties of any kind they may contain ; providing however these grants have not gone into effect through actual and real possession, even though it may have happened that 11 See Doc. 5, note 19. 83 the persons to whom such gifts and grants were made, or their envoys, sailed thither at some time through chance. Wherefore should any such gifts or grants have been made, considering their terms to have been suffi ciently expressed and inserted in our present decree, we through similar accord, knowledge, and fullness of our power do wholly revoke them and as regards the countries and islands not actually taken into possession, we wish the grants to be considered as of no effect, notwithstanding what may appear in the aforesaid letters, or anything else to the contrary. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, on the twenty-sixth day of September, in the year of the incarnation of our Lord one thousand four hundred and ninety-three, the second year of our pontificate. Gratis by order of our most holy lord the Pope. JOHANNES NILIS. P. GORMAZ. September. 9. Treaty between Spain and Portugal concluded at Tordesillas, June 7, 1494. Ratification by Spain, July 2, 1494. [Ratification by Portugal, September 5, 1404.] INTRODUCTION. In the negotiations begun at Barcelona in the middle of August, 1493,' Spain insisted that just as her navigators would refrain from visiting the regions reserved to Portugal — which Spain described as the Madeiras, Azores, Cape Verde, and other islands discovered prior to 14/9, and the region from the Canaries down towards Guinea — so the Portuguese must keep away from Spain's discoveries.2 No agreement, however, could be reached, because, as the Spanish sovereigns wrote to Columbus, the Portu guese ambassadors were not informed as to what belonged to Spain.' Ac cordingly, in November, 1493, a magnificent embassy, headed by Garcia de Carvajal, brother of the Spanish ambassador in Rome, and Pedro de Ayala, was despatched to the Portuguese court ; but it accomplished nothing. In March, 1494, the Portuguese commissioners, Ruy de Sousa, Joao de Sousa, his son, and Ayres de Almada, treated directly with the Spanish sovereigns in Medina del Campo. Portugal felt aggrieved by the papal bull,4 which designated as the eastern limit of the Spanish demarcation a meridian only one hundred leagues west of the Azores or Cape Verde Islands. As their ships were continually sailing to these islands, the Portuguese considered the limits too narrow. They therefore wished another meridian to be agreed on, farther to the west, half-way between the Cape Verde Islands and the lands discovered by Columbus.6 King John " was certain that within those limits famous lands and things must be found." This new line of demarca tion was agreed to by Ferdinand and Isabella, and on June 7, at Tordesillas 1 See introduction to Doc. 8. "Zurita, Historia, lib. I., c. 25. * " Porque ellos no vienen inf ormados de lo que es nuestro." Navarrete, Stages. torn. II., no. 71, p. 108. 4 Doc. 7. 0 Zurita, op. cit., lib. I., c. 29, ff. 35, 36. Harrisse suggests that the Portuguese had in view the acquisition of those islands in the northwest Atlantic fancifully displayed on the maps of Fra Mauro and other early cartographers. Discovery of North America (1892), pp. 57, 58. The voyages of Caspar Corte-Real to the northwest lend some sup port to this suggestion but, according to Las Casas, the southwest was the special region in which at this time King John hoped to discover new lands. J. E. Olson and E. G. Bourne, Northmen, Columbus, and Cabot (1906), p. 326. There are a number of indica tions that both Spaniards and Portuguese coveted particularly the south Atlantic. 84 Tordesillas, 1494 85 near Vallaclolid, the Spanish representatives, Don Enrique Enriques, Don Gutierre de Cardenas, and Dr. Rodrigo Maldonado, concluded a treaty with the above-mentioned plenipotentiaries of Portugal. According to this treaty all lands lying east of a meridian located 370 leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, and discovered by Portugal, were to pertain to that country and all lands west of the line, discovered by Spain, were to pertain to Spain. If the sovereign of either country discovered lands within the bounds assigned to the other, he must surrender them to the other monarch. Within ten months after the date of the treaty each party was to send one or two caravels with pilots, astrologers, and mariners (the same number on each side) to assemble at the Grand Canary, sail to the Cape Verde Islands and thence west to deter mine the boundary ; if the line should intersect land, boundary towers or marks were to be erected. Spanish ships crossing the Portuguese seas east of the line must follow the most direct route to their destination. Lands discovered by Spain within the twenty days next following the conclusion of the treaty were to belong to Portugal if situated within the first 250 leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, otherwise to Spain. The pope was asked to confirm the treaty upon the request of either or both parties thereto. Since in the then existing state of knowledge it was impossible to deter mine the position of the delimiting meridian, the treaty led to further disagreements and its interpretation has been a matter of dispute down to modern times. At different periods, in accordance with her changing inter ests, Portugal claimed now one and now another of the Cape Verde group as the point of departure for measurement westwards. Another debated question was the number of leagues in a degree.* BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification signed by Ferdinand and Isabella at Arevalo, July 2, 1494, is in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 17, mac.o 2, no. 24. The original manuscript of the ratifi cation signed by John II. at Setubal on September 5, 1494, is in the Archives of the Indies, " Legajo escogido ". Text: Printed. J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 69-80; G. F. von Martens, Supplement au Recucil des Traites (1802, etc.), I. 372-388; C. Calvo, Receuil des Traites (1862-1866), I. 19-36; J. F. Pacheco et al., Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos (1864-1884), XXX. 258-285; M. Fernandez de Navarrete, Coleccion de Viages (1825-1837), II. 130-143, and thence in J. B. Thacher, Columbus (1903-1904), II. 165- 175; Boletin del Centra de Estudios Americanistas, ano III., no. 7. This treaty is also contained in the official collections of treaties of some * For an account of the knowledge of nautical astronomy in Portugal at this time, see J. Bensaude, L'Astronomie Nautique au Portugal a I'Epoque des Grandes Decouvertes (1912), and the Collection de Documents, relative to this subject, now being published under his direction by order of the Portuguese ministry of public instruction. 86 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal of the South American states, and in various publications of those states dealing with boundary disputes. There are many differences between these abovementioned texts, due in some cases to the modern izing of the language, and in some cases, apparently, to the fact that they are translations from Portuguese into Spanish. Translation,: English. Thacher, op. cit., II. 175-186; Argentine Republic, Arbitration upon a Part of the National Territory of Misiones, I. Ar gentine Evidence (1893), PP- 13~24> and thence in the Report of the American Historical Association for 1895, pp. 524-534. The most im portant parts of the treaty are translated in E. H. Blair and J. A. Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), I. 115-129. References : Contemporary and early writings. Documents in Navarrete, op. cit., torn. II., nos. 16 (p. 22), 50 (p. 76), 54 (p. 78), 63 (p. 91), 67 (p. 96), 68 (p. 97), 69 (p. 106), 71 (p. 108), 79 (p. 154). Ruy de Pina, Chronica d'El Rei Joad II., in J. F. Correa da Serra, Collecqao de Livros Ineditos de Historia Portuguese, (pub. by the Acad. Real das Scien- cias, Lisbon, 1790, etc.), torn. II. , c. 66; Garcia de Resende, Chronica de D. Joam II. (1752), cc. 166-168; J. de Barros, Da Asia, I. (1778), dec. I., liv. III., c. ii ; G. Zurita, Historia del Rey Don Hernando (1580), torn. I., lib. I., cc. 25, 29 ; A. de Herrera, Historia General de los Hechos de los Castellanos (1730), torn. I., dec. L, lib. II., cc. 5, 8, 10; Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elenientar (1842-1876), I. 392-393. References: Later writings. J. B. Mufioz, Historia del Nuevo-Mundo (1793), torn. I., lib. IV., §§ 26-30; H. Schafer, Geschichte von Portugal (1836-1854), III. 162-163, in Heeren and Ukert, Geschichte der Euro- pdischen Staaten; H. Harrisse, Diplomatic History of America (1897), chs. 7 and following; S. E. Dawson, "Line of Demarcation of Pope Alexander VI.", etc. (1899), pp. 496-526, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, 2d ser., 1899-1900, vol. V., § 2; E. G. Bourne, Essays in Historical Criticism (1901), pp. 201-203; H. Vander Linden, " Alexander VI. and the Demarcation of the Maritime and Colonial Domains of Spain and Portugal ", Am. Hist. Rev., XXII. 1-20. TEXT.' Don Fernando e Dona Ysabel, por la gracja de Dios rrey e rreyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de Segilia, de Granada, de Toledo, de Valencia, de Galizia, de Mallorcas, de Sevilla, de Cerdefia, de Cordova, de Corgega, de Murgia, de Jahen, del Algarbe, de Algezira, de Gibraltar, de las yslas de Canaria, conde e condesa de Barcelona e senores de Vizcaya e de Molina, duques de Atenas e de Neopatria, condes de Rosellon e de Qerdania, marqueses de Oristan e de Gogeano, en uno con el Pringipe Don Juan, nuestro muy caro e muy amado hijo primogenito, heredero de los dichos nuestros rreynos e senorios. Por quanto por Don Enrrique Enrriques," nuestro mayordomo T The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by Ferdinand and Isabella, in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 17, mago 2, no. 24. 'Son of the Admiral Don Fadrique Enriques. His family history is given by Dr. Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal (cf. Doc. 13, note 17) in his Adiciones Genealogicas, published in Navarrete's Coleccion de Docttmentos Ineditos para la Historia de Espana, torn. XVIII., pp. 454 ff. Tordcsillas, 1494 87 mayor, e Don Gutierre cle Cardenas, commisario mayor de Leon, nuestro contador mayor," y el Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado,10 todos del nuestro consejo, fue tratado, asentado, e capitulado por nos y en nuestro nonbre e por virtud de nuestro poder, con el Serenisimo Don Juan, por la gragia de Dios rrey de Portugal e de los Algarbes de aquende e alende el mar en Africa, senor de Guinea, nuestro muy caro e muy amado hermano, e con Ruy de Sosa, senor de Usagres e Berengel, e Don Juan de Sosa su hi jo, almotagen mayor" del dicho Serenisimo Rey, nuestro hermano, e Arias de Almadana, corregidor de los fechos geviles de su corte " e del su desenbargo," todos del consejo del dicho Serenisimo Rey nuestro hermano, en su nonbre e por virtud de su poder sus enbaxadores, que a nos vinieron sobre la diferengia de lo que a nos y al dicho Serenisimo Rey nuestro hermano pertenesge de lo que hasta siete dias deste mes de Junio, en que estamos, de la fecha desta escriptura, esta por descubrir en el mar ogeano ; en la qual dicha capitulation los dichos nuestros procuradores, entre otras cosas, prometieron que dentro de gierto termino en ella contenido, nos otorgariamos, confirmariamos, jurariamos, ratificariamos, e aprovariamos la dicha capitulation por nuestras personas ; e nos, queriendo complir e cunpliendo todo lo que asi en nuestro nonbre fue asentado e capitulado e otorgado gerca de lo suso dicho, mandamos traer ante nos la dicha escriptura de la dicha capitulation e asiento para la ver e esaminar, e el tenor della de verbo ad verbum es este que se sigue : En el nonbre de Dios Todo poderoso, Padre e Fijo e Espiritu Santo, tres personas rrealmente distintas e apartadas e una sola esengia divina. Mani- fiesto e notorio sea a todos quantos este publico ynstrumento vieren, como en la villa de Tordesillas, a siete dias del mes de Junio, ano del nasgimiento de nuestro Senor Jhesu Christo de mill e quatrogientos e noventa e quatro afios, en presengia de nos, los secretaries y escrivanos e notarios publicos de yuso escriptos, estando presentes los honrrados Don Enrrique Enrriques, mayordomo mayor de los muy altos e muy poderosos pringipes, los senores Don Fernando e Dona Isabel, por la gragia de Dios rrey e rreyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de Segilia, de Granada, etc., Don Gutierre de Cardenas, contador mayor de los dichos senores rrey e rreyna, e el Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, todos del consejo de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, e de Leon, de Aragon, de Segilia e de Granada, etc., sus procuradores bastantes de la una parte, e los honrrados Ruy de Sosa, senor de Usagres e Berengel, * The contadorcs mayores, who at this time numbered two, were the heads of the financial administration of Spain. For a full account of their functions see " Organi zation de la Hacienda en la Primera Mitad del Siglo XVI0 " in F. de Laiglesia, Estudios Historicos, 1515-1555 (Madrid, 1908). 10 He had been sent to Portugal in 1479 to negotiate the treaty of Alcaqovas. See Doc. 3, introduction. 11 It was the business of the almotace mor to supply the Portuguese court with pro visions, and to see that the roads over which the sovereign had to travel were in order. H. da Gama Barros, Historia da Administraqao Publica em Portugal nos Seculos XII. a XV. (1885-1896), I. 602-003. " The corregedor da corte was a magistrate who exercised in the place where the King of Portugal was, the police, administrative, and judicial functions exercised by the local corregedores. A few years before the date of this treaty, the single corregedor da corte was replaced by two corregedores, of whom one took cognizance of civil, the other of criminal, causes. Gama Barros, op. cit., I. 603, 604. " The desembargo d'el rei was a kind of privy-council, whose members were generally lawyers. Ibid., p. 593. 88 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal e Don Juan de Sosa, su hijo, almotagen mayor del muy alto e muy exgelente senor, el senor Don Juan, por la gragia de Dios rrey de Portugal e de los Algarbes de aquende e de allende el mar en Africa, e senor de Guinea, e Arias de Almadana, corregidor de los fechos geviles en su corte, e del su desenbargo, todos del consejo del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, e sus enbaxa- d.ores e procuradores bastantes, segund amas las dichas partes lo mostraron por las cartas de poderes e procuragiones de los dichos senores sus consti- tuyentes, de las quales su tenor de verbo ad verbuwi es este que se sigue : [Here follow the full powers granted by Ferdinand and Isabella to Don Enrique Enriques, Don Gutierre de Cardenas, and Dr. Rodrigo Maldonado on June 5, 1494; and the full powers granted by Joao II. to Ruy de Sousa, Joao de Sousa, and Arias d'Almadana on March 8, 1494.] E luego los dichos procuradores de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de Segilia, de Granada, etc., e del dicho senor Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes, etc., dixeron : [i.] Que, por quanto entre los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, ay gierta diferengia sobre lo que a cada una de las dichas partes pertenege de lo que fasta oydia, de la fecha desta capitulation, esta por descubrir en el mar ogeano, porende que ellos por bien de paz e concordia, e por conservagion del debdo e amor quel dicho senor Rey de Portugal tiene con los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Aragon, etc., a sus Altezas plaze, e los dichos sus procuradores en su nonbre e por virtud de los dichos sus poderes otorgaron e consintieron que se haga e sefiale por el dicho mar ogeano una rraya o linea derecha de polo a polo, conviene a saber, del polo Artico al polo Antartico, que es de norte a sul, la qual rraya o linea se aya de dar e de derecha, como dicho es, a tresientas e setenta leguas de las Yslas del Cabo Verde, hasia la parte del poniente," por grados o por otra manera, como mejor y mas presto se pueda dar, de manera que no scan mas, e que todo lo que hasta aqui se ha fallado e descubierto e de aqui adelante se hallare e descubriere por el dicho senor Rey de Portugal y por sus navios, asy yslas, como tierra firme, desde la dicha rraya e linea, dada en la forma suso dicha, yendo por la dicha parte del levante dentro de la dicha rraya a la parte del levante, o del norte, o del sul della, tanto que no sea atravesando la dicha rraya, que esto sea e finque e pertenesca al dicho senor Rey de Portugal e a sus subgesores para sienpre jamas; e que todo lo otro, asi yslas, como tierra firme, halladas y por hallar, descubiertas y por descubrir, que son o fueren halladas por los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Aragon, etc., e por sus navios, desde la dicha rraya, dada en la forma susodicha, yendo por la dicha parte del poniente, despues de pasada la dicha rraya, hasia el poniente, o el norte, 14 A meridian 370 leagues west of San Antonio, the most westerly of the Cape Verde Islands, is in about 46° W. longitude ; i. e., east of the mouth of the Gurupy River. The question where, in 1494, the Spanish and Portuguese governments supposed the line to fall is elaborately discussed by Harrisse, Diplomatic History, and Dawson, Line of Demarcation. From both the Portuguese and the Spanish maps of the early sixteenth century, it appears that it was then believed that the line passed west of Newfoundland (Baccallaos). Columbus and his heirs never assented to the new line, which, on account of its more westerly position, deprived him of part of the region in which he had been granted important rights. See Harrisse's introduction to B. F. Stevens, Christopher Columbus: his own Book of Privileges, 1502 (1893), pp. Iviii, lix. For the methods employed at this time to determine latitude and longitude, see the works edited and written by J. Bensaude, and referred to above, note 6. TordcsiUas, 1^94 89 o el sul della, que todo sea e finque e pertenesca a los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Leon, etc., e a sus subgesores para sienpre jamas. [2.] Yten, los dichos procuradores prometieron e seguraron, por virtud de los dichos poderes, que de oy en adelante no enbiaran navios algunos, conviene a saber : los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, e de Leon, e de Aragon, etc., por esta parte de la rraya a la parte del levante aquende de la dicha rraya, que queda para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes, etc., ni el dicho senor Rey de Portugal a la otra parte de la dicha rraya que queda para los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, e de Aragon, etc., a descubrir e buscar tierras ni yslas algunas, ni a contratar, ni rrescatar, ni conquistar en manera alguna ; pero que, si acaesgiere que, yendo asi aquende de la dicha rraya, los dichos navios de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, etc., hallasen qualesquier yslas o tierras en lo que asi queda para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal, que aquello tal sea e finque para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e para sus herederos para sienpre jamas ; e sus Altezas gelo ayan de mandar luego dar e entregar. E si los navios del dicho senor Rey de Portugal hallaren qualesquier yslas e tierras en la parte de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, e de Leon, e Aragon, etc., que todo lo tal sea e finque para los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, de Leon, e de Aragon, etc., e para sus herederos para sienpre jamas ; e que el dicho senor Rey de Portugal gelo aya luego de mandar dar e entregar. [3.] Yten, para que la dicha linea o rraya de la dicha partition se aya de dar e de derecha e la mas cjerta que ser pudiere por las dichas tresientas e setenta leguas de las dichas yslas del Cabo Verde hasia la parte del poniente, como dicho es, es concordado e asentado por los dichos procuradores de anbas las dichas partes, que dentro de diez meses primeros siguientes, contados desde el dia de la fecha desta capitulation, los dichos senores sus consti- tuyentes ayan de enbiar dos o quatro caravelas, conviene a saber, una o dos de cada parte, o mas o menos, segund se acordare por las dichas partes que son negesarias, las quales para el dicho tienpo scan juntas en la ysla de la Grand Canaria, y enbien en ellas cada una de las dichas partes, personas, asi pilotos como astrologos y marineros y qualesquier otras personas que convengan, pero que sean tantos de una parte, como de otra ; y que algunas personas de los dichos pilotos e astrologos e marineros e personas que sepan que enbiaren los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Leon, de Aragon, etc., vayan en el navio o navios, que enbiare el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes, etc. ; e asi mismo algunas de las dichas personas que enbiare el dicho senor Rey de Portugal vayan en el navio o navios, que enbiaren los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e Aragon, tantos de una parte como de otra, para que juntamente puedan mejor ver e rreconoscer la mar e los rrumos e vientos e grades de sol e norte e senalar las leguas sobredichas, tanto que para faser el seiialamiento e limite convirran todos juntos los que fueren en los dichos navios que enbiaren amas las dichas partes e llevaren sus poderes ; " los quales dichos navios todos juntamente continuen su camino a las dichas yslas del Cabo Verde, e desde alii tomaran surrota derecha al poniente hasta las dichas tresientas e setenta leguas, medidas como las dichas personas, que asi fueren, acordaren que se deven medir, sin perjuisio de las dichas partes ; y alii donde se acabaren se haga el punto e serial que convenga por grados de sol o de norte, o por singradura de leguas, o como mejor se "This stipulation was not carried out. See introduction to Doc. 10. 90 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal pudieren concordar. La qual dicha rraya senalen desde el dicho polo artico al dicho polo antartico, que es de norte a sul, como dicho es, y aquello que senalaren lo escrivan e firmen de sus nonbres las dichas personas, que asi f ueren embiadas por amas las*dichas partes, las quales han de llevar f acultad e poderes de las dichas partes, cada uno de la suya, para haser la dicha senal e limitagion y fecha por ellos, seyendo todos comformes que sea avida por senal e limitation perpetuamente para sienpre jamas, para que las dichas partes, ni alguna dellas, ni sus subgesores para sienpre jamas no la puedan contradezir, ni quitar, ni rremover en tiempo alguno, ni por alguna manera que sea o ser pueda. E sy caso fuere que la dicha rraya e limite de polo a polo, como dicho es, tocare en alguna ysla o tierra firme, que al comiengo de la tal ysla o tierra, que asi fuere hallada, donde tocare la dicha rraya, se haga alguna senal o torre, e que en derecho de la tal senal o torre se continue dend en adelante otras senales por la tal ysla o tierra, en derecho de la dicha rraya, las quales partan lo que a cada una de las partes pertenesgiere della, e que los subditos de las dichas partes no scan osados los unos de pasar a la parte de los otros, ni los otros de los otros pasando la dicha serial o limite en la tal ysla o tierra. [4.] Yten, por quanto para yr los dichos navibs de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, etc., desde sus rreynos e senorios a la dicha su parte allende de la dicha rraya, en la manera que dicho es, es forgado que ayan de pasar por las mares desta parte de la rraya que quedan para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal, porende es concordado y asentado que los dichos navios de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, etc., puedan yr e venir e vayan e vengan libre, segura, e pagifi- camente, sin contradigion alguna por las dichas mares que quedan con el dicho senor Rey de Portugal dentro de la dicha rraya, en todo tienpo, y cada e quando sus Altezas y sus subgesores quisieren, e por bien tovieren ; los quales vayan por sus caminos derechos e rrotas desde sus rreynos para qualquier parte de lo que esta dentro de su rraya e limite, donde quisieren enbiar a descobrir e conquistar, e a contratar, e que lleven sus caminos derechos por donde ellos acordaren de yr, para qualquier cosa de la dicha su parte, e de aquellos no puedan apartarse, salvo lo que el tienpo contrario les fisiere apartar, tanto que no tomen ni ocupen, antes de pasar la dicha rraya, cosa alguna de lo que fuere f allado por el dicho senor Rey de Portugal en la dicha su parte ; e si alguna cosa hallaren los dichos sus navios antes de pasar la dicha rraya, como dicho es, que aquello sea para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e sus Altezas gelo ayan de mandar luego dar e entregar. E porque podria ser que los navios e gentes de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla, e de Aragon, etc., o por su parte, avran hallado hasta veynte dias deste mes de Junio, en que estamos, de la fecha desta capitulagion, algunas yslas e tierra firme dentro de la dicha rraya que se ha de faser de polo a polo, por linea derecha, en fin de las dichas tresientas e setenta leguas, contadas desde las dichas yslas del Cabo Verde al poniente, como dicho es, es concordado e asentado, por quitar toda dubda, que todas las yslas e tierra firme que scan halladas e descubiertas en qualquier manera hasta los dichos veynte dias deste dicho mes de Junio, aun que scan halladas por los navios e gentes de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castylla e de Aragon, etc., con tanto que sea dentro de las dosientas e ginquenta leguas primeras de las dichas trezientas e setenta leguas, contandolas desde las dichas yslas del Cabo Verde al poniente hasia la dicha rraya, en qualquier parte dellas para los Tordcsillas, 1494 91 dichos polos que scan halladas dentro de las dichas dosientas e ginquenta leguas hasiendose una rraya, o linea derecha de polo a polo donde se acabaren las dichas dosientas e ginquenta leguas, queden e finquen para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes, etc., e para sus subgesores e rreynos para sienpre jamas. E que todas las yslas e tierra firme que hasta los dichos veynte dias deste mes de Junio, en que estamos, scan falladas e descubiertas por los navios de los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Aragon, etc., e por sus gentes, o en otra qualquier manera, dentro de las otras giento e veynte leguas, que quedan para cunplimiento de las dichas trezientas e setenta leguas, en que ha de acabar la dicha rraya que se ha de faser de polo a polo, como dicho es, en qualquier parte de las dichas giento e veynte leguas para los dichos polos, que scan halladas fasta el dicho dia, queden e finquen para los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Aragon, etc., e para sus subgesores e sus rreynos para sienpre jamas, como es e ha de ser suyo lo que es o fuere hallado, allende de la dicha rraya de las dichas tresientas e setenta leguas que quedan para sus Altezas, como dicho es, aun que las dichas giento e veynte leguas son dentro de la dicha rraya de las dichas trezientas e setenta leguas que quedan para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes, etc., como dicho es. E si fasta los dichos veynte dias deste dicho mes de Junio no son hallados por los dichos navios de Sus Altezas cosa alguna dentro de las dichas giento e veynte leguas, y de alii adelante lo hallaren, que sea para el dicho senor Rey de Portugal, como en el capitulo suso escripto es contenido. Lo qual todo que dicho es, e cada una cosa e parte dello, los dichos Don Enrrique Enrriques, mayordomo mayor, e Don Gutierre de Cardenas, con- tador mayor, e Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, procuradores de los dichos muy altos e muy poderosos pringipes, los senores el Rey e la Reyna de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de Segilia, e de Granada, etc., e por virtud del dicho su poder que de suso va encorporado, e los dichos Ruy de Sosa e Don Juan de Sosa su hijo e Arias de Almadana, procuradores e enbaxadores del dicho muy alto e muy exgelente pringipe el senor Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes de aquende e allende en Africa, senor de Guinea, e por virtud del dicho su poder, que de suso va encorporado, prometieron e seguraron, en nonbre de los dichos sus constituyentes, que ellos e sus subgesores e rreynos e senorios para sienpre jamas ternan e guardaran e conpliran rrealmente e con efecto, gesante todo f raude e cautela, engano, ficgion, e simulagion, todo lo contenido en esta capitulagion, e cada una cosa e parte dello, e quisieron e otorgaron que todo lo contenido en esta dicha capitulagion, e cada una cosa e parte dello, sea guardado e conplido e esecutado, como se ha de guardar e conplir e esecutar todo lo contenido en la capitulagion de las pases fechas e asentadas entre los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Aragon, etc., e el senor Don Alfonso Rey de Portugal, que santa gloria aya, e el dicho senor Rey, que agora es de Portugal, su fijo, seyendo pringipe, el ano que paso, de mill e quatrogientos e setenta e nueve anos ; " e so aquellas mismas penas, vinculos, e firmezas e obligagiones, segund e de la manera que en la dicha capitulagion de las dichas pazes se contiene, e obligaronse que las dichas partes ni alguna deltas, ni sus subgesores para sienpre jamas, no yran ni vernan contra lo que de suso es dicho y espagificado ; ni contra cosa alguna ni parte dello, directe ni yndirecte, ni por otra manera alguna en tienpo alguno, ni por alguna manera, pensada o no pensada, que sea o ser pueda, so las penas contenidas en la dicha capitulagion de las dichas pases, e la pena pagada o non pagada, o " The treaty of Alcaqovas, Doc. 3. 7 92 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal gragiosamente rremetida, que esta obligation e capitulation e asiento quede e finque firme, estable, e valedera para sienpre jamas ; para lo qual todo asy tener e guardar e cunplir e pagar los dichos procuradores, en nonbre de los dichos sus eonstituyentes, obligaron los bienes, cada uno de la dicha su parte, muebles e rrayes, patrimoniales e fiscales, e de sus subditos e vasallos, avidos e por aver ; e renungiaron qualesquier leys e derechos de que se puedan aprovechar las dichas partes e cada una dellas, para yr o venir contra lo suso dicho o contra alguna parte dello, e por mayor seguridad e firmeza de lo susodicho, juraron a Dios e a Santa Maria e a la serial de la Cruz, en que pusieron sus manos derechas, e a las palabras de los Santos Evangelios do quiere que mas largamente son escriptos, en anima de los dichos sus eon stituyentes, que ellos y cada uno dellos ternan e guardaran e cunpliran todo lo suso dicho, y cada una cosa e parte dello, rrealmente e con efeto, cesante todo fraude, cautela, e engano, ficgion, e simulagion, e no lo contradiran en tienpo alguno, ni por alguna manera. So el qual dicho juramento juraron de no pedir absolution ni rrelaxagion del a nuestro muy Santo Padre, ni a otro ningund legado ni prelado que gela pueda dar, e aun que propio motu gela den, no usaran della, antes por esta presente capitulation suplican en el dicho nonbre a nuestro muy Santo Padre, que a Su Santidad plega confirmar e aprovar esta dicha capitulation, segund en ella se contiene e mandando expedir sobre ello sus bullas a las partes, o a qualquier dellas que las pidieren ; e mandando encorporar en ellas el tenor desta capitulation, poniendo sus gensuras a los que contra ella fueren o pasaren en qualquier tienpo que sea o ser pueda ; " e asi mismo los dichos procuradores en el dicho nonbre se obligaron so la dicha pena e juramento, que dentro de giento dias primeros siguientes, contados desde el dia de la fecha desta capitulation, daran la una parte a la otra, y la otra a la otra, aprovagion e rratificagion desta dicha capitulation, escriptas en pergamino e firmadas de los nonbres de los dichos senores sus eonstituyentes e selladas con sus sellos de plomo pendiente; e en la escriptura que ovieren de dar los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e Aragon, etc., aya de firmar e consentir e otorgar el muy esclarescido e ylftistrisimo sefior el senor pringipe Don Juan su hijo, de lo qual todo que dicho es, otorgaron dos escripturas de un tenor, tal la una como la otra, las quales firmaron de sus nonbres e las otorgaron ante los secretaries e escrivanos de yuso escriptos, para cada una de las partes la suya, e qualquiera que paresgier vala, como si anbas a dos paresgiesen ; que f ueron f echas e otorgadas en la dicha villa de Tordesillas, el dicho dia e mes e ano suso dichos. El comisario mayor,1* Don Enrrique, Ruy de Sosa, Don Juan de Sosa, el Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, Ligengiatus Arias. Testigos que fueron pre- sentes, que vieron aqui firmar sus nonbres a los dichos procuradores e enbaxadores e otorgar lo suso dicho, e faser el dicho juramento : el comisario Pedro de Leon, e el comisario Fernando de Torres, vesinos de la villa de Valladolid, el comisario Fernando de Gamarre, comisario de Zagra e Cenete, contino " de la casa de los dichos rrey e rreyna, nuestros senores, e Juan Suares de Sequeira e Ruy Leme e Duarte Pacheco, continos de la casa del sefior Rey de Portugal, para ello llamados. Y yo Fernand Alvares de Toledo, secretario del rrey e de la rreyna nuestros senores e del su consejo e su escrivano de camara e notario publico en la su corte e en todos los sus rreynos 17 The treaty was confirmed by Julius II., Jan. 24, 1506, Doc. 11. a> Don Gutierre de Cardenas. 19 The continos were the king's body-guards. Tordesillas, 1494 93 e senorios, f uy presente a todo lo que dicho es en uno con los dichos testigos e con Estevan Vaez, secretario del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, que por abtoridad que los dichos rrey e rreyna nuestros senores le dieron para dar fe deste abto en sus rreynos, que fue asi mismo presente a lo que dicho es ; e a ruego e otorgamiento de todos los dichos procuradores e enbaxadores que en mi presengia e suya aqui firmaron sus nonbres, este publico ynstrumento de capitulation fise escrivir ; el qual va escripto en estas seys fojas de papel de pliego entero, escriptas de anbas partes, con esta en que van los nonbres de los sobre dichos, e mi signo ; e en fin de cada plana va seiialado de la serial de mi nonbre e de la serial del dicho Estevan Vaez : e porende fise aqui mio signo, que es a tal. En testimonio de verdad, Fernand Alvares. E yo el dicho Estevan Vaez, que por abtoridad que los dichos senores Rey e Reyna de Castilla e de Leon me dieron para faser publico en todos sus rreynos e senorios, juntamente con el dicho Fernand Alvares a ruego e rrequerimiento de los dichos enbaxadores e procuradores a todo presente f uy ; e por f e e certidumbre dello aqui de mi publico serial la signe, que tal es. La qual dicha escriptura de asiento e capitulation e concordia suso en- corporada, vista e entendida por nos, e por el dicho pringipe Don Juan nviestro hijo, la aprovamos, loamos, e confirmamos e otorgamos e rratificamos e prometemos de tener e guardar e conplir todo lo suso dicho en ella contenido, e cada una cosa e parte dello, rrealmente e con efeto, gesante todo fraude e cautela, ficgion, e simulation, e de no yr ni venir contra ello, ni contra parte dello en tienpo alguno, ni por alguna manera que sea o ser pueda ; e por mayor firmeza, nos y el dicho pringipe Don Juan nuestro hijo juramos a Dios, e a Santa Maria, e a las palabras de los Santos Evangelios do quier que mas largamente son escriptas, e a la serial de la Cruz, en que corporalmente pusimos nuestras manos derechas en presengia de los dichos Ruy de Sosa, e Don Juan de Sosa, e Lic.enc.iado Arias de Almadana, enbaxadores e procuradores del dicho Serenisimo Rey de Portugal nuestro hermano, de lo asi tener e guardar e cunplir e cada una cosa e parte de lo que a nos yncunbe, rrealmeiite e con efeto, como dicho es, por nos e por nuestros herederos e subgesores, e por los dichos nuestros rreynos e senorios e subditos e naturales dellos, so las penas e obligagiones, vinculos, e rrenungiagiones, en el dicho contrato de capitulation e concordia de suso escripto contenidas. Por certification e corroboragion de lo qual, firmamos en esta nuestra carta nuestros nonbres e la mandamos sellar con nuestro sello de plomo pendiente en filos de seda a colores. Dada en la villa de Arevalo, a doss dias del mes de Jullio, ano del nasgimiento de nuestro Senor Jhesu Christo, de mill e quatrogientos e noventa e quatro anos. Yo, EL REY. Yo, LA REYNA. Yo, EL PRINQIPE. Yo, FERNAND ALVARES de Toledo, secretario del rrey e de la rreyna, nuestros senores, la fise escrevir por su mandado. . . . doctor." TRANSLATION. Don Ferdinand and Dona Isabella, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Sicily, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, Majorca, Seville, Sardinia, Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, Algarve, Algeciras, Gibral- M The editor has been unable to decipher the signature above this word. 94 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal tar, and the Canary Islands, count and countess of Barcelona, lord and lady of Biscay and Molina, duke and duchess of Athens and Neopatras, count and countess of Roussillon and Cerdagne, marquis and marchioness of Oristano and Gociano, together with the Prince Don John, our very dear and very beloved first-born son, heir of our aforesaid kingdoms and lordships. Whereas by Don Enrique Enriques, our chief steward, Don Gutierre de Cardenas, chief commissary of Leon, our chief auditor, and Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, all members of our council, it was treated, adjusted, and agreed for us and in our name and by virtue of our power with the most serene Dom John, by the grace of God, king of Portugal and of the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea, our very dear and very beloved brother, and with Ruy de Sousa, lord of Sagres and Berenguel, Dom Joao de Sousa, his son, chief inspector of weights and measures of the said Most Se rene King our brother, and Ayres de Almada, magistrate of the civil cases in his court and member of his desembargo, all members of the council of the aforesaid Most Serene King our brother, [and acting] in his name and by virtue of his power, his ambassadors, who came to us in regard to the con troversy over what part belongs to us and what part to the said Most Serene King our brother, of that which up to this seventh day of the present month of June, the date of this instrument, is discovered in the ocean sea, in which said agreement our aforesaid representatives promised among other things that within a certain term specified in it we should sanction, confirm, swear to, ratify, and approve the above-mentioned agreement in person : we, wish ing to fulfill and fulfilling all that which was thus adjusted, agreed upon, and authorized in our name in regard to the above-mentioned, ordered the said instrument of the aforesaid agreement and treaty to be brought before us that we might see and examine it, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three truly separate and distinct persons and only one divine essence. Be it manifest and known to all who shall see this public instrument, that at the village of Tordesillas, on the seventh day of the month of June, in the year of the nativity of our Lord Jesus Christ 1494, in the presence of us, the secretaries, clerks, and notaries public subscribed below, there being present the honorable Don Enrique Enriques, chief steward of the very exalted and very mighty princes, the lord and lady Don Ferdinand and Dona Isabella, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Sicily, Granada, etc., Don Gutierre de Cardenas, chief auditor of the said lords, the king and queen, and Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, all members of the council of the said lords, the king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Sicily, Granada, etc., their qualified representatives of the one part, and the honorable Ruy de Sousa, lord of Sagres and Berenguel, Dom Juan de Sousa, his son, chief inspector of weights and measures of the very exalted and very excellent lord Dom John, by the grace of God king of Portugal and of the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea, and Ayres de Almada, magistrate of civil cases in his court and member of his desembargo, all of the council of the said lord King of Portugal, and his qualified ambassadors and repre sentatives, as was proved by both the said parties by means of the letters of authorization and procurations from the said lords their constituents, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : Tordcsillas, 1494 95 [Here follow the full powers granted by Ferdinand and Isabella to Don Enrique Enriques, Don Gutierre de Cardenas, and Dr. Rodrigo Maldonado on June 5, 1494; and the full powers granted by John II. to Ruy de Sousa, Joao de Sousa, and Ay res Almada on March 8, 1494.] " Thereupon it was declared by the above-mentioned representatives of the aforesaid King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Sicily, Granada, etc., and of the aforesaid King of Portugal and the Algarves, etc. : [i.] That, whereas a certain controversy exists between the said lords, their constituents, as to what lands, of all those discovered in the ocean sea up to the present day, the date of this treaty, pertain to each one of the said parts respectively ; therefore, for the sake of peace and concord, and for the preservation of the relationship and love of the said King of Portugal for the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., it being the pleasure of their Highnesses, they, their said representatives, acting in their name and by virtue of their powers herein described, covenanted and agreed that a bound ary or straight line be determined and drawn north and south, from pole to pole, on the said ocean sea, from the Arctic to the Antarctic pole. This boundary or line shall be drawn straight, as aforesaid, at a distance of three hundred and seventy leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, being calcu lated by degrees, or by any other manner as may be considered the best and readiest, provided the distance shall be no greater than abovesaid. And all lands, both islands and mainlands, found and discovered already, or to be found and discovered hereafter, by the said King of Portugal and by his vessels on this side of the said line and bound determined as above, toward the east, in either north or south latitude, on the eastern side of the said bound, provided the said bound is not crossed, shall belong to, and remain in the possession of, and pertain forever to, the said King of Portugal and his successors. And all other lands, both islands and mainlands, found or to be found hereafter, discovered or to be discovered hereafter, which have been discovered or shall be discovered by the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., and by their vessels, on the western side of the said bound, determined as above, after having passed the said bound toward the west, in either its north or south latitude, shall belong to, and remain in the posses sion of, and pertain forever to, the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, etc., and to their successors. [2.] Item, the said representatives promise and affirm by virtue of the powers aforesaid, that from this date no ships shall be despatched — namely as follows : the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., for this part of the bound, and its eastern side, on this side the said bound, which pertains to the said King of Portugal and the Algarves, etc. ; nor the said King of Portugal to the other part of the said bound which pertains to the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc. — for the purpose of discovering and seeking any mainlands or islands, or for the purpose of trade, barter, or conquest of any kind. But should it come to pass that the said ships of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., on sailing thus on this side of the said bound, should discover any mainlands or islands in the region pertaining, as abovesaid, to the said King of Portugal, such mainlands " From this, the beginning of the treaty proper, as far as to " The said Don Enrique Enriques ", on p. 98, the translation is taken from Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, I. 122-128. 96 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal or islands shall pertain to and belong forever to the said King of Portugal and his heirs, and their Highnesses shall order them to be surrendered to him immediately. And if the said ships of the said King of Portugal discover any islands and mainlands in the regions of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., all such lands shall belong to and remain forever in the possession of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., and their heirs, and the said King of Portugal shall cause such lands to be surrendered immediately. [3.] Item, in order that the said line or bound of the said division may be made straight and as nearly as possible the said distance of three hundred and seventy leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, as hereinbefore stated, the said representatives of both the said parties agree and assent that within the ten months immediately following the date of this treaty their said con stituent lords shall despatch two or four caravels, namely, one or two by each one of them, a greater or less number, as they may mutually consider necessary. These vessels shall meet at the Grand Canary Island during this time, and each one of the said parties shall send certain persons- in them, to wit, pilots, astrologers, sailors, and any others they may deem desirable. But there must be as many on one side as on the other, and certain of the said pilots, astrologers, sailors, and others of those sent by the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., and who are experienced, shall embark in the ships of the said King of Portugal and the Algarves ; in like manner certain of the said persons sent by the said King of Portugal shall embark in the ship or ships of the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc. ; a like number in each case, so that they may jointly study and examine to better advantage the sea, courses, winds, and the degrees of the sun or of north latitude, and lay out the leagues aforesaid, in order that, in determining the line and boundary, all sent and empowered by both the said parties in the said vessels, shall jointly concur. These said vessels shall continue their course together to the said Cape Verde Islands, from whence they shall lay a direct course to the west, to the distance of the said three hundred and seventy degrees, measured as the said persons shall agree, and measured without prejudice to the said parties. When this point is reached, such point will constitute the place and mark for measuring degrees of the sun or of north latitude either by daily runs measured in leagues, or in any other manner that shall mutually be deemed better. This said line shall be drawn north and south as aforesaid, from the said Arctic pole to the said Ant arctic pole. And when this line has been determined as abovesaid, those sent by each of the aforesaid parties, to whom each one of the said parties must delegate his own authority and power, to determine the said mark and bound, shall draw up a writing concerning it and affix thereto their signatures. And when determined by the mutual consent of all of them, this line shall be considered as a perpetual mark and bound, in such wise that the said parties, or either of them, or their future successors, shall be unable to deny it, or erase or remove it, at any time or in any manner whatsoever. And should, perchance, the said line and bound from pole to pole, as aforesaid, intersect any island or mainland, at the first point of such intersection of such island or mainland by the said line, some kind of mark or tower shall be erected, and a succession of similar marks shall be erected in a straight line from such mark or tower, in a line identical with the above-mentioned bound. These marks shall separate those portions of such land belonging to each one Tordesillas, 1494 97 of the said parties ; and the subjects of the said parties shall not dare, on either side, to enter the territory of the other, by crossing the said mark or bound in such island or mainland. [4.] Item, inasmuch as the said ships of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., sailing as before declared, from their kingdoms and seigniories to their said possessions on the other side of the said line, must cross the seas on this side of the line, pertaining to the said King of Portugal, it is therefore concerted and agreed that the said ships of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., shall, at any time and without any hindrance, sail in either direction, freely, securely, and peacefully, over the said seas of the said King of Portugal, and within the said line. And when ever their Highnesses and their successors wish to do so, and deem it expe dient, their said ships may take their courses and routes direct from their kingdoms to any region within their line and bound to which they desire to despatch expeditions of discovery, conquest, and trade. They shall take their courses direct to the desired region and for any purpose desired therein, and shall not leave their course, unless compelled to do so by contrary weather. They shall do this provided that, before crossing the said line, they shall not seize or take possession of anything discovered in his said region by the said King of Portugal ; and should their said ships find anything before crossing the said line, as aforesaid, it shall belong to the said King of Portugal, and their Highnesses shall order it surrendered immediately. And since it is possible that the ships and subjects of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, etc., or those acting in their name, may discover before the twentieth day of this present month of June, following the date of this treaty, some islands and mainlands within the said line, drawn straight from pole to pole, that is to say, inside the said three hundred and seventy leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, as aforesaid, it is hereby agreed and determined, in order to remove all doubt, that all such islands and mainlands found and discovered in any manner whatsoever up to the said twentieth day of this said month of June, although found by ships and subjects of the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., shall pertain to and remain forever in the possession of the said King of Portugal and the Algarves, and of his suc cessors and kingdoms, provided that they lie within the first two hundred and fifty leagues of the said three hundred and seventy leagues reckoned west of the Cape Verde Islands to the above-mentioned line — in whatsoever part, even to the said poles, of the said two hundred and fifty leagues they may be found, determining a boundary or straight line from pole to pole, where the said two hundred and fifty leagues end. Likewise all the islands and main lands found and discovered up to the said twentieth day of this present month of June by the ships and subjects of the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., or in any other manner, within the other one hundred and twenty leagues that still remain of the said three hundred and seventy leagues where the said bound that is to be drawn from pole to pole, as afore said, must be determined, and in whatever part of the said one hundred and twenty leagues, even to the said poles, — they that are found up to the said day shall pertain to and remain forever in the possession of the said King and Queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., and of their successors and kingdoms ; just as whatever is or shall be found on the other side of the said three hundred and seventy leagues pertaining to their Highnesses, as aforesaid, is and must be theirs, although the said one hundred and twenty leagues are within the 98 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal said bound of the said three hundred and seventy leagues pertaining to the said King of Portugal, the Algarves, etc., as aforesaid. And if, up to the said twentieth day of this said month of June, no lands are discovered by the said ships of their Highnesses within the said one hundred and twenty leagues, and are discovered after the expiration of that time, then they shall pertain to the said King of Portugal as is set forth in the above. The said Don Enrique Enriques, chief steward, Don Gutierre de Cardenas, chief auditor, and Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, representatives of the said very exalted and very mighty princes, the lord and lady, the king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Sicily, Granada, etc., by virtue of their said power, which is incorporated above, and the said Ruy de Sousa, Dom Joao de Sousa, his son, and Arias de Almadana, representatives and ambassadors of the said very exalted and very excellent prince, the lord king of Portugal and of the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea, by virtue of their said power, which is incorporated above, promised, and affirmed, in the name of their said constituents, [saying] that they and their successors and kingdoms and lordships, forever and ever, would keep, observe, and ful fill, really and effectively, renouncing all fraud, evasion, deceit, falsehood, and pretense, everything set forth in this treaty, and each part and parcel of it ; and they desired and authorized that everything set forth in this said agree ment and every part and parcel of it be observed, fulfilled, and performed as everything which is set forth in the treaty of peace concluded and ratified between the said lord and lady, the king and queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., and the lord Dom Alfonso, king of Portugal (may he rest in glory) and the said king, the present ruler of Portugal, his son, then prince in the former year of 1479, must be observed, fulfilled, and performed, and under those same penalties, bonds, securities, and obligations, in accordance with and in the manner set forth in the said treaty of peace. Also they bound themselves [by the promise] that neither the said parties nor any of them nor their suc cessors forever should violate or oppose that which is abovesaid and speci fied, nor any part or parcel of it, directly or indirectly, or in any other manner at any time, or in any manner whatsoever, premeditated or not premeditated, or that may or can be, under the penalties set forth in the said agreement of the said peace ; and whether the fine be paid or not paid, or graciously remitted, that this obligation, agreement, and treaty shall continue in force and remain firm, stable, and valid forever and ever. That thus they M will keep, observe, perform, and pay everything, the said representatives, acting in the name of their said constituents, pledged the property, movable and real, patrimonial and fiscal, of each of their respective parties, and of their subjects and vassals, possessed and to be possessed. They renounced all laws and rights of which the said parties or either of them might take advan tage to violate or oppose the foregoing or any part of it ; and for the greater security and stability of the aforesaid, they swore before God and the Blessed Mary and upon the sign of the Cross, on which they placed their right hands, and upon the words of the Holy Gospels, wheresoever they are written at greatest length, and on the consciences of their said constituents, that they, jointly and severally, will keep, observe, and fulfill all the aforesaid and each part and parcel of it, really and effectively, renouncing all fraud, evasion, "/. e., the constituents. Tordesillas, 1494 99 deceit, falsehood, and pretense, and that they will not contradict it at any time or in any manner. And under the same oath they swore not to seek absolution or release from it from our most Holy Father or from any other legate or prelate who could give it to them. And even though, proprio motu, it should be given to them, they will not make use of it ; rather, by this present agreement, they, acting in the said name, entreat our most Holy Father that his Holiness be pleased to confirm and approve this said agreement, accord ing to what is set forth therein ; and that he order his bulls in regard to it to be issued to the parties or to whichever of the parties may solicit them, with the tenor of this agreement incorporated therein, and that he lay his censures upon those who shall violate or oppose it at any time whatsoever. Likewise, the said representatives, acting in the said names, bound themselves under the same penalty and oath, that within the one hundred days next following, reckoned from the day of the date of this agreement, the parties would mutually exchange the approbation and ratification of this said agree ment, written on parchment, signed with the names of the said lords, their constituents, and sealed with their hanging leaden seals ; and that the instru ment which the said lords, the king and queen of Castile, Aragon, etc., should have to issue, must be signed, agreed to, and sanctioned by the very noble and most illustrious lord, Prince Don Juan, their son. Of all the foregoing they authorized two copies, both of the same tenor exactly, which they signed with their names and executed before the undersigned secretaries and nota ries public, one for each party. And whichever copy is produced, it shall be as valid as if both the copies which were made and executed in the said town of Tordesillas, on the said day, month, and year aforesaid, should be pro duced. The chief deputy, Don Enrique, Ruy de Sousa, Dom Juan de Sousa, Doctor Rodrigo Maldonado, Licentiate Ayres. Witnesses who were present and who saw the said representatives and ambassadors sign their names here and execute the aforesaid, and take the said oath : The deputy Pedro de Leon and the deputy Fernando de Torres, residents of the town of Valladolid, the deputy Fernando de Gamarra, deputy of Zagra and Cenete, contino of the house of the said king and queen, our lords, and Joao Suares de Sequeira, Ruy Leme, and Duarte Pacheco, continos of the house of the said King of Portugal, summoned for that purpose. And I, Fernando Alvarez de Toledo, secretary of the king and queen, our lords, member of their council, and their scrivener of the high court of justice, and notary public in their court and throughout their realms and lordships, witnessed all the aforesaid, together with the said witnesses and with Estevan Vaez, secretary of the said King of Portugal, who by the authority given him by the said king and queen, our lords, to certify to this act in their kingdoms, also witnessed the abovesaid ; and at the request and with the authorization of all the said representatives and ambassadors, who in my presence and his here signed their names, I caused this public instrument of agreement to be written. It is written on these six leaves of paper, in entire sheets, written on both sides, together with this leaf, which contains the names of the aforesaid persons and my sign ; and the bottom of every page is marked with the notarial mark of my name and that of the said Estevan Vaez. And in witness I here make my sign, which is thus. In testimony of truth : Fernando Alvarez. And I, the said Estevan Vaez (who by the authority given me by the said lords, the king and queen of Castile, and of Leon, to make it public throughout their kingdoms and lordships, together with the said Fernando Alvarez, at the 100 Doc. p. Spain — Portugal request and summons of the said ambassadors and representatives witnessed everything), in testimony and assurance thereof signed it here with my public sign, which is thus. The said deed of treaty, agreement, and concord, above incorporated, hav ing been examined and understood by us and by the sa*id Prince Don John, our son, we approve, commend, confirm, execute, and ratify it, and we promise to keep, observe, and fulfill all the abovesaid that is set forth therein, and every part and parcel of it, really and effectively. We renounce all fraud, evasion, falsehood, and pretense, and we shall not violate or oppose it, or any part of it, at any time or in any manner whatsoever. For greater security, we and the said prince Don John, our son, swear before God and Holy Mary, and by the words of the Holy Gospels, wheresoever they are written at greatest length, and upon the sign of the Cross upon which we actually placed our right hands, in the presence of the said Ruy de Sousa, Dom Joao de Sousa, and Licentiate Ay res .de Almada, ambassadors and representatives of the said Most Serene King of Portugal, our brother, thus to keep, observe, and fulfill it, and every part and parcel of it, so far as it is incumbent upon us, really and effectively, as is abovesaid, for ourselves and for our heirs and successors, and for our said kingdoms and lordships, and the subjects and natives of them, under the penalties and obligations, bonds and abjurements set forth in the said contract of agreement and concord above written. In attestation and corroboration whereof, we sign our name to this our letter and order it to be sealed with our leaden seal, hanging by threads of colored silk. Given in the town of Arevalo, on the second day of the month of July, in the year of the nativity of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1494. I, THE KING. I, THE QUEEN. I, THE PRINCE. I, FERNANDO ALVAREZ de Toledo, secretary of the king and of the queen, our lords, have caused it to be written by their mandate. . doctor. 10. Compact between Spain and Portugal, signed by the Catholic Sovereigns at Madrid, May 7, 1495. INTRODUCTION. The rulers of Spain and Portugal did not put into effect the provision of the treaty of Tordesillas * for despatching caravels within ten months in order to determine the line of demarcation. On May 7, 1495, *ne Spanish monarchs signed an agreement that during the following September commissioners should assemble on the frontier of the two kingdoms to decide upon the method of fixing the line; that upon notification by either party, the other party must cause the said line to be determined in accordance with the method approved by the commissioners ; that the departure of the caravels should be postponed, and orders given to place the line on all hydrographical maps made in either kingdom. The main stipulations of this compact were not carried out. Apparently it was not until 1512 that either monarch planned an expedition to determine the line.1 The earliest of existing maps on which the line of demarcation appears, is the Cantino map, of 1502. On the Munich- Portuguese map of 1519, and on the Weimar-Spanish (1527) and Ribero (1529) maps, this line does duty also as the prime meridian.3 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original manuscript of the compact signed by Ferdinand and Isabella at Madrid on May 7, 1495, is in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 10, mac.o 5, no. 4. A manuscript nearly identical but dated April 15, and lacking the royal signatures, which have been cut out, is in the Archives of the Indies, at Seville, Patronato 2-1-1/18, no. 8. Text: Printed. The text of the manuscript dated April 15 is in Navarrete, Coleccion de Viages (1825-1837), torn. II., no. 91, pp. 170173. Translation. A translation of the text as printed in Navarrete is in Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), I. 131-135. References. See references of Doc. 9. 'Doc. 9. 'C/. Doc. 12, note 5. 1 All of the above-mentioned maps, and some others on which the demarcation line appears, are included among the Maps illustrating Early Discovery and Exploration in America, 1502-1530, reproduced by photography from original manuscripts, and issued, together with text and key maps, under the direction of E. L. Stevenson (1903, 1906). IOI 102 Doc. JO. Spain — Portugal TEXT.' Don Fernando e Dona Ysabel, por la gragia de Dios rrey e rreyna de Castilla [etc.] : Por quanto en la capitulation e asiento * que se hizo entre nos y el Serenisimo Rey de Portugal e de los Algarbes de aquende e de allend el mar en Africa, e Seiior de Guinea, nuestro muy caro e muy amado hermano, sobre la partigion del mar ogeano, fue asentado e capitulado entre otras cosas que, desde el dia de la fecha de la dicha capitulagion fasta diez meses primeros siguientes, ayan de ser en la ysla de la Grand Canada caravelas nuestras y suyas, con astrologos, pilotos, e marineros, e personas que nos y el acordaremos, tantos de la una parte como de la otra, para yr a fazer e senalar la linea de la partigion del dicho mar, que ha de ser a trezientas e setenta leguas de las yslas del Cabo Verde a la parte del poniente, por linea derecha del polo Artico al polo Antartico, que es de norte a sul, en que somos concordados en la partigion del dicho mar por la dicha capitulagion, segund mas largamente en ella es contenido ; e agora nos, considerando como la linea de la dicha partigion se puede mejor hazer e justificar por las dichas trezientas e setenta leguas, siendo primeramente acordado e asentado por los dichos astrologos, pilotos, e marineros e personas, antes de la yda de las dichas cara velas, la forma e orden que en el demarcar e senalar de la dicha linea se aya de tener, e asi por se escusar debates e diferengias que sobre ello, entre las per sonas que asi fueren, podrian aconteger, si despues de ser partidos lo oviesen alia de ordenar ; e viendo asimismo que yendo las dichas caravelas e personas antes de se saber ser hallada ysla o tierra en cada una de las dichas partes del dicho mar, a que luego ordenadamente ayan de yr, no aprovecharia ; por tanto, para que todo se mejor pueda haser, e con declaragion e certificagion de anbas las partes, avemos por bien e por esta presente carta nos plaze, que los dichos astrologos, pilotos, e marineros e personas en que nos acordaremos con el dicho rrey, nuestro hermano, tantos de la una parte como de la otra, e que razonablemente para esto puedan bastar, se ayan de juntar e junten en alguna parte de la f rontera destos nuestros rreynos con el dicho rreyno de Portugal, los quales ayan de consultar, acordar, e tomar asiento dentro de todo el mes de Setienbre * primero que verna deste ano de la fecha desta carta la manera en que la linea de la partigion del dicho mar se aya de haser por las dichas tresientas e setenta leguas por rrota derecha al poniente de las dichas yslas del Cabo Verde del polo Artico al polo Antartico, que es de norte a sul, como en la dicha capitulagion es contenido ; y aquello en que se concordaren, siendo todos conformes e fuere asentado e senalado por ellos, se aprovara e con- firmara por nos y por el dicho rrey, nuestro hermano, por nuestras cartas- patentes ; y si antes o 7 despues que fuere tornado el dicho asiento por los dichos astrologos, pilotos, e marineros que asi fueren nonbrados, yendo cada una de las partes por la parte del dicho mar que pueden yr segund lo con- * The following text is taken from the original manuscript of the compact signed by Ferdinand and Isabella at Madrid, May /, 1495, preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 10, mac.o 5, no. 4; from an eighteenth-century copy of this manuscript in the same archives (same pressmark) ; and from the nearly identical manuscript, dated Apr. 15, preserved in the Archives of the Indies. Since a part of the first of these manuscripts is indecipherable, considerable use has been made of the two last-mentioned texts. * The Treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. * The draft signed in April reads Julio. 1 The words antes o are not in the draft of the compact drawn up in April. Madrid, 1495 103 tenido en la dicha capitulation, e guardandose en* ello lo que en ella se contiene, f uere hallado e * se hallare ysla to o tierra que parezca a qualquier de las partes ser en parte donde se pueda baser la dicha linea segund la forma dela dicha capitulation, e mandando rrequirer la una parte a la otra que manden senalar la linea suso dicha, seremos nos y el dicho rrey, nuestro hermano, obligados de mandar haser e senalar la dicha linea, segund la orden del asiento que fuere tornado por los astrologos, pilotos, e marineros, e per- sonas suso dichas que asi fueren nonbrados dentro de diez meses primeros contados del dia que qualquier de las partes rrequiriere a la otra ; y en caso que no sea en el medio dela dicha linea, lo que asi se hallare se hara declara- cjon quantas leguas ay dello a la dicha linea, asy de nuestra parte como de la parte del dicho Serenisimo Rey, nuestro hermano, no dexando por ende en qualquier ysla o tierra que mas acerca dela dicha linea despues por el tienpo se hallare haser la dicha declaration ; e por se haser lo que dicho es no se dexara de tener la manera suso dicha, hallandose ysla o tierra debaxo de la dicha linea, como dicho es, e hasta el dicho tienpo de los dichos diez meses despues que la una parte rrequiriere a la otra, como dicho es, nos plaze por esta nuestra carta prorrogar e alargar la yda de las dichas caravelas e personas, syn enbargo del termino que cerca dello en la dicha capitulation f ue asentado e capitulado ; e bien asi nos plase e avremos por bien, para mas notification e declaration de la partition del dicho mar que entre nos y el dicho rrey nuestro hermano por la dicha capitulation es fecha, e para que nuestros subditos e naturales tengan mas ynformacjon por donde de aqui adelante ayan de navegar e descobrir, e asi los subditos e naturales del dicho rrey nuestro hermano, de mandar, como de fecho mandaremos, so graves penas, que en todas las cartas de marear que en nuestros rreynos e senorios se hisieren de aqui adelante los que ovieren de yr por el dicho mar ogeano, se ponga la linea de la dicha partition, figurandose del dicho polo Artico al dicho polo Antartico, que es de norte a sul, en el conpas delas dichas trezientas e setenta leguas delas dichas yslas del Cabo Verde por rrota derecha ala parte del poniente, como dicho es, dela forma que acordaren la medida della los dichos astrologos e pilotos e marineros que asi se juntaren, siendo todos con formes ; e queremos e otorgamos que esta presente carta, ni lo en ella contenido, no perjudique en cosa alguna delas que son contenidas e asentadas en la dicha capitulation, mas que todas e cada una dellas se cunplan e guarden para todo sienpre en todo e por todo syn falta alguna, asy e tan enteiramente como en la dicha capitulation son asentadas ; por quanto esta carta mandamos asi faser, solamente para que los dichos astrologos e personas se junten e dentro del dicho tienpo tomen asiento dela orden e manera en que la dicha demarcation se aya de haser, e para prorrogar e alargar el tienpo dela yda delas dichas caravelas e personas fasta tanto que sea sabido ser hallada en cada una delas dichas partes la dicha ysla o tierra a que ayan de yr, e para mandar poner enlas dichas cartas de marear la linea dela dicha partigion ; — como todo mas cunplidamente de suso es contenido. Lo qual todo que dicho es pro- metemos e seguramos por nuestra fe palabra rreal de cunplir e guardar e mantener syn arte, ni cautela, ni fingimiento alguno, asy e a tan enteramente 1 From this point the compact of May 7 is legible except for a few words. * The words fuere hallado e are not in the draft made in April. " Between the words hallare and ysla the draft made in April contains the words de aqui adelante. 104 Doc. 10. Spain — Portugal como en ella es contenido. E por firmeza de todo lo que dicho es, mandamos dar esta nuestra carta, firmada de nuestros nonbres e sellada con nuestro sello de plomo, pendiente en filos de seda a colores. Dada en la nuestra villa de Madrid, a siete dias del mes de Mayo, ano del nasgimiento de nuestra Senor Jhesu Christo de mill e quatrocjentos e noventa e cjnco afios. Yo, EL REY. Yo, LA REYNA. Yo, FERNAND ALVARES de Toledo, secretario del rrey e dela rreyna, nuestros senores, la fes escrevir por su mandado. Registrada. TRANSLATION." Don Ferdinand and Doiia Isabella, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, etc. : Inasmuch as, among other things in the treaty and compact regarding the division of the ocean sea, negotiated between ourselves and the Most Serene King of Portugal and the Algarves on either side of the sea in Africa, and lord of Guinea, our most dear and beloved brother, it was agreed and covenanted that, within the first ten months following the date of this treaty, our caravels and his, accompanied by astrologers, pilots, sailors, and others, agreed upon by ourselves and himself — a like number on either side — should be in the island of the Grand Canary in order to proceed to the determination and drawing of the divisional line of the said sea, which must be three hundred and seventy leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, in a straight north and south line from the Arctic to the Antarctic pole, as covenanted between us by the said treaty of the division of the said sea, as is more fully set forth therein, and inasmuch as we now consider that the line of the said division at the distance of the said three hundred and seventy leagues can be determined and calculated better if the said astrologers, pilots, sailors, and others come to a definite conclusion and agreement regarding the manner and order of procedure to be observed in the determination and marking of the said line before the sailing of the said caravels, by so doing avoiding disputes and controversies that might arise regarding it among those going, if these had to be arranged after the departure ; and inasmuch as it would be quite useless for the said caravels and persons to go before knowing that any island or mainland had been found in each one of the said parts of the said sea, and to which they must proceed immediately and orderly : Now therefore, in order that all this may be done to better advantage, and with the full and free consent of both sides, we agree and by this present letter consent that the said astrologers, pilots, sailors, and others determined upon with the said king, our brother — a like number on either side, and of sufficient number for this matter — must assemble, and they shall assemble, along any part of the frontier of these our kingdoms and the kingdom of Portugal. During the whole month of [September] first following the date of this letter these men shall consult upon, covenant concerning, and determine the manner of making the said divisional line of the said sea at the distance of the said three hundred and seventy leagues west of the said Cape Verde Islands, by means of a straight north and south line from the Arctic to the Antarctic pole, as is set forth in the said treaty. And whatever they determine upon "This translation is reprinted from Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, I. 131- 135. A few changes, indicated by brackets, have been made to bring it into conformity with the text of May 7. Madrid, 1495 105 unanimously, and whatever is concluded and marked out by them, shall be approved and confirmed through our letters-patent, by us and by the said king our brother. And if [before or] after the said astrologers, pilots, and sailors, appointed as abovesaid, shall have arrived at a conclusion, each one of the said parties going to that part of the said sea, according to the permission of the said treaty, and thereby observing the contents of said treaty, any island or mainland shall be found, which either of the parties consider to be so situated that the said line can be determined in accordance with the stipula tions of the said treaty, and the one party shall cause notification to be given the other party that they shall cause the line abovesaid to be marked out, we and the said king our brother shall be obliged to have the said line deter mined and marked out in accordance with the method determined upon by the astrologers, pilots, and sailors, and others abovesaid, and appointed as abovesaid, within the period of the first ten months reckoned from the date that either of the parties notified the other. And should it prove that the land thus found is not cut by the said line, a declaration of its distance from the said line shall be given, both on our own part and that of the said most serene king our brother. They shall not, however, neglect to make the said declara tion regarding any island or mainland which shall be found afterwards, during the period, nearer the said line. And in doing the aforesaid, they shall not neglect to observe the manner aforesaid, whenever any island or mainland is found in the neighborhood of the said line as aforesaid, and up to the said time of the said ten months after the notification of one party by the other, as aforesaid. It is our pleasure in this our letter to postpone and defer the departure of the said caravels and persons, notwithstanding the limit set and determined in the above-mentioned treaty in regard to it. And we there fore are pleased and consider it advantageous — for the better notification and declaration of the division of the said sea made by the said treaty be tween ourselves and the said king our brother, and in order that both our subjects and natives and the subjects and natives of the said king our brother may be better informed henceforth as to the regions wherein they may navi gate and discover — to order (as in truth we shall order), under severe penalties, that the line of the said division be placed on all hydrographical maps made hereafter in our kingdoms and seigniories by those journeying in the said ocean sea. This line shall be drawn straight from the said Arctic to the said Antarctic pole, north and south, at the distance of the said three hundred and seventy leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands, as aforesaid, being measured as determined unanimously by the said astrologers, pilots, and sailors meeting as abovesaid. And we purpose and stipulate that neither this present letter nor anything contained therein, be prejudicial in any manner to the contents and compacts of the said treaty, but rather that they, all and singular, be observed throughout, in toto without any failure, and in the manner and entirety set forth in the said treaty ; inasmuch as we have caused the present letter to be made in this manner, simply in order that the said astrologers and persons shall assemble and, within the said time, shall determine the order of procedure and the method to be observed in making the said line of demarcation, and in order to postpone and defer the departure of the said caravels and persons until the said island or mainland whither they must go is known to have been found in each one of the said parts, and in order to command that the line of the said division be placed on the said hydrographical maps, all of which is set forth most fully in the 106 Doc. 10. Spain — Portugal above. We promise and engage on our kingly faith and word to fulfill and observe all of the foregoing, without any artifice, deceit, or pretense in the manner and in the entirety set down in the above. And in confirmation of the above, we cause this our letter to be given, signed with our names, and sealed with our leaden seal hanging from threads of colored silk. [Given in our town of Madrid, the seventh day of the month of May, in the year of the nativity of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1495. I, THE KING. I, THE QUEEN. I, FERNANDO ALVAREZ de Toledo, secretary of the king and of the queen, our lord and lady, have caused it to be written, by their command. Registered.] 11. The Bull Ea Quae (Julius II.). January 24, 1506. INTRODUCTION. In 1498 Vasco da Gama reached Calicut by way of the Cape of Good Hope. Two years later, Pedro Alvarez Cabral, hastening to India in command of a Portuguese fleet to follow up Gama's successes, landed, near 16° south, upon the coast of Brazil, of which, nearly three months previously, Pinzon, and, shortly after, Diego de Lepe, had taken formal possession for Castile. The fact that this portion of South America extended beyond the east or Portu guese side of the line of demarcation further complicated the relations of the two countries, whose rivalry now became intense. Expeditions in which Vespucius, detached for a time from Spanish service, sailed under a Portu guese captain (1501-1502, 1503-1504), acquainted the Portuguese with the vast extent of the Brazilian coast, and far to the north, in 1500 and 1501, Gaspare Corte-Real visited lands which the Portuguese located on their side of the line.1 -The line, therefore, now had a new value for the Portuguese and it was probably this fact that induced King Emmanuel to ask Pope Julius II. to confirm the treaty of Tordesillas that had established it.2 Julius II. was well disposed toward King Emmanuel, who was so zealously laboring for the extension of the faith in Morocco, in Guinea, and notably in India, where the foundations of a colonial empire were beginning to be laid. In the early summer of 1505, a Portuguese embassy of obedience reached Rome, and before its return to Portugal in the following October, had obtained from the pontiff a number of important concessions.' In the following spring, the pope bestowed upon the king the consecrated golden rose.4 A few months after the return of the embassy and before the bestowal 1 As in the Cantino map, compiled from Portuguese data in 1502. This map, which shows the line of demarcation passing west of the land discovered hy Corte-Real, is photographically reproduced in the size of the original in E. L. Stevenson, Maps illus trating Early Discovery and Exploration in America (1903). Parts of it are repro duced in H. Harrisse, Les Corte-Real (1883), portfolio, and in id., Discovery of North America (1892), opp. pp. 79 and nr. "F. A. de Varnhagen, Historia Geral do Brazil (1854-1857), I. 28. * For a detailed account of this embassy, see the Marquis MacSwiney de Mashanaglass, Le Portugal et le Saint-Siege, III. 22-29, and by the same author, " Une Ambassade Portugaise a Rome sous Jules II.", in the Revue d'Histoire Diplomatique, 1903, pp. 50-65, and separately printed by Plon, Paris, 1903. * An interesting account of the golden roses sent by the popes to the kings of Portugal in the sixteenth century is given in the former of the volumes cited in the preceding note. For the gift of the golden rose to Alfonso V., see Doc. 1, note 26. 8 107 108 Doc. ii. The Bull Ea Quac of the rose, in response to a request from King Emmanuel, the pope granted three bulls, all dated January 24, I5o6.5 Of these bulls, the one here printed enjoined the Archbishop of Braga and the Bishop of Vizeu to confirm the treaty of Tordesillas, and cause it to be inviolably observed. The Archbishop of Braga was the distinguished prelate, Diogo da Souso, who had been elevated to this dignity only a few months previously, when he had been in Rome as head of the aforementioned embassy of obedience. The Bishop of Vizeu was Jorge da Costa, who had been created cardinal of Lisbon in 1476 and who as cardinal protector of Portugal resided in Rome from about that date till his death in 1508. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original manuscript of the promulgated bull is in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mac,o 6, no. 33. Text: Printed. J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 142-143; L. A. Rebello da Silva, Corpo Diplomatico Portuguez (Acad. Real das Sciencias, Lisbon, 1862 — ), I. 91-93. Reference: Marquis MacSwiney de Mashanaglass, Le Portugal et le Saint- Siege (1898-1904), III. 1-42. Although not directly referring to the bull of January 24, 1506, this work throws light on the relations existing between King Emmanuel and the Pope at this date. TEXT." Julius, episcopus, servus servorum Dei : Venerabilibus f ratribus, archi- episcopo Bracharensi 7 et episcopo Visensi,8 salutem et apostolicam bene- dictionem. Ea que pro bono pacis et quietis inter personas quaslibet, presertim Ca- tholicos reges, per concordiam terminata sunt, ne in redicive contencionis scrupulum relabantur, sed firma perpetuo et inconcussa permaneant, libenter, cum a nobis petitur, apostolico munimine roboramus. — Exhibita siquidem nobis nuper pro parte carissimi in Christo filii nostri Emanuelis, Portugalie et Algarbiorum regis illustris, petitio continebat quod olim, postquam per Sedem Aj3ostolicam clare memorie Johanni, regi Portugalie et Algarbiorum [conces- sum f uerat] " quod ipse Johannes et rex Portugalie et Algarbiorum pro tempore existens, per mare occeanum navegare aut insulas et portus et loca firma infra dictum mare existencia, perquirere, et inventa sibi retinere liceret, ac omnibus aliis, sub excommunicationis et aliis penis tune expressis, ne mare hujusmodi contra voluntatem prefati regis navigare, aut insulas et loca ibidem repperta 1 These bulls are printed in L. A. Rebello da Silva, Corpo Diplomatico Portuguez (Acad. Real das Sciencias, Lisbon, 1862 — ), I. 88-93. 6 The text is from the original manuscript of the promulgated bull, preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mago 6, no. 33. Dr. Achille Ratti, prefect of the Vatican Library, has kindly collated it with the Vatican text. 7 Diogo da Souso, see introduction. " Jorge da Costa, see introduction. 9 Some such words as " concessum f uerat " are wanted before " quod ipse ". " Johannes et Rex " should be in the dative. January 24, 1506 109 occupare presumerent,inhibitum fuerat ; cum inter prefatumjohannem Regem ex una, et carissimum in Christo filium nostrum Ferdinandum, Aragonum tune Castelle et Legionis regem illustrem, super certis insulis Lasamillis 10 nuncu- patis, per prefatum regem inventas et occupatas," ex alia partibus, lis, contro- versia, et questionis materia exorte fuissent^partes ipse litibus, controversiis, et questionibus hujusmodi obviare, ac pacem et concordiam inter se pro subditorum suorum commoditate nutrire et vigere desiderantes, ad certas honestas concordiam, conventionem, et compositionem devenerunt, per quam inter cetera voluerunt quod Portugalie et Algarbiorum a certis Castelle vero et Legionis regibus pro tempore existentibus a certis aliis locis usque ad certa alia loca tune expressa per dictum mare navigare et insulas novas perquirere et capere ac sibi retinere liceret, prout in quodam instrumento publico desuper confecto dicitur plenius contineri."- Quare " pro parte prefati Emanuelis Regis nobis fuit humiliter supplicatum, ut concordie, conventioni, et compositioni predictis pro illorum subsistencia firmiori robur apostolice confirmationis adjicere, ac alias in premissis oportune providere de benignitate apostolica dignaremur.-- Nos igitur, qui inter personas quascumque, presertim regali dignitate fulgentes, pacem et concordiam vigere intensis desideriis affectamus, de premissis certam noticiam non habentes, hujusmodi suppli- cationibus inclinati, fraternitati vestre per apostolica scripta mandamus, quatinus vos vel alter vestrum, si est ita,\:oncordiam, conventionem, et com positionem predictas, ac prout illas concernunt, omnia et singula in dicto instrumento contenta, et inde secuta quecunque de utriusque regis consensu approbare et confirmare, illamque perpetue firmitatis robur obtinere de- cernentes, auctoritate nostra curetis, supplentes omnes et singulos defectus, si qui forsan intervenerunt in eisdem. Et nichilominus, si confirmationem et approbationem predictas per vos vigore presencium fieri contigerit, ut pre- fertur, faciatis dictam concordiam inviolabiliter observari, ac eosdem reges concordia et illius confirmatione et approbatione predictis pacifice gaudere, non permittentes eos inter se, aut per quoscunque alios, desuper indebite molestari, contradictores auctoritate nostra, appellatione postposita, com- pescendo. Non obstantibus constitutionibus et ordinationibus apostolicis contrariis quibuscunque, aut si eisdem regibus vel " quibusvis aliis, com- muniter vel divisim, ab Apostolica sit Sede indultum, quod interdici, suspendi vel excommunicari non possint, per litteras apostolicas non facientes plenam et expressam ac de verbo ad verbum de indulto hujusmodi mentionem. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarnationis Dominice mil- lesimo quingentesimo quinto," nono kalendas Februarii, pontificatus nostri anno tercio. Jo. DE SALDANA." 18 In the Vatican text, Lassanullis. A Portuguese translation of this bull, preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, reads " certas Ilhas chamadas Antilhas ". Corp. Dip!. Port., I. 92, note. Lasamillis is probably a mistake for " Las Antillas ". 11 Thus also in the Vatican text. " The treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. " The Vatican text reads Quocirca. 14 The Vatican text reads et. . " The Vatican text reads sexto. "Joao de Saldanha seems to have represented Portugal at Rome, whence, Oct. 21, 1504, he wrote to King John that on account of the reports regarding the Indies and Guinea the moment was especially opportune for despatching an embassy of obedience. Rebello da Silva, Corp. Dipl. Port., I. 43-45. 110 Doc. ii. The Bull Ea Quae TRANSLATION. Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, to the venerable brothers, the archbishop of Braga and the bishop of Vizeu, health and apostolic benediction. Those agreements, which have been concluded for the promotion of peace and quiet between any persons whatsoever, and especially between Catholic kings, we gladly confirm by granting our apostolic protection, when this is sought from us, in order that they may not again become matters of con tention but remain forever firm and unshaken. A request recently addressed to us on the part of our very dear son in Christ, Emmanuel, the illustrious king of Portugal and of the Algarves, stated that inasmuch as some time ago the permission was granted by the Apostolic See to John, of illustrious memory, king of Portugal and the Algarves, to the effect that the said John and any king of Portugal and of the Algarves for the time being, should be permitted to navigate the ocean sea, or seek out the islands, ports, and main lands lying within the said sea, and to retain those found for himself, and to all others it was forbidden under penalty of excommunication, and other penalties, then expressed, from presuming to navigate the sea in this way against the will of the aforesaid king, or to occupy the islands and places found there ; and inasmuch as between the aforesaid King John, on the one part, and our very dear son in Christ, Ferdinand, at that time the illustrious king of Aragon, Castile, and Leon, on the other part, in regard to certain islands called Las Antillas, which had been discovered and occupied by the aforesaid king, strife, controversy, and occasion for dispute had arisen, the said parties desiring to prevent strifes, controversies, and disputes of this kind, and to foster and strengthen peace and concord between themselves for the benefit of their subjects, came to a certain honorable agreement, convention, and compact, whereby, among other things, they resolved that the kings of Portugal and the Algarves should have the right to navigate the said sea within certain specified limits and seek out and take possession of newly discovered islands and that the kings for the time being of Castile and Leon should have the same right within certain other specified limits, as is said to be more fully set forth in a certain public instrument drawn up in regard to the matter. Wherefore the aforesaid King Emmanuel has humbly besought us to deign to add the authority of the apostolic confirma tion to the aforesaid agreement, convention, and compact for the purpose of establishing them more firmly and out of our apostolic good-will to make other fitting provisions in respect to the aforesaid. We, therefore, who strive with intense desire to foster peace and concord between all persons, especially between those whose royal office renders them conspicuous, not having certain knowledge of the aforesaid, but favorably disposed to these petitions, do by these apostolic writings enjoin Your Fraternity that you (or either one of you, if so be) do proceed to approve and confirm by our authority the aforesaid agreement, convention, and compact and everything set forth in the said instrument relating thereto, and all that has followed thereupon with the consent of both kings, decreeing it to possess perpetual authority, and supplying all and singular defects if perchance any should be contained therein. And furthermore if the aforesaid confirmation and approbation are enacted by you, by the authority of these presents, as is aforesaid, you shall cause the said agreement to be inviolably observed, and January 24, 1506 111 the said kings to enjoy in peace the aforesaid agreement and the confirma tion and approbation thereof, not permitting them without just cause to molest one another, or to be molested by any other on this account, and restraining the disobedient, by our authority, without appeal, all apostolic constitutions and ordinances to the contrary notwithstanding, even if an indult has been granted by the Apostolic See to the said kings or to any others, together or individually, to the effect that they cannot be interdicted or suspended or excommunicated by apostolic letters not making full and express mention, word for word, of the said indult. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, on the twenty-fourth day of January, in the year of the incarnation of our Lord, 1505, in the third year of our pontificate. Jo. DE SALDANA. 12. The Bull Praecelsae Devotionis (Leo X.). November j, INTRODUCTION. In March, 1513, Leo X. became pope, and King Emmanuel soon gained his highest favor. A letter from the king to the pope, dated June 6, 1513,' set forth the Portuguese successes in India, and especially in Malacca, the great emporium of the spice trade, captured by Albuquerque in 1511. The pope's enthusiastic reception of this news and of the later report of Portu guese victories in Morocco greatly pleased the king, who expressed his appreciation by sending to Rome in the spring of 1514 an embassy of obedi ence of unequalled splendor.3 In return the pope showered favors upon the monarch who had so marvellously enlarged the field of missionary enter prise. Like Julius II., Leo X. sent the king the consecrated golden rose, and granted the requests preferred by the Portuguese ambassadors. When the embassy of obedience left Rome, late in May or early in June, Portuguese affairs remained in the hands of the ordinary ambassador, Joao de Faria, who obtained further concessions from the pope, among which was the bull of June /, 1514, which gave to the king the patronage of ecclesiastical benefices in Africa and in all other places beyond the sea, acquired or to be acquired from the infidels, and subjected them to the spiritual jurisdiction of the Order of Christ.8 On November 3, a bull was issued which renewed the earlier donations to Portugal, and amplified them in the way in which the bull of September 26, 1493,* extended the grants previously made to Castile. The bull of November 3 granted to Portugal the lands and other property acquired from the infidels, not only from capes Bojador and Nao to the Indies, but in any region whatsoever, even if then unknown. Thus it appears that Pope Leo X. regarded the demarcation line as confined to one hemisphere, where it served to determine for both powers the route that must be followed to the Indies. For the present bull permitted the Portuguese, following the eastern route, to acquire lands from the infidels, even though these lands were situated more than half-way around the globe. The Portuguese desired 1 Printed in Rebello da Silva, Corp. Dipl. Port., I. 196-199, and in Roscoe, Leo the Tenth, vol. I., app., p. xxxiv. ' For documents relating to this embassy, see Roscoe, op. cit., appendix ; MacSwiney de Mashanaglass, Le Portugal et le Saint-Siege, III., appendix; J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 353-356; Rebello da Silya, op. cit., I. 234-243; and Ciutiis, Ambassade Portuguaise. See also the description in Goes, Chronica do Rei D. Manoel, pt. III., cc. 55-57- 3 The bull is printed in Rebello da Silva, Corp. Dipl. Port., I. 254-257. In regard to the Order of Christ, see Doc. 2, note 14. 4 Doc. 8. This bull had revoked the papal grants to Portugal in so far as they might be interpreted as giving her exclusive claim to the Indies. 112 November ,77 113 this bull, it is almost certain, because they harbored doubts as to whether Malacca, or at any rate the coveted Moluccas, which had been visited by them at the end of 1511 or early in 1512, were on their side of the line. As early as 1512 the rumor was current that the Moluccas lay within the Spanish demarcation, and in the autumn of that year the Portuguese ambassador in Spain was much disturbed by King Ferdinand's project of an expedition to seize those islands for the Spanish crown." BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original manuscript of the promulgated bull is in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mago 29, no. 6. Text: Printed. Bullarum Collectio (Lisbon, 1707), pp. 8-53; L. A. Rebello da Silva, Corpo Diplomatico Portuguez (Acad. Real das Sciencias, Lisbon, 1862 — ), I. 275-298. A synopsis and extract are in Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), I. 136-138. References : Contemporary and early writings. Damiao de Goes, Chronica do Rci D. Manoel ( 1 749) , pt. III., cc. 55-57. References: Later writings. L. von Pastor, Geschichte der Papste, band IV., abt. I. (1906), pp. 50-53; Marquis MacSwiney de Mashana- glass, Le Portugal et le Saint-Siege, I. (1898), 21-28; III. (1904), 85-128; Salvatore de Ciutiis, Une Ambassade Portugaise a Rome (1899) ; W. Roscoe, Life of Leo the Tenth (1846), I. 361-364; J. T. Medina, Juan Diaz de Soils (1897), torn. I., c. 6, torn. II., docs. 22, 30, 31. TEXT." Leo episcopus, servus servorum Dei. Ad perpetuam rei memoriam. Precelse devotionis et indefessum fervorem, integre fidei puritatem, in- geniique in Sanctam Sedem Apostolicam observantiam, excelsarumque virtu- tum flagrantiam, quibus charissimus in Christo filius noster, Emmanuel Portugallie et Algarbiorum rex illustris, sese nobis et dicte sedi multipliciter gratum, obsequiosum, et acceptum prebuit, apud archana mentis nostre digne revolventes, presertim cum, magistra rerum experientia teste, perpendimus ac apertis documentis in dies clare conspicimus, quam sedula vigilantia sua Sublimitas et Serenitas suorum predecessorum Portugallie regum gesta sequendo, plerumque in persona, non sine gravissimis laboribus et expensis, nixa sit et continuo ferventius enititur, ut Salvatori nostro ac nomini Chris- tiano infensa Maurorum et aliorum infidelium immanitas nedum a fidelium finibus arceatur quinimo suis flagitiis male perdita, et arctetur funditus et deleatur, et Christiana religio, optata pace freta, votiva in omnibus suscipiat incrementa ; hiis considerationibus et plerisque aliis legitimis causis suadenti- bus, congruum et opere pretium existimamus, ea que a predecessoribus nostris, Romanis pontificibus, ipsius Emanuelis Regis predecessoribus pre- * Medina, Juan Diaz de Soils, torn. I., c. 6, torn. II., docs. 22, 30, 31. *The text is taken from the original manuscript in the National Archives at Lisbon, Coll. de Bullas, mac.o 29, no. 6. On the back is the endorsement " Registrata apud me Ja: Sadoletum." 114 Doc. 12. The Bull Praecclsac Devotionis fatis concessa comperimus, nostro etiam munimine confovere ac alia etiam de novo concedere, ut exinde Celsitudo sua, Apostolice Sedi predicte ulteriori munificentia premunita, in prosecutione promissorum non solum ardentius inflametur, sed et liberali ac munifica compensatione accepta ceteros reddat et faciat ad similia promptiores, et ejus erga nos et sedem predictam devotio augeatur, et pro laboribus quos Universali Ecclesie circa Catholice et apostolice fidei exaltationem bene serviendo sustinet condignos honores et gratias reportet. Dudum siquidem a felicis recordationis Nicolao papa V. et Sixto IV. Romanis pontificibus, predecessoribus nostris, emanarunt diverse littere, tenoris subsequentis. [Here follow the bulls of June 18, 1452 (a part of which is printed above, Doc. 1, note 37) ; of January 8, 1455 (Doc. 1) ; and of June 21, 1481 (Doc. 4), which includes the bulls of January 8, 1455, and of March 13, 1456 (Doc. 2), and the part of the treaty of Alcac.ovas relating to Guinea (Doc. 3).] Nos igitur, qui ejusdem Emmanuelis Regis, fidei augmentum et propaga- tionem jugiter procurantis, commoda et utilitates supremis desideriis affecta- mus, motu proprio, non ad ipsius Emanuelis Regis vel alicujus alterius pro eo nobis super hoc oblate petitionis instantiam, sed de nostra mera delib- eratione et ex certa nostra scientia ac de apostolice potestatis plenitudine, omnes et singulas literas predictas ac omnia et singula in eis contenta et inde secuta quecumque rata et grata habentes, auctoritate apostolica, tenore presentium approbamus et innovamus ac confirmamus, supplentes omnes et singulos defectus, tam juris quam facti, siqui forsan intervenerint in eisdem, ac perpetue firmitatis robur obtinere debere decernimus. Et pro potiori cautela, omnia et singula in eisdem litteris contenta, ac quecunque alia imperia, regna, principatus, ducatus, provincias, terras, civitates, opida, castra, dominia, insulas, portus, maria, littora, et bona quecunque, mobilia et immobilia, ubicunque consistentia, per eundem Emanuelem Regem et predecessores suos a dictis infidelibus, etiam solitaria quecunque recuperata, detecta, inventa, et acquisita, ac per ipsum Emanuelem Regem et successores suos in posterum recuperanda, acquirenda, detegenda, et invenienda, tam a Capitibus de Bogiador et de Naon usque ad Indos quam etiam ubicunque et in quibuscunque partibus, etiam nostris temporibus forsan ignotis, eisdem auctoritate et tenore de novo concedimus ; litterasque supra- dictas ac omnia et singula in illis contenta ad premissa etiam extendimus et ampliamus, ac in virtute sancte obedientie et indignationis nostre pena quibus cunque fidelibus Christianis, etiam si imperiali regali, et quacunque alia prefulgeant dignitate, ne eundem Emmanuelem Regem et successores suos quomodolibet in premissis impedire, ac eisdem infidelibus auxilium, con- silium, vel favorem prestare presumant, auctoritate et tenore premissis inhibemus. Quocirca venerabilibus fratribus nostris archiepiscopo Ulixbonensi/ et Egiptanensi ' ac Funchalensi * episcopis, per apostolica scripta motu simili mandamus quatinus ipsi, vel duo aut unus eorum, per se vel alium seu alios, 'Martin da Costa, brother of Jorge da Costa. Doc. 11, introduction. * Idanha-Velha, with see at Guarda. In 1514 the bishop was Pedro Vasques. 'Funchal is the chief town on the island of Madeira. In 1514 its bishop was Diogo Pinheiro. November j, 1514 115 presentes litteras ac omnia et singula in eis contenta, ubi et quanclo expe- dierit, ac quotiens pro parte Emanuelis Regis et successorum suorum pre- dictorum fuerint super hoc requisiti solemniter publicantes, ac eisdem Emanueli Regi et successoribus in premissis efficacis defensionis presidio assistentes, faciant auctoritate nostra presentes et alias litteras et in eis contenta hujusmodi inviolabiliter observari, non permittentes eos super illis per quoscunque quomodolibet molestari ; contradictores per censuram ecclesi- asticam, appellatione postposita, compescendo ; invocato etiam ad hoc, si opus fuerit, auxilio brachii secularis. Et nihilominus, legitimis super hiis habendis servatis processibus,10 illos quos censuras et penas per eos pro tempore latas eos " incurrisse constiterit, quotiens expedient, iteratis vicibus, aggravare procurent. Non obstantibus recolende niemorie Bonifacii Pape VIII., similiter pre- decessoris nostri, qua inter alia cavetur ne quis extra suam civitatem et diocesiin, nisi in certis exceptis casibus, et in illis ultra unam dietam a fine sue diocesis ad judicium evocetur, seu ne judices ab Apostolica Sede deputati, extra civitatem et diocesim in quibus deputati fuerint, contra quoscunque procedere, aut alii, vel aliis vices suas committere presumant,12 et de duabus dietis in concilio generali " edita ac aliis apostolicis constitutionibus ac omnibus illis que idem Nicolaus et alii predecessores, qui similes eidem Regi Portu- gallie fecerunt concessiones, in eorum litteris voluerunt non obstare, con- trariis quibuscunque ; aut si aliquibus, communiter vel divisim, ab eadem sit sede indultum quod interdici, suspendi, vel excommunicari non possint per litteras apostolicas non facientes plenam et expressam ac de verbo ad verbum de indulto hujusmodi mentionem. Nulli ergo omnino hominum liceat hanc paginam nostre approbationis, innovationis, confirmationis, suppletionis, decreti, concessionis, extensionis, ampliations, inhibitionis, et mandati infringere, vel ei ausu temerario con- traire. Siquis autem hoc attemptare presumpserit, indignationem Omnipo- tentis Dei ac beatorum Petri et Pauli apostolorum ejus se noverit incursurum. Datum Rome apud Sanctum Petrum, anno Incarnationis Dominice mil- lesimo quingentesimo quartodecimo, tertio nonas Novembris, pontificatus nostri anno secundo. JA. SADOLETUS." B. DE COMITIBUS. TRANSLATION. Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God. For an abiding remembrance. Meditating fittingly in the inmost counsels of our heart upon the un wearied fervor of lofty devotion, the purity of blameless faith, the respect for the Holy Apostolic See, and the ardor of lofty virtues, whereby our very ""The steps whereby a controversy is discussed in judgment constitute a process." O. .1. Reichel, Canon Law (1896), II. 262. " This word, which is in the manuscript, should be omitted to make sense. " See the Corpus Juris Canonici, Sexti Decretal, lib. I., tit. III., c. XI. (pt. II., p. 942, in Friedberg's edition). 13 By the rule of the Fourth Lateran Council, can. 37, no one can be cited by apostolic letters to appear at a place more than two days' journey from his diocese, unless such letters shall have been procured with the assent of the parties, or unless they expressly mention this rule. Corpus Juris Canonici, Decretal. Gregor. IX. lib. I., tit. III., c. 28 (pt. II., p. 31, in Friedberg's edition). 14 Jacopo Sadoleto, the Italian humanist, and Pietro Bembo were the secretaries of Leo X., whose chancery was famous for the brilliancy of its letters. 116 Doc. 12. The Bull Praecelsae Det'otionis dear son in Christ, Emmanuel, the illustrious king of Portugal and of the Algarves, has made himself, in manifold ways, pleasing, serviceable, and agreeable to us and to the said see, especially since in the light of experience we consider, and from manifest proofs every day clearly perceive, with what unremitting vigilance his Sublimity and Serenity, following the example of his predecessors, the kings of Portugal, has striven, and ever more zeal ously strives, for the most part in person and not without the greatest effort and expense, in order that the barbarous hostility of the Moors and of other infidels to our Savior and to the Christian name may not only be warded off from the territories of the faithful, but, perishing in its own iniquity, may be entirely restrained and blotted out, and that the Christian religion may by peaceful means be advanced and promoted in all longed-for ways : persuaded by these considerations and by many other legitimate reasons, we deem it fitting and expedient constantly to guard and protect those concessions which we have learned were granted by our predecessors, the Roman pontiffs, to the aforesaid predecessors of the said King Emmanuel, and also to grant other and new privileges, in order that then his Highness, fortified by the further munificence of the aforesaid Apostolic See, may not only be roused to greater zeal in fulfilling his promises, but having received a liberal and generous reward may induce and cause others more readily to undertake similar work, and that his devotion to us and to the aforesaid see may be increased, and that in return for the labors which he sustains in serving the Church Universal by exalting the Catholic and apostolic faith, he may obtain suitable honors and rewards. A short while ago, divers letters of the following tenor were issued by our predecessors, Popes Nicholas V. and Sixtus IV., of happy memory. [Here follow the bulls of June 18, 1452 (a part of which is printed above, Doc. 1, note 37) ; of January 8, 1455 (Doc. 1) ; and of June 21, 1481 (Doc. 4), which includes the bulls of January 8, 1455, and of March 13, 1456 (Doc. 2), and the part of the treaty of Alcagovas relating to Guinea (Doc. 3).] We, therefore, who passionately strive for the advantage and profit of the said King Emmanuel, since he is continually aiming at the growth and ex tension of the faith, of our own accord, and not at the instance of the said King Emmanuel or on account of any request offered by any other person in his behalf, but from our mere deliberation and out of our certain knowl edge and from the plenitude of apostolic power, approve and renew and confirm by the apostolic authority and by the tenor of these presents, the aforesaid letters, all and singular, regarding their contents, all and singular, and whatever has followed thereupon as established and acceptable, and supplying all and singular defects, both of law and of fact, if any should happen to occur in them ; and we decree that they ought to be permanently valid. And for greater security and by virtue of the authority and in the terms mentioned above, we newly grant everything, all and singular, contained in the aforesaid letters, and all other empires, kingdoms, principalities, duchies, provinces, lands, cities, towns, forts, lordships, islands, harbors, seas, coasts, and all property, real and personal, wherever existing, also all unfrequented places, recovered, discovered, found and acquired from the aforesaid infidels, by the said King Emmanuel and his predecessors, or in future to be re- November 3, 1514 117 covered, acquired, discovered, and found by the said King Emmanuel and his successors, both from Capes Bojador and Nao to the Indies, and in any place or region whatsoever, even although perchance unknown to us at present ; and we also extend and amplify the aforesaid letters, and their con tents, all and singular, to the aforesaid concessions, and in virtue of holy obedience and under penalty of our wrath, by the authority and in the terms aforesaid, we inhibit all faithful Christians, even though adorned with im perial, royal, or any other rank, from presuming to hinder in any way the said King Emmanuel and his successors in respect to the aforesaid conces sions, and from furnishing aid, counsel, or favor to the said infidels. Wherefore by apostolic writings, and of the same accord, we charge our venerable brothers, the archbishop of Lisbon and the bishops of Idanha- Velha (Guarda) and Funchal, that they, or two or one of them, by himself, or through another, or others, solemnly publishing the present letters and all and singular therein contained, where and when it shall be expedient, and as often as they shall be required on behalf of King Emmanuel and his suc cessors and, aiding the aforesaid King Emmanuel and his successors with effectual protection in the aforesaid, do by our authority cause the present and other letters and the matters contained therein to be inviolably observed after this manner, not permitting them [i. e., the kings] to be troubled in any way whatever and by anyone in respect to these matters, restraining the disobedient by ecclesiastical censure, without permitting appeal, and likewise if necessary invoking for this purpose the aid of the secular arm. And none the less, observing the legal process to be followed in these matters, let them be careful, as often as it shall be expedient, to harass again and again those who it shall appear have incurred the censures and penalties imposed by them in accordance with circumstances. Nor shall the [edict] of Pope Boniface VIII. , of celebrated memory, similarly our predecessor, interfere with these injunctions, in which, among other things, he forbade that anyone be summoned to trial outside his city or diocese, except in certain excepted cases, and in those cases not more than one day's journey from the bounds of his diocese, or that judges, deputed by the Apostolic See, presume to proceed against anyone outside the city or diocese in which they shall have been deputed, or that they presume to intrust their duties to any other person or persons ; nor the regulation in regard to the two days' journey, ordained in the General Council ; and other apostolic constitutions; nor all those constitutions whatsoever to the contrary which the said Nicholas and others of our predecssors, who made similar conces sions to the said King of Portugal, declared to be of no effect in their letters, even if the said see has granted an indult to any, jointly or singly, that they may not be interdicted, suspended, or excommunicated by apostolic letters not making full and express mention, word for word, of such indult. Let no man whomsoever therefore infringe or with rash boldness contra vene this our approval, renewal, confirmation, completion, decree, grant, extension, amplification, inhibition, and mandate. Should anyone presume to attempt this, be it known to him that he will incur the wrath of Almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, on the third day of November, in the year of the incarnation of our Lord, 1514, in the second year of our pontificate. JACOPO SADOLETO. B. DE COMITIBUS. 13. Treaty betiveen Spain and Portugal, concluded at Vitoria, Feb ruary 19, 1524. Ratification by the Emperor, February 27, 1524- INTRODUCTION. The attainment of India by the Portuguese incited the Spaniards to dis cover a strait leading westward to the Spice Islands. This was the purpose of Columbus's fourth voyage (1502-1504), and of several other Spanish expeditions, planned or undertaken in the following decade. The King of Portugal kept jealous watch of these enterprises and his protests caused at least one projected expedition of this kind to be postponed.1 In 1518 the Portuguese captain Magellan, who had served in the Far East, deeming himself ungratefully treated by King Emmanuel, transferred his allegiance to King Charles of Spain.2 On the ground that the Spice Islands (Moluccas) lay on the Spanish side of the line of demarcation, he per suaded Charles to employ him to lead an expedition thither by the western route.3 Despite the King of Spain's assurances that his commanders were charged to respect existing international agreements touching the line of demarcation,4 Portugal strove to frustrate Magellan's negotiations, and, failing in this, to obstruct the execution of his project.6 These attempts failed and in November, 1521, the Spanish expedition, having discovered on the voyage the Ladrones and the Philippine Islands, reached the Moluccas, where the native rulers concluded treaties with the "His effectual protest against Pinzon's expedition planned in 1506 is noticed in H. Harrisse, Discovery of North America (1892), p. 730. For an account of early attempts to find a western passage to the Spice Islands see J. T. Medina, Sebastian Caboto (1908), torn. I., c. 8. * Charles was elected emperor in the following year. 1 Magellan's instructions, his memorial on the latitude and longitude of the Moluccas, and other related documents are printed in the fourth volume of Navarrete, Viages, and summarized in the first volume of Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands. See also Algs. Docs., pp. 423-430. and Medina, Documentos para la Historia de Chile, I., II. The belief that the Moluccas lay within the Spanish area was entertained by the Spanish government as early as 1512. Cf. Doc. 12, introduction and note 5. * See the letter from Charles to King Emmanuel, Feb. 28, 1519, Algs. Docs., pp. 422- 423, and Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, I. 277-279. 'Guillemard, Magellan, pp. 111-139. Letters to King Emmanuel from the Portuguese ambassador, Sept. 28, 1518, and from the Portuguese factor at Seville, July 18, 1519, are published in the original and in translation in Lord Stanley, First Voyage (Hakluyt Soc., no. LII., 1874), PP- xxxv-xlvi, and appendixes i and 2. A translation of the former letter is in Guillemard, op. cit., pp. 114-116, and a partial translation of the second letter in the same work, pp. 130-134. The text of the second letter is in Algs. Docs., pp. 431-435. 118 Vitoria, 1534 119 leaders of the expedition and declared themselves vassals of Spain.' In the Moluccas the Spaniards found themselves face to face with the Portu guese, who had discovered the islands ten years before, and manifested their resentment against the intruders by destroying a trading post that the Spaniards were attempting to establish, and by seizing a ship. Portu guese hostility was also displayed in another quarter, when the Victoria, the only vessel of the Spanish fleet that completed the voyage round the globe, was obliged, near the end of her course, to put in at the Cape Verde Islands.7 Here the Portuguese detained several of her crew as prisoners, and the King of Portugal, learning what had occurred, despatched four caravels in vain pursuit of the ship." Shortly after the return of the Victoria to Spain the two courts began negotiations relative to the Moluccas. Three closely related questions were distinguished : ( I ) the determina tion of the line of demarcation in accordance with the treaty of Tordesillas ; (2) the possession of the Moluccas; and (3) their ownership. Early in the negotiations the Emperor suggested that in addition to the caravels de spatched by each power to make a demarcation, Pope Adrian VI. should send a caravel, and act as umpire.' As to possession, both parties claimed it. The Emperor argued that even if the Moluccas had been first seen or discovered by Portuguese ships, yet they had not been taken or possessed, and there fore not effectually found by them ; while he, on the other hand, was ac knowledged by the native rulers as lord of those regions.10 He admitted, however, that the Portuguese were in possession of Malacca, although many believed that this also lay within the Spanish demarcation. The Portuguese, on the other hand, asserted that they had found the Moluccas, and that there fore, even if they were on the Spanish side of the line of demarcation, Spain should, in accordance with the treaty of Tordesillas, petition the Portuguese for them. The Spanish argued that, on the contrary, such petition should come from the Portuguese." Among the demands made by Portugal, one was especially displeasing to the Emperor and the Castilian Cortes — that while the questions of posses sion and ownership remained in dispute, neither party should despatch a trading fleet to the Moluccas. The Victoria's cargo had proved of enormous value, and before the end of the year 1522 a second fleet was being hastily ' Extracts from these treaties are in Navarrete, op. cit., IV. 295-298. 7 Guillemard, op. cit., pp. 293 ff. 'Andrada, Chronica del Rey Dom Joao o III., pt. I., c. 17. Santarem, Quadra Elementar, II. 32 ff. * Algs. Docs., p. 462. 10 Blair and Robertson, op. cit., I. 150-153; Herrera, Historia General, dec. III., lib. VI., c. 5., and cf. Peter Martyr D'Anghera, De Orbe Novo, II. 239 (trans, by F. A. MacNutt, 1912). 11 Blair and Robertson, op. cit., I. 142-158; Navarrete, op. cit., torn. IV., no. 31, pp. 312-320; Herrera, loc. cit. 120 Doc. 13. Spain — Portugal equipped to sail to the Spice Islands from Coruna. In consequence of Portugal's opposition, the Emperor postponed its departure, but in 1523 he promised the Cortes of Castile that it should be despatched as soon as possible and that he would not surrender the " Spicery " or come to any other agreement respecting it that was prejudicial to Castile.12 The negotiations ended in the signing of a provisional treaty in the city of Vitoria on February 19, 1524. The principal stipulations were that each party should appoint three astrologers and three pilots to assemble not later than the end of March at the frontier of the two countries to determine the demarcation ; and three lawyers to meet at the same time and place to deter mine the question of possession. If possible the questions were to be decided by the end of May, 1524. Before that time neither party was to despatch a trading expedition to the Moluccas. The treaty was ratified by the Emperor on February 27, 1524. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original ratification signed by the emperor at Vitoria, February 27, 1524, is in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 18, mac.o 6, no. 5. The protocol is in the same archives, gav. 15, mago 10, no. 20, and also in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Papeles de Maluco de 1519 a 1547, est. i, caj. 2, leg. 1/15, no. 9. Text: Printed. The protocol is printed in M. F. de Navarrete, Colecclon de Viages (1825-1837), torn. IV., no. 32, pp. 320-326, and in J. T. Medina, Coleccion de Documentos para la Historic de Chile (1888-1902), I. 330-337. Translation. The articles are translated in E. H. Blair and J. A. Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), I. 160-163. References : Contemporary and early writings. Diplomatic documents : Navarrete, op. cit., IV. 301-305, 312-320, translated in Blair and Robert son, op. cit., I. 139-158; J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 462-463; Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elementar (1842-1876), II. 35 ff. See also A. Rodriguez Villa, El Emperador Carlos V . y su Corte segun las Cartas de Don Martin de Salinas (1903), passim; Fr. d'Andrada, Chronica do Rey Dom Jodo o III. (1796), torn. I., cc. 16-18; A. de Herrera, Historia General de los Hechos de los Cas- tellanos, dec. III., lib. VI., cc. 3-6 (ed. 1728-1730, II. 178-184) ; B. Leonardo de Argensola, Conquista de las Islas Malucas ( 1609) , lib. I. ; id., in Biblioteca de Escritores Aragoneses, Seccion Literaria, torn. VI. (1891), translated in J. Stevens, New Collection of Voyages and Travels (1708-1710), vol. I., pt. i ; Medina, op. cit., toms. I. and II. References: Later writings. F. H. H. Guillemard, Life of Ferdinand Magellan (1890) ; O. Koelliker, Die Erste Umseglung der Erde (1908), gives an extended list of the sources ; F. Colin, Labor Evangelica (ed. P. Pastells, 1904), II. 600-613, " Discusiones entre Espafia y Portugal acerca del Derecho de Posesion de las Malucas ". " Cortes de los Antiguos Reinos de Leon y de Castillo, IV. 388 (Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid, 1861, etc.). Vitoria, 1524 121 TEXT." Don Carlos, por la gracia de Dios rrei de Romanes e emperador semper augusto, Dona Johana, su madre, e el mesmo Don Carlos, por la mesma gracia rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, de Navarra, de Granada, de Toledo, de Valencia, de Galizia, de Mallorcas, de Sevilla, de C,erdena, de Cordova, de Corgega, de Murgia, de Jahen, de los Algarves, de Algezira, de Gibraltar, de las Yslas de Canaria, de las Indias, yslas e tierra firme del mar ogeano, condes de Barcelona, senores de Vizcaya e, de Molina, duques de Athenas e de Neopatria, condes de Ruysellon e de C,erdania, marqueses de Oristan e de Gogiano, archiduques de Austria, duques de Borgoiia e de Bravante, condes de Flandes e de Tirol, etc., vimos una escriptura de capitulation e asiento hecha en nuestro nombre por Mercurinus de Gratinara," nuestro grand changiller, e Don Herrnando de Vega," com- mendador mayor de Castilla, e Don Gargia de Padilla," comendador mayor de Calatrava, y el Doctor Lorengo Galindez de Carvajal," todos del nuestro consejo, e Pero Correa, de Atovia, senor de la villa de Velas, y el Doctor Johan de Faria,1' embaxadores e del consejo del Serenisimo e Mui Excelente Rei de Portugal," nuestro mui caro e mui amado sobrino e prime, e sus procuradores, su thenor del qual es este que se sigue : En el nombre de Dios Todo poderoso, Padre y Hijo y Spiritu Sancto. Manifiesto e notorio sea a todos quantos este publico ynstrumento vieren, como en la gibdad de Vitoria a diez e nueve dias del mes de Hebrero, ano del nasgimiento de nuestro Salvador Jhesu Christo de mill e cminientos e veinte e quatro aiios, en presengia de mi, Frangisco de los Covos, secrectario de sus 13 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by the Emperor, dated Feb. 27, 1524, preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 18, mac.o 6, no. 5. "In 1519 Mercurino Arborio de Gattinara, a Piedmontese, formerly employed by the Emperor Maximilian in important negotiations, became grand chancellor of Charles V. and ex oflicio president of the councils. He befriended Las Casas in his controversies with the Council of the Indies and presided over the Cortes of 1523 which petitioned Charles not to surrender the Spice Islands. In 1529, the year before his death, he was created cardinal. 18 Senor de Grajal, knight-commander in Castile and Leon of the Order of Santiago and president of the Council of the Orders (»". e., of the three oldest orders of knight hood in Spain — Alcantara, Calatrava, and Santiago). He was a member of the Council of the Indies both before and after its reorganization in 1524, and at one time owned land and Indians in the West Indies. In 1515 he was a president of the Cortes. A brief biographical notice of him is in M. Danvila, Historia de las Comunidades de Castilla, in the Memorial Historic o Espaiiol (Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid, 1800), XL. 135. A member of the early Council of the Indies and of the Cortes of 1518, 1520, and 1523. In 1523 president of the Council of the Orders. A learned lawyer and historian, member of the Council of the Indies as reorganized in 1524, and of the Cortes of 1520 and 1523; president of the Royal Council of Castile, and appointed by Queen Isabella to prepare a digest of the Castilian law. His Anales del Rey Don Fernando el Catolico is one of the best authorities for the latter part of that king's reign. "During his embassy at Rome, Joao de Faria had obtained many favors for Portugal from Leo X. Cf. above, Doc. 12, introduction. "John III., 1521-1537. *°In 1517 Cobos, a Spaniard, became secretary to Charles V. and a member of the Council of the Indies. He rose rapidly in favor, and after the death of Gattinara he and Granvelle were Charles's most influential ministers. " All the affairs of Italy, the Indies, and Spain passed under his hand for many years." Gomara, Annals of the Emperor Charles V. (ed. R. B. Merriman, 1912), p. 136. 122 Doc. 13. Spain — Portugal Magestades e su noctario publico, e de los testigos de yuso escripctos, estando presentes los senores Mercurinus de Gratinara, grand changiller de sus Magestades, y Don Hernando de Vega, comendador mayor de Castilla de la Horden de Sanctiago, e Don Garcia de Padilla, comendador mayor de Cala- trava, y el Doctor Lorengo Galindez de Carvajal, todos del consejo de los mui altos e mui poderosos pringipes, Don Carlos, por la divina clemengia emperador semper augusto, rrey de Romanes, y Dona Johana, su madre, e el mesmo Don Carlos, su hijo, por la gragia de Dios rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Secilias, de Jherusalen, etc., sus procuradores bastantes, de la una parte, e los senores, Pero Correa de Atovia, senor de la villa de Velas, e el Doctor Johan de Faria, ambos del consejo del muy alto e muy exgelente senor, el senor, Don Johan, por la gragia de Dios rrey de Portugal, de los Algarves de aquende y allende el mar en Africa, senor de Guinea y de la conquista, navegagion, e comergio de Ytiopia e Aravia e Persia y de la India, etc., sus embaxadores e procuradores bastantes, segund ambas las dichas partes lo mostraron por las cartas, poderes, e procuragiones delos dichos senores sus constituyentes, su thenor de las quales de verbo ad verbum es este que se sigue : [Here follow the full powers granted by the Emperor Charles V. and Queen Joanna of Castile to Mercurino de Gattinara, Fernando de Vega, Garcia de Padilla, and Dr. Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, on January 25, 1524; and the full powers granted by John III. of Portugal to Pedro Correa and Dr. Joao de Faria on January 13, 1524.] E luego los dichos procuradores de los dichos senores rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, etc., e del dicho Senor Rey de Portugal, de los Algarves, etc., dixeron : Que por quanto entre los dichos senores sus constituyentes ay dubda sobre la posesion de Maluco y la propiedad del, pretendiendo cada uno dellos que cae en los limites de su demarcagion, la qual se ha de hazer con forme al asiento y capitulagion ll que fue f echa entre los Catolicos rreyes, Don Hernando e Reina Dona Ysabel, rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, etc., e el muy alto y muy exgelente senor el Senor Rey Don Johan, rrey de Portugal, de los Algarves, senor de Guinea, etc., que ayan gloria, por ende ellos e cada uno dellos en los dichos nombres e por virtud delos dichos poderes de suso encorporados, por bien de paz e concordia e por conservagion del debdo e amor que entre los senores sus constituyentes [ay,] ™ otorgaron, consintieron, e asentaron lo siguiente: [i.] Primeramente, que para la demarcagion que se ha de hazer conforme a la dicha capitulagion, se nombre[n] por cada una de las partes tres as- trologos e tres pilotos e marineros, los quales se ayan de juntar e junten por todo el mes de Margo primero que viene, o antes si ser pudiere, en la rraya de Castilla y Portugal entre la cibdad de Badajoz e la cibdad de Yelves, para que por todo el mes de Mayo primero siguiente, deste presente ano, haziendo ante todas cosas, luego commo se juntaren, juramento solene em forma devida de derecho en poder de dos notaries, uno puesto por la una parte y el otro por la otra, con abto e testimonio publico, en que juren a Dios e a Santa Maria e a las palabras de los santtos quatro Evangelios, en que pornan las manos, que pospuesto todo amor y temor, odio e pasion, ni interese alguno, y sin tener rrespecto a otra cosa alguna mas de hazer justigia, miraran el 11 The treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. " This word is not in the text. Vitoria, 1524 1 23 derecho de las partes, determiner! conforme a la dicha capitulation la dicha demarcation. [2.] Asimismo, que se nombren por cada una de las partes tres letrados, los quales dentro del mesmo termino y lugar, premise el dicho juramento con las solemnidades e de la manera que de suso se contiene, entiendan en lo de la posesion de Maluco, e lo determinen, rresgibiendo las probangas, escrip- turas, capitulagiones, testigos e derechos que antes ellos fueren presentadas, e hagan todo lo que les paresgiere nesgesario para hazer la dicha declaration, commo hallaren por justigia ; e que de los dichos tress letrados, el primero nombrado en la comision tenga cargo de juntar a todos los otros diputados de su parte para que con mas cuydado se entienda en la negociagion. [3.] Otrosy, que durante el dicho termino fasta en fin del dicho mes de Mayo, primero siguiente, ninguna de las partes no pueda embiar a Maluco, ni contratar ni rescatar, pero si antes del dicho tiempo se determinare en posesion o propiedad, que la parte en cuyo favor se declarare el derecho en cada una de las dichas cosas, pueda embiar y rrescatar; e en caso que se determine lo de la propiedad e demarcagion, se entienda degisa e absorvida la quistion de la posesion; y si solamente se determinare lo de la posesion por los dichos dos letrados, sin que lo de la propiedad se pudiese determinar, commo es dicho, que lo que quedare por determinar de la dicha propiedad, e tambien de la posesion del dicho Maluco, quede conforme a la dicha capitu- lagion en el estado en que estava antes que se hiziese este asiento; lo qual todo se ha de entender e entienda sin perjuizio del derecho de cada una de las partes en propiedad e posesion conforme a la dicha capitulagion. [4.] Pero si a los dichos letrados primero nombrados en las comisiones, antes que se acabe el dicho termino, paresgiere que con alguna prorrogagion del dicho termino oviese aparengia de se poder acabar e determinar lo asentado, e se les ofresgiere otro camino o modo bueno para que este negogio se podiese mejor determinar en un cabo o otro, conviene a saber, en posesion o propie dad ; en qualquier destos casos los dichos dos letrados puedan prorrogar el tiempo que les paresgiere convenir a la brebe determinagion dello, e que durante el termino de la dicha prorrogagion puedan ellos e todos los otros diputados e cada uno dellos en su calidad, entender e conosger, entiendan e conozcan, commo si fuese dentro del termino pringipal de su comision ; pero quel dicho tiempo se entiende prorrogado con las mismas condigiones e calidades de suso contenidas. [5.] Y que todos los abtos que en este caso se ovieren de hazer scan firmados por los dichos dos notaries nombrados por cada una de las partes el suyo, e cada uno escriva los abtos de su parte ; y el otro, despues de averlos comprobado e colagionado, los firme. [6.] Yten, que cada una de las partes ay a de traer rratificagion e con- firmagion destos capitulos de los dichos senores sus constituyentes, dentro de veinte dias primeros siguientes. Lo qual todo que dicho es, e cada cosa e parte dello, los dichos Mercurinus de Gratinara, grand changiller de sus Magestades, e los dichos Don Fernando de Vega, comendador mayor de Castilla, e Don Gargia de Padilla, comendador mayor de Calatrava, e el Dottor Lorengo Galindez de Carvajal, todos del su consejo, procuradores de los dichos mui altos e muy poderosos Reyna e Rey de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, e de Granada, e de las Dos Secilias, de Jherusalem, etc., y por virtud del dicho su poder, que de suso va encor- porado, los dichos Pero Correa de Atovia e el Dottor Juan de Faria, procu- 9 124 Doc. 13. Spain — Portugal radores e embaxadores del dicho muy alto e muy exgelente pringipe, el Senor Rey Don Johan de Portugal, e de los Algarves de aquende e allende el mar en Africa, senor de Guinea, etc., e por virtud del dicho su poder que de suso va encorporado, prometieron e seguraron en nombre de los dichos sus con- stituyentes, que ellos e sus subgesores e rreinos e senorios, para siempre jamas, ternan e guardaran e cumpliran rrealmente e con efecto, a buena fee e sin mal engano, cessante todo f raude, cautela, engafio, figion, e simula- gion alguna, todo lo que de suso se contiene, e es asentado e concertado, e lo que por los dichos diputados fuere sentengiado e determinado, e cada cosa e parte dello, enteramente, segund e commo por ellos fuere hecho e ordenado e sentengiado e determinado, bien asi e a tan cumplidamente commo si por los dichos sus constituyentes con formes fuese hecho y determinado e con- gertado e commo juizio dado por juezes competentes ; e para que asy se guardara e cumplira, por virtud de los dichos poderes que de suso van encorporados, obligaron a los dichos sus partes, sus constituyentes, e a sus bienes muebles e rrayzes e de sus patrimonies e coronas rreales e de sus subgesores, para siempre jamas, que ellos ni alguno dellos, por si ni por interposita persona, directe ni indirecte, no yran ni vernan contra ello, ni contra cosa alguna ni parte dello, en tiempo alguno, ni por alguna manera, pensada o no pensada, que sea o ser pueda, so las penas en la dicha capitula- gion que de suso se haze mingion contenidas, e, la pena pagada o non pagada o gragiosamente rremitida, que toda via esta escriptura e asiento e todo lo que por virtud della fuere hecho e determinado quede y finque firme, estable, e valedero, para siempre jamas ; e rrenungiaron qualesquier leyes e derechos de que se puedan aprovechar las dichas partes e cada una deltas para yr o venir contra lo suso dicho, o contra alguna cosa o parte dello, e por mayor seguridad e firmeza de lo suso dicho juraron a Dios e a Santa Maria e a la serial de la Cruz, en que pusieron sus manos derechas, e a las palabras de los Santtos quatro Evangelios, donde quier que mas largamente son escripctos, en anima de los dichos sus partes, que ellos e cada uno dellos ternan, guardaran, e cumpliran todo lo suso dicho e cada una cosa e parte dello, rrealmente e con efecto, gesante todo engano, cautela, e simulagion, e no lo contradiran en tiempo alguno ni por alguna manera, e so el dicho juramento juraron de no pedir absolugion de nuestro muy Santo Padre ni de otro legado ni perlado que se la pueda dar, y aun que de su proprio mottuo se la de no usaran della, e asi mesmo los dichos procuradores en el dicho nonbre se obligaron, so la dicha pena e juramento, que dentro de veinte dias primeros siguientes, contados desde el dia de la hecha desta capitulagion, daran la una parte a la otra e la otra a la otra, aprovagion e rratificagion desta dicha capitulagion, escriptas en pergamino e firmadas de los nombres de los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, e selladas con sus sellos de plomo pendientes, de lo qual todo que dicho es otorgaron dos escripturas de un tenor, la una commo la otra, las quales firmaron de sus nombres e las otorgaron ante mi, el dicho secrettario e notario publico de suso escripto, e de los testigos de yuso escriptos, para cada una de las partes la suya, e qualquier que paresgiere valga commo si ambas a dos paresgiesen, que fueron fechas e otorgadas en la dicha gibdad de Vittoria, el dicho dia e mes e ano suso dicho. Testigos que fueron presentes al otorgamiento desta escriptura, e vieron firmar en ella a todos los dichos senores procuradores, e los vieron jurar corporalmente en manos de mi, el dicho secretario, Frangisco de Valenguela, cavallero de la horden de Santiago, e Pedro de Salazar, capitan de sus magestades, e Vitoria, 1524 125 Pedro de Ysasaga, contino a de sus magestades, e Go. Casco e Albaro Mexia e Bastian Fernandez, criados del dicho embaxador Pero Correa de Atuvia. Mercurinus, cancelarius, Hernando de Vega, comendador mayor, El comen- dador mayor," Dottor Carvajal, Pero Correa, Juan de Faria. Por testigo, Francesco de Valenquela. Por testigo, Go. Quasquo. Testigo, Bastian Fer- nandes, testigo, Alvaro Mexia, por testigo, Pedro de Ysasaga, por el dicho Salazar, Johan de Samafio ; e yo, el dicho Francisco de los Covos, secretario de sus Cesarea y Catholicas Magestades, y su escrivano e notario publico en la su corte e en todos los sus rreynos e senorios de Castilla, presente fuy, en uno con los dichos testigos, al otorgamiento desta dicha escriptura e capitula- cjon e juramento della, e de rruego e otorgamiento e pedimiento de los dichos procuradores de ambas las dichas partes, que en mi rregistro ellos e los dichos testigos firmaron sus nombres, esta dicha escriptura fiz escrivir segund que ante mi paso, la qual va escripta en tres hojas de papel con esta en que va my signo, e di a cada una de las dichas personas la suya, por ende en testimonio de verdad fiz aqui este mio signo a tal. Por ende nos, vista e entendida la dicha escriptura e asiento que de suso va encorporada e cada cosa e parte della, e siendo cjertos e certificados de todo lo en ella contenido, e queriendo guardallo e cumplilla, commo en ella se contiene, loamos, confirmamos, e aprovamos, rratificamos y, en tanto que es nesqesario, de nuevo otorgamos e prometemos " guardar la dicha escriptura e asiento que asi por los dichos nuestros procuradores e procu radores [del dicho seiior e] muy exc.elente rrey nuestro sobrino e primo fue asentado e conqertado en nuestros nombres, e cada cosa e parte dello, rrealmente e con efecto, a buena fee, sin mal engano, cesante todo fraude e simulation, e queremos e somos contentes que se guarde e cumpla segund e commo en ella se contiene, bien asi e a tan cumplidamente commo si por nos fuera fecho, asentado, e capitulado. Dada en Vitoria, a xxvii. dias del mes de Hebrero, ano del nagimiento de nuestro Salvador Jhesu Christo de mill y quinientos e veynte y quatro anos. Yo, EL REY. Yo, FRANCISCO DE LOS Covos, secretario de sus Cesarea y Catholicas Magestades la fize escrevir por su mandado [notarial sign] . M [ERCURINU]S, Canc.[iller]. HERNANDO DE VEGA, comendador mayor. Lic,entiatus Don GARQIA. El Doctor CARVAJAL. ANDREUS . . . , chancjller. TRANSLATION. Don Charles, by the grace of God king of the Romans and emperor ever august. Dona Joanna, his mother, and the said Don Charles, by the said grace, King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, Navarre, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, the Majorcas, Seville, Sardinia, Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarves, Algeciras, Gibraltar, the Canary Islands, the Indies, the islands and mainland of the ocean sea, count and countess of Barcelona, lord and lady of Biscay and Molina, duke and " See Doc. 9, note 19. 14 Don Garcia de Padilla, knight-commander of the Order of Calatrava. " A blot on the manuscript makes two words illegible. 126 Doc. /j. Spain — Portugal duchess of Athens and Neopatras, count and countess of Roussillon and Cerdagne, marquis and marchioness of Oristano and Gociano, archduke and archduchess of Austria, duke and duchess of Burgundy and Brabant, count and countess of Flanders and Tirol, etc. : We have seen an instrument of agreement and treaty made in our name by Mercurino de Gattinara, our grand chancellor, and Don Hernando de Vega, chief knight-commander of Castile, and Don Garcia de Padilla, chief knight-commander of Calatrava, and Doctor Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, all members of our council, and Pero Correa d'Atouguia, lord of the town of Bellas, and Doctor Joao de Faria, ambassadors and members of the council of the most serene and very excellent King of Portugal, our very dear and well-beloved nephew and cousin, and their representatives, the tenor of which is as follows : In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. Be it mani fest and known to all who shall see this public instrument, that in the city of Vitoria on the nineteenth day of the month of February, in the year of the nativity of our Saviour Jesus Christ, 1524, in the presence of me, Francisco de los Cobos, their majesties' secretary and notary public, and of the under signed witnesses, there being present the lords Mercurino de Gattinara, grand chancellor of their Majesties, Don Hernando de Vega, chief knight- commander in Castile of the Order of Santiago, Don Garcia de Padilla, chief knight-commander of the Order of Calatrava, and Doctor Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, all members of the council of the very exalted and very power ful princes, Don Charles, by the divine clemency, emperor ever august, king of the Romans, and Dona Joanna, his mother, and the said Don Charles, her son, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., their qualified representatives, on the one part, and the lords Pero Correa d'Atouguia, lord of the town of Bellas, and Doctor Joao de Faria, both members of the council of the very exalted and very excellent lord, Dom John, by the grace of God king of Portugal, of the Algarves on this side of and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, India, etc., their ambassadors and qualified representatives — as both the said parties proved by the letters, authorizations, and procurations, from the said lords, their constituents, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : [Here follow the full powers granted by the Emperor Charles V. and Queen Joanna of Castile to Mercurino de Gattinara, Fernando de Vega, Garcia de Padilla, and Dr. Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, on January 25, 1524; and the full powers granted by John III. of Portugal to Pedro Correa and Dr. Joao de Faria on January 13, 1524.] And thereupon the said representatives of the said King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and of the said lord King of Portugal, of the Algarves, etc., said: That whereas there is a difference of opinion between the said lords, their constituents, as to the possession and ownership of the Moluccas, each of them claiming that those islands fall within the limits of his demarcation, which must be determined in accordance with the treaty and agreement concluded between the Catholic sovereigns, Don Ferdinand and Queen Dona Isabella, king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, etc., and the very exalted and excellent lord, the lord king Dom John, king of Portugal, of the Algarves, lord of Guinea, etc. Vitoria, 1524 127 (may they rest in glory) — therefore they, jointly and severally, in the said names, and by virtue of the said powers incorporated above, for the sake of peace and concord, and for the preservation of the relationship and affection which exists between the lords their constituents, authorized, con sented to, and agreed to the following : 1. First," there shall be appointed by each one of the parties to this treaty three astrologers and three pilots and sailors for the determination of the demarcation, which must be made according to the terms of the said treaty. These men must assemble, and they shall assemble, by the end of the month of March first following, or before that time if possible, at the boundary line of Castile and Portugal, between the cities of Badajoz and Elvas, in order that by the end of the month of May next following, of this present year, they may determine, in accordance with the terms of the said treaty, the said demarcation — taking a solemn oath as soon as they have assembled, and before attending to anything else, in the form prescribed by law and before two notaries (one for each side) with public declaration and testimony, swearing in the presence of God and the blessed Mary, and upon the words of the four Holy Gospels, upon which they shall place their hands, that, laying aside all love and fear, hate, passion, or any interest, and with regard only to securing justice, they will examine the rights of the two parties involved. 2. Likewise three lawyers shall be appointed by each side, who, within the same period and at the same place, and after having taken the said .oath with all the solemn forms and in the manner abovesaid, shall inquire into the possession of Molucca, and receiving the proofs, documents, treaties, witnesses, and rights that shall have been presented before them, shall de termine the possession, doing everything that seems necessary for making the said declaration, just as they would do in court. Of the three above- mentioned lawyers, he who is named first in the commission shall take charge of assembling all the other deputies of his side, in order that greater care may be exercised in the negotiations. 3. Further, during the said period and up to the end of the said month of May, next following, neither of the parties to this treaty shall despatch expeditions to Molucca for purposes of trade or barter. But if before the end of the said period the question of possession or ownership shall be de termined, then the side in whose favor the right of each of the said questions is declared may despatch expeditions and may barter. And in case the question of ownership and demarcation is determined, then that of posses sion shall be understood to be decided and absorbed. If only the question of possession is determined by the [two] said lawyers, without their being able to determine that of ownership, as aforesaid, then what still remains to be determined of the said ownership, and likewise of the possession of the said Molucca, shall, in accordance with the terms of the treaty, remain in the same condition as before this present compact. All of the above must and shall be investigated without any prejudice to the rights of ownership and possession of either side, in accordance with the said treaty. 4. But if before the conclusion of the said period it shall appear to the lawyers first named in the commissions, as aforesaid, that the settlement "The translation of the six following articles is taken from Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, I. 160-163. 128 Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal can, in all probability, be concluded and determined with some further con tinuation of the time set, as abovesaid, or if another good way or manner of procedure, by which this matter could be determined better under one head or another, to wit, that of possession or that of ownership, should offer itself to them, the two lawyers, as aforesaid, may in either of these cases prolong, for so long a time as seems convenient to them, the brief determina tion of the matter. During the period of the said continuation, these lawyers and all the other deputies, each one in his own capacity, may investigate and ascertain, and they shall investigate and ascertain, just as if this exten sion of time were within the principal period named in their commission. But the said time shall be understood to be continued under the same condi tions and obligations as hereinbefore stated. 5. And all the actions taken in this case shall be signed by the two notaries appointed in his name by each of the parties to this treaty, as afore said. Each notary shall write the actions taken by his side ; and the other, after having confirmed and collated them, shall sign them. 6. Item, each one of the sides must obtain the ratification and confirma tion of these articles from their said constituents, within the twenty days first ensuing. All the foregoing, and every part and parcel of it, the said Mercurino de Gattinara, grand chancellor of their Majesties, the said Don Hernando de Vega, chief knight-conmmander of Castile, Don Garcia de Padilla, chief knight-commander of Calatrava, and Doctor Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, all members of their council, and representatives of the said very exalted and very mighty Queen and King of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Granada, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and by virtue of their said powers, incorporated above, [and] the said Pedro Correa d'Atouguia and Doctor Joao de Faria, representatives and ambassadors of the said very exalted and very excellent prince, the lord King Dom John of Portugal and of the Algarves on this side of and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea, etc., by virtue of their said powers, incorporated above, promised and affirmed in the name of their said constituents. [They promised and affirmed] that they and their successors, and their kingdoms and lordships, forever and ever, shall keep, observe, fulfill, really and effectively, in good faith and without deception, renouncing all fraud, mental reservation, deception, fiction, and dissimula tion whatsoever, all that is set forth above, and that is agreed to and con cluded, and that which shall be decided and determined by the said represen tatives, and every part and parcel of .it, entirely, according as it shall be enacted, ordained, adjudged, and determined by them, just as, and as com pletely as, if it had been enacted, determined, and concluded, by their said concurring constituents, and rendered as a judgment by competent judges. In order that the above shall be thus observed and fulfilled, by virtue of the said powers incorporated above, they pledged the said parties, their constitu ents, and their goods, movable and real, their patrimonies and royal crowns, and those of their successors, forever and ever, that neither they nor any of them, of themselves or through agents, directly or indirectly, shall violate it, or any part or parcel of it, at any time or in any manner, premeditated or un premeditated, that may or can be, under the penalties set forth in the said agreement mentioned above, and that whether the penalty be paid or not paid or graciously remitted, this instrument and treaty and whatsoever shall be enacted and determined by virtue thereof, shall nevertheless be and remain Vitoria, 1524 129 firm, stable, and valid, forever and ever. They renounced all laws and rights of which the said parties or either of them may avail themselves to violate the foregoing, or any part or parcel thereof, and for the greater security and stability of the aforesaid they swore before God and Holy Mary, and upon the sign of the Cross, on which they placed their right hands, and upon the words of the four Holy Gospels, wheresoever they are most largely written, on the consciences of their said constituents, that they, jointly and severally, will keep, observe, and fulfill all the aforesaid, and each part and parcel of it, really and in fact, renouncing all deception, mental reservation, and subterfuge, and they will not gainsay it at any time or in any manner. Under the same oath, they swore not to seek absolution from our most Holy Father, or from any other legate or prelate, who can give it to them, and even though he shall, proprio motu, give it them, they will not make use of it. Likewise the said representatives, acting in the said names, bound themselves under the said penalty and oath, that within the twenty days first following, reckoned from the date of this agreement, the parties will mutually exchange the confirmation and ratification of this said agreement, written on parchment, signed with the names of the said lords, their constituents, and sealed with their hanging leaden seals. Of all the foregoing they authorized two copies of the same tenor, both alike, which they signed with their names and executed before me, the said secretary and notary public, whose name is written above, and before the undersigned witnesses — one copy for each party. And whichever copy is produced it shall be as valid as if both should be produced, which were made and executed in the said city of Vitoria, on the day, month, and year aforesaid. Witnesses who were present at the execution of this instrument, and saw all the said representatives sign it, and saw them swear corporally by the hands of me, the said secretary : Francisco de Valenzuela, knight of the Order of Santiago, Pedro de Salazar, captain of their Majesties, Pedro de Ysasaga, contino of their Majesties, G[regori]o Casgas, Alvaro Mejia, and Sebastian Fernandez, servants of the said ambassador Pedro Correa d'Atouguia. Mercurino, chancellor; Hernando de Vega, chief knight-commander; the chief knight- commander ; Doctor Carvajal ; Pedro Correa ; Joao de Faria. As witness, Francisco de Valenzuela. As witness, G[regori]o Casgas. Witness, Sebas tian Fernandez ; witness, Alvaro Mejia ; as witness, Pedro de Ysasaga ; for the said Salazar, Juan de Samano. And I, the said Francisco de los Cobos, secretary of his Imperial Majesty and of their Catholic Majesties, and their scrivener and notary public in their court and in all their kingdoms and lord ships of Castile, was present, together with the said witnesses, at the executing of this said instrument and agreement and the oath respecting it, and at the request and petition, and with the authorization, of the said representatives of both the said parties, who with the said witnesses signed their names in my register, I caused this said instrument to be written just as it was executed before me. It is written on three leaves of paper, with this on which is my [notarial] sign, and I gave a copy to each of the said persons. Therefore, in testimony of truth, I made this my sign here, which is thus. Therefore, having seen and understood the said instrument and treaty, incorporated above, and every part and parcel of it, and being certain and assured of everything set forth therein, and desiring to observe and fulfill it, just as it stands, we commend, confirm, approve, ratify, and, so far as 130 Doc. 13. Spain— Portugal necessary, authorize anew and promise to observe, the said instrument and treaty which thus by our said representatives and the representatives [of the said lord and] very excellent king, our nephew and cousin, was agreed to and concluded in our names, and every part and parcel of it, really and in fact, in good faith, without deception, and renouncing all fraud and subter fuge. And we desire and are content that it shall be observed and fulfilled, just as it stands, in the same manner and as completely as if it had been made, agreed to, and concluded by us. Given in Vitoria on the twenty-seventh day of the month of February, in the year of the nativity of Our Savior Jesus Christ, 1524. I, THE KING. I, FRANCISCO DE LOS COBOS, secretary of his Imperial Majesty and of their Catholic Majesties, have caused it to be written by his command. [Notarial sign.] MERCURINO, chancellor. HERNANDO DE VEGA, chief knight-commander. Licentiate Don GARCIA. Doctor CARVAJAL. ANDRES . . . , chancellor. 14.* * Draft of an unconcluded treaty between Spain and Portugal, 1526. INTRODUCTION. In fulfillment of the terms of the treaty of Vitoria,1 the " junta of Badajoz " was held on the Spanish-Portuguese frontier between Badajoz and Elvas from April n to the end of May, 1524, when the Spanish commissioners voted against its further continuance.' The conference was without result. In the case on possession neither side would act as plaintiff. In the case on ownership its failure was, indeed, inevitable ; for in the then existing state of knowledge it was impossible to prove the fundamental question of the length of an equatorial degree, and hence to locate the line of demarcation or determine the longitude of the Moluccas. The Portuguese commis sioners insisted that the 370 leagues should be measured from the eastern islands of the Cape Verde group, while the Spaniards were determined that the measurement should begin at the most westerly of these islands. As measured on the Portuguese and Spanish maps respectively, the distance from the eastern Cape Verde Islands to the Moluccas differed by 46°. The Portuguese located the Moluccas 21° eaelr of the demarcation line; the Spaniards, a greater distance v*«»t of that meridian. The conference having ended, diplomatic negotiations were resumed; and it was not till the lapse of nearly five years that the dispute was terminated,* in a manner altogether different from that which was at first proposed. The most important stages in this negotiation, up to 1526, are indicated in the following draft of a treaty, which was probably drawn up at Seville,4 and was not concluded. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The draft is in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 3, ramo 12. It has not, it is believed, been printed or translated hitherto. References : See references to Doc. 13. 1 Doc. 13. "Documents relating to this conference are in Navarrete, Viages (1825-1838), IV.; Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, I. 165-221 ; Medina, Documentos para la His- toria de Chile, II. ; id., El Portugues Estcban Gomez al Seruicio de Espana, 1518-1535 (1908), pp. 133 ff. For accounts of the conference, see A. de Herrera, Historia General, dec. III., lib. VI., cc. 6-8; and Pastells's edition of Colin, Labor Evangelica, II. 606-612. "By the treaty of Saragossa, Docs. IB and 16. * Herrera, op. cit., dec. IV., lib. V., c. 10; ed. 1728-1730, II. 93. 132 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal TEXT.' En el nonbre de Dios Todo Poderoso, Padre e Hijo e Espiritu Sancto. Magnifiesto e notorio sea a todos quantos este publico imstrumencto vieren, como en [blank], a [blank] dias del mes de [blank], ano del nasgimiento de nuestro Senor Jhesu Christo de mill e quinientos e veynte e seis anos, en presengia de my, Frangisco de los Covos," secretario de sus Magestades e su notario publico, e de los testigos de yuso escritos, estando presentes los senores Mercurinus de Gatinara,1 grand changiller de sus Magestades, e Don Fray Gargia de Loaisa," o Bispo de Osma, presidente del Consejo de las Yndias y confesor de su Magestad, e Don Gargia de Padilla," comendador mayor de Calatrava, y el Doctor Lorengo Galindes de Carvajal," todos del Consejo de los muy altos e muy poderosos pringypes, Don Carlos, por la divina clemengia Enperador semper augusto, rrey de Romanes, e Dona Johana su madre, y el mismo Don Carlos su hijo, por la gragia de Dios rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, de Navarra, de Granada, etc., sus procuradores bastantes de la una parte, y el senor Ligengiado Asevedo,11 del Consejo del muy alto e muy exgelente senor, el Senor Don Johan, por la gragia de Dios rrey de Portogal, de los Algarves de aquende y allende el mar en Africa, senor de Guinea, e de la conquista, navegagion, e comergio de Ytiopia y Aravia e Persia e de la Yndia, etc., su enbaxador e procurador bastante, segund anbas las dichas partes lo mostraron por las cartas e poderes e procuragiones de los dichos senores, sus consti- tuyentes, su thenor de las quales, de bervo ad verbo, es este que se sigue : Los dichos procuradores de los dichos senores Reyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, etc., e del dicho senor Rey de Portogal, de los Algarves, etc., dixeron que, por quanto sobre la duda que entre los dichos senores sus constituyentes ay sobre la propiedad e posesion de los Malucos, pretendiendo cada una de las partes que cae en los limites de su demarcagion, haziendose la demarcagion, como sea de haser, conforme al asiento y capitulagion " que fue hecha entre los Catolicos Reyes Don Fernando e Reyna Dona Ysabel, etc., y el senor Rey, Don Johan de Portogal, etc., que ayan gloria, por parte del senor Rey de Portogal, estando el Enperador en la gibdad de Segovia " el ano pasado de mill e quinientos e 'The text is taken from a manuscript in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 3, ramo 12. * See Doc. 13, note 20. T See Doc. 13, note 14. 'This distinguished prelate, former general of the Dominican Order, and since 1523 the confessor and confidant of Charles V., had great influence at court. Upon the reor ganization of the Council of the Indies in 1524, he became its president. Later he was made cardinal, archbishop of Seville, and commissary-general of the Inquisition. A. Touron, Histoire des Hommes Illustres de I'Ordre de Saint Dominique, IV. (1747), 93-107. • See Doc. 13, note 16. " See Doc. 13, note 17. 11 One of the Portuguese commissioners at the conference of Badajoz. His powers to conclude a treaty with the Emperor, dated Oct. 18, 1525, are preserved in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. i. A brief notice of his instructions, Mar. 24, 1525, is in Algs. Docs., pp. 485-486. Many of his letters and papers relative to the Molucca negotiations are in the National Archives at Lisbon. Cf. Santarem, Quadra Elementar, II. 46 ff. u The treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. "The Emperor was in Segovia from Sept. 7 to 14, 1525. M. de Foronda y Aguilera, " Estancias y Viages de Carlos V.", Boletin de la Sociedad Geografica de Madrid, torn. XXX VI L, no. 7, July, 1895. 1526 133 veynte e ginco afios, fueron movidos y apuntados giertos medios que son los siguientes : Los " medios que por parte del Rey de Portogal se proponen sobre lo de Maluco, es lo siguiente : [i.] Que se haga asiento entre su Magestad y el, que por justigia e por letrados, de una parte e de otra, se vea el derecho de la posesion e propiedad de Maluco, segund forma de las capitulagiones hechas y de lo que fue asentado que se viese en la rraya, no limitando tienpo, mas prosiguiendo hasta que entre los dichos letrados se tomen conclusion de la manera que les paregiere derecho, y no siendo con formes se tomen tergeros que lo determinen. [2.] Yten, que en quanto por los letrados o tcrgero no se diere sentengia finalmente en la posesion o en la propiedad, que ninguna de las partes enbie a Maluco, ni vengan de Maluco para aca, hasta dar se sentengia final en la propriedad, y, determinandose primero la posesion que la propriedad, aquel por quien la posesion se juzgare pueda enbiar hasta que se determine la dicha propriedad. [3.] Yten, que bolviendo las naos que agora scan enbiado por parte de su Magestad " primero que se determine la dicha posesion o propiedad, que se mande ver la despensa que hizieron, y, si lo que traxeren valiere mas, aquella parte que mas valiere se ponga en deposito y secresto para se entregar a aquel por quien fuere juzgada la posession e propriedad. [4.] Yten, que este asiento sea jurado por anbas partes y aprovado con todas aquellas solenidades y clausulas que para seguridad de tal caso se rrequierefn]. A los quales medios, su Magestad, teniendo la voluntad que sienpre tuvo e tiene a la conservagion del gran devdo y amor que ay entre el y el dicho senor Rey de Portogal, mando rresponder en esta guisa : Lo " que se rresponde por parte del Enperador y Rey nuestro senor a lo que de parte del senor Rey de Portogal, su hermano, nuevamente sea rreplicado sobre lo de Maluco es lo siguiente : Primeramente, que del amor que el dicho senor Rey tiene, y buena voluntad que muestra, a la conservagion de la amistad y verdadera unyon de entre su Magestad y el dicho Serenisimo Rey, nunca su Magestad a puesto duda en ello, antes lo ha sienpre tenido por firme, y que rregiprocamente no deve el dudar que su Magestad no tenga el mysmo amor y voluntad con deseo de sastifazer [sic] a las cosas del dicho Serenisimo Rey, su hermano, quanto la rrason y los negogios lo sufren y que buenamente se podra haser. Quantto a lo que el dicho Serenisimo Rey apunta, mostrando descontenta- miento de lo que su Magestad dixo, que por olvido, a causa de otras grandes ocupagiones, no se avia rrespondido al Ligengiado Antonio de Azevedo sobre " Another copy of the following articles, preserved in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 2, is headed : " Enbio lo su Magestad de Segovia a Toledo ", *. e., probably to the Portuguese ambassador, who had been in Toledo while the Cortes was in session there in August. When the Cortes ended the Emperor went to Segovia. P. de Sandoval, Historia de la Vida del Emperador Carlos V ., I. (1618), 660, 665. 11 The Spanish fleet under command of Garcia Jof re Loaysa sailed from Coruna on July 24, 1525. Cf. Doc. 15, note 30. "Another copy of the following reply, preserved in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 2, is headed as follows: "La respuesta que Su Magestad dio en Segovia al enbaxador sobre los medios." 134 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal el dicho negogio de Maluco antes que la dicha armada partiese, paresgiendo al dicho senor Rey ser cosa grave y que sus cosas no deven ser olvidadas, gierto su Magestad no piensa que el dicho sefior Rey tenga por esto justa causa de descontentamiento, pues sabe la calidad y peso de los negogios tan grandes que entre tanto scan ofregido a su Magestad, los quales son de tal ynportangia que fuerc.au a honbre a olvidar aun sus cosas propias, quanto mas las agenas, y con ellas devria escusarse no solamente aver olvidado lo de Maluco, mas aun se escusaria lo olvidado de otras cosas, muy mas inportantes de sus rreynos hereditarios ; y ansy mismo se deve escusar este olvido, segund en la otra rrespuesta esta dicho, pues consta que por el parti r del armada no se hazia mudanga en lo que ya estava rrespondido, y no por esto deve pensar el dicho serenisimo rey, que su Magestad no tenga y quiera tener el mismo cuidado de sus cosas que de las propias de su Magestad. Quanto a los medios que ofrege — A su Magestad plaze que por letrados y otras personas expertas en la negoc.iac.ion, tornados por la una parte y la otra, en ygual numero, se vea el derecho de la propiedad e posesion, segund e al thenor e forma de las capitulagiones 17 hechas y otorgadas entre los rreyes Catolicos y los Serenisimos Reyes de Portogal, no limitando tienpo para ello, mas prosiguiendolo hasta que por las dichas personas se tome con- clusyon de la manera que les paregiere derecho, y que no siendo conformes, se tomen tergeros, que lo determinen, y que se junten en lugar que les paregiere mas conviniente. Quanto a lo que el dicho Serenisimo Rey de Portogal pide, que hasta que sea aya dado sentencia final en propiedad o posesion, ninguna de las partes enbie a Maluco, parege que es contra justigia e derecho y no ygual. Pero terna su Magestad por bien que los diputados den sobresto la horden que les paregiere. Quanto a lo que pide del secresto de lo que truxeren las naos de su Magestad que agora son ydas, y por que contiene el mismo agravio que el pregedente se rresponde lo mismo que a el esta rrespondido. Quanto al postrero, que plase a su Magestad que el asiento que sobresto se fiziere sea jurado por anbas partes y aprovado con todas las clausulas e solenidades que para la seguridad del se rrequiere. A lo demas de la instrucgion del dicho Ligengiado Asevedo rrespondera M [o]ns. de la Chaulx." A los quales por parte del dicho senor Rey de Portogal fue dado otro memorial del thenor siguiente : Estos " son los capitulos conforme a la rrespuesta de su Magestad para que sea de hazer el asiento para determinagion de la causa de Maluco en posesyon o propiedad. [l.J Yten, que por tres letrados, nonbrados de parte de su Magestad y tres por parte del Rey de Portogal, mi senor, y tres astrologos e tres pilotos o marineros expertos, nonbrados por cada una de las partes, se determine la " The treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. 11 Charles Poupet de la Chaulx (in Spanish, Laxao) had been previously sent as imperial ambassador to Portugal to negotiate the marriage between the Infanta Isabella of Portugal and the Emperor Charles V. Santarem, Quadra Elementar (1842, etc.), II. 50, 51. 19 According to another copy of this document in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, the Portuguese ambassador gave these articles to his Majesty in Toledo in January 1526. 1526 135 causa en posesion o propriedad, saber, por los letrados juristas de cada parte la causa de la posesyon solamente, segund el tenor e forma de las capitula- giones hechas entre los Catolicos Reyes, Don Fernando e la Reyna Dona Ysabel y el Rey Don Johan de Portogal, los quales letrados pro9ederan en la dicha causa, syn determination o prefinigion de tienpo, hasta que finalmente sen- tengiaren e determinaren la dicha causa posesoria, segund hallaren por derecho, y por que entre los letrados e procuradores de anbas partes se podrian ofresger dudas y diferengias sobre qual de las partes seria auttor o rreo, que por hebitar de luengas y diferengias entre los dichos letrados e procuradores, y por mas brevemente se poder dar fin a la causa, se progeda sin libello y sin toda manera de petigion mas que los procuradores de cada una de las partes presenten, y ofrescan ante los letrados que la causa han de determinar sus capitulos e posigiones por las quales scan examinados los testigos de cada una de las partes por las suyas, e se rresgiban todas las mas provangas de escrituras e instruments de que cada una de las partes se esperare ayudar, y que los testigos juren en presengia de los procuradores de las partes, e scan examinados e ynterrogados por dos de los letrados, uno de cada una de las partes que la causa ovieren de determinar, y dadas e ofregidas las dichas provangas y testigos sobre las dichas pusygiones e capi tulos, los letrados determinen la dicha causa posesoria por las dichas pusigiones y capitulos, y por las provangas escrituras e testigos sobre ellas ofresgidos, segund les paregiere justigia y derecho, e que, siendo determinada y jusgada la causa posesoria, aquella parte que oviere sentengia por sy y vitoria de la causa posesoria pueda de la dada de la sentengia mandar sus armadas e gentes al dicho Maluco y hazer en el sus tratos e mercaderias, y la otra parte, contra quien fuere dada la sentengia, no podra alia mas enbiar armadas ni gentes hasta que finalmente se determine sobre la propriedad a qual de las partes el derecho della pertenesge. [2.] Yten, que, sobre la propriedad e derecho della, los astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, declarados e nonbrados por cada una de las partes, en el lugar de la rraya donde fuere acordado se ovieren de juntar, consultaran, acordaran, e tomaran asiento, sobre la propiedad, conforme a las capitulagiones hechas entre el Rey Don Johan de Portogal y el Rey Don Fernando e la Reyna Dona Ysabel, en la qual causa los dichos astrologos, pilotos, y marineros, otrosy progederan hasta lo que negesario les paregiere, syn limitagion de tienpo, mas prosiguiendo en la dicha causa, segund esta dicho en la causa de la posesion. [3.] Ytem, que quanto a cada una de las partes enbiar o no sus navios y gentes al dicho Maluco durante la contienda e juisio de la posesion, quede a los juezes de la causa, que daran agerca dello la horden y asiento que les paregiere de derecho, y que lo que los dichos letrados juezes en ello deter minaren y ordenaren se guarde enteramente por cada una de las partes syn duda ni ynpedimiento que a ello pueda poner, y el mismo modo e manera se tenga agerca de aver se de secrestar, o no, todo aquello que truxeren los navios de su Magestad que para el dicho Maluco fueren partidos. [4.] Ytem, por que, en anbas estas causas de posesion y propriedad, los diputados y declarados por cada una de las partes con mas acatamiento de Dios y mas libremente procedan en las dichas causas, que el senor Enperador y el senor Rey de Portogal fagan juramento solene sobre los Santtos Evange- lios, en presengia de los letrados, astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, por ellos nonbrados para este negogio, cada uno destos senores delante los suyos, en presengia de notario e testigo, en que declaren que su yntingion e verdadera 136 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal voluntad es, que ellos, sus letrados, astrologos, pilotos, o marineros hagan en la determination destas causas, para que son nonbrados por jueses, aquello que verdaderamente les paresgiere just[icia] e verdad, con toda brevedad, segund esta declarado, no haviendo rrespeto a ser sus vasallos, ni a otra cosa alguna que ellos diputados puedan presumir ni rregelar para dexar de hazer just[icia] a qual de los que los diputaron les paregiere que la tiene. [5.] Yten, que, hecho el dicho juramento por los dichos senores en el modo suso dicho, los letrados, astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, nonbrados por cada una de las partes para entender en estas causas, en el lugar de la rraya donde se ovieren de juntar los unos e los otros se confiesen, y todos juntamente rregiban el sacramento, e juraran solenemente sobre el santto Sacramento, que el sacerdote que los hoviere de comulgar terna en sus manos, en presengia de publico notario, que dello pueda dar fee, que sin themor ni amor ni otra cosa alguna que los pueda o deva ynpedir, conosgeran de las dichas causas e dudas contenidas, ansy de la posesion e propriedad y de todo lo demas en esta capitulagion contenido, y todas e cada una de las dichas causas y dubdas que les seran cometidas por los dichos senores, y las determinaran, degidiran, y sentengyaran definitiva y finalmente, conforme a derecho y justigia, guardando las capitulagiones, provangas, e testigos, por las partes ofresgidas, y guardando en la determination de las dichas causas todo lo que les pare- sgiere derecho y justigia, de qualquiera de las partes que la toviere, prometi- endo ansy mismo, so el cargo del dicho juramento, de progesar las dichas causas de posesion y propiedad con toda diligengia que posible les fuere, para con toda brevedad despachar y determinar las dichas causas. [6.] Yten, que el lugar de la rraya donde los diputados de la una y otra parte se ay an de ayuntar sea entre las gibdades de Elves y Badajos, donde ya fueron juntos los diputados que en esta causa los dias pasados entendieron por ser lugares mas convinientes para ello. [7.] Yten, que los letrados, astrologos, pilotos, o marineros que en esta causa han de entender, scan nonbrados hasta tanto, etc. [8.] Yten, que siendo caso que en qualquiera de las dichas causas de la posesion o propiedad los letrados en la posesoria fueren diferentes e dis- cordes, o ansy mismo los astrologos, pilotos, o marineros fueren discordes entre sy, que en tal caso los dichos senores scan obligados a elegir tergero, o tergeros, tales que scan expertos e sgientes de la causa en que fuere la discordia entre los diputados, saber, que sy la discordia fuere entre los letrados juristas, que de la causa posesoria han de conosger, los tergeros que los dichos senores tomaren, o tergero, sea otrosy jurista, y, por la misma manera, sy la discordia o diferengia fuere entre los astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, que ansy mismo los dichos senores elijan arbitros, o tergeros, astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, y que aquel tergero, o tergeros, en que se ansy los dichos senores [blank], vean las dichas causas, e, oydos los procuradores de las partes, fagan enteramente justigia ansy como por este asiento y capitulagion esta asentado que lo hiziesen los diputados y primero nonbrados, y los dichos tergeros o tergero en que los dichos senores asentaren y eligieren, tomaran otrosy el juramento con aquella solenidad que ya esta declarada, confesandose y comulgundose, y que lo que por los dichos diputados e declarados por cada uno de los dichos senores, o por la mayor parte dellos, fuere determinado, asy en la causa posesoria por los letrados juristas como en la propriedad por los astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, fuere determinado finalmente, y asentado syendo estos discordes, los quales dichos tergero o tergeros hordenaren e 1526 137 determinaren y asentaren, juzgando finalmente, los dichos senores, por sy y sus herederos e sugesores, prometen en sus fees rreales, de todo lo tener y guardar e mandar guardar, syn arte e syn cautela alguna, para sienpre jamas, y juraran sobre la serial de la Cruz y por las palabras de los Santtos Evange- lios, de todo lo tener, mantener, e guardar y hazer guardar, so obligation de todos sus bienes patrimoniales y de la corona de sus reynos, que para ello obligavan, etc. [9.] Yten, que el primero nonbrado por cada uno de los dichos senores presyda por su parte ansy como en la capitulation pasada, que entre estos senores f ue hecha hera contenido. Sobre todo su Magestad mando postreramente dar la rrespuesta siguiente : Lo que se rresponde por parte del enperador y rey nuestro senor a los capitulos que por parte del senor Rey de Portogal se enbian sobre lo de Maluco es lo siguiente : Que a su Magestad plase mucho de que al senor Rey de Portogal aya paregido bien la rrespuesta que dio su Magestad, estando en Segovia," al enbaxador del dicho senor Rey de Portogal sobre los medios que por su parte se movieren a su Magestad en lo de Maluco, y asy para la execution dellos mandara luego nonbrar letrados y otras personas expertas en la nego- giagion, e dalles todas las provisiones nesgesarias, ynserta en ellas la dicha rrespuesta, para que, conforme a ella y a la capitulation hecha entre los Catolicos Reyes Don Fernando, e Dona Ysabel, rreyes de Castilla, etc., y el senor Rey Don Johan, rrey de Portogal, etc., entiendan en la determinagion del dicho negogio, y tiene por bien por mas conplaser al dicho senor Rey de Portogal de hazer su Magestad a mandar que las dichas personas, nonbradas por su parte, hagan el juramento e solenidad que agora se pide de parte del dicho senor Rey de Portogal, para que en la determinagion del dicho negogio progedan conforme a la dicha rrespuesta, e que, sy entre las dichas personas e diputados de anbas partes no se congertaren, que sy la diferengia fuere entre los letrados, que el tergero, o tergeros, que se ovieren de nonbrar, scan letrados, y sy la dicha diferengia fuere entre los astrologos e pilotos, que el tergero que se oviere de nonbrar sea de aquella facultad, y que estos entiendan en el dicho negogio conforme a la rrespuesta que su Magestad dio en Segovia, que de suso va encorporada. Por ende anbas las dichas partes, por virtud de los dichos poderes que tienen de los dichos senores sus constituyentes, que de suso van encorporados, con- formandose con la dicha rrespuesta, dixeron, que seran contentos que, ansy en la digisyon de la propiedad y posesion como en la horden e forma que en ello se ha de thener, se guarde e cunpla e haga, segund e como se contiene en la dicha rrespuesta, que de suso va encorporada, y en la capitulagion hecha por el Rey e Reyna Catholicos y el Rey Don Johan de Portogal, y que los diputados rresgiban conjuntamente las petigiones tales quales se dieren por las partes, y sobrellas progedan en la causa, sinplemente y de piano, syn estrepitu ni figura de juisio, solamente, la verdad sabida, determinen lo que sea justigia. Para lo qual todo que dicho es y cada cosa y parte dello, los dichos Mercu- rinus de Gatinara, gran changiller de sus Magestades, y Obispo Don Fray Gargia de Loaysa, y Don Gargia de Padilla, comendador mayor de Calatrava, " See above, note 16. 138 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal y el Doctor Lorengo Galindes de Carvajal, todos del su consejo, procuradores de los dichos muy altos e muy poderosos Reyna e Rey de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de Granada, e de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, etc., e por virtud del dicho su poder que de suso va encorporado, el dicho Lic.enc.iado Asevedo, procurador y enbaxador del dicho muy alto e muy exgelente pringipe, el senor Rey Don Johan de Portogal e de los Algarves de aquende y allende el mar en Africa, senor de Guinea, etc., e por virtud del dicho su poder, que de suso va encorporado, prometieron y seguraron en nonbre de los dichos sus constituyentes, que ellos y sus subgesores e rreynos e senorios, para syenpre jamas, ternan, guardaran, conpliran, rrealmente e con efetto, a buena fee, syn mal engafio, gesante todo fraude, cautela, engano, figion e disymula- gion alguna, lo que de suso se contiene y es asentado e congertado, y lo que por los dichos diputados f uere sentengiado e determinado, e cada cosa e parte dello, enteramente, segund e como por ellos fuere hecho e ordenado y sen tengiado e determinado, y cada cosa e parte dello enteramente, segund e como por ellos fuere hecho y ordenado e sentengiado e determinado y con- gertado, e como juisio dado como juezes conpetentes, e para que ansy se guardara e cunplira, por virtud de los dichos poderes que de suso van encorporados, obligaron a las dichas sus partes, sus constituyentes, e a sus bienes muebles e rraises e de sus patrimonias e coronas rreales e de sus subgesores, para syenpre jamas, que ellos, ni alguno dellos, por sy ni por ynterposyta persona, directe ni yndirecte, no yran ni vernan contra ello, ni contra cosa alguna ni parte dello, en tienpo alguno, ni por alguna manera, pensada o no pensada, que sea o ser pueda, so las penas en la dicha capitula- gion, que de suso se haze mingion, contenidas, y rrenungiaron qualesquier leyes y derechos de que se puedan aprovechar las dichas partes, e cada una dellas, para yr o venir contra lo suso dicho, e contra alguna cosa e parte dello, e por mayor seguridad e firmesa de lo suso dicho juraron a Dios y a Sancta Maria y a la serial de la Crus en que pusyeron sus manos derechas y a las palabras de los Sanctos quatro Evangelios do quiera que mas largamente son escritos, en anyma de los dichos sus partes, que ellos, y cada uno dellos, ternan, guardaran, e cunpliran, todo lo suso dicho, e cada una cosa e parte dello, rrealmente e con efetto, gesante todo engano, cautela, e symulagion, e no lo contradiran en tienpo alguno, ni por alguna manera, e so el dicho juramento juraron de no pedir asolugion de nuestro muy Santto Padre, ni de otro legado ni perlado que gela pueda dar, y aunque de su propio motuo gela de, no usaran della, e ansy mismo los dichos procuradores en el dicho nonbre se obligaron, so la dicha pena e juramento, que dentro de [blank] dias primeros siguientes, contados desde el dia de la fecha desta capitulagion, daran la una parte a la otra, y la otra a la otra, aprovagion e rratificagion desta dicha capitulagion, escritas en pargamino e firmadas de los nonbres de los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, e selladas con sus sellos de plomo pendientes, de lo qual todo que dicho es otorgaron dos escrituras de un tenor, tal la una como la otra, las quales firmaron de sus nonbres e las otorgaron ante my, el dicho secretario y notario publico de suso escrito, e de los testigos de yuso escritos, para cada una de las partes la suya, y qualequiera que paresca, valga como sy anbas e dos paregiesen, que fueron hechas e otorgadas in la dicha [blank] , el dicho dia et mes e ano suso dichos. 1526 139 TRANSLATION. In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. Be it mani fest and known to all who shall see this public instrument, that in on the day of the month of in the year of the nativity of Our Lord Jesus Christ, 1526, in the presence of me, Francisco de los Cobos, their Majesties' secretary and notary public, and in the presence of the undersigned witnesses, there being present the lords Mercurino de Gattinara, grand chan cellor of their Majesties, Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa, bishop of Osma, president of the Council of the Indies and his Majesty's confessor, Don Garcia de Padilla, knight-commander of Calatrava, and Doctor Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, all members of the council of the very exalted and mighty princes, Don Charles, by divine clemency emperor ever august, king of the Romans, and Dona Joanna, his mother, and likewise Don Charles, her son, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, Navarre, Granada, etc., their qualified representatives, on the one part, and Licentiate Azevedo, member of the council of the very exalted and very excellent lord, the lord Dom John, by the grace of God king of Portugal, and of the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, India, etc., his ambassador and qualified representative, as both the said parties proved by the letters, powers, and procurations of the said lords, their constituents, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : The said representatives of the said lords, king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and of the said lord King of Portugal, the Algarves, etc., declared that whereas, in the past year 1525, when the Emperor was in the city of Segovia, certain expedients, which are as follows, were proposed and written down, on the part of the King of Portugal, concerning the question existing between the said lords, their constituents, in regard to the ownership and possession of the Moluccas, each party claiming that they will fall within the limits of his demarcation when the demarcation is made, as it is to be made, in accordance with the treaty and agreement concluded between the Catholic king and queen, "Don Ferdinand and Dona Isabella, etc., and the lord King Dom John of Portugal, etc. — may they rest in glory ! The expedients proposed on the part of the King of Portugal in respect to the affair of the Moluccas, are as follows : 1. That a treaty be made between his Majesty [the emperor] and him to the effect that the right to the possession and ownership of the Moluccas shall be investigated by a tribunal and by lawyers of both sides, in accordance with the treaties already concluded and with the agreement that was reached when an investigation was made on the frontier, without the imposition of a time-limit, but continuing the inquiry until a conclusion is reached between the said lawyers in the manner that shall seem to them right; and if they shall not agree, umpires shall be chosen, who shall determine the question. 2. Item, that so long as no final sentence in regard to possession or owner ship shall be pronounced by the lawyers or umpire, neither side shall despatch expeditions to the Moluccas or from the Moluccas hither, until the final sentence in regard to ownership be given. If the question of possession be determined before that of ownership, he to whom possession shall be adjudged 10 140 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal may despatch expeditions to the Moluccas until the said ownership be determined. 3. Item, that if the ships now despatched on the part of his Majesty return before the said right of possession or ownership be decided, orders shall be given to investigate the expense which they caused. If their cargo be worth more, the surplus shall be placed in deposit and sequestration so that it may be delivered to him to whom possession and ownership shall be adjudged. 4. Item, that this agreement be sworn to by both sides, and approved with all those solemn forms and clauses required in such cases for security. To these expedients his Majesty, desiring, as he always had and has desired, the preservation of the close relationship and love that exist between him and the said lord King of Portugal, commanded answer to be made in the follow ing manner : The answer returned on the part of the emperor and king, our lord, to the reply recently made on the part of the lord King of Portugal, his brother, in respect to the affair of the Moluccas is as follows : First, that his Majesty has never questioned, but rather has always regarded as secure, the love that the said lord king feels and the good-will that he shows for the preservation of the friendship and true union between his Majesty and the said Most Serene King, and reciprocally he [i. e., the King of Portugal] ought not to doubt that his Majesty feels the same love and good-will, together with the desire to adjust satisfactorily the affairs of the said Most Serene King, his brother, so far as reason and negotiations permit, and it can easily be done. As to what the said Most Serene King writes, showing displeasure at what his Majesty said, namely, that he had not replied to the licentiate, Antonio de Azevedo, about the said negotiation of the Moluccas before the said armada departed, because he had forgotten it on account of other important matters, while it appears to the said lord king that the matter is serious, and that his affairs ought not to be forgotten, certainly his Majesty does not think that this gives the said lord king just cause for displeasure, since he knows the character and gravity of the very important affairs that mean while came before his Majesty. These are of such importance that they force a man to forget even his own business, much more another's, and because of them he ought to be excused not only for having forgotten the question of the Moluccas, but even for having forgotten other things much more important to his hereditary kingdoms. Likewise this forgetfulness ought to be excused, as is stated in the other reply, since it appears that the departure of the armada did not affect the reply already made; and the Most Serene King ought not to think on account of this forgetfulness that his Majesty has not and does not desire to have the same solicitude for the former's affairs as for his own. As to the expedients that he offers, his Majesty is satisfied to have an equal number of lawyers and other persons expert in the negotiation chosen by each side, to investigate the right of ownership and possession according to and in the tenor and form of the treaties made and executed between the Catholic sovereigns and the most serene kings of Portugal. The inquiry shall have no time-limit, but shall be prosecuted until the said persons shall reach 1526 141 a conclusion, in the manner that shall seem to them right. If they do not agree, umpires shall be chosen to decide the question, and these shall meet in the place they deem most convenient. As to the said Most Serene King of Portugal's request that, until the final sentence regarding ownership or possession shall have been given, neither side shall send expeditions to the Moluccas, this appears contrary to justice and right, and is unfair. But his Majesty will be content to have the deputies regulate this as they shall think best. As to the King of Portugal's request for the sequestration of the cargo which shall be brought by his Majesty's ships that have already sailed, since this contains the same injury as the preceding expedient, the answer is the same as is given to that. As to the last expedient, his Majesty is satisfied to have the agreement that shall be made in regard to this matter sworn to by both sides, and approved with all the clauses and formalities required for its security. M. de la Chaulx will answer the rest of the said Licentiate Azevedo's instructions. Another memorial of the following tenor was given on the part of the said lord King of Portugal to the above. These are the articles drawn up in accordance with the reply of his Majesty in order that the agreement for determining the cause on possession and ownership of the Moluccas may be made. i. Item, that the cause in respect to possession and ownership shall be determined by three lawyers, named on the part of his Majesty, and by three named on the part of the King of Portugal, my lord, and by three astrologers and three pilots or experienced mariners, named by each side. That is, the cause of possession alone shall be determined by the learned lawyers of each side, in accordance with the tenor and form of the treaties concluded between the Catholic sovereigns, Don Ferdinand and Queen Dona Isabella, and the King Dom John of Portugal. The lawyers shall carry on the said cause without a predetermined time-limit until they shall finally decide and conclude the said possessory cause, in accordance with their just findings. And because doubts and differences might arise between the lawyers and repre sentatives of both sides as to which side should be plaintiff or defendant, in order that delays and controversies between the said lawyers and repre sentatives may be avoided and that the cause may be finished more quickly, the process shall be carried on without written charge and without any kind of petition, except that the representatives of each side shall present and exhibit before the lawyers who have to determine the cause their articles and interrogatories by which the witnesses of each side shall be mutually examined, and all additional written and documentary evidence whereby either side shall hope to be aided shall be admitted. The witnesses shall take the oath in the presence of the representatives of the parties, and they shall be examined and questioned by two of the lawyers, who shall have to deter mine the cause — one lawyer from each side. After the said evidences and witnesses for the said interrogatories and articles shall have been presented and given, the lawyers shall determine the said possessory cause by means of the said interrogatories and articles, and by means of the written evidence and witnesses presented in respect to them, as shall seem just and right to them. After the possessory cause is determined and adjudged, the side receiving judgment in its favor and victory in the possessory cause, may, 142 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal from the time of the giving" of the sentence, order its fleets and people to the said Moluccas, and carry on its trade and traffic in them, and the other side, against whom sentence shall have been given, shall not be able to despatch any mere fleets or people thither, until the question to which side the right of ownership pertains shall be finally determined. 2. Item, that, in regard to ownership and the right thereto, in the place on the frontier where it shall be agreed that the astrologers, pilots, or mariners chosen and nominated by each side are to assemble, they shall deliberate and come to an agreement and understanding in respect to ownership, in accord ance with the treaties concluded between King Dom John of Portugal and King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. Moreover, the said astrologers, pilots, and mariners shall carry on this cause as long as they shall deem it necessary, without time-limit, but shall prosecute the said cause as is said in respect to the cause of possession. 3. Item, the question whether during the dispute and trial concerning possession either side shall or shall not send his ships and people to the said Moluccas, shall be left to the judges of the cause, who shall make in regard to it what arrangement and agreement shall seem to them right. What the said learned judges shall decide and ordain in the matter shall be wholly observed by each side without question or hindrance being opposed thereto, and the same procedure shall be followed in deciding whether or not the cargo of his Majesty's ships that shall have departed for the said Moluccas is to be sequestrated. 4. Item, in order that in both these causes of possession and ownership, the deputies and witnesses for each party may conduct the said causes with the more reverence to God and more freely, the lord Emperor and the lord King of Portugal shall take solemn oath on the Holy Gospels in the presence of the lawyers, astrologers, pilots, or mariners named by them for this cause — each lord before his men in the presence of a notary and witness. In this oath they shall declare that their intention and true purpose is, that their lawyers, astrologers, pilots, or mariners, in deciding these causes for which they are named as judges, shall do what shall veritably seem to them just and true with all despatch, as is declared, regardless of their vassalage or of any other fact that the said deputies may suspect or fear should deter them from doing justice to whichever of the parties that deputed them shall seem to be in the right. 5. Item, that after the said oath has been taken by the said lords in the manner aforesaid, the lawyers, astrologers, pilots, or mariners named by each side to judge these causes, should at the place on the boundary line, where both deputations are to assemble, confess themselves, and all receive the sacrament at the same time. They shall solemnly swear on the holy sacra ment — which the priest who shall have to administer it to them will hold in his hands in the presence of the notary public, who may certify thereto — that without fear or favor or any other thing that may or ought to hinder them, they will try the said causes and the unsettled points comprised therein, both of possession and ownership and of everything else contained in this treaty, and all and each of the said causes and unsettled points which shall be in trusted to them by the said lords. They shall determine, decide, and pronounce judgment upon them, definitively and finally, according to right and justice, paying regard to the treaties, evidence, and testimony, presented by the parties, and observing in the decision of the said causes all that appears to 1526 143 them right and just to whichever side these shall pertain. They shall promise likewise under obligation of the said oath to institute the said causes of possession and ownership with all possible diligence, in order to despatch and determine them as quickly as possible. 6. Item, that the place at the boundary line where the deputies of both sides are to assemble shall be between the cities of Elvas and Badajoz, where the deputies who were employed in this cause in past days assembled, be cause these places are the most convenient for the business. 7. Item, that the lawyers, astrologers, pilots, or mariners who are to be employed in this cause shall be named up to the required number. 8. Item, that in either of the said causes of possession or ownership — if, in the possessory cause, the lawyers shall differ and disagree, or if, in like manner, [in the cause of ownership] the astrologers, pilots, or mariners shall disagree among themselves, in such case the said lords shall be obliged to choose as umpire or umpires, such men as are experienced and learned in the cause in which the dispute between the deputies shall arise — that is, that if the dispute shall be between the learned jurists who are to try the posses sory cause, the umpire or umpires whom the said lords shall select shall like wise be jurists, and, similarly, if the dispute or difference shall be between the astrologers, pilots, or mariners, the said lords shall likewise choose astrologers, pilots, or mariners as arbitrators or umpires. The umpire or umpires whom the said lords thus [agree on] shall investigate the said causes, and having heard the representatives of both sides they shall do entire justice, just as by this agreement and treaty it is arranged that the first named deputies should do. The said umpire or umpires whom the said lords shall agree on and choose will likewise take the oath with the formalities already described, confessing themselves and receiving the sacrament. The decision reached by each of the said persons, or by a majority of the said persons, deputed and named by each of the said lords, both in the possessory cause by the learned jurists and in the cause of ownership by the astrologers, pilots, or mariners, shall be a final decision. After these disagreements are adjusted, which the said umpire or umpires shall regulate, decide, and adjust, giving the final judgment, the said lords shall promise on their royal faith, for themselves and for their heirs and successors, wholly to keep and observe the judgment, and order it to be observed, without any deception or evasion whatsoever, forever and ever ; and on* the sign of the Cross and by the words of the Holy Gospels, under pledge of all their patrimonial wealth and that of the crown of their realms, which they pledged therefor, etc., they shall swear wholly to keep, maintain, and observe it, and cause it to be observed. 9. Item, that the deputy first named by each of the said lords shall preside over his deputation just as was stipulated in the former treaty made between these lords. Lastly, his Majesty commanded that the following response be given in regard to the whole matter : The answer made on behalf of the emperor and king, our lord, to the articles sent on behalf of the lord King of Portugal in respect to the negotiations of the Moluccas is as follows : His Majesty is greatly pleased that the lord King of Portugal has ap proved the reply given by his Majesty, while in Segovia, to the ambassador of the said lord King of Portugal, in regard to the expedients which would 144 Doc. 14. Spain — Portugal be offered in behalf of the latter to his Majesty in the negotiations relating to the Moluccas. Therefore in order to execute them, he will immediately command that lawyers and other persons expert in the negotiation be named, and he will give them all the necessary documents, including the said reply, so that, in accordance with the reply and with the treaty made between the Catholic king and queen, Don Ferdinand and Dona Isabella, sovereigns of Castile, etc., and the lord King Dom John, king of Portugal, etc., they may employ themselves in determining the said matter. Moreover in order to please the said lord King of Portugal better, his Majesty deems it good to cause the said persons, named on his behalf, to be commanded to perform the oath and ceremony, now asked for on behalf of the said lord King of Portugal, so that in determining the said matter they may proceed in accordance with the said reply. And if no agreement shall be reached between the said persons and deputies of both parties, if the difference shall be between the lawyers, the umpire or umpires who are to be named shall be lawyers, and if the said difference shall be between the astrologers and pilots, the umpire to be named shall be of that profession, and they shall be employed in the said matter in accordance with the reply that his Majesty gave in Segovia, which is incorporated above. Therefore, both the said parties by virtue of the said powers, delegated from the said lords, their constituents, and incorporated above, declared, in conformity with the said reply, that they will be satisfied, both in the judgment upon ownership and possession and in the method and order to be followed in it, to have the contents of the said reply, which is incorporated above, and of the treaty made by the Catholic king and queen, and King Dom John of Portugal, observed, fulfilled, and performed ; and to have the deputies receive conjointly such petitions as shall be given by the parties and to carry on the cause upon them, simply and openly, without clamor or distortion of judgment, only, the truth being known, they shall determine what may be just. For all the aforesaid and every part and parcel of it, the said Mercurino de Gattinara, grand chancellor of their Majesties, Bishop Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa, Don Garcia de Padilla, chief knight-commander of Calatrava, and Doctor Lorenzo Galindez de Carvajal, all members of the council of the said very exalted and very mighty Queen and King of Castile, Leon, Aragon, Granada, and the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and their representatives, and by virtue of their said power, incorporated above, and the said Licentiate Asevedo, representative and ambassador of the said very exalted and very excellent prince, lord King Dom John of Portugal and the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea, etc., and by virtue of his said power, incorporated above, promised and asserted in the name of their said constituents, that actually and in fact, in good faith, without deception, and renouncing all fraud, craft, evasion, deception, pretense, and dissimula tion whatsoever, they and their successors, and their kingdoms and lordships, forever and ever, will keep, observe, and perform, what is contained, adjusted, and agreed to above, and what shall be decided and determined by the said deputies, and every part and parcel of it, wholly, just as it shall be done, arranged, decided, determined, and concerted by them, and given as a judg ment by them as competent judges. In order that it shall be thus observed and performed, by virtue of the said powers incorporated above, they pledged 1526 145 their said parties, their constituents, and their movable and landed property and that of their patrimonial and royal crowns and that of their successors, forever and ever, that neither they nor any of them, by himself or by an agent, directly or indirectly, shall contravene or prevent it, or any part or parcel of it, at any time or in any manner, premeditated or unpremeditated, that may or can be, under the penalties contained in the said above-mentioned treaty, and they renounced all the laws and privileges of which the said parties and each of them may avail themselves in order to contravene or hinder the aforesaid or any part and parcel of it, and for the greater security and stability of the aforesaid, they swore before God and Holy Mary and upon the sign of the Cross, on which they placed their right hands, and upon the words of the four Holy Gospels, wherever they are most largely written, on the consciences of their said constituents, that they and each of them will keep, observe, and perform all the aforesaid, and each part and parcel of it, actually and in fact, renouncing all evasion, deception, and subterfuge, and they will not gainsay it at any time or in any manner, and under the said oath they swore not to seek absolution of our very Holy Father, or of any other legate or prelate, who may be able to give it to them, and even though he shall give it to them of his own motion, they will not use it. Likewise the said representatives bound themselves in the said name, under the said penalty and oath, that within days next ensuing, reckoned from the date of this treaty, the parties will exchange an approval and ratifi cation of this said treaty, written on parchment, and signed with the names of the said lords, their constituents, and sealed with their hanging leaden seals. Of all the aforesaid they executed two copies of one tenor, both alike. These they signed with their names, and executed them before me the said secretary and notary public above-written and the undersigned witnesses one for each party. And whichever copy shall be produced, it shall be as valid as if both should be produced, which were made and executed in the said the said day and month and year aforesaid. 15. Treaty between Spain and Portugal concluded at Saragassa, April if, 1529. Not ratified. INTRODUCTION. Near the beginning of the year 1527, the Emperor Charles V., urgently needing money, entertained the project of selling, or pawning, to the Portu guese crown, his claim to the Moluccas.1 At about the same time, through the English ambassador in Spain, he attempted to interest Henry VIII. in pur chasing the islands.2 As a condition of entering into the contract, the King of Portugal, John III., required it to be approved and authorized by the Cortes of Castile," to whom the Emperor had given his word that he would not alienate the Moluccas." The Emperor, on the other hand, adduced various reasons to prove that such authorization was unnecessary. It was finally agreed to refer the question of the legal necessity for such approval and authorization to the ten leading lawyers of the Emperor's Royal Council. If the lawyers agreed that the necessity did not exist, the King of Portugal promised to abide by their decision.5 Near the beginning of 1528, when the Emperor was on the eve of war with France and England, he despatched Lope Hurtado as ambassador to Portugal, to procure the assistance of that crown against Spain's enemies." w"-Wwi*''' 1 Santarem, Quadro Elementar, torn. II., p. 55, no. 244. 'See Edward Lee's letter of Jan. 20, 1527, calendared in Letters and Papers of the Reign of Henry VIII. (ed. Brewer, 1872), vol. IV., pt. II., no. 2813, and Thome's letter to Lee in R. Hakluyt, Principal Navigations (1903), II. 164-181. * Oct.-Dec., 1527. Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 9. * Besides his promise to the Cortes of 1523, mentioned above, Doc. 13, note 12, the Emperor appears to have made a similar promise to the Cortes of 1525. Cf. below, art. II, and Doc. 16, art. n. 'National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 15, mac.o 10, no. 21. * A draft of a treaty of defensive alliance between Spain and Portugal, preserved in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 3, ramo 3, dates from about this time. The articles that refer to the new discoveries follow. In explanation of the third article it may be said that the Mare Parvum was situated off the Barbary Coast. See the article by M. Jimenez de la Espada, " Espafia en Berberia ", in the Boletin de la Sociedad Geogrdfica de Madrid, torn. IX. (1880). "3. Item, conventum, concordatum, et conclusum est, pro majori stabilitate, et firmitate, dicte presentis confederationis et ut omnis rupture ipsius atque dissidii tollatur occasio, quod via amicabili arbitrorum juris per eos et eorum quemlibet elligendorum facient decidi et determinari, controversiam sive diferenciam, quam inter se habent de et super Malach, et Mari paryp, cabo de Ager, juxta et secundum quod in capitulationibus et confederationibus alias initis et conclusis inter prefatos felicis memoriae Ferdinandum et Elisabeth, Catholicos et serenissimum Portugalie reges, cautum et conventum fuit. Et ex nunc compromisserunt ac de alto et basso compromissum f ecerunt et convenerunt. ac eorum quilibet in spectabiles [blank for names] tamque arbitros, juris dantes ipsis 146 Saragassa, 1529 147 Hurtado was also instructed ' to persuade King John to dismiss the French ambassador, Honore de Caix, who, objectionable on other grounds, apparently desired some concessions from Portugal in the matter of the spice trade." Hurtado was instructed not to negotiate concerning the Spice Islands — that negotiation was being conducted chiefly through the Portuguese ambassador at the Spanish court — but his correspondence shows that both sovereigns were anxious to settle the long controversy. The Emperor's habitual need of money was intensified by his war with France and by his projected journey to Italy for his coronation, and, in Hurtado's opinion, the King of Portugal's unwillingness to endanger his commerce by engaging in the Spanish war would make him the more ready to satisfy the Emperor in regard to the Spice Islands. Moreover, another Spanish fleet was being fitted out at Coruna.* plenam liberam et omnim'odam potestatem laudandi et terminandi predictam contro- versiam, infra spatium [blank] mensium, a die dat' presentium computandorum, pro- mittentes, et eorum quilibet gratum, firmum, et ratum, perpetuo habituros totum id et quicquid per dictos arbitros juris laudatum sentenciatum et diffinitum fuerit. . . . " 10. Item, conventum, concordatum, et conclusum est, quod prelibate suppetie non prestabuntur ex necessitate hujus conventionis, pads, atque federis, nisi pro tuitone ac defensione regnorum, provinciarum, statuum, terrarum, civitatuum, villarum, opidorum, et locorum, Castelle, Legipnis, Aragonie, Valentie, Navarre, Catalonie, Biscaye, Portu- galie, et partium Africe sive Indie. "n. Item, conventum, concordatum, et conclusum est, quod per Sanctam Sedem Apostolicam, quondam Regibus Castelle et Legionis, predecessoribus dictorum Catholi- corum Regum necnon suis heredibus et successoribus, donate, concesse, et assignate fuerunt insule omnes et terre firme detecte et detegende, reperte et reperiende, versus occidentem et meridiem, et postea, ut discordiarum evitaretur causa et materia, inter prefatos q. Castelle et dictum Portugalie Reges conventum et capitulatum fuit, quod eorum quilibet respective contentus foret insulis et terris detectis et detegendis intra terminos et limites in tractatu et capitulatione super hoc inito et laudato expresses, quod nemo ipsorum regum aggredietur, deteget, aut occupabit, per se, subditos, aut alios aliquid intra limites seu terminos alterius, et, si aliquid occupat vel occupabit per se vel suos intra terminos alterius, hoc sine difficultate et absque processu restituet et restitui faciet quam primum per regem intra cujus terminos seu limites continetur si fuerit ad hoc requisitus, qui vero yasallorum et subditorum predictorum Regum cujus- cumque gradus, status, aut conditionis fuerint et quacumque auctoritate poleant secus fecerint vel attentaverint tamquam pacis et federum effractores et violatores eos co- hercere et plecti faciet Rex confederatus sub cujus ditione et dominio erunt." T His instructions are in M. Navarrete, Col. de Docs, para la Hist, de Espana (1842- 1895), I- 128 ff. Transcripts of several of Hurtado's letters written from Lisbon to the emperor, are among the Bergenroth manuscripts in the British Museum. They are mostly noticed in Cal. of St. Pap., Spain, vol. III., pt. II. See also P. de Gayangos, Catalogue of Spanish Manuscripts, II. (1877), pp. 569 ff. "During a great part of the period between 1518 and 1559, Honore de Caix repre sented France at the court of Lisbon. Commission des Archives Diplomatiques, Recueil des Instructions donnees aux Ambassadcurs et Ministres de France: III. Portugal, by Vicomte de Caix de Saint-Aymour (1886), p. xv. Hurtado was to point out that the Hapsburg dominions were a better distributing centre for spices than France and Eng land. Navarrete, op. cit., I. 137, 138. By a treaty of offensive alliance concluded on Apr. 30, 1527, between France and England against the Emperor, it had been provided that spices carried in Portuguese ships into the Channel during the war might not be sold in the Low Countries, i. e., at the spice-market at Antwerp, but only in France and England ; and that in case the King of Portugal declared in favor of the Emperor his goods and subjects should be adjudged good prize. Lord Herbert of Cherbury, The Life and Reign of King Henry VIII., in A Complete History of England (1706). IT. 81. *A. Rodriguez Villa, El Emperador Carlos V. y su Corte segun las Cartas de Don Martin de Salinas (1003), p. 417. Cf. Doc. 13, introduction, and Doc. 14, note 15. 148 Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal The protest of the Cortes assembled at Madrid in the spring of 1528, was of no avail.10 At Saragossa, on April 17, 1529, the plenipotentiaries of Spain and Portugal concluded a treaty whose principal provisions were, briefly, as follows : The Emperor pledged his right in the Moluccas to the King of Portugal for 350,000 ducats, but might redeem his right by returning the money ; there should be a line of demarcation from pole to pole, 17° east of the Moluccas, and its position was to be shown on a standard map ; Castilians who traded beyond the line might be punished by the Portuguese. Imported spices should be sequestrated, pending investigation, and afterwards assigned to that king from whose lands they were found to have come. Castilians should be punished if they crossed the aforesaid line (except through neces sity or ignorance), or if, in the seas navigated by Portugal's India fleet, they sailed further than the direct course to the Strait of Magellan required. If this agreement were proved to have been violated by command of either king, his right should be transferred to the other; the provisions for the punishment of Castilians should not be in force until the Castilians already despatched to the Moluccas should have been notified ; astrologers and pilots should be named by both sides to examine the claims of the Emperor and King of Portugal to the Moluccas. If the decision favored Castile it should not be executed until the Emperor returned the 350,000 ducats to Portugal ; if it favored Portugal, Castile must return the 350,000 ducats within four years; the King of Portugal was not to build any new fortress in the Moluccas or repair his fortress now there; the King of Portugal and his people should not harm the fleets already despatched by the Emperor to the Moluccas, or hinder their trade; the Emperor should immediately send in structions to his people in the Moluccas to return at once and trade there no more ; both kings should swear to fulfill this treaty, and should ask the Pope to confirm it; the Emperor should declare that this treaty was as binding as though approved by the Cortes, and that he cancelled all laws conflicting with it. He was to order his royal council to find out whether it could be made without the approval of the pueblos ; the treaty of Tordesillas should remain in force save in matters otherwise determined by this treaty; the King of Portugal was to do justice to persons whose goods had been seized in Portugal because they served the Emperor ; the Emperor gave the King of Portugal the difference between 350,000 ducats and the actual value of the Moluccas ; the party violating this treaty should forfeit to the party that observed it any right derived from it, and a fine of 100,000 ducats. If the Emperor violated it, the sale became unconditional. Most of these provisions appear, in somewhat altered form, in the defini tive treaty concluded five days later." " Cortes de los Antiguos Reinos de Leon y de Castillo (Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid, 1861, etc.), IV. 461, 462. "Doc. 16. 149 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original manuscript, signed by the plenipotentiaries of both crowns, is in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 9, ramo I. This text has not, it is believed, been printed or trans lated hitherto. References: Contemporary and early writings. Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elementar (1842-1876), II. 55 ff. ; J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (Acad. Real das Sciencias of Lisbon, 1892), pp. 487, 492- 495; Calendar of State Papers, Spain, vol. III. (1877), pt. II., pp. 616- 617, 628, 817, 914-915, 996; F. Lopez de Gomara, Historia General de las Indias, in B. C. Aribau, Biblioteca de Autores Espailoles: His- toriadores Primitives de Indias, XXII. (1852) 222; A. de Herrera, Historia General de los Hechos de los Castellanos (1728-1730), dec. IV., lib. V., c. 10. On Spanish-Portuguese relations in the Moluccas from 1521 to 1532, see Navarrete, Colecdon de Viages (1825-1837), V., parts of which are translated or abstracted in C. R. Markham, Early Spanish Voyages to the Strait of Magellan (Hakluyt Soc., 2d ser., no. XXVIII., 1911), and in Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands (1903-1909), II. ; B. Leonardo de Argensola, Conquista de las Islas Malucas ( 1609) , lib. I., translation in J. Stevens, A New Collection of Voyages and Travels (1708, etc.), I. TEXT." En el nonbre de Dios Todopoderoso, Padre y Hijo y Spiritu Santo, tres personas y un solo Dios verdadero. Notorio y manifiesto sea a todos quantos este publico ynstrumento vieren, commo en la gibdad de Qaragoga," a diez e syete dias del mes de Abril, ano del nasgimiento de nuestro Salvador Jhesu Christo de mill e quinientos y veinte y nueve anos, en presengia de my, Francisco de los Covos," secretario y del consejo del Enperador e Reyna e Rey de Castilla y su escrivano y notario publico en la su corte y en todos los sus rreynos e senorios, estando presentes y juntos los senores, el grand changiller, Mercurino de Gatinara,15 conde de Gatinara, y el muy reverendo Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa," obispo de Osma, confesor, y anbos del consejo de los muy altos y muy poderosos pringipes, Don Carlos, por la divina clemengia emperador semper augusto, rrey de Alemania, y Dona Juana, su madre, y el mismo Don Carlos, su hijo, por la gracia de Dios rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, de Navarra, de Granada, etc., sus procuradores bastantes de la una parte, y el senor Antonio de Azevedo," cutino, del consejo y enbaxador del muy alto e muy poderoso senor Don Juan, por la gracia de Dios rrey de Portugal, de los 11 The text is from the original manuscript in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. Q, ramo i. "The Emperor stopped at Saragossa on his way from Toledo to Barcelona, whence he sailed to Italy for his coronation. He left Saragossa on Apr. 17 (M. de Foronda y Aguilera, " Estancias y Viages de Carlos V." in Boletin de la Sociedad Geogrdfica de Madrid, torn. XXXVII., no. 7, July, 1895), or on Apr. 19 (Villa, op. cit., p. 431). "See Doc. 13, note 20. "The Count of Gattinara was also one of the negotiators of the treaty of Vitoria. See Doc. 13, note 14. " See Doc. 14, note 8. " See Doc. 14, note u. 150 Doc. 15. Spain — Portugal Algarves de aquende y allende el mar en Africa, senor de Guinea y de la conquista, navegacjon, y comercjo de Etiopia y Aravia y Persia y de la India, etc., su procurador bastante de la otra parte, dixeron que por quanto entre los dichos muy altos y muy poderosos Catolicos senores, Enperador y Reyes de Castilla, de Leon, dAragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, etc., y el dicho muy alto y muy poderoso senor Don Juan, rrey de Portugal y de los Algarves, etc., viendo ser asy cunplidero a servicjo de Dios, nuestro Senor, y al bien de sus rreinos y por conservation de la hermandad, debdo, y amor que entrellos ay, se ha hablado y tratado de tomar, cjerto asiento y congierto y enpeno y rretro vendendo sobre las yslas de Maluco y otras tierras y mares de las Indias, que cada uno dellos pretende tener derecho, y para tomar, tratar, y capitular, hazer y asentar el dicho asiento y concjerto y enpeno de rretro vendendo entre los dichos sus constituyentes, han dado a ellos sus poderes cunplidos, firmados de sus nonbres y sellados con sus sellos, segund mas largamente en los dichos poderes, que anbas las dichas partes mostraron, firmados de los dichos senores Enperador y Rey de Castilla, y del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, sellados con sus sellos, commo dicho es, se contiene, el thenor de los quales, de verbo ad verbum, uno en pos de otro, es este que se sigue : [Here follow the full powers granted by the Emperor Charles V. and Queen Joanna of Castile to the Count of Gattinara and the Bishop of Osma on April 14, 1529; and the full powers granted by John III. of Portugal to Antonio d'Azevedo, on October 18, 1528.] Porende los dichos senores, grand chancjller y obispo de Osma, del consejo de los dichos muy alto y muy poderoso senor Enperador e Reyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Secjlias, de Jherusalem, etc., y sus procura- dores, y el dicho senor Antonio Dazevedo, cutino, del consejo del dicho muy alto y muy poderoso senor Rey de Portugal y de los Algarves, etc., y su procurador, por virtud de los dichos poderes, que de suso van incorporados, y usando dellos, asentaron, concordaron, capitularon, y otogaron, en nonbre de los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, los capitulos que de yuso seran contenidos, en esta manera : i. Primeramente,18 es concordado y asentado quel dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla da en enpeno y venta de rretro vendendo al dicho senor Rey de Portugal el derecho que tiene a las yslas de Maluco y a la contratagion y comerc.io en las otras yslas y tierras a ellas comarcanas, y questan y se incluyem dentro de la linea que se ha de hechar por la forma y manera que se yuso sera declarado, por precjo y quantia de trezientos y cjnquenta mill ducados de oro y de peso, dea trezientos y setenta e cjnco maravedis " da moneda Castellana, cada ducado, quel dicho senor Rey de Portugal ha de dar al dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla. pagados en esta manera, los "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. i. "The weight of the excelente of Granada, the equivalent of the ducat, was fixed by law in 1497 at 3.52 grammes of gold ft fine. Since the gold dollar of the United States contains about 1.5 grammes of pure gold, the gold in a ducat of 1529 would be worth about $2.32 in terms of our currency. The maravedi was the unit of reckoning for the whole coinage system. M. J. Bonn. Spairiens Niedcrgang wahrend der Preis- revolution des 16. Jahrhunderts, pp. 36, 43, in Miinchener Volkswirtschaftliche Studien (ed. L. Brentano and W. Lotz, no. 12, 1806) ; and L. Saez, Demostracion Historica del Verdadero Valor de las Monedas (Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid, 1805), pp. 236 ff. See also W. G. Sumner, " The Spanish Dollar and the Colonial Shilling ", American Historical Reiriew, III. 607 ff. Saragossa, 1529 151 dozientos e ginquenta mill ducados dentro de treynta dias primeros siguientes desdel dia queste asiento se otogare, pagados en Castilla o en Lisboa, dondel dicho senor Rey de Portugal mejor los pudiere dar en monedas de oro y de peso, o su justo valor en monedas de plata, y los gientos mill ducados restantes en la feria de Mayo de Medina del Campo M deste presente afio, al tienpo de los pagamentos della, en la forma e manera suso dicho, que ha de pagar los dichos dozientos y ginquenta mill ducados primeros, los quales todos se daran y pagaran a los dichos tienpos, en contado e fuera de canbio, y los que se ovieren de pagar en Portugal seran en moneda que valga en Castilla los dichos trezientos y setenta y ginco maravedis, cada ducado, a la persona o personas quel dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla para ello nombrare ; el qual dicho enpeno y venta de rretrovendendo el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla haze al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, commo dicho es, con tal pacto y condition que cada y quando y en qualquier tienpo quel dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, o sus herederos o subcesores en los rreynos de Castilla, quisieren quitar, luyr, e rredemi el dicho derecho que asi le enpena y vende, commo dicho es, bolviendo el pregio que asy rregibe, lo puedan hazer, y el dicho senor Rey de Portugal sea obligado a lo rregebir, quedando asy al dicho senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla commo al dicho senor Rey de Portugal y a sus subgesores, su derecho a salvo en el mismo estado y segund y por la manera que primero le tenian, y sin que se les aya hecho ni causado, haga ni cause, perjuizio ni novedad alguna en el, por virtud deste asiento y capitulagion. 2. Yten,* es asentado y concordado que se heche, y desde agora se aya por hechada, una linea simigirculo de polo a polo, diez y siete grados de los Malucos a oriente, que son dozientas y noventa y siete leguas y media," questa misma linea dizen que pasara por las yslas de Santo Tome de las Velas,*3 questa en este merediano, y a nordeste y subdueste y quarta del este con los Malucos, que asy mismo dizen que dista dellos diez e nueve grados por este rrunbo de nordeste y subdueste, y siendo caso que las dichas yslas de Santo Tome de las Velas esten e disten de Maluco mas o menos, todavia " By 1529 the fair of Medina del Campo, long the chief centre in Spain for the ex change of merchandise, had become even more important for the settlement of accounts and the transaction of other financial business. Descriptions of the fair and of the activities of the money changers or bankers are given in M. Colmeiro, Historia de la Economia Politico en Espana (1863), torn. II., c. 74, and C. Espejo and J. Paz, Las Antiguas Ferias de Medina del Campo (1912), c. 3. "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 2. " Cf. Doc. 7, note 19. Magellan and most of the experts at the junta of Badajoz reckoned that a degree of longitude at the equator equalled 17^2 Castilian leagues. Actually it equalled about i&K Castilian leagues. The methods employed at this period to determine latitude and longitude are described in A. Pigafetta, Treatise on the Art of Navigation, printed by A. do Mosto in the Raccolta Colombiana, vol. III., pt. V., and, in a translation of an abridged version, in Lord Stanley, First Voyage round the World (Hakluyt Soc., no. LII., 1874), pp. 164 ff. See also the works written or edited by J. Bensaude, mentioned in Doc. 9, note 6. 13 " Santo Tome de las Velas " appears here as the name of a single group of islands, whereas in the corresponding article of the treaty of Apr. 22 (Doc. 16), the expression " las islas de las Velas y de Santo Thome " might be taken to indicate two distinct groups. The Islas de las Velas Latinas, said to have been thus named by Magellan because the canoes of the natives carried lateen sails (A. de Herrera, Descripcion de las Indias, 1730, p. 56), and commonly known as the Ladrones or Mariannas, are situ ated in about 12° to 21° N. and 144° to 145° E. If the name Santo Thome really belongs to them, it may be because Magellan discovered them on the day preceding the festival of St. Thomas Aquinas, Mar. 6, 1521. 152 Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal quede la dicha linea hechada a las dichas dozientas y noventa e siete leguas y media mas al oriente, que hazen los dichos diez e nueve grades al nordeste de las sobre dichas yslas de Maluco, y que para saber se por donde la dicha linea es lanc,ada, se haga luego un padron," en que se hechara la dicha linea por el modo sobre dicho, y que dara asi asentada para declaration del punto y lugar por donde ella pasa, y este sera firmado del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, y del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, y sellado con sus sellos, y por el mismo modo, y con forme al dicho padron, se hechara la dicha linea en todas las cartas de navegagion por las quales navegaran los subdittos y naturales de los rreynos del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla y del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, y que, para hazer el dicho padron, se nonbren por los dichos sefiores rreyes por cada uno dellos tres personas, para que sobre juramento hagan el dicho padron, y hechen la dicha linea con forme a lo suso dicho, y asi hecho, los dichos senores Enperador e Rey de Castilla y el dicho senor Rey de Portugal lo firmen de sus nonbres, y manden sellar con los sellos de sus armas, y por el se hagan las dichas cartas de marear, segund dicho es, para que los subdittos y naturales de los dichos senores rreyes naveguen por ellas, durante el tiempo quel dicho senor Rey de Castilla no luyere y redimiere el dicho derecho ; pero que rredimiendo lo e quitandolo, y acabado este asiento y contrato, y el tal patron y cartas de navegar que asy se hizieren conforme a lo suso dicho, no pare perjuizio a ninguna de las partes en su derecho, mas syn enbargo dello quede todo en el mismo estado que agora esta, y entranto quel dicho patron no se hiziere por qualquier causa que sea, la dicha linea quede hechada des del otorgamiento deste contrato, y los que la pasaren incurran en las penas que abaxo seran contenidas, segund y en la forma y manera que adelante sera declarado. 3. Yten,** es asentado y concordado que en todas las yslas y tierras que entraren dentro de la dicha linea, no puedan las armadas y navios del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, ni de sus subditos, ni de otros por su man- dado y consentimiento, o f abor, o ayuda, tratar, ni comercjar, ni cargar, y que si algunos subditos del dicho senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla, o otros algunos, despues deste asiento, fueren tornados dentre de los dichos limites, rescatando, contratando, comergiando, o cargando, que puedan ser presos por los capitanes e gentes del dicho senor rrey, e oydos y castigados, conforme a justigia, y que lo mismo puedan hazer contra los que les f uere provado que con- trataron, rescataron, comergiaron, y cargaron dentro de los dichos limites, despues deste asiento, aunque no scan hallados ni tornados en ellos, y que sy "In 1508 the King of Spain ordered the officials of the Casa de Contratacion of Seville to cause a standard map to be constructed showing the lands and islands of the Indies discovered hitherto. The revision of the map was entrusted to the aforesaid officials and to the chief pilot, Navarrete, Viages, III. 300. In 1515 and in 1526 pilots were appointed to revise the map. No copy of the model map is known to exist, but several extant Spanish charts, dating from 1525-1530, are doubtless derived from it. H. Harrisse, Diplomatic History (1897), pp. 142-151 ; id., Discovery of North America (1892), pp. 258-268, 631-633, et passim: M. de la Puente y Olea, Los Trabajos Geogrdficos de la Casa de Contratacion (1900). The Weimar chart of 1529, executed by the cosmog- rapher royal, Diego Ribero, was believed by J. G. Kohl to have been compiled in accord ance with the terms of the treaty of Saragossa, Die Beiden Aeltesten General-Karten von Amerika (1860), pp. 37, 38. Harrisse, however, dissents from this conclusion, Dis covery of North America, p. 569. On Ribero's maps, see also E. L. Stevenson, " Early Spanish Cartography of the New World ", in Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, new ser., vol. XIX., pt. III. (1909). "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, arts. 4, 5, and 6. Saragossa, 1529 153 algunos subditos del dicho senor Enperador y Key de Castilla, o otras personas, traxieren espegeria o drogueria, de qualquier suerte que fuere, que en quales- quier puertos y partes donde llegaren y vinieren de anbos los dichos senores rreyes, o de qualquier dellos, o de otros que no scan de enemigos, se depositen y esten enbargados por anbos los dichos senores rreyes, hasta que se sepa de cuya demarcation fueron tirades y traidas, y sabido y determinado, se entreguen sin ningund detenimiento aquien pertenegieren, o su justo valor, y que para se saber si el lugar y tierra, donde las dichas espegerias e droguerias fueren traydas, cae dentro de la demarcation y limites que, con forme a este contrato, ha de quedar con el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, ynbiaran los dichos senores rreyes dos o quatro navios, tantos uno commo otro, en los quales yran personas que entiendan y sepan de aquella arte, tantos de una parte commo de otra, a los dichos lugares y tierras donde dixieren que tiraron y truxieron las dichas espegerias e droguerias para ver y determinar en cuya demarcation caen las dichas tierras donde asy las dichas espegerias e droguerias se dixere que fueren tiradas, y hallando que las dichas tierras y lugares caen dentro de la demarcagion del dicho senor Rey de Castilla, y que en ellas ay las dichas espegerias e droguerias en tanta cantidad que razonablemente las pudiese traer dellos, el dicho senor Rey de Portugal sea obligado a gelas bolver, o su justo valor, estando secrestadas en sus rreynos. E sy fuere hallado y determinado que las hallaron e traxie- ron de tierras de la demarcagion del dicho Serenissimo Rey de Portugal, no sea obligado a gelas bolver, y que si estovieren secrestadas en los rreinos del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, el sea obligado a las bolver y restituyr luego al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, y que por la misma manera se haga, siendo secrestadas en otros qualesquier rreynos e tierras que no scan de los dichos senores rreyes, y que dentro de medio ano despues que las dichas espegerias e droguerias fueren secrestados, commo dicho es, los dichos senores rreyes scan obligados a inbiar los dichos navios y personas para hazer la dicha averiguagion commo dicho es, y en quanto las dichas espegerias y droguerias estovieren enbargadas y secrestadas, commo dicho es, el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, ni otro por el, ni con su fabor ni consenti- miento, no yran, ni inbiaran, a la dicha tierra, o tierras, donde las dichas espegerias e droguerias vinieren, y sea obiigado a mandar castigar, conforme a justigia, los que contra lo suso dicho fueren, o pasaren, commo malhechores y quebrantadores de fee y de paz. Pero entienda se qiie la navegagion por la mar del Sur ha de quedar y queda libre al dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla y a sus subditos, para poder por alii navegar e contratar, conforme a la capitulagion hecha entre los reyes Catholicos y el Rey Don Juan de Portugal,** que aya gloria, con tanto que no puedan entrar, ni entren, ni pasar, ni pasen, de las mares de la dicha linea a dentro, salvo entrando en ellas con negesidad de tienpos o de bastimentos, o por ynorangia," no sabiendo la dicha linea, y que en tal caso los navios que asy entraren del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, y de sus subditos, dentro de la dicha linea, no caygan en las dichas penas, pero que, hallando dentro de la dicha linea algunas tierras o yslas, no contraten en ellas, sino que las dexen luego y se salgan dellas y de la dicha linea, para que queden libres al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, durante este contrato, segund dicho es, commo sy por sus capitanes * The treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. "In a letter to Azevedo, dated Jan. 13, 1529, the King of Portugal objected to ex cepting from punishment those who passed the line in ignorance. Lord Stanley's edition of De Morga, Philippine Islands (Hakluyt Soc., no. XXXIX., 1868), app., p. 394. 154 Doc. 15. Spain — Portugal y gente fuesen descubiertas y halladas, y que siendo caso que asy por hierro o negesidad o tienpos contraries, los tales navios del dicho senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla o de sus subditos, llegasen a alguna tierra de las que asi entraren en la dicha linea, y por virtud deste asiento pertenegieren al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, que scan tratados por los moradores della commo vasallos de su hermano, y asi commo el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla mandaria tratar a los suyos que en esta manera aportasen a sus tierras de la Nueva Espana, o de otras de aquellas partes, lo qual se entienda, en quanto no constare claramente que los dichos navios y los que en ellos anduvieren, entraron en los mares y tierras que entran en la dicha linea, con la dicha ynorangia o negesidad o tienpo contrario, y que no saliendo fuera, gesada la dicha negesidad, caygan en las dichas penas ; pero que las naos e navios del dicho senor Rey de Castilla e de sus subditos, vasallos, y naturales, puedan navegar y naveguen por los mares del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, por donde sus armadas van para la Yndia,18 tan solanmente quanto les fuere negesario para tener su derrota derecha por el Estrecho de Magallanes, y haziendo lo contrario, navegando mas por las dichas mares, yncurriran en las dichas penas, reservando tanbien en esto la ynorangia, o negesidad, o tienpos contraries, commo esta dicho, y averiguandose y provandose primera- mente que por mandado del dicho senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla, o con su fabor, ayuda, o consentimiento, se contravino a lo suso dicho, en tal caso de cayga luego del derecho que toviere a ello, y aquel quede aplicado a la parte que por este contrato estoviere y lo guardare, y este enpeno y retro- vendendo quede resoluto, y la venta pura y linpia, commo sy al pringipio fuera fecha syn ninguna condigio. En la qual dicha pena ansymismo ha de incurrir e incurra el dicho senor Rey de Portugal, averiguandose que por qualquier manera ha contra venido a lo que por su parte es obligado a guardar y cunplir. 4. Yten,™ es asentado y concordado que lo que toca a que, sy algunos subditos del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, o otros algunos, f ueren tornados rescatando, contratando, comergiando, o cargando, dentro de los dichos limites, despues deste asiento, sean presos por los capitanes y gentes del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, y oydos y castigados conforme a justigia, y que lo mismo puedan hazer contra los que le fuere provado que contrataron, rescataron, y comergiaron, y cargaron, dentro de los dichos limites, despues este asiento, aunque no se han hallados ni tornados en ellos, y lo demas que se asienta por este contrato, en quanto toca a no pasar la dicha linea ningunos subditos del dicho senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla, ni otros algunos por su mandado, consentimiento, fabor, o ayuda, y las penas que cerca desto se ponen, aunque esta dicho ariba, despues este asiento, se entienda desdel dia que fuere notificado a los subditos del dicho senor Enperador y gentes que por aquellas mares y partes navegan y andan en adelante, y que antes de la notificagion no incurran en las dichas penas ; pero esto se entienda quanto a las gentes de las armadas de su Magestad que hasta agora a aquellas partes son ydas,88 y que desdel dia de lo otorgamiento deste contrato en adelante, 11 The Atlantic, east of the demarcation line of 1494. "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 7. "Three Spanish fleets despatched to the Moluccas before 1529 reached the islands — Magellan's, Loaysa's (cf. Doc. 14, note 15), and Saavedra's. Cortes sent the last from Mexico, by order of the Emperor, to relieve the Spaniards of Loaysa's fleet, who had established themselves at Tidore and Gilolo. For accounts of these expeditions, see Navarrete, Viages, V. ; Blair and Robertson, Philippine Islands, II.; and Markham, Early Spanish Voyages (Hakluyt Soc., 2d sen, no. XXVIII., 1911). Saragossa, 1529 155 durante el tienpo del dicho enpeno y rretrovendendo, no pueda inbiar otras algunas de nuevo syn incurrir en las dichas penas. 5. Yten,*1 porque los dichos senores Enperador y Rey de Castilla y Rey de Portugal desean que el derecho de las dichas yslas se determine, es asentado y concertado que para la declaration del derecho que cada una dellas pretende tener a las dichas yslas de Maluco y otras, que cada uno dellos pretende estar en sus limites y demarcation, se nonbren astrologos, pilotos, o marineros, por cada una de las partes en ygual numero, dentro de un ano, o dos, o tres, o mas, coninio el dicho senor Rey de Portugal lo quisiere, que vean el derecho dentre anbas partes en propiedad, conforme a la capitulagion hecha entre los dichos Reyes Catolicos y el dicho Rey Don Juan de Portugal, y a la respuesta que el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla dio en Segovia," que es conforme a derecho y a la dicha capitulation ; y que no algen la mano dello despues que lo comengaren hasta dar sentengia en fabor de aquel que les paregiere que tiene el derecho,33 y en caso que se determine en fabor del dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, o de sus subgesores, que la sentengia que se diere no se execute, sin que primero buelva rrealmente y con efetto, los dichos trezientos y ginquenta mill ducados, que rregibe por el dicho enpeno y venta de rretro vendendo, y en caso que la sentengia sea en fabor del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, o de sus subgesores, que el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla sea obligado a le bolver e rrestituyr los dichos trezientos y ginquenta mill ducados, que asy da el dicho senor Rey de Portugal por el dicho enpeno y venta, dentro de quatro anos primeros siguientes despues que se declarare. 6. Otrosy," es concordado y asentado que el dicho seiior Rey de Portugal, en las dichas yslas de Maluco, ni en las otras tierras questan dentro de la dicha linea, ni en parte alguna de los terminos que en ella se incluyen, no pueda hazer, ni haga de nuevo fortaleza alguna, ni otro hedefigio que sea fuerte, y quanto a la fortaleza que esta hecha al presente en una de las dichas yslas ** de Maluco por el dicho senor Rey de Portugal, que aquella se quede y este, durante el dicho tienpo del enpeno, en el punto y estado que stara dendel dia queste asiento se otorgare y firmare, en un ano y medio, sin que se labre, ni edifique, de nuevo en ella, mas de sostenella en el estado en que al dicho tienpo estoviere, dentro del qual dicho tienpo el dicho senor rrey podra mandar notificar a sus capitanes y gente, que tiene en aquellas partes, lo que por este asiento es obligado a tener y guardar gerca desto, y quel dicho senor Rey de Portugal jure y prometa de guardar lo asy. 7. Yten,3" es asentado que las armadas, que el dicho senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla hasta agora tiene ynbiadas a las dichas partes, scan miradas y bien tratadas y f aboregidas del dicho senor Rey de Portugal y de sus gentes, y no les sea puesto enbarago ni ynpedimiento en su navegagion e contratagion. y que si dano alguno, lo que no se cree, ellas ovieren rregebido, o regibieren, de sus capitanes o gentes, o les ovieren tornado alguna cosa, quel dicho senor rrey sea obligado de hemendar y satisfazer y rrestituyr y pagar luego todo aquello en quel dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla e su armada e subditos ovieren sido dagnificados, y de mandar pugnir y castigar a los que lo hizieren, y de proveer que las armadas y gentes del dicho Senor Enperador " This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 3. 3" Sec Doc. 14, p. 133, and note 16. " This was one of Portugal's demands. The Spaniards had taken advantage of the time-limit of Badajoz. "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 8. ** In Ternate. " This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 9. 156 Doc. 15. Spain — Portugal y Rey de Castilla se puedan venir quando quisieren, libremente sin inpedi- miento alguno. 8. Iten,37 es asentado quel dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla mande dar luego sus cartas y provisiones para sus capitanes y gentes que estovieren en las dichas yslas que luego se vengan y no contraten mas en ellas, con que les dexen traer libremente lo que ovieron rrescatado, contratado. y cargado. 9. Yten,38 es asentado que anbos los dichos senores Enperador e Rey de Castilla e Rey de Portugal, y cada uno dellos. jure solpnemente de guardar y cunplir este asiento y contrato, e todo lo en el contenido, y prometen por el dicho juramento, por sy y por sus subgesores, de nunca en ningund tienpo, venir contra el, en todo ni en parte, por sy ni por otro. en juizio ni fuera del, por ninguna via, forma, modo, ni manera que sea y pensar se pueda. y que, por sy ni por otro, no pediran, en ningund tienpo, rrelaxacion del dicho juramento, y que puesto que nuestro muy Santo Padre, syn ser pedida [sic] por ellos, ni alguno dellos, gelo rrelaxe, que no lo agebtaran, ni usaran, de la tal rrelaxacjon, en ningund tienpo, ni se ayudaran, ni aprovecharan della, por ninguna manera ni via que sea, en juizio ni fuera del. 10. Iten,8" que, para mayor firmeza e validation deste asiento y contrato y de lo en el contenido, anbos los dichos senores Enperador y Rey de Castilla y Rey de Portugal den petigion y suplicagion a su Santidad para que lo aprueve e confirme, e mande despachar las bullas de la dicha confirmation e aprovagion, selladas con su sello, inserto en ellas este contrato y asiento de verbo ad verbum, y que se ponga en ellas sentengia de excomunion, asy a las partes pringipales commo a qualesquier otras personas queste dicho asiento y contrato no guardaren y cunplieren, y contra el fueren, en parte o en todo, por qualquier via, modo, o manera que sea, en la qual sentengia de excomunion declare y mande que yncurran ypso fatto los que contra el dicho contrato fueren, en todo o en parte del, por la manera suso dicha, syn para ello ser rrequiridos ni ser negesaria otra sentengia de excomunion ni declaration della, y que, en caso que por alguna causa o respetto su Santidad no quiera a provar e. confirmar este dicho contrato y asiento, o se dexe de confirmar por otra qualquier cabsa, pensada o no pensada, que toda via quede firme y valedero, commo sy no f uese asentado que sea aprovado e confirmado por su Santidad. commo dicho es. 11. Iten,40 es asentado y congertado que en las provisiones y cartas que gerca deste asiento y contrato ha de dar y despachar el dicho senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla, se ponga y diga que lo que, segund dicho es, se asienta y generales con consentimiento espreso de los procuradores dellas, y que, para validation dello, de su poderio rreal absolute, de que commo rey e senor natural, no reconogiente superior en lo tenporal, quiere usar e usa, abroga e deroga, casa y anula la suplicagion que los procuradores de las gibdades y villas destos rreynos en las cortes que se gelebraron en la gibdad de Toledo el ano pasado de quinientos y veinte y ginco le hizieron, gerca de lo tocante a la contratagion de las dichas yslas y tierras, e la respuesta que a ella dio, capitula y contrata, valga bien, asi commo sy fuese hecho y pasado en cortes 37 This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 10. :|* This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 16. '* This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 17. "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. n. Saragossa, 1529 157 y qualquier ley que en las dichas cortes sobre ello se hizo, y todas las otras que a esto puedan ostar.41 12. Yten,41 quel dicho Senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla, por mas seguridad de lo contenido en este asiento y contentamiento del dicho Senor Rey de Portugal, y porque por su parte le ha sydo pedido, mandara que los del su consejo rreal vean sy este asiento y concjerto puede haser sin aprovacjon y otorgamiento de los pueblos del rreyno, y que sy hallaren que se puede hazer sin la dicha aprovagion e otorgamiento, lo den firmado de sus nonbres ocho o diez dellos. 13. Yten,43 es asentado y concordado que las capitulacjones hechas entre los dichos Reyes Catolicos y el dicho Rey Don Juan de Portugal sobre la demarcation del mar oc.eano se guarden y queden en su fuerga e vigor, salvo en aquellas cosas y cases que por este asiento van de otra manera asentados y declarados, para que aquellas se guarden durante el tienpo deste enpeno e rretrovendendo, commo dicho es, y despues las dichas capitulacjones en- teramente commo en ellas se contiene. 14. Iten,44 que el dicho Senor Rey de Portugal, porque se escusen las particulars querellas que el dicho Senor Enperador y Rey de Castilla con- tinuamente tiene de sus subditos y de otros de fuera de sus rreinos, que le vinieron a servir, que se quexan que en su Casa de la India 4" y en su rreyno les tienen enbaragadas sus haziendas, promete de mandar hazer clara y abierta y breve justicja, syn tener respetto a enojo que dellos se pueda tener, por aver servido e venido a servir al dicho senor enperador. 15. Iten,4* es concordado y asentado que puesto quel derecho quel dicho Senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla pretenda tener a lo que por este asiento y contrato da en el dicho enpeno y contrato de rretro vendendo, commo arriba esta dicho, sepa gierto y de gierta sabiduria por cjerta ynformac.ion de personas que lo saben y entienden, que es de mucho mayor valor y estima- cjon y allende de la mitad del justo pregio de los dichos trezientos e c.inquenta mill ducados quel dicho Senor Rey de Portugal le da por el dicho enpeno e rretrovendendo que al dicho Senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla le plaze de hazer donation al dicho Senor Rey de Portugal y a sus herederos y subqesores y a la corona de sus rreynos, commo de hecho la haze, desde agora para todo sienpre entre vivos de la dicha mas estimation e valor de lo que el dicho derecho que asi le enpena y vende con la dicha condition vale allende de la mitad del justo precjo por mucha mayor cantidad y valor que sea, la qual dicha mayor valor y estimation allende de la mitad del justo precjo el dicho Senor Enperador e Rey de Castilla renuncja e quita e aparta de sy e de sus subgesores y desmienbra de la corona de sus rreynos para sienpre durante el dicho enpeno y venta de rretrovendendo y lo traspasa todo por virtud desta donation y contrato al dicho Senor Rey de Portugal y a sus 41 The cuadernos of the Cortes held at Toledo in 1525 do not include the petition here mentioned. Cortes de Leon y de Castilla, IV. 404 ff. °The provisions of this article are omitted from the ratified treaty. See Doc. 16, introduction. "This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 13. 44 This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 12. 41 The Portuguese House of India (Casa da India) and House of Guinea dealt with the cargoes destined for and received from India. Ch. de Lannoy and H. Vander Linden, L'Expansion Coloniale: Portugal et Espagne (1907), p. 83. **This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 14. 158 Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal herederos y subgesores y en la corona de sus reinos para sienpre jamas rreal- mente y con ef etto, durante el dicho tienpo. 1 6. Yten, 4< es asentado y concordado que qualquiera de las dichas partes que contra lo contenido en este asiento y contrato o alguna cosa dello f uere o pasare por qualquier manera, pensada o no pensada, por el mismo caso pierda todo el derecho que toviere a lo suso dicho por qualquiera via, modo, o manera que sea, y asi mismo qualquier otro derecho que toviere por virtud deste contrato durante el dicho enpeno y rretrovendendo, y que todo luego quede aplicado, junto, e adquerido a la parte que por este contrato estoviere, y lo guardare y no contra viniere, a el y a la corona de sus rreynos averi- guandose y provandose primeramente el mandado de la parte que contravi- niere, y que provandose y averiguandose primeramente commo dicho es quel dicho Serior Enperador y Rey de Castilla ha contravenido por su parte a lo suso dicho que en tal caso quede luego rresoluto este contrato de enpeno y rretrovendendo e la venta pura y linpia commo si al pringipio fuera fecha, sin condigion alguna, e que porque lo contenido en esta capitulagion y asiento sea mas firme e valedero e se guarde para sienpre, los dichos senores rreyes se obliguen por sy e por sus subgesores, que qualquier dellos que contra ello fuere, en qualquier manera que sea, pagara a la parte que lo guardare cient mill ducados de pena y en nonbre de pena, e interese en la qual yncurra, tantas vezes quantas contra lo contenido en este asiento y contrato fuere en parte o en todo, averiguando y provandose primeramente, commo dicho es el mandado de la parte que contravinierc, y que la pena llevada o no llevada, todavia el dicho contrato quede firme y valedero para sienpre durante el dicho enpeno y venta de rretrovendendo, para lo qual obliguen todos sus bienes patrimoniales y fiscales. Los quales dichos capitulos de suso escripttos, y todas las cosas en ellos y en cada uno dellos contenidos, los dichos senores Grand Changiller y Obispo de Osma, del consejo y procuradores de los dichos muy altos y muy poderosos senores Enperador e Reyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Segilias, de Jherusalem, etc., y el dicho senor Antonio Dazevedo, contino, del consejo y procurador del dicho muy alto e muy poderoso senor Rey de Portugal y de los Alg'arves, etc., en nonbre de los dichos senores sus con- stituyentes, por virtud de los dichos poderes a ellos dados e otorgados, que de suso van encorporados, dixieron que se obligaban y obligaron, e prometian y prometieron, y aseguraron, en el dicho nonbre, que los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, y cada uno dellos haran, cttnpliran, e guardaran e pagaran, rrealmente y con ef etto, gesante todo f raude, dolo, y cautela, todo lo contenido en esta capitulagion y asiento y congierto, conviene a saber, cada uno dellos lo que le pertenege e incumbe e toca de hazer, cunplir, e guardar y pagar, segund y en la forma e manera que en ella se contiene, y que no yran ni vernan contra ello, ni contra cosa alguna ni parte dello, en tienpo alguno ni por alguna manera, por sy ni por otro, direte ni indirete, ni por ninguna via, pensada o no pensada, so las penas en esta capitulagion contenidas. Dixeron que obligaban e obligaron los bienes de los dichos senores, sus con stituyentes, patrimoniales y de las coronas de sus rreynos, y, por mayor firmeza e validagion de todo lo suso dicho, juraron a Dios y a Santa Maria y a la serial de la Cruz >fr en que corporalmente tocaron sus manos derechas, en nonbre y en las animas de los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, por virtud 47 This article corresponds to Doc. 16, art. 15. Saragassa, 1529 159 de los dichos poderes, que ellos y cada uno dellos ternan, manternan, y guardaran ynbiolablemente esta dicha capitulation y todo lo en ella contenido y cada cosa y parte dello a buena fee, syn mal engano, e sin arte ni cabtela alguna, y prometian e prometieron y se obligaron en el dicho nonbre que los dichos senores, sus constituyentes, aprovaran e rratificaran, firmaran y otorgaran de nuevo, esta capitulation y todo lo en ella contenido, y cada cosa y parte dello, y prometeran y [se] obligaran e juraran de la guardar y cunplir, cada una de las partes por lo que a el incunbe y atane de hazer, y que daran y entregaran y haran dar y entregar, cada una dellas a la otra, aprovacjon y rratificacjon desta dicha capitulation y de lo en ella contenido, jurada y firmada de su nonbre, y sellada con su sello, desdel dia de la fecha desta capitulation en veynte dias luego siguientes, en firmeza de lo qual los dichos senores procuradores otorgaron dos escriptturas de un thenor, tal la una commo la otra, y firmaron sus nonbres en el rregistro, y las otorgaron ante mi, el dicho secretario, Francisco de los Covos, escrivano e notario publico de suso escripto, y de los testigos de yuso escriptos, para cada una de las dichas partes la suya, para que qualquiera que parezca, valga commo sy anbas a dos parecjesen, que fecha y otorgada en la dicha cjbdad de Qaragoga al dicho dia, mes, y ano suso dicho. Testigos que fueron presentes al otorga- miento desta escriptura, e vieron firmar en ella a todos los dichos senores procuradores, y los vieron jurar corporalmente en manos de mi, el dicho secretario, Hernando Rodriguez de Sevilla, prothonotario apostolico, y Alvaro Pexoto, y Hernando Rodriguez, criados del dicho senor enbaxador y pro- curador del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, y Graviel Calderon, y Alonso de Ydiaquez, criados de mi, el dicho secretario. MERCURINUS, cancellarius. FR. G[ARCIA], episcopus Oxomenfsis]. ANTONIO DAZEVEDO, continho. TRANSLATION. In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three Persons and only one true God. Be it known and manifest to all who shall see this public instrument, that in the city of Saragossa, on the seventeenth day of the month of April, in the year of the nativity of our Savior Jesus Christ, 1529, in the presence of me, Francisco de los Cobos, secretary and member of the council of the Emperor and Queen and King of Castile, and their scrivener and notary public in their court and in all their kingdoms and lordships, there being present_ and assembled their worships the Grand Chancellor, Mercurino de Gattinara, count of Gattinara, and the very rever end Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa, bishop of Osma, confessor, both members of the council of the very exalted and very mighty princes, Don Charles, by divine clemency emperor ever august, king of Germany, and Dona Joanna, his mother, and the same Don Charles, her son, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, Navarre, Granada, etc., their qualified representatives, on the one part, and Senor Antonio d'Azevedo, contino, member of the council and ambassador of the very exalted and very mighty lord, Dom John, by the grace of God king of Portugal, of the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, 160 Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal Arabia, Persia, and India, etc., his qualified representative, on the other part, they declared that, inasmuch as there has been debate and negotiation between the said very exalted and very mighty Catholic lords, the emperor and king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and the said very exalted and very mighty lord, Dom John, king of Portugal and of the Algarves, etc., about concluding a certain treaty, agreement, pledge, and retrovendendo in respect to the Molucca Islands and other lands and seas of the Indies, to which each of them claims to have the right, seeing that it might be accomplished for the service of God, our Lord, and for the well- being of their kingdoms and for the preservation of the friendship, rela tionship, and love that exist between them, and in order that they may under take, negotiate, conclude, make, and adjust the said treaty, agreement, and pledge of retrovendendo between their said constituents, these have given them their full powers, signed with their names and sealed with their seals, as is more fully stated in the said powers, which both the said parties showed, signed by the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, and by the said lord King of Portugal, sealed with their seals, as is said, the tenor of which, word for word, one after the other, is as follows : [Here follow the full powers granted by the Emperor Charles V. and Queen Joanna of Castile to the Count of Gattinara and the Bishop of Osma on April 1.4, 1529; and the full powers granted by John III. of Portugal to Antonio d'Azevedo, on October 18, 1528.] Therefore the said lords, the grand chancellor and the bishop of Osma, members of the council of the said very exalted and very mighty lord Emperor and King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and their representatives, and the said Senor Antonio d'Azevedo, contino, member of the council of the said very exalted and very mighty lord King of Portugal and of the Algarves, etc., and his representative, by virtue of the said powers, incorporated above and making use of them, adjusted, agreed, concluded, and executed, in the name of the said lords, their constituents, the articles that will be set forth below, as follows : i. First, it is covenanted and agreed that the said lord Emperor and King of Castile gives to the said lord King of Portugal in pledge and sale of retrovendendo the right that the emperor has to the Molucca Islands and to trade and commerce in the other neighboring islands and lands, lying and included within the line that is to be drawn in the method and manner to be set forth below, for the sum and amount of 350,000 ducats of gold, of due weight, each ducat being of 375 maravedis of Castilian money. This sum the said lord King of Portugal is to give to the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, paid as follows : within the thirty days next following the day on which this treaty shall be executed, 250,000 ducats, paid in Castile or in Lisbon, where the said lord King of Portugal shall be better able to deliver them, in money of gold, of due weight, or their just value in silver money ; and the remaining 100,000 ducats at the May fair of Medina del Campo in this present year, at the time of the payments of the said fair, in the form and manner aforesaid. He is to pay the first said 250,000 ducats, which shall all be delivered and paid at the same time, in cash, and over and above the exchange ; and those that should be paid in Portugal will be paid to the person or persons whom the said lord Emperor and King of Castile shall name for that purpose, in money that is worth in Castile the said 375 Saragassa, 1529 101 maravedis per ducat. The said lord Emperor and King of Castile makes the said pledge and sale of retrovcndendo to the said lord King of Portugal, as aforesaid, with the stipulation and condition that whenever and at what ever time the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or his heirs or suc cessors in the kingdoms of Castile, shall wish to release, to pay off the pledge, and to redeem the said right which thus he pledges and sells as aforesaid, this may be done by returning the amount which is thus received, and the said lord King of Portugal shall be obliged to receive it. The right of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, as well as of the said lord King of Portugal, and their successors, shall remain in full force, in the same condition and under the same form as they had it at first, and this right shall not have suffered or undergone, nor shall it suffer or undergo, any prejudice or inno vation by virtue of this contract and agreement. 2. Item, it is agreed and covenanted that there shall be drawn, and henceforth there shall be considered as drawn, a semicircular line from pole to pole, 17 degrees (which equal 297^ leagues) east of the Moluccas. It is said that this same line will pass through the islands of Santo Thome de las Velas, which are on this meridian northeast by east from the Moluccas. It is likewise said that they are 19° distant from the Moluccas in this northeast and southwest course. In case that the said islands of Santo Thome de las \7elas lie, or be situated, a greater or a less distance from the Moluccas, nevertheless the said line shall be drawn the said 2971/2 leagues farther east, which equal the said 19° to the northeast of the aforesaid Molucca Islands. In order that it may be known where the said line falls, a model map shall at once be made on which the said line shall be drawn in the manner aforesaid, and it will thus be agreed to as a declaration of the point and place through which the line passes. This map shall be signed by the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, and by the said lord King of Portugal, and sealed with their seals. In the same manner, and in accordance with the said model map, the said line shall be drawn on all the navigation charts whereby the subjects and natives of the kingdoms of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile and of the said lord King of Portugal shall navigate. In order to make the said model map, three persons shall be named by each of the said lord kings to make the said map upon oath, and they shall make the said line in conformity to what has been said above. When the map has thus been made, the said lord Emperor and King of Castile and the said lord King of Portugal shall sign it with their names, and shall order it to be sealed with the seals of their arms ; and the said marine charts shall be made from it as aforesaid, in order that the subjects and natives of the said lord kings may navigate by them so long as the said lord King of Castile shall not redeem and buy back the said right. But if he redeem and ransom his right, after the completion of this treaty and contract and of such model map and marine charts as shall thus be made in conformity with the aforesaid, no prejudice to the right of either party shall result, but in spite of this every thing shall remain in its present state ; and so long as for any cause whatever the said model map shall not be made, the said line shall be drawn immediately after the execution of this contract; and those who pass it shall incur the penalties that shall be set forth below, according to and in the form and manner hereafter to be declared. 3. Item, it is agreed and covenanted that the fleets and ships of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or of his subjects, or of others acting 162 Doc. 75. Spain— Portugal by his command, consent, favor, or aid, may not trade or traffic or take on cargo in any of the islands or lands that fall within the said line. If after this agreement any subjects of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or any other persons, shall be taken within the said limits bartering, trafficking, trading, or taking on cargo, they may be taken prisoners by the captains and people of the said lord king and tried and punished in accordance with justice. They may treat in the same way those who shall be proved to have trafficked, bartered, traded, and taken on cargo within the said limits, after the signing of this treaty, even though they shall not have been found or taken within them. If any subjects of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or any other persons, shall bring spices or drugs of any sort whatsoever into any ports or places to which they shall arrive or come, be longing to either of the said lord kings or to others, who may not be enemies, they shall be placed in deposit and under embargo by both the said lord kings, until it shall be known from whose demarcation they were taken and brought ; and when that is known and determined, they, or their true value, shall be delivered without any delay to whomsoever they may belong. To ascertain whether the place and land whence the said spices and drugs shall be brought fall within the demarcation and limits that, in accordance with this contract, should belong to the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, the said lord kings shall send two or four ships — one sending as many as the other — in which persons, skilful and intelligent in that art, as many of one party as of the other, shall go to the said places and lands (whence the aforesaid subjects or others shall say that they obtained and brought the said spices and drugs), in order to see and determine in whose demarcation the said lands fall, where it shall be said that the said spices and drugs were thus obtained. If they find that the said lands and places fall within the demar cation of the said lord King of Castile, and contain such a quantity of the said spices and drugs that they might credibly have been drawn thence, the said lord King of Portugal shall be obliged to restore them or their just value, if they were sequestrated in his realms. If it shall be discovered and determined that they were found in and brought from lands within the demarcation of the said Most Serene King of Portugal, he shall not be obliged to return them, and if they shall have been sequestrated in the kingdoms of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, he shall be obliged to return and restore them immediately to the said lord King of Portugal. The same procedure shall be followed if they are sequestrated in any king doms or lands whatsoever that do not belong to the said lord kings. Within half a year after the said spices and drugs shall have been sequestrated, as aforesaid, the said lord kings shall be obliged to despatch the said ships and persons to make the said investigation, as aforesaid ; and so long as the said spices and drugs shall have been embargoed and sequestrated, as aforesaid, neither the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, nor any other person for him or with his favor or consent, shall go or send to the said land, or lands, from which the said spices and drugs shall come, and he shall be obliged to order those who go or pass contrary to the aforesaid to be punished, in accordance with justice, as malefactors and disturbers of faith and peace. But it shall be understood that navigation through the South Sea should and shall be free to the said lord Emperor and King of Castile and to his subjects, so that they may be able to navigate and trade that way in accord ance with the agreement made between the Catholic sovereigns and King Saragossa, 1529 Dom John of Portugal — may he rest in glory — provided that they shall not be able to enter or pass, nor shall they enter or pass, the seas beyond the said line, except on account of foul weather, need of provisions, or through ignorance, because of not knowing the said line. In such cases the ships of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, and of his subjects, thus entering within the said line, shall not incur the said penalties, but if they find any lands or islands within the said line, they shall not trade in them, but shall immediately leave and depart from them, and from the said line, so that such lands or islands may be undisturbed for the said lord King of Portugal during this contract, as aforesaid, as if they had been discovered and found by his captains and people. If for the sake of anchorage, or on account of necessity or foul weather, the said ships of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile or of his subjects should come to any land lying within the said line, and by virtue of this agreement pertaining to the said lord King of Portugal, they shall be treated by the inhabitants of the land as vassals of his [i. c., the Emperor's] brother, and in the same manner as the said lord Emperor and King of Castile would order the King of Portugal's subjects to be treated, who should in like manner make port in his lands of New Spain, or in other lands in those parts. It shall be understood, that they shall incur the said penalties in so far as it is not clearly evident that the said ships and their crews entered the seas and lands situated within the said line on account of the said ignorance, necessity, or foul weather, or unless they depart when the said necessity is over ; except that the vessels and ships of the said lord King of Castile, and of his subjects, vassals, and people, may and shall navigate through the seas of the said lord King of Portugal, through which his fleets sail to India, but only so far as shall be necessary in order to hold their direct course through the Straits of Magellan. If they act contrary to this by navigating farther through the said seas, they shall incur the said penalties, with exemption in this case likewise of what is done because of ignorance, necessity, or foul weather, as aforesaid. If it shall first be proved upon investigation, that the aforesaid [agreement] has been violated by command of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or with his favor, aid, or consent, he shall in such case immediately lose the right that he might have for such navigation, and that right shall be assigned to the other party, who shall hold and keep it by this contract, and this pledge and retrovendendo shall be dissolved, and the sale shall be pure and simple, as though it had been made unconditional at the start. Similarly the said lord King of Portugal must and shall incur the said penalty, if it be found that he has in any way violated what he, on his side, is bound to observe and perform. 4. Item, it is agreed and covenanted, with respect to the agreement, that if, after this treaty, any subjects of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or any others, shall be caught bartering, trafficking, trading or taking on cargo, within the said limits, they shall be taken by the captains and people of the said lord King of Portugal and tried and punished in accordance with justice, and that the latter may treat in the same way those proved to have trafficked, bartered, traded, and taken on cargo after this treaty within the said limits, even though they have not been found or taken within them, and the rest agreed to by this contract touching the prohibition of crossing the said line by any subjects of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or any others by his command, consent, favor, or aid, and the penalties attached thereto: — although the expression "after this treaty" is used above, this Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal shall be understood to mean, from and after the day when the subjects and people of the said lord Emperor, now in and navigating those seas and regions shall be notified — and that before the notification they shall not incur the said penalties. This, however, shall be understood as referring to the people of his Majesty's fleets hitherto despatched to those parts. From and after the day of the execution of this contract, during the period of the said pledge and retrovendendo, he may not despatch any other new expedi tions without incurring the said penalties. 5. Item, because the said lord Emperor and King of Castile and the lord King of Portugal desire their right to the said islands to be determined, it is agreed and covenanted that in order to determine the right that each of them claims to have to the said Moluccas and other islands, which each asserts are within his limits and demarcation, an equal number of astrologers, pilots, or mariners, shall be named by each side within one, two, three, or more years, as the said lord King of Portugal shall wish, to examine the claim of both parties as to ownership, in accordance with the agreement made between the said Catholic kings and the said King Dom John of Portugal, and with the reply given in Segovia by the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, which accords with right and with the said agreement. After they shall begin the inquiry they shall not relinquish it before pro nouncing sentence in favor of him who seems to them to have the right. In case the decision shall be in favor of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile, or of his successors, the sentence pronounced shall not be executed until he shall first actually return the said 350,000 ducats received for the said pledge and sale of retrovendendo. In case the sentence shall be in favor of the said lord King of Portugal, or of his successors, the said lord Emperor and King of Castile shall be obliged, within the first four years following the decision, to return and restore to him the said 350,000 ducats, given by the said lord King of Portugal for the said pledge and sale. 6. Moreover, it is covenanted and agreed that the said lord King of Portugal neither may nor shall build de novo any fortress, or other edifice that may be fortified, in the said Molucca Islands, or in the other lands within the said line, or in any part of the regions included within the line. As to the present fortress built in one of the said Molucca Islands by the said lord King of Portugal, it shall be left standing during the said period of the pledge in the state and condition in which it shall be in a year and a half from the day when this treaty shall be executed and signed, without any more new work or construction on it than shall keep it in the state in which it shall be at the said time. Within the said period, the said lord king will be able to order his captains and people, whom he has in those parts, to be notified of that which by this treaty he is obliged to keep and observe in this respect; and the said lord King of Portugal shall swear and promise to observe it thus. 7. Item, it is agreed that the fleets, which the said lord Emperor and King of Castile has hitherto despatched to the said regions, shall be well regarded, treated, and favored by the said lord King of Portugal and his people. No obstruction or hindrance shall be opposed to their navigation and trade, and if they shall have received, or shall receive, any harm from the King of Portugal's captains or people, which is incredible, or if these latter shall have taken anything from them, the said lord King of Portugal shall be obliged to give satisfaction, restore, make good, and pay immediately Saragassa, 1529 1G5 all such damages suffered by the said lord Emperor and King; of Castile and his fleet and subjects, and to order the offenders to be punished and chas tised and to arrange that the fleets and people of the said lord Emperor and King of Castile may come when they please, freely, without any impediment. 8. Item, it is agreed that the said lord Emperor and King of Castile shall order his letters and instructions to be given immediately to his captains and people, who shall be in the said islands, commanding them to return at once, and trade there no more, provided that they be allowed to bring freely what they shall have already bartered, traded, and shipped. 9. Item, it is agreed that both the said lord Emperor and King of Cas tile and the lord King of Portugal, and each of them, shall solemnly swear to observe and fulfill this treaty and contract, and all contained therein, and shall promise by the said oath, for themselves and for their successors, never, at any time, to violate it, in whole or in part, by themselves, or by another, in court or out, in any way, shape, form, or manner that may be, or may be thought of, and that never at any time, by themselves, or by another, will they seek release from the said oath ; and even though our Very Holy Father, without being asked by them or either of them, shall release them from it, they will not at any time accept or avail themselves of such release, or help themselves by it, or take advantage of it, in any way or manner whatsoever, in court or out. 10. Item, [it is agreed] that in order further to strengthen and validate this treaty and contract and its contents, both the said lord Emperor and King of Castile and the lord King of Portugal shall petition and implore his Holiness to approve and confirm it and order bulls of the said confirma tion and approval to be despatched, sealed with his seal, and having this contract and treaty inserted verbatim in them ; and that sentence of excom munication shall be imposed in the bulls both against the principal parties and against all other persons who shall not observe and fulfill this said treaty and contract, but shall violate it in part or in whole, in any way, shape, or manner whatsoever. In this sentence of excommunication his Holiness shall declare and ordain that those who shall violate the said contract, in whole or in part, in the manner aforesaid, shall, ipso facto, incur excommunication, no other sentence of excommunication, or declaration thereof, being required or necessary for that purpose. If for any cause or consideration his Holiness shall not wish to approve and confirm this said contract and agreement, or if for any other cause whatsoever, premeditated or unpremeditated, it shall not be confirmed, it shall nevertheless be firm and valid as if there had been no agreement that his Holiness should approve and confirm it as aforesaid. 11. Item, it is agreed and covenanted that in the instructions and letters that the said lord Emperor and King of Castile is to give and despatch in regard to this treaty and contract, it shall be set down and declared that what is adjusted and concluded and contracted, as aforesaid, shall be as binding as if it had been made and executed in the General Cortes with the express consent of the deputies of that body, and that, in order to validate it, by his absolute royal power, which as king and natural lord, recognizing no superior in temporal affairs, he wishes to exercise and does exercise, he abrogates, repeals, abolishes, and annuls the petition concerning the trade of the said islands and lands made to him by the deputies of the cities and towns of those realms in the Cortes held in the city of Toledo, the past year, 1525; and [he abrogates] the reply that he gave to the petition and any law 160 Doc, 75. Spain — Portugal made in the said Cortes on this matter, and all other laws that may conflict with this. 12. Item, [it ^s agreed] that for the greater security of the contents of this treaty, and the satisfaction of the said lord King of Portugal, and because the emperor has been asked on [the King of Portugal's] behalf, the said lord Emperor and King of Castile will order the members of his royal council to ascertain whether this agreement and contract can be made without the approval and license of the towns of the realm. If they shall find that it can be made without the said approval and license, eight or ten of them shall give the decision, signed with their names. 13. Item, it is agreed and covenanted that the agreements concluded between the said Catholic sovereigns and the said King Dom John of Portugal in regard to the demarcation of the ocean sea shall be observed and shall remain in force and effect, save in those matters and cases which are other wise settled and determined by this treaty, so that those agreements shall be observed during the period of this pledge and sale of retrovcndendo, as aforesaid, and afterwards the said agreements shall be observed in their entirety. 14. Item, [it is agreed] that the said lord King of Portugal promises to command manifest, sincere, and summary justice to be done, in order to put an end to the individual complaints that the said lord Emperor and King of Castile continually receives from his subjects and others, aliens to his realms, but in his service, who complain that their possessions have been seized by the former's India House of Trade, and in his kingdom, without regard to the annoyance caused them thereby, because they have served the said lord emperor, and have entered his service. 15. Item, it is covenanted and agreed, that, although the said lord Emperor and King of Castile has certain definite knowledge through exact information from persons who know and understand the matter, that the right which the said lord Emperor and King of Castile claims to have to that which he gives in the said pledge and contract of retrovcndendo by this agreement and contract as aforesaid, is of much greater value and worth and more than the half of the just price — the said 350,000 ducats — that the said lord King of Portugal gives to him for the said pledge and retrovcndendo, the said lord Emperor and King of Castile is pleased to make a gift to the said lord King of Portugal and to his heirs and successors, and to the crown of his kingdoms — as in fact he does make it, henceforth for all time, among the living — of the said excess in value and worth that the said right, which he thus pledges and conditionally sells, is worth above the half of the just price, however much greater the amount and value may be. The said greater value and worth beyond the half of the just price, the said lord Emperor and King of Castile renounces and gives up for himself, and his successors, and separates it from the crown of his kingdoms, forever during the period of the said pledge and sale of retrovendendo, and by virtue of this gift and con tract he transfers it all to the said lord King of Portugal, and to his heirs and successors, and to the crown of his kingdoms forever, really and effect ually, during the said time. 16. Item, it is agreed and covenanted that whichever of the said parties shall violate or refute the contents of this treaty and contract, or any part thereof, in any manner, premeditated or unpremeditated, he shall, thereby, lose all the right that, in any way, shape, or manner whatsoever, he shall have Saragossa, 1529 167 to the aforesaid, and likewise any other right he shall have by virtue of this contract during the said pledge and sale of retrovendendo. The whole shall be immediately adjudged and given to, and acquired by the party who shall abide by this contract and observe and not violate it, to him and to the crown of his realms, after the mandate of the party who shall violate it has been first investigated and proved. When it has been proved and found as aforesaid that the said lord Emperor and King of Castile has, on his part, violated the aforesaid, in that case this contract of pledge and retrovendendo shall be immediately dissolved, and the sale shall be pure and simple, as if it had been made at the beginning without any condition. In order that the contents of this agreement and treaty may be more binding and valid and in order that it may be observed forever, the said lords kings shall bind themselves, for themselves and their successors, that whichever of them shall violate it, in any manner whatsoever, he will pay to the party who shall abide by it, 100,000 ducats, as a penalty, and under the name of fine and interest. This fine he shall incur as of^ten as he shall violate the contents of this treaty and con tract, in part or in whole, after, as has been said, the mandate of the party who shall violate it has been investigated and proved. Whether the fine is exacted or not, the said contract shall remain secure and valid forever, during the said pledge and sale of retrovendendo. For this they shall pledge all their patrimonial and fiscal possessions. In regard to the above-written articles and all the matters contained in them and each of them, the said Grand Chancellor and Bishop of Osma, members of the council and representatives of the said very exalted and very mighty lords, the Emperor and King and Queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., and the said Lord Antonio d'Azevedo, contino, member of the council, and representative of the said very exalted and very mighty lord King of Portugal and of the Algarves, etc., in the name of the said lords, their constituents, by virtue of the said powers given to them and executed, which are incorporated above, declared that they bound them selves, and they did bind themselves, and promised, and they did promise and affirm, in the said name, that the said lords, their constituents, and each of them, shall do, fulfill, observe, and pay, really and in truth, renouncing all deception, evasion, and mental reservation, everything contained in this treaty, agreement, and bargain — that is, each of them, what pertains to, is incumbent upon, and concerns him to do, fulfill, observe, and pay, according to and in the form and manner contained therein. They will not violate or refute it, or any part or parcel of it, at any time or in any manner, of them selves or through another, directly or indirectly, or in any way, premeditated or unpremeditated, under the penalties contained in this agreement. They said that they pledged, and they did pledge, the possessions of the said lords, their constituents, patrimonial and belonging to the crowns of their realms, and for the greater security and validity of all' the aforesaid they swore before God and Holy Mary and upon the sign of the Cross, which they actually touched with their right hands, in the name and on the consciences of the said lords, their constituents, by virtue of the said powers, that they and each of them will inviolably hold, maintain, and observe this said agree ment, and everything contained therein, and each part and parcel of it, in good faith, without deception, evasion, or mental reservation whatsoever ; and they promised, and they did promise and bind themselves in the said name that the said lords, their constituents, will approve and ratify, and sign 168 Doc. 75. Spain — Portugal and execute anew this agreement and everything contained in it and each part and parcel of it, and they will promise, bind themselves, and swear to observe and fulfill it, each of the parties for that which is incumbent on and appertains to him to do ; and each of them will give and deliver, and will cause to be given and delivered to the other party, an approval and ratifica tion of this said agreement and of its contents, sworn to and signed with his name and sealed with his seal, within the twenty days immediately following the date of this agreement. To secure this, the said lord representatives executed two instruments of one tenor, both alike, and signed their names in the register, and executed them before me, the said secretary, Francisco de los Cobos, the scrivener and notary public whose name is above written, and before the undersigned witnesses, each of the said parties having his own instrument, so that, whichever shall be shown, it shall be as binding as though both were shown together. This was made and executed in the said city of Saragossa, on the day, month, and year abovesaid. Witnesses who were present at the execution of this instrument and saw all the said lord deputies sign it and saw them take the corporal oath before me, the said secretary, [were] Fernando Rodriguez de Sevilla, apostolic protonotary, and Alvaro Pexoto and Fernando Rodriguez, servants of the said lord ambassador and representative of the said lord King of Portugal, and Graniel Calderon and Alonso de Ydiaquez, servants of me, the said secretary. MERCURINO, chancellor. FRAY GARCIA, bishop of Osma. ANTONIO D'AZEVEDO, contino. 16. Treaty between Spain and Portugal concluded at Saragassa, April 22, 1529. Ratification by Spain, April 23, 1529, and by Portugal, June 20, 1530. INTRODUCTION. The treaty concluded at Saragossa on April 17, 1529,' by the plenipoten tiaries of Spain and Portugal, was not ratified. Five days later, in the same city, the same plenipotentiaries, with one additional representative of Spain,' concluded a second treaty. This differed from the first in several particulars, most strikingly in the omission of the provisions of the twelfth article — that the Emperor should order his Royal Council to find out whether the treaty could be legally made without the approval of the pueblos. The omission of this article is explained by a document preserved in the National Archives at Lisbon, which contains : ( I ) the decision reached by lawyers of the Royal Council to the effect that the Emperor and King of Castile might legally enter into the contract in respect to the Moluccas, and that the consent, authorization, and approbation of his towns were not necessary ; (2) the Emperor's confirmation and promise to regard the lawyers' decision, and his abrogation of all contrary laws and regulations. The Emperor's letter is dated April 23, 1529.* 'Doc. 15. 1 Garcia de Padilla, who signed the treaty of Vitoria, and was employed in the negotiations of 1526. See Doc. 13, note 16, and Doc. 14. ' " Don Carlos, por la divina clemencia etc. enperador semper augusto, rrey de Alemana, Dona Juana, su madre, y el mismo Don Carlos, su hijo, por la gracia de Dios rreyes de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Sicilias, de Jerusalem, de Navarra, de Granada, de Toledo, de Valencia, de Galizia, de Mallorcas, de Sevilla, de Cerdena, de Cordova, de Corcega, de Murcia, de Jaen, de los Algarves, de Algezira, y de Gibraltar, de las Islas de Canaria, de las Indias, Islas, e tierra firme del Mar Oceano, archiduques d' Austria, duques de Borgona, y de Brabante, condes de Barcelona, Flandes, y Tirol, senores de Viscaya, y de Molina, duques de Atenas, y de Neopatria, condes de Ruysillon, y de Cerdenia, marquezes de Oristan, y de Gociano, etc. " Hacemos saber a los que esta nuestra carta vieren, que nos mandamos ver a los del nuestro Real Consejo cierta dubda, sy podriamos concordar e asentar con el Serenissimo, muy Alto, y muy Poderozo Rey de Portugal, nuestro muy caro, y muy amado hermano, sobre las Islas de Maluco, y otras islas, e mares y tierras a ellas comarcanas, y vimos su declaracion, y determination en las espaldas d'esta nuestra carta escrita, y dada. y f echa por ellos, y la leimos, y entendimos : la qual aprovamos, confirmamos, e avemos por buena, firme, e valiosa, como en ella es contenido ; y estp sin enbargo de qualesquier leyes, derechos, hordenaciones, capitulos de Cortes, determinaciones, sentencias, glosas, hazanas, y opiniones de dottores, y de qualesquier otras cosas, que en contrario scan, o puedan ser, puesto que scan tales, que por derecho se deva hacer dellas espresa mencion, y derogation, y abrogamos, y derogamos, e avemos por casadas, e anulladas todas las leyes, e derecho, que en contrario scan, y las leyes, y direchos, que disponen que general renunciacion no vale : Y promettemos por nos, y por nuestros subcesores de nunca yr. 169 170 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal The treaty concluded on April 22, ratified by the Emperor on the following day and by the King of Portugal more than a year later, was disliked in Spain. As late as 1548, the Cortes petitioned the Emperor that the whole realm should redeem the Moluccas in order that Spain might have the benefit of their spice-trade, if only for six years.4 By the terms of the treaty of Saragossa, the Philippine Islands fell within the Portuguese demarcation; and when, in 1542-1543, Ruy Lopez de Villa- lobos led a colonizing expedition thither from New Spain, the Portuguese governor of the Moluccas protested vigorously, demanding his withdrawal on the ground that his occupation of the Philippines violated the aforesaid treaty.' In 1568 a fruitless protest was made against Legazpi's colonization ; * in 1580 Spain's annexation of the Portuguese crown quieted the dispute. Upon the separation of the crowns in 1640, however, as the Portuguese claimed, " the conditions of the Deed of Saragossa gave rise to a new title by which Portugal [might] claim restitution of or equivalent for all that the Spaniards had occupied to the west " of the line fixed by this treaty.1 The controversy was not ended until 1750, when, by the first and second articles of a Spanish-Portuguese treaty signed at Madrid, it was stipulated that the demarcation lines provided for in the bull of Alexander VI.8 and ny venir, ny consentir, ny premitir, que sea ydo, ny venido contra esta determinacion, ny parte alguna della, direte ny indirete en juizio ny fuera del, por causa algtina ny color, que sea, y pueda ser pensada, o no pensada ; y para certinidad, e firmeza de todo. mandamos pasar esta nuestra carta firmada de my, el Rey, y sellada con nuestro sello. " Dada en Lerida a veinte tres de Abril, ano del nascimiento de Nuestro Salvador Jesus Christo de mil e quinientos e veinte e nueve afios. Yo el Rey. Yo Francisco de los Covos, secretario de Sus Cesarea y Catholicas Magestades, la fize screvir por su mandado. Lugar do sello. Herbijna, chanciller. Registrada. Ydiaques. Mercurinus. cancelarius. Fray Garcia, episcopus Oxomensis. El Comendador Mayor. Vuestra Magestade confirma, e ha por bueno el parecer, que los del Consejo dieron sobre la contratacion de Maluco, que esta escrita, e firmada dellos en esta otra parte. " Parecer dos Conselheiros d' Estado sobre a carta acima. — Sacra Catholica Mage- stad : Los del Consejo Real de Vuestra Magestad dizen, que por justas causas, e consideraciones, que a Vuestra Magestad ban dicho, y consultado de palavra con Vuestra Real Persona, son de voto, y parecer que en la capitulacion, e assiento que entre Vuestra Magestad, y el Serenissimo Rey de Portugal se concierta, sobre el empeno de Maluco, que para seguridad d'este empeno, que es con condicion para la poder redemir, y quitar, que no es necessario que entrevengan procuradores de Cortes, ny de ciddades, ny que scan llamados para lo otorgar. Licentiatus de SANTIAGO. Licentiatus POLANCO. Licentiatus AGUIRRE. Doctor GUEVARA. NUNUS ALVARES. MARTINUS Doctor. El Licenciado MEDINA. FORTUNIUS DERCILLA Doctor." National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 18, mago 3, no. 39. 4 B. Leonardo de Argensola, Conquista de las Islas Malucas (1609), pp. 46, 47. F. Lopez de Gomara, Annals of the Emperor Charles V. (ed. R. B. Merriman, 1912), p. 138, and note 4, same page. * Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos relativos al Descubrimiento . . . de Ultramar (Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid), 2d ser., torn. II. (1886), pt. I., pp. 66-94. A. de Morga. Philippine Islands (Hakluyt Soc., no. XXXIX., 1868), app. V., pp. 394-396. *J. A. Robertson, " Legazpi and Philippine Colonization", in Annual Report of the American Historical Association for the year 1907 (1908), p. 154. 7 Preamble to the treaty of Madrid, 1750, translated in the Statement submitted by the United States of Brazil to the President of the United States of America as Arbi trator . . . between Brazil and the Argentine Republic (1894), III. 5. •Doc. 7. Saragossa, 1529 171 in the treaties of Tordesillas' and Saragossa should be annulled; that Spain should permanently retain the Philippines, " in spite of the conditions con tained in the Deed signed at Saragossa on the 22d of April, 1529 " ; and that the crown of Portugal should not be entitled to recover any part of the price which it paid under the sale effected by the said deed.19 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. An original manuscript of the ratification, signed by the King of Portugal at Lisbon, June 20, 1530, is in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 18, mac.o 8, no. 29. One of the original protocols is in the Archives of the Indies at Seville, Patronato, 1-2-2/16, no. 9. Text: Printed. The Portuguese ratification is printed in J. Ramos-Coelho, Alguns Documentos (1892), pp. 495-512, and in G. F. von Martens, Supplement an Recueil des Traites (1802-1842), I. 398-421. Navarrete, j Coleccion de Viages (1825-1837), torn. IV., no. 41, pp. 389-406, prints 'J the protocol, but from a copy instead of from the original manuscript. As an appendix to the treaty of 1750, the treaty of Saragossa is printed in J. Ferreira Borges de Castro, Collecqao dos Tratados de Portugal, *> desde 1640 (1856-1858), III. 64-82, and elsewhere. References : See Doc. 15, Bibliography. TEXT." Dom Joham, per graca de Deus rrey de Portugal e dos Algarves daquem e dalem mar em Africa, senhor de Guinee e da comquista, naveguacam, e comercio de Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, e da Imdia. A quantos esta minha carta de confirmacam, aprovacam, e rretificacam virem, faco saber que antre mym e Dom Carlos, emperador sempre augusto, rrey dAlemanha, de Castela, de Liam, dAraguam, das Duas Cezilias, de Jerusalem, etc., meu muito amado e precado irmaao, avia duvida e debate sobre a propiedade e pose, on quasy pose, e dereito, naveguacam, e comercio de Maluquo e outras ilhas e mares, por cada huum de nos dizer Ihe pertencer e estar em pose de todo o sobredito, e pelo muy coniuncto divido," que anbos temos, e porque amtre nosos vasalos e naturaes se nam podese nunca seguir descontentamento e fose sempre consservado o muito amor, rrezam, e obriguacam que antre nos ha, nos concertamos sobre o que dito he de que se fez por nosos soficientes e abastantes precuradores, pera ello deputados, carta de contrauto, capi- tolacam, e asento, da qual o teor de verbo a verbo, he o seguinte : Dom Carlos, por la divina clemencia electo emperador semper augusto, rrey de Alemania, Dona Juana, su madre, y el mismo Dom Carlos, su hiyo, •Doc. 9. " For a sketch of Spanish-Portuguese disputes over the demarcation line subsequent to 1529, see E. G. Bourne, "The Demarcation Line of Pope Alexander VI.", in Essays in Historical Criticism (1901), pp. 212-214. "The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by John III. in the National Archives at Lisbon, gav. 18, mac.o 8, no. 29. "In 1524 the King of Portugal, who was the Emperor's first cousin, married the Emperor's sister, Catherine, and soon after the Emperor married the Infanta Isabella, sister to John III. 12 172 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal por la gracia de Dios rreies de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Secilias, de Jerusalem, de Navarra, de Granada, de Toledo, de Valencia, de Galizia, de Sevilla, de Cordova, de Corcega, de Murcia, de Jahen, de los Algarves, de Algezira, de Gibraltar, de las yslas de Canaria, de las Indias, yslas e tiera firme del mar Oceano, archiduques de Abstria, duques de Borgona y de Bravante, condes de Barcelona, Flandes, e Tirol, senores de Viscaya e de Molina, duques de Atenas e de Neopatria, condes de Ruisellon e de Cerdania, marqueses de Oristam e de Gociano, etc., vimos e leimos una escriptura de capitolacion e asiento de venta com pacto de rretro vendendo del derecho y posesion, o easy posesion, y action de las yslas de Maluquo, que em ellas tenemos o podriamos tener, por qualquier via que nos pertenezca y pertenecer pueda, y en las tierras, yslas, e mares contenidas em la dicha contratacion e asiento, fecho en nuestro nombre por Mercurio de Gatinara,1' conde de Gatinara, gran chamciller de my, el rrey, y por Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa," obispo de Osma, my confesor, y por Dom Garcia de Padilla,11 comendador mayor de Calatrava, todos del nuestro conseyo y nuestros procu- radores, y por Amtonyo dAzevedo, couthino,1* del conseio y embaxador del serenisimo, muy alto, e muy poderoso Rey de Portugal, nuestro muy caro e muy amado hermano, e su procurador, el tenor del qual de verbo ad verbnm es este que se sigue : En el nonbre de Dios Todopoderoso, Padre e Hijo y Espiritu Santo, tres Personas y un solo Dios verdadero. Notorio e manifiesto sea, a quantos este publico ynstrumento de transacion e contrato de venta com pacto de rretro vendendo vieren, como en la cibdad de Carogoga, que es en el rreino de Aragon, a veinte e dos dias del mes de Abril, ano del nacimiento de nuestro Salvador Jhesu Christo de mill e quinientos e veinte e nueve afios, em presencia de my, Francisco de los Covos, secretario e del conseio del emperador, Dom Carlos, e de la rreyna, Dona Juana, su madre, rreina e rrey de Castilla, y su escrivano y notario publico, y de los testigos de yuso escriptos, parecieron los senores, Mercurino de Gatinara, comde de Gatinara, gran chanciler del dicho senor emperador, y el muy rreverendo Dom Fray Garcia de Loaysa, obispo de Osma, su confesor, y Dom Frey Garcia de Padilla, comendador maior de la Ordem de Calatrava, todos tres del consejo de los dichos muy altos e muy poderosos senores principes, Dom Carlos, por la divina clemencia electo emperador senpre augusto, rrey de Alemania, y Dona Juana, su madre, y el mismo Don Carlos, su hiyo, por la gracia de Dios, rreies de Castilla, de Leon, y de Aragon, de las Dos Cezilias, de Jeru salem y de Navarra y de Granada, etc., en nonbre e como procuradores de los dichos senores, Emperador e Reies de Castilla, de la una parte, y el senor Antonyo de Azevedo, coutino, del consejo y embaixador del muy alto y muy poderoso senor, Dom Juam, por la gracia de Dios rrey de Portugal e dos Algarves de aquende y de allende el mar em Africa, senor de Guinea y de la conquista, navegacjon, e comercio de Ethiopia, Arabia, e Persia e de la India, etc., em nombre y como su procurador, de la otra, segun luego mostraron por sus soficientes e abastantes procuraciones para este contrato firmadas por los dichos senores Emperador e Rey de Castilla e Rey de Portugal, seladas con sus sellos, de las quales dichas procuraciones los treslados, de verbo ad verbum, son los seguientes : u See Doc. 13, note 14, and Docs. 14 and 15. " See Doc. 14, note 8, and Doc. 15. *• See Doc. 13, note 16, and Doc. 14. " See Doc. 14, note 11, and Doc. 15. Saragosso, 1529 173 [ Here follow the full powers granted by the sovereigns of Castile to the Count of Gattinara, the Bishop of Osma, and the Chief Knight-Commander of Calatrava on April 15, 1529, and the full powers granted by Joao III. of Portugal to Antonio d'Azevedo on October 18, 1528.] Asy presentadas las dichas precuraciones por los dichos seiiores procura- dores, fue dicho que, por quanto antre el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, de Leon, de Aragon, de las Dos Secilyas, de Jherusalem, etc., y el dicho senor Rey de Portugual, e de los Algarves, etc., avia dubda sobre la propiedad y posesion y derecho o posesiom, o quasy posesiom, navegacion, e comercio de Maluquo y otras yslas y mares, lo qual cada uno de los dichos seiiores, Emperador e Rey de Castilla y Rey de Portugual, dize pertenecerle, asy por vertud de las capitolaciones " que fueron f echas por los muy altos y muy poderosos y Catholicos princepes Dom Fernando y Dona Ysabel, rreies de Castilla, abuelos del dicho senor emperador y con el rrey Dom Juan el segundo de Portugal, que ayan gloria, acerqua de la demarcacion del mar oceano, como por otras rrezones y derechos que cada uno de los dichos senores emperador e rreis dezia tener e pretendian a las dichas yslas, mares, y tierras ser suias, e estar em posesiom dellas ; y que, aviemdo los dichos senores emperador y rreis rrespecto al muy coniuncto deudo e gramde amor que antre ellos ay, lo qual no solamente deve, com mucha rezam, ser con- servado, mas, quanto posible fuere, mas acrecentado, y que, por se quitar de dudas e demamdas e debates que antre ellos podria aver, y muchos incon- vinientes, que antre sus vasallos y subditos y naturales se podriam seguir, som aguora los dichos senores emperador e rreis y los dichos procuradores em su nombre concordados e concertados sobre las dichas dubdas e debates, en el modo y forma seguiente : I. Primeramente,18 dixeron los dichos Gran Chandler y Obispo de Osma y Comendador Maior de Calatrava, procuradores del dicho senor Emperador e Reis de Castilla, que ellos, em su nonbre, por vertud de la dicha su precu- racion, vendian, como luego de fecho vendieron, deste dia pera siempre jamas, al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, pera el y todos sus sobcesores de la corona de sus rreinos, todo el derecho, action, dominio, propiedad, y posesiom, o quasi posesion, y todo el derecho de navegar y qontratar y comerciar por qualquier modo que sea, que el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla dize que tiene y podria tener por qualquier via, modo, o manera que sea, em el dicho Maluquo, ysllas, luguares, tierras y mares, segundo abaxo sera declarado ; e esto, con las declaraciones y limitaciones y comdiciones y clausulas abaixo contenidas y declaradas, por precio de trezientos e cim- quoenta mil ducados de oro, paguados em monedas corientes en la tierra de oro o de plata, que valguan em Castilla trezientos y satenta y cinquo maravedis, cada ducado, los quales el dicho senor Rey de Portugal dara e pagara al dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla y a las personas que su Magestad pera ello nonbrare, en esta manera : los ciento e cinquoenta mil ducados dellos em Lixbona. demtro de quinze o veinte dias primeros seguientes despues que este contrato, comfirmado por el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla, fuere llegado a la cidad de Lixboa, o a domde el dicho senor Rey de Portugal estuviere ; ™ e trinta mil ducados pagados em Castilla, los vinte 11 The treaty of Tordesillas, Doc. 9. " Cf. Doc. 15, art. i, and notes. "An order from the King of Portugal, dated June i, 1529, directed llcrnando Alvarez, his treasurer, to pay to Lope Hurtado de Mendoza, the Castilian ambassador in Portugal, 150,000 cruzados toward the amount due for the Moluccas. Two days later the ambassador gave the treasurer a quittance for the sum paid. Santarem, Quadfo Elementar, II. 67. 174 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal mil cm Valhadolid, e los dez mil em Sevilla, hasta veinte dias del mes de Maio primero que viene deste ano ; y setenta mil ducados em Castilla, paguados en la feria de Maio de Medina del Campo deste dicho anno, a los terminos de los pagamientos della, y los ciem mil ducados restantes, en la feria de Otobre de la dicha villa de Medina del Campo deste dicha anno, a los plazos de los paguamientos della, pagado todo fuera del cambio; y asy fuere necesario, se daran luego cedulas pera el dicho tiempo; y, si el dicho sefior Emperador y Rey de Castilha quisiere tomar a canbio los dichos cem mil ducados en la dicha feria de Maio deste dicho ano, para socorrerse dellos, pagara el dicho senor Rey de Portugual a rrazom de cinquo o seis por ciento de canbio, como su tesorero, Hernand Alvarez, los suele tomar de feria a feria ; la qual dicha venta el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla haze al dicho senor Rey de Portugal com condiciom que, em qualquiera tiempo que el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla o sus sobcesores quisieren tornar, y con efecto tornaren, todos los dichos trezientos e cinquoenta mil ducados, y sin dellos faltar cosa alguna, al dicho senor Rey de Portugal o a sus sobcesores, que la dicha vienta quede desfecha, y cada uno de los dichos senores enperador y rreies quede con el derecho e action que agora tienen y pretiendem tener, asy en el derecho de la posesiom, o easy posesiom, como en la propiedad, por qualquier via, modo, y manera que pertenecerles pueda, como se este contrato non fuera hecho, y de la manera que primero lo tenian y pertendian tener, sin que este contrato les haga ni cause per juizo ni ynovacion alguna. 2. Item,*0 es comcordado e asentado entre los dichos procuradores, em nombre de los dichos senores sus constituientes, que, pera se saber las yslas, lugares, tierras, y mares y derecho y actiom dellos que, por este contrato, el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla asy vende, con la comdiciom que dicha es al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, desde agora pera todo siempre, han por hechada una linia de polo a polo, conviene a saber, del norte al sul, por huum semicirculo que diste de Maluquo al nordeste, tomando la quarta del este, diez y nueve grados, a que conrrespondem diez y sete grados escasos en la equinocial, em que montam dozientas y novienta y sete legoas y media mas a oriente de las islas de Maluquo, dando diez y sete legoas e media por grado equinocial, en el qual merediano y rrunbo del nordeste y quarta del este, estam situadas las islas de las Velas y de Santo Thome, por donde pasa la sobredicha linia y semicirculo ; y, siemdo caso que las dichas yslas estiem y distem de Maluquo mas o menos, todavia, han por bien e sam Concordes que la dicha lynia quede lancada a las dichas dozientas y novienta y sete legoas y media mas a oriente, que hacem los dichos diez e nueve grados al nordeste y quarta de leste de las dichas yslas de Maluquo, como dicho es ; y dixeron los dichos procuradores que, pera se saber por donde se ha la dicha linia por lancada, se hagan dos padrones de him tenor, conformes al padron que esta en la Casa de la Contratacion w de las Imdias de Sevilha, por donde navegan las armadas y vasallos y subditos del dicho sefior Emperador y Rey de Castilla, y dentro de treinta dias despues de la fecha deste contrato se " Cf. Doc. 15, art. 2, and notes. 11 Cf. Doc. 15, note 24. The Casa de Contratacion, or India House of Trade at Seville, founded in 1503, supervised all matters connected with maritime affairs. See the article by B. Moses in the Report of the Am. Hist. Asso. for 1894, pp. 93-123. and J. Piernas Hurtado, La Casa de la Contratacion de las fndias (1907), articles published in La Lectura and Ateneo. Saragossa, 1529 175 nombre clos personas de cada parte, pera que vean y hagan luego los dichos padrones, con forme a lo suso dicho, y en ellos sea lancada la dicha linia, por el modo sobre dicho, y que los dichos senores emperador e rreies los firmen de sus nonbres y sellen com sns sellos, pera quedar a cada uno el suyo, y dende em adelante quede la dicha linia por lancada pera declaracion del punto y lugar por donde ella pasa ; y tambien pera declaracion del sitio en que los dichos vasallos del dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla tienen situado y asentado a Maluquo, la qual durante el tienpo deste contrato se vea que esta puesta en el tal sitio, puesto que, en la verdad este em menos o mas distancia a oriente de lo que en los dichos padrones es sytuado, y para que en el punto de la situacion em que en los dichos padrones esta situado Maluquo se continuen los dichos diez y siete grades a oriente, que, por biem deste contrato el dicho senor Rey de Portugal ha de aver, y que, non se alhando en la Casa de la Contratacion de Sevilha el dicho padron, las dichas personas, nombradas por los dichos senores emperador y rreis, dentro de huum mes hagan los dichos padrones y se firmen y sellen, como dicho es, y por ellos se haguan cartas de navegar em que se lance la dicha linia en la manera suso dicha, pera que de aquy adelante naveguen por ellas los dichos vasallos, naturales, y subditos del dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilha, y para que los naveguantes de una parte y de otra scan ciertos del sitio de la dicha linia y distancia de las sobredichas dozientas y novienta y sete leguas y media, que aya entre la dicha linia y Maluquo. 3. Item,21 es concordado e asentado por los dichos procuradores que em qualquier tiempo que el dicho senor Rey de Portugal quisiere que se vea el derecho de la propiedad de Maluco, y las tierras y mares contenidas em este contrato, y puesto que, al tal tienpo, el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla no tenga tornado el dicho precio, ny el dicho contrato sea rresoluto, se vea en esta manera, conviene a saber, que cada uno de los dichos senores nombre tres astrologos y tres pilotos o tres marineros, que scan expertos en la navegacion, los quales se ajuntaran em huum logar de la rraya dentre sus rreynos, donde fuere acordado que se juntem desdel dia que el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilha o sus sobcesores f ueren rrequerydos por parte del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, que se nombren hasta quatro meses, y ally consultaran y acordaran y tomaran asiento de la manera em que ha de hyr a se ver el derecho de la dicha propiedad, conforme a las dichas capitola- ciones e asiento que f ue f echo antre los dichos Catholicos rreis, Dom Fernando y Dona Isabel, y el dicho rrey, Dom Juam el segundo de Portugual ; y, siemdo caso que el derecho de la dicha propiedad se juzge al dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla, no se executara ni usara de la tal sentencia sim que, primero, el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla y sus sobcesores tornem rreal- mente y com efecto, todos los dichos trezientos e cinquoenta mil ducados que, por vertude deste contrato, fueron dados ; e, juzgandose el derecho de la propiedad por parte del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla y sus sobcesores seran obligados a tornar, rrealmente e com efecto, los dichos trezientos e cimquoenta mil ducados al dicho senor Rey de Portugal o a sus sobcesores desdel dia em que la dicha sentencia fuere dada, hasta quatro annos primeros seguientes. 4. Item,2* fue concertado e asentado pelos dychos procuradores em nombre de los dichos senores sus constetuientes, que, siendo caso que em M Cf. Doc. 15, art. 5. " Cf. Doc. IS, art. 3. 176 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal quanto este comtrato de venta durar y nom fuere desfecho, desdel dia de la f echa del em adelante, vinieren alguunas especiarias o drogarias, de qualquier suerte que seam, a qualesquier puertos o partes de los rreynos e senhorios de cada uno de los dichos senores constetuientes que seam traidas por los vasallos, subditos, y naturales del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, o por otras qualesquier personas, puesto que sus subditos y naturales e vasallos non scan, que el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla em sus reinos e senhorios, y el dicho seiior Rey de Portugal en los suios, seam obligados a mandar e hazer e mandem e hagan depositar las dichas especiarias o drogarias em tal manera que el tal deposito quede seguro, sim que aquel a cuya parte viniere sea por el otro pera esto rrequerido, pera que asy estem depositadas em nombre de ambos, em poder de aquella persona o personas em quiem cada uno de los dichos senores em sus tierras e seiiorios las mamdaren e hizierem depositar; el qual deposito seram los dichos senores obligados a hazer e mamdar hazer por la manera sobredicha, aguora las dichas especerias o droguerias se hallem en poder de aquellos que las traxeren, o en poder de qualquier otra persona o personas, en qualesquier luguares o partes donde f uerem halladas, y los dichos senores emperador y rreies seram obligados de lo mandar asy noteficar desde aguora em sus reinos e senorios para que asy se cumpla, em modo que nom se pueda alegar ignorancia ; y viniendo a aportar las dichas especirias o droguerias a qualesquier puertos o tierras que de cada uno de los dichos senores constituientes no fueren, no siendo de enemigos, cada uno dellos por virtud deste contrato podra rrequerir, em nombre de ambos, sin mas mostrar ninguna provisam ni poder de otro a las justicias de los r reinos e senhorios domde las dichas especerias o droguerias vinieren a parar, o fuerem halladas, que las manden depositar e depositen, y em qualquier de las dichas partes' donde asy fueren halladas las dichas especearias o droguerias, estaram embargadas e depositadas por ambos hasta se saber de cuya demarcacion f ueron sacadas ; y para se saber si el lugar e tierras de donde las dichas especearias o droguerias f ueron traidas e sacadas caem dentro de la demarcaciom e limites que por este contrato quedan con el dicho senor [Emperador] e Rey de Castilla, e ay em ellas las dichas especearias o droguerias embiaram los dichos senores emperador y rreis dos o quatro navios, tantos el uno como el otro, en los quales yran personas juramentadas que biem lo emtendam, tantos de la una parte, como de la otra, a los dichos luguares e tierras donde dixeren que sacarom y traxerom las dichas especearias o droguerias, pera ver y determinar em cuia demarcacion caen las dichas tierras e luguares de domde asy las dichas especerias o droguerias se dixere que fueron sacadas, e hallamdose que las dichas tierras e luguares caem dentro de la demarcaciom del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla y que em ellas ay las dichas especerias e droguerias en tanta cantidad que rrazonablemente pudiesen traer las dichas especerias o droguerias, en tal caso, se alcara e quitara el dicho deposito, y se entreguaran libremente al dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, syn que por ello seam obligados a pagar ningunas costas ny gastos, ny intereses, ny otra alguna cosa ; e siendo hallado que fueron sacadas de las tierras e luguares de la demarcaciom del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, asy mesmo sera alcado y quytado el dicho deposito, y se entregaram al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, sim que por ello sea obligado a pagar ningunas costas ni gastos, ny intireses, ny otra alguna cosa de qualquier calidad que sea ; y las personas que asy las truxerem seram pugnidos e castigados por el dicho senor empera- Saragassa, 1529 177 dor, rey cle Castilla, o por sus justicias, como quebrantadores de fee y de paz, conforme a justicia ; y los dichos senores Enperador e Rey de Castilla y el dicho senor Rey de Portugal seram obligados de enbiar los dichos sus navios e personas tanto que por cada uno dellos al otro fuere rrequerido y, enquanto asy las dichas especerias o droguerias estuvieren depositadas y enbargadas en el modo sobredicho, el dicho senor emperador, rey de Castilla, ny otro por el, ni con su favor ni consentimiento, no iran ni enbiaran a la dicha tierra o tierras de donde asy las dichas especerias e droguerias fueron traidas, y todo lo que dicho es en este capitulo acerca del deposito de las especerias o droguerias, no avra lugar ny se entendera en las especiarias o droguerias que vinieren a cualesquier partes pera el dicho senpr Rey de Portugual. 5. Item,*4 es concordado y asentado que en todalas yslas, tieras y mares que f ueren de la dicha linea para dentro no puedam las naos, navios, e gentes del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla ny de sus subditos, vasallos, e natu rales ny otras algunas personas, puesto que sus subditos ny vasallos naturales no seam por su mamdado, consentimiento, favor e ajuda, o sin su mamdado, favor ni aiuda entrar, navegar, tratar ny comerciar ny cargar cosa alguna que en las dichas yslas, tieras, y mares oviere de qualquier suerte o manera que sea, y que qualesquier de los sobredichos que de aquy adelante el contrario de todas las dichas cosas y cada una dellas hiziere, o fuerem con- prendidos e hallados de dentro de la dicha linea scan presos por qualquier capitan o capitanes o gentes del dicho senor Rey de Portugal e por los dichos sus capitanes oydos e castigados e pugnidos como cosarios e quebrantadores de paz ; e, no siendo hallados dentro de la dicha linea por los dichos capitanes o gentes del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, se vinieren a qualquier puerto, tiera o senhorio del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, que el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla e sus justicias donde asy vinieren o fueren hallados, seam tenidos e obligados de los tomar y prender, entanto que les fueren presentados autos e pesquisas que les fueren embiados por el dicho senor Rey de Portugal o por sus justicias por que se muestre ser culpados en cada una destas cosas sobredichos y los pugnir e castigar enteramente como malhechores e quebrantadores de fee e de paz. 6. Item," es concordado e asentado por los dichos procuradores que el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla no embie por sy ny por otro a las dichas islas, tierras y mares dentro de la dicha linea ni consientan que alia vayan de aquy adelante sus naturales e subditos e vasallos o estranjeros, puesto que sus naturales e vasallos ny subditos no scan ny les de para ello ajuda ni favor ny se concierte com ellos para ellos alia yr contra la forma e asiento deste contrato, antes sea obligado de lo defender, estorvar e inpedir quanto en el fuere, e ynbiando el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla por sy o por otro a las dichas yslas, tierras o mares de dentro de la dicha linea, o consentiendo que alia vaiam sus naturales, vasallos, subditos o extranjeros, puesto que sus naturales, vasallos ny subditos no scan, dandoles pera ello ayuda o favor o concertandose com ellos para que alia vayan contra la forma e asiento deste contrato e sy lo no defendiere y estorvare e inpidiere quanto en el fuere, que el dicho pacto de rretro vendendo quede luego rresoluto, y el dicho senor Rey de Portugal no seia mas obligado a rrecibir el dicho precio ny al rretro vender el derecho e acion que el dicho seiior Emperador e Rey H Cf. Doc. 15, art. 3. M Cf. Doc. 15, art. 3. 178 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal de Castilha, por qualquier via e manera que sea, podria tener a ello, antes que aquel por virtud deste contrato tenga vendido e rrenunciado y traspasado en el dicho senor Rey de Portugal y por el mismo fecho la dicha venta quede pura e valedera para sienpre jamas, como si al principio fuera fecha sin condiciom y pacto de rretro vendendo ; pero, porque poderia ser que, nave- guando los sobredichos por los mares del sur, donde los subditos e naturales e vasallos del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilha puedem navegar, les podria sobrevenir tienpo tam forcoso e contrario o necesidad com que fuesem costrenidos, continuando su camino c naveguacion a pasar la dicha linea, en tal caso, no incurriran em pena alguna, mas, antes que, aportamdo e lleguamdo em qualquier de los dichos casos a alguna tierra de las que asy entraren en la dycha linea, e por vertud deste contrato pertenecieren al dicho senor Rey de Portugal, que scan tratados por sus subditos e vasalos e mora- dores della como vasalos de su hermano y asy como el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilha mandaria tratar a los suyos que desta manera aportasen a sus tieras de la Nueva Espana o a otras de aquellas partes, con tanto que, cesando la dicha necesidad, se salgam lueguo y se buelvan a sus mares del sur ; y, siendo caso que los sobre dichos pasasem por ignorancia la dicha linea, es concordado e asentado que no incurram por ello em pena alguua, em quanto no constare claramente que, sabiendo ellos que estavan dentro de la dicha linea, no se bolvieren e salieren fuera della, como es acordado e asentado em el caso que entrasem con tiempo forcoso y contrario o de necesidad ; porque. quamdo esto constare, se avra por probado que com malicia pasaran la linea, y seran pugnidos y avran aquelas penas que han de aver aquellos que entraren dentro de la linea, como dicho es, y en este contrato es conteniclo y declarado ; y hallando los sobredichos o descubriendo emquanto dentro de la dicha linea ansy anduvieren algunas yslas o tierras dentro de la dicha linea, que las tales yslas o tierras quedem luego libremente e con efecto al dicho seiior Rey de Portugal e a sus sobcesores, como sy por sus capitanes e vasallos descuviertas e halhadas e poseydas al tal tempo fuesen ; y es concordado y asentado por los dichos procuradores que las naaos e navios del dicho senor Emperador Rey de Castilla y de sus subditos, vasalos, e naturales puedam yr e navegar por los mares del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, por donde sus armadas vam para la Imdia, tanto solamente quanto les fuere necesario para tomar sus derrotas derechas para el estrecho de Magalhanes ; y haziemdo lo contrario de lo suso dicho, naveguando mas por los dichos mares del dicho senor Rey de Portugal, de lo que dicho es, yncuriran por el mismo fecho, asy el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, constando que lo hizieron por su mandado, favor y ajuda o consentimiento, y los que asy navegaren y fueren contra lo suso dicho en las penas sobredichas, asy e de la manera que de suso em este contrato es declarado. 7. Item," fue asentado e comcordado que lo que toca a que sy algunos subditos del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castella o otros algunos fueren tornados e hallados, de aquy adelante, dentro de los dichos limites ariba declarados, seam presos por qualquier capitan o capitanes o gentes del dicho senor Rey de Portuguall, y por los dichos sus capitanes, oydos, castigados y pugnidos como cosarios, violadores e quebrantadores de paz ; y que, no siendo hallados dentro de la dicha linea, y vinienclo a qualquier puerto del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, su magestad e sus justicias seam "C/. Doc. 15, art. 4. Saragassa, 1529 170 obligados de los tomar e premder, tanto que les fueren presentados autos e pesquisas que les fueren enbiados por el dicho senor Rey de Portugal e por sus justicias, por los quales se muestre ser culpados en las cosas suso dichas y los pugnir y castigar enteramente, como malhechores y quebrantadores de fee y de paz y lo demas que se asienta por este contrato, em quanto toca a no pasar la dicha linea nimgunos subditos del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilha, ni otros algunos por su mamdado, consentimiento, favor o ayuda ; y las penas que cerca desto se ponen, se entienda desdel dia que fuere note- ficado a los subditos del dicho senor Emperador y gentes que por aquellas mares e partes estam y naveguan, en adelante ; y que, antes de la tal notifi- cacam, no incurram en las dichas penas ; pero esto se entienda quanto a las gentes de las armadas del dicho senor emperador, que, hasta aguora, a aquelas partes son ydas, y que desd el dia del otorgamiento deste contrato em adelante, durante el tempo que la dicha venta no fuere desfecha en la forma suso dicha, no pueda embiar ni embie otras algunas de nuevo, sin incorrir en las dichas penas. 8. Item,*7 fue concordado e asentado por los dichos procuradores que el dicho senor Rey de Portugal no hara por sy ny por otro ny mandara hazer de nuevo fortaleza alguna em Maluco, ny al rrededor del com veinte leguas, ny de Maluco hasta donde por este contrato se ha por lancada la linea ; y es asentado y son Concordes todos los dichos procuradores de la una parte y de la otra que este tempo de nuevo se entienda, comviene a saber, desd el tiempo que el dicho senor Rey de Portugal pudiere alia embiar a noteficar que no se haga ninguna fortaleza de nuevo, que sera en la primera armada que fuere del dicho rreino de Portugal para la Imdia, despues deste contrato ser con- firmado e aprobado por los dichos sefiores sus constituientes, y selado de seus sellos ; y, quanto a la fortaleza que aguora estaa f echa em Maluquo, no se hara mas obra alguna em ella de nuevo, desdel dicho tiempo em adelante, solamente se rreparara e sosterna em el estado em que estuviere al dicho tiempo, si ell dicho senor Rey de Portugal quisiere, el qual jura e prometa de gardalo e comprilo asy. 9. Item," es asentado e concordado que las armadas que el dicho seiior Emperador e Rey de Castilha hasta aguora tiene enbiadas a las dichas partes seam miradas y bien tratadas e favorecidas del dicho senor Rey de Portugal y de sus gentes, y no les sea puesto embaraco ni impidimiento en su naveguacion e contratacion, y que si dano alguno, lo que no se cree, ellos ubieren rrecebido o rrecebieren de sus capitanes o gentes, o les ubieren tornado alguna cosa, que el dicho senor Rey de Portugal sea obligado de emmendar e satisfazer e rrestetuir y pagar luego todo aquelo em que el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla y sus subditos y armadas ubieren sido danificados, e de mamdar pugnir y castigar a los que lo hizieren y de proveer que las armadas y gentes del dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla se puedam venir quando quisieren, libremente sin impidimiento alguno." 10. Item,30 es asentado que el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla mamde dar luego sus cartas y provisiones para sus capitanes e gentes que " Cf. Doc. IS, art. 6. ** Cf. Doc. 15, art. 7- " A fierce struggle was kept up in the Moluccas for several 3rears between the Portu guese at Ternate and the Spaniards at Tidore and their respective native allies. See Doc. 15, bibliography, for references to the history of the two nationalities in the Moluccas from 1521 to 1532. "* This article is the same as art. 8 of Doc. 15. 180 Doc. 1 6. Spain — Portugal estuvieren en las dychas yslas que lueguo se vengam y no contraten mas em ellas, com que les dexem traer libremente lo que ubieren rrescatado y con- tratado y cargado.'1 11. Item," es asentado e comcordado que en las provisiones e cartas que cerca deste asiento e contrato ha de dar e despachar el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla, se ponga e digua que lo que, segun dicho es, se asienta, capitula e contrata, valga biem asy como se fuese fecho e pasado em cortes generales com consentimiento expreso de los procuradores dellas ; y que, para validacion dello, de su poderio rreal absoluto de que, como rrey e senor natural, no rreconociente superior en lo temporal, quiere usar e usa, abroga e deroga, casa e anula la supplicacion que los procuradores de las cibdades e vyllas destos rreynos en las cortes que se celebraron en la cibdad de Toledo el ano pasado, de quinientos e veinte e cinquo, le hizieron cerca de lo tocante a la contrataciom de las dichas yslas e tierras y la rrespuesta que a ello dio y qualquier ley que en las dichas cortes sobre ello se hizo y todas las otras que a esto puedam obstar. 12. Item,33 es asentado que el dicho senor Rey de Portugal, porque algunos subditos del dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla y otros de fuera de sus rreynos que le vinieron a servir se quexan que em su Casa de la Imdia y em su rreyno le tienem embaracadas sus haziendas, promete de mandar hazer clara e abierta e breve justicia, sin tener rrespecto a henojo que dellos se pueda tener, por aver venido a servir y servido al dicho senor Emperador. 13. Item," fue asentado y concordado por los dichos procuradores em nombre de los dichos sus constetuientes que las capitulaciones hechas entre los dichos Catolicos rreies, Dom Fernando e Dona Ysabel, y el rrey, Dom Juam el segundo, de Portugal, sobre la demarcaciom del mar oceano, quedem firmes e valederas em todo e per todo, como en ellas es contenido e declarado, tirando aquelas cosas em que, por este contrato, em otra manera som con- cordadas e asentadas ; y, siendo caso que el dicho senor Emperador y Rey de Castilla torne el precio que, por este contrato, le es dado, en la manera que dicha es, em modo que la venta quede desfecha, en tal caso, las dichas capitu laciones hechas entre los dichos Catholicos rreyes, Dom Fernamdo e Dona Ysabel, y el dicho rrey, Dom Juam el segundo, de Portugal, quedaran em toda su fuerca e vigor, como si este contrato no fuera fecho, como en ellas es contenido ; y seran los dichos senores sus constituientes obligados de las complir e gardar em todo e por todo, como en ellas es asentado. 14. Item," es acordado e asentado por los dichos procuradores que puesto que el derecho e action que el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla dize que tiene a las dichas tierras, lugares e mares e yslas que ansy por el modo sobredicho vende al dicho senor Rey de Portugal valgua mas de la mitad del justo precio que por ello le da, el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla sepa cierto e de cierta sabiduria por cierta informacion de personas em ello expertas, que lo muy biem saben y entiendem que es de mucho maior valor y estimacion, alende de la mitad del justo precio que el dicho senor Rey de " The Spaniards in the Moluccas, who had been defending the claims of the Emperor there, first heard of the sale of the islands from the Portuguese in 1532. Navarrete, Viages, V. 148, 395. "This article is the same as art. u of Doc. 15. "This article corresponds to Doc. 15, art. 14. 14 This article corresponds to Doc. 15, art. 13. Note that the words " enpeno y retro- vendendo " in the corresponding article of the earlier treaty are changed to venta. **This article corresponds to Doc. 15, art. 15. Saragossa, 1529 181 Portugal da al dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla a plaze hazer dona- cion, como de hecho la haze, donde el dicho dia para siempre jamas entre bivos valedera de la dicha maior valia y estimacion que asy vale mas e alemde de la mitad del justo precio por muy gran mas valia que sea, la qual maior valia y estimacion, alende de la mitad del justo precio, el dicho senor Emperador e Rey de Castilla dimitte de sy e de sus subcesores y desmienbra de la corona de sus rreynos para sienpre, y todo trespasa al dicho senor Rey de Portugal e a sus subcesores y corona de sus rreynos, rrealmente e com efecto, por el modo sobredicho, durante el tienpo deste contrato. 15. Item,** es concordado y asentado por los dichos procuradores que qualquier de las paries que contra este contrato o parte del fuere, por sy o por otro, por qualquier modo, via, o manera, que sea, pensada o no pensada, que por el mismo hecho pierda el derecho que tiene por qualquier via, modo, o manera que sea; y todo lueguo quede aplicado, junto, e adquirido a la otra parte, que por el dicho contrato estuviere y contra el no fuere y a la corona de sus rreynos, sin para ello el que contra el fuere, sea mas citado, oydo, ni rrequerido, ny ser necesario sobre ello darse mas otra sentencia por juez ni juzgador alguno que sea, averigandose y provandose primeramente el mandado o consentimiento o favor de la parte que contra ello viniere ; y alende desto, el que contra este contrato fuere, por qualquier modo e manera que sea, em parte o em todo, pague a la otra parte que por el estuviere, duzientos mil ducados de oro, de pena, y en nombre de pena e intarese, en la qual pena incuriran tantas vezees quantas contra el fueren, em parte, o em todo, como dicho es ; y la pena llevada o no llevada, todavia este contrato quedara firme y valedero y estable para siempre jamas em favor de aquel que por el estuviere, y contra el o parte del no fuere, para lo qual obligaron todos los bienes patrimoniales e fiscales de los dichos sus constetuientes y de las coronas de sus rreinos, de todo conplir y mantener asy e tan cumplidamente como em ellos se contiene. 16. Item,11 fue asentado e concordado por los dichos procuradores que los dichos senores sus constetuientes y cada uno dellos, juraram solenemente y prometeran por el dicho juramiento, que por sy e por sus sucesores nunca em ninguun tiempo vendram contra este contrato em todo ny em parte, por sy ny por otro, en juizio ny fuera del, por ninguna via, forma, ny manera que sea y pensar se pueda, y que nunca em tiempo alguno, por sy ny por otro, pediran rrelaxacion del dicho juramiento a nuestro muy Sancto Padre, ny a otro que, pera ello, poder tenga; y, puesto que Su Santidad, o quiem pera ello poder tuviere, sin le ser pedido, de su propio motu, les rrelaxe el dicho juramiento, que lo no aceptaran, ny nunca em alguun tiempo usaran de la dicha rrelaxacion, ny se aiudaran della, ni aprovecharan em ninguna manera ny via que sea, em juizio, ny fuera del. 17. Item,*8 fue comcordado e asentado por los dichos procuradores que, para mas corroboracjon y firmeza deste contrato, que este contrato e tran- sacion, com todas sus clausulas, comdiciones, pactos, obligaciones y declara- ciones del, asy e por la manera que en el som contenidas, sea juzgado por sentencia del papa, e confirmado e aprobado por Su Santidad, por bulla appostolica, com su sello, en la qual bula de sentencia, confirmacion, e aproba- cion sera inserto todo este contrato, de verbo ad verbum ; y que Su Santidad, M This article corresponds to Doc. 15, art. 16. "This article corresponds to Doc. 15, art. 9. "This article corresponds to Doc. 15, art. 10. 182 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal en la dicha sentencia, supla e aya por suplido, de su cierta sciencia, e poderio absolute, todo e qualquier defeto e solenidad que de hecho e de derecho se rrequiera para este contrato ser mas firme e valedero en todo e qualquier parte dello; y que Su Sanctidad ponga sentencia descomunion, asy en las partes principales, como em qualesquier otras personas que contra el fueren y lo no gardaren, em todo o em parte, por qualquier via, modo, e manera que sea, en la qual sentencia descomunion declarara e mandara que incurram ipso facto los que contra el dicho contrato fueren, em todo o em parte, sin para ello se rrequiera ni sea necesaria otra sentencia descomunion ny declara- ciom della, y que los tales no puedam ser absueltos por Su Sanctidad, ny por otra persona por su mandado, sin consentimiento de la otra parte a quien tocare, y sim primero ser para la tal absolucion citada e rrequerida e oyda ; e los dichos procuradores desde agora para entonces, y desde entonces para agora, em nombre de los dichos sus constetuientes, suplican a Su Sanctidad que lo quiera asy confirmar e juzgar por sentengia del modo e manera que em este capitolo esta asentado e declarado, de la qual confirmacion e aproba- cion cada una de las partes podra sacar su bulla, la qual los dichos procura dores, em nombre de los dichos sus constituientes peden a Su Sanctidad que mande dar a cada uno dellos que la expedir quisiere, sim mas la otra parte para ello se rrequerir para confirmacion e firmeza de su derecho. Y todo lo sobredicho asy concordado e asentado, como de suso es contenido, los dichos procuradores, em nombre de los dichos sus constituientes, y por vertud de las dichas sus procuraciones, dixeron ante mym, el dicho secre- tario e notario publico, e ante los testigos de yuso escriptos y firmados, que aprobavan, loavan, y otorgavan pera siempre jamas, asy e tan enteramente, com todas las clausulas, declaraciones, pactos y convenciones, penas y obliga- ciones en este contrato contenidas ; y promitieron y se obligaron, la una parte a la otra, la otra a la otra, em nombre de los dichos sus constituientes, estipu- lantes e aceptantes por solene estipulacion, de asy lo tener e complir y gardar para siempre jamas, y que los dichos sus constituientes y sus sobcesores y todos sus vasalhos, subditos, y naturales, ternan y gardaran e compliran, agora e pera siempre, el dicho contrato e todo lo en el contenido, so las penas y obligaciones en el declaradas ; y que nom yran nim vernam, nym consentiran ny permitiran que sea ido ny venido contra el, ny parte alguna del, directe ny indirectemente, em juizio ny fuera del, por ninguna causa, color, ni caso alguno que sea, o ser pueda, pensada o por pensar; y dixeron los dichos procuradores em nombre de los dichos senhores sus constituientes que rrenunciavan, como de hecho rrenunciaran todas las enexaciones y ecepciones e todos rremedios juridicos, beneficios y concilios ordinaries y extraordinarios, que a los dichos senores sus constituientes, y a cada uno dellos conpetem, o podram conpetir e pertenecer por derecho, aguora y en qualquier tiempo de aquy adelante, para anular y rrevocar o quebrantar, en todo o em parte, este contrato, o para inpedir el efecto del, y ansy mismo rrenunciaran todos los derechos, leis, costunbres, estilos, hazanas y openiones de doctores, que para ello les pudiesem aprovechar, em qualquier manera, y especialmente rrenun ciaran las leis y derechos que dizem que general rrenunciacion no val, para lo qual todo asy tener e gardar y conplir obligaron los dichos procuradores todos los bienes, patrimoniales e fiscales, de los dichos sus constituientes y de las coronas de sus rreinos ; y, por maior firmeza. los dichos procuradores dixeron que jurarian, como de hecho loguo juraran ante mym, el dicho secretario y notario suso dicho, e testigos de yuso espritos, a Dios y a Sancta Saragossa, 1529 183 Maria y a la serial de la Cruz ^ y a los sanctos Avangelios, que com sus manos derechas tocaran, em nombre y en las animas de los dichos sus con- stituientes, por virtud de los dichos poderes que especialmente para ello tienem, que ellos, y cada uno dellos, por sy y por sus subcesores, ternam, e gardaran y haran tener y gardar, para siempre jamas, este contrato, como en el es contenido ; y que los dichos senores sus constituientes, y cada uno dellos, confirmaran, aprovaran, loaran e rratificaran y otorgaran de nuevo esta capitulation, y todo lo en ello contenido, y cada cosa, y parte dello, y prometeran y se obligaran y juraran de lo gardar y conplir cada una de las partes, pelo que le toca, incumbe e atane de hazer e gardar e complir, rreal- mente y com efecto, a buena fee, sim mal engano, y sim arte ni cautela alguna ; y que los dichos sus constituientes ny alguno dellos, no demamdaran, por sy, ny por otras personas, absulucion, rrelaxacion, dispensacion, ny conmutacion del dicho juramiento, a nuestro muy sancto Padre, ni a otra persona alguna que poder tenga para lo dar e conceder ; y, puesto que de propio motu, o en otra qualquier manera, les sea dada, no usaran della, antes, sin enbargo della, ternan, gardaran, y cumpliran, y haran tener y gardar y conplir todo lo contenido en este dicho contrato, com todas las clausulas, obligaciones y penas, y cada cosa, y parte dello, segund en el se contiene, fiel e verdadera, rrealmente e com efecto, y que dara y entregara, cada una de las dichas partes a la otra, la dicha aprobacion e rratificacion deste contrato, jurada e ffirmada de cada huum de los dichos sus constituientes, y sellada com su sello, desd el dia de la fecha del em veinte dias luego seguientes. Em testimonio y firmeza de lo qual, los dichos procuradores otorgaron este contrato en la forma suso dicha, ante mym, el dicho secretario y notario suso dicho, y de los testigos de yuso espritos, y lo firmaron de sus nombres, y pidierom a mym, el dicho secretario y notario, que les diese uno y muchos instrumentos, se les necesario fuesen, sub my publica firma y signo ; que fue fecha y otorgada em la dicha cibdad de Caragoca, el dia, mes y anno suso dichos. Testigos que fuerom presentes al otorgamiento deste dicho contrato, y vieron firmar en el a todos los dichos senores procuradores, en el rregistro de mym, el dicho secretario, y los vieron jurar corporalmente em mano de mym, el dicho secretario : Alonso de Valdes, secretario del dicho senor Emperador, y Agustin de Urbina, chancyller de su Magestad, Jeronimo Rancio, criado del dicho senor chandler, y Conde de Gatynara ; y Hernam Rodriguez y Antonio de Sosa, criados del dicho senor embaixador Antonio de Azevedo, y Alonso de Ydiaquez, criado de mym, el dicho secretario, los quales dichos testigos, asy mismo firmaran sus nombres en el rregistro de mym, el dicho secretario. Mercurinus, cancellarius. Frater Garcia, episcopus Oxomensis. El Comemdador Mayor. Antonio de Azevedo, coutinho. Testigos : Alonso de Valdes, Jeronimo Rancio, Agustin de Urbina, Antonio de Sousa, Fernan Rodriguez, Alonso de Ydiaquez. E yo, el dicho secretario y notario, Francisquo de los Covos, fuy presente, en uno con los dichos testigos, al otorgamiento deste contrato y asiento, y al juramiento en el contenido, que en mis manos hizieron los dichos senores procuradores, y al firmar dellos y de los dichos testigos, en el rregisto que queda en my poder ; e a pedimiento del dicho senor embaxador Antonio de Azevedo, hyze sacar este treslado ; e, por.ende, fize aquy mi signo em testimonio de verdad. Fran cisquo de los Covos. 184 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal La qual dicha espritura e asiento, que de suso va incorporado, por nos vista y entendida, y cada cosa y parte dello, y siendo ciertos y certeficados de todo lo en ella contenido, por la presente lo loamos e confirmamos e aprobamos y rreteficamos, y quanto es necesario de nuevo otorgamos, y prometemos de tener y gardar la dicha escriptura y asiento, que asy polos dichos nuestros procuradores, e asy mismo por el dicho embaixador, procu- rador del dicho serenisimo, muy alto, muy poderoso Rey de Portugal, nuestro ermano, fue asentada e otorgada e concertada em nuestros nombres, y cada cosa e parte dello, de todo lo tener y guardar, rrealmente y com efeto, a buena fee, sim mal emgano, cesante todo fraude e simulacion, dolo e cautela, e toda otra especie de decebcion y arte ; y queremos y somos contentos que se guarde e cunpla, segund y como en ella se contiene, bien asy y tan com- plidamente, como sy por nos fuera hecha y asentada. E, para validacion e corroboracion e firmeza de la dicha espritura de venta e asiento, derogamos e abrogamos, casamos e anulamos todas las leis e derechos, prematicas, hazanas, y openiones de doctores, que al valor de la dicha espritura de suso emcorporada seam contrarias ; especialmente derogamos, casamos, e anulamos quallesquiera peticiones de procuradores del rreyno que en las cortes de Toledo, o en otras qualesquiera que ayamos tenido, no [sic] seam fechas sobre que no hagamos este concierto e asiento, ny otro alguno, con el dicho serenisimo rrey, nuestro hermano, puesto que especie de contrato tengan ; e asy mismo qualesquiera prematicas, capitolos de cortes, que, sobre las dichas peteciones de procuradores del rreyno, hayamos hecho, porque todas e cada una dellas derogamos, abrogamos, anulamos y casamos, y avemos por ningunas, de nuestro poderio rreal absuluto, no rreconocientes superior en lo temporal ; y avemos por buena la dicha spritura de venta, con el dicho pacto de rretro vendendo, y la confirmamos y rreteficamos, desde aguora pera siempre jamas, y la avemos por buena y provechosa a nos y a la corona de nosos rreinos ; y queremos que valga como se em cortes, y con consen- timiento de los procuradores de las cibdades, villas y pueblos de nuestros rreinos, fuese fecha ; la qual asy confirmamos e rreteficamos e aprovamos por causas a nos conocidas y provechosas, y a la corona de nuestros rreinos ; y avemos por casadas, anuladas, e abrogadas todas e qualesquiera leies e derechos que en contrario seam ; especialmente derogamos, casamos e anulamos las leies que dizen e disponen que general rrenunciacion nom vale. E yo, el rrey, juro a Dios y a Santa Maria, y a las palavras de los Sanctos Avangelios, y a la serial de la Cruz >J< em que ponguo nuestra mano derecha, y prometemos, por nos, y por nuestros subcesores, de nunca yr nem venir, ny consentir, ny permetir que se vaya ny pase contra esta espritura de venta, com pacto de rretro vendemdo, ny parte della. dereite ny imlereite, ny por otra alguna caussa, pensada o no pensada, so color alguna, por nos ny por otro, ny consentiremos ny permiteremos que otra alguna persona o personas vayam contra la dicha espritura e asiento, antes lo defenderemos. y casti- garemos e proiberemos quanto a nos posible sea, so cargo del dicho juramiento, del no pediremos rrelaxacion, como por mys procuradores esta otorgado, ny usaremos della, puesto que el papa, o otro que su poder tenga, de su propio motu nos la conceda, puesto que tenga clausulas derogatorias e abrogatorias de todo lo que dicho es, porque todo lo rremmciamos, y prometemos de no usar dello, so cargo del dicho juramiento, y, para certenidad desta nuestra voluntad y firmeza y validacion de lo suso dicho, mandamos pasar y dar esta nuestra carta de aprobacion, rratificacion, abrogacion y anulacion, firmada Saragossa, 1529 185 por my, el rrey, y sellada con nuestro sello. Dada en la cidad de Lerida, a veinte e tres dias del mes dAbril, ano del Senor de mil e quinientos e veinte e nueve anos. Yo, El Rey. Yo, Francisquo de los Covos, secretario de Sus Cesarea y Catholicas Magestades, la fize screvir por su mamdado. Mercu- rinus, cancelarius. Prater Garcia, episcopus Oxomensis. El Comendador Maior. A qual carta de contrato, capitolacam, e asento de pacto de rretro ven- dendo, vista por mym, e todas as condicoes e clausulas em ella conteudas, de palavra a palavra, bem vistas e entemdidas, a comfirmo, aprovo, e rretefico, e ey por booa e todas as cousas em ella conteudas e cada huua dellas ; e prometo por minha fee rreal, y juro aos santos Avangelhos, sobre que pus minims maaos, que as comprirey e gardarey, comvem a saber, aquelas que a mym toca comprir e guardar, por bem, do dito contrato, capitolacam, e asento, asy e tam inteiramente como nela he conteudo e declarado e sem mingoamento alguum, e sob as penas, clausulas, pactos, e condicoes que nela se contem. E prometo e juro, por mym e por meus erdeiros e sobcesores, de nunca em nenhuum tempo, nem por modo alguum, por mym, nem por outrem, hiir nem viir contra o dito contrato, capitolacam, e asento, nem contra cousa alguua das que em elle sam contiudas, antes em todo e por todo as comprirey e guardarey, e farey comprir e gardar, a boa fee, sem arte, cautela, emgano nem malicia alguua, como dito he. E, por certidam de todo, mamdeey fazer esta carta de comfirmacam, aprovacam e rreteficacam, por mym asinada e aselada do meu selo pendente em chumbo. Dada em a cidade de Lixboa, a vinte dias de Junho. Pero dAlcacova Carneiro a fez. Anno de Noso Senhor Jesuu Cristo de mil e quinhentos e trinta annos. EL REY. TRANSLATION. Dom John, by the grace of God king of Portugal, and of the Algarves on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, and India. Be it known to all who shall see this my deed of confirmation, approval, and ratification, that between me and Don Charles, emperor ever august, king of Germany, Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, etc., my very beloved and prudent brother, there was doubt and dispute in respect to the ownership and possession (or quasi-possession), title, navigation, and com merce of the Moluccas and other islands and seas, each of us saying that they belonged to him and that he was in the possession of all the aforesaid ; and because of our very close relationship, and in order that no discontent might ever be felt between our vassals and the natives of our kingdoms, and that the great love, justice, and obligation existing between us might always be preserved, we have concerted in respect to the aforesaid a deed of contract, treaty, and agreement, made by our sufficient and qualified repre sentatives, deputed therefor, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : Don Charles, by the divine clemency elected emperor ever august, king of Germany, Dona Joanna, his mother, and the same Don Charles, her son, by the grace of God king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, 18G Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal Jerusalem, Navarre, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, Seville, Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarves, Algeciras, Gibraltar, the Canary Islands, the Indies, islands and mainland of the ocean sea, archduke and archduchess of Austria, duke and duchess of Burgundy and Brabant, count and countess of Barcelona, Flanders, and Tyrol, lord and lady of Biscay and Molina, duke and duchess of Athens and Neopatras, count and countess of Roussillon and Cerdagne, marquis and marchioness of Oristano and Gociano, etc., we have seen and read a deed of treaty and agreement of sale with compact of retro- vendendo of the right and possession, or quasi-possession, and action that we have or may have in the Molucca Islands — in whatever way the right may or can pertain to us — and in the lands, islands, and seas mentioned in the said contract and agreement, made in our name by Mercurino de Gattinara, count of Gattinara, grand chancellor of me, the king, and by Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa, bishop of Osma, my confessor, and by Don Garcia de Padilla, chief knight-commander of Calatrava, all members of our council and our representatives, and by Antonio d'Azevedo, contino, member of the council and ambassador of the most serene, very exalted and very mighty King of Portugal, our very dear and greatly beloved brother, and his repre1 sentative, the tenor of which, word for word, is as follows : In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three Persons, and only one true God. Be it known and manifest to all who shall see this public instrument of adjustment and contract of sale, with compact of retro- vendendo, that in the city of Saragossa, which is in the kingdom of Aragon, on the twenty-second day of the month of April, in the year of the nativity of our Savior Jesus Christ, 1529, in the presence of me, Francisco de los Cobos, secretary and member of the covmcil of the emperor, Don Charles, and of the queen, Dona Joanna, his mother, queen and king of Castile, and their scrivener and notary public, and in the presence of the undersigned witnesses, appeared the lords, Mercurino de Gattinara, count of Gattinara, grand chancellor of the said emperor, the very reverend Don Fray Garcia de Loaysa, bishop of Osma, his confessor, and Don Fray Garcia de Padilla, chief knight-commander of the Order of Calatrava, all three members of the council of the said very exalted and very powerful princes, Don Charles, by divine clemency elected emperor ever august, king of Germany, and Dona Joanna, his mother, and the same Don Charles, her son, by the grace of God, king and queen of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, Navarre, Granada, etc., in the name and as representatives of the said lords, emperor and king and queen of Castile, on the one part, and Antonio d'Azevedo, contino, member of the council and ambassador of the very exalted and very powerful lord, Dom John, by the grace of God king of Portugal, of the Algarves on this side of and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, and India, etc., in his name, and as his representative on the other part; as they presently proved by their procurations, suitable and sufficient for this contract, signed by the said lords, emperor and king and queen of Castile and the King of Portugal, and sealed with their seals. Verbatim transcripts of these said procurations are as follows : [Here follow the full powers granted by the sovereigns of Castile to the Count of Gattinara, the Bishop of Osma, and the chief Knight- Commander of Calatrava on April 15, 1529, and the full powers granted by John III. of Portugal to Antonio d'Azevedo on October 18, 1528.] Saragossa, 1529 187 After" said authorizations were presented by the said representatives it was declared that, inasmuch as there existed a doubt between the said Emperor and King of Castile, etc., and the said King of Portugal, etc., con cerning the ownership, possession, and rights, or possession, or quasi-posses- sion, navigation, and trade of the Moluccas and other islands and seas, which each one of the said lords, the Emperor and King of Castile and the King of Portugal, declares as his, both by virtue of the treaties made by the most exalted, powerful, and Catholic sovereigns, Don Fernando and Dona Isabella, rulers of Castile, grandparents of the said Emperor and the King, Dom John II., of Portugal (may they rest in glory), about the demarcation of the ocean sea, and by virtue of other rights and privileges which each one of the said emperor and monarchs asserts to belong and pertain to said islands, seas, and lands belonging to him of which he is in possession ; and inasmuch as the said emperor and monarchs considering the very close relationship and great affection existing between them, and which not only should very rightly be preserved, but as far as possible be increased, and in order to free themselves from the doubts, complaints, and disputes that might arise between them, and the many troubles that might ensue among their vassals and sub jects and the natives of their kingdoms, the said emperor and monarchs, and the said attorneys acting in their names, have covenanted and agreed as to the said doubts and disputes in the following form and manner: i. First, the said Grand Chancellor, the Bishop of Osma, and the Com mander-in-chief of Calatrava, attorneys of the said emperor and sovereign of Castile, declared that they, in his name, and by virtue of their said power of attorney, would sell and in fact did sell from this day and for all time, to the said King of Portugal, for him and all the successors to the crown of his kingdoms, all right, action, dominion, ownership, and possession, or quasi- possession, and all rights of navigation, traffic, and trade in any manner whatsoever, that the said Emperor and King of Castile declares that he holds and could hold howsoever and in whatsoever manner in the said Moluccas, the islands, places, lands, and seas, as will be declared hereafter ; this, with the declarations, limitations, conditions, and clauses contained and stated hereunder, for the sum of three hundred and fifty thousand ducats of gold, paid in the current money, of gold or silver, each ducat being valued in Castile at three hundred and seventy-five maravedis. The said King of Portugal will give and pay this amount to the said Emperor and King of Castile, and to the persons whom his Majesty may appoint, in the following manner : one hundred and fifty thousand ducats to be paid at Lisbon within the first fifteen or twenty days after this contract, confirmed by the said Emperor and King of Castile, shall have arrived at the city of Lisbon, or wherever the said King of Portugal may be ; thirty thousand ducats to be paid in Castile — twenty thousand at Valladolid and ten thousand at Seville, by the twentieth day of the month of May of this present year; seventy thousand ducats to be paid in Castile at the May fair of Medina del Campo of this same year, at the terms of the payments of said fair, and the hundred thousand ducats remaining at the October fair at the said town of Medina del Campo, of this same year, at the terms of the payment of the same — all to be paid over and above the rate of exchange. If necessary, notes will " From this point through art. 14 the translation is from Blair and Robertson, Philip pine Islands, I. 223-238. 13 188 Doc. 1 6. Spain — Portugal be given for the said time ; and, if said Emperor and King of Castile wishes to take in exchange the said hundred thousand ducats at the said May fair of this said year in order to avail himself of their use, he shall pay the said King of Portugal exchange at the rate of five or six per cent., the rate which his treasurer, Hernand Alvarez, is accustomed to exact from fair to fair. The aforesaid sale is made by the said Emperor and King of Castile to the said King of Portugal on condition that, at whatever time the said Emperor and King of Castile or his successors should wish to return and should return all of the said three hundred and fifty thousand ducats without any shortage to the said King of Portugal or his successors, the said sale becomes null and void and each one of the said sovereigns shall enjoy the right and authority which he now holds and claims to hold, both as regards the right of posses sion or quasi-possession, and as regards the proprietorship, howsoever and in whatever manner they belong to him, as if this contract were not made, and in the manner in which they first held possession and claimed to hold it, and this contract shall cause no prejudice or innovation. 2. Item, it is covenanted and agreed by the said attorneys, in the names of their said constituents, that, in order to ascertain what islands, places, lands, seas, and their rights and jurisdiction, are sold henceforth and forever by the said Emperor and King of Castile, by this contract under the afore said condition, to the said King of Portugal, a line must be determined from pole to pole, that is to say, from north to south, by a semicircle extending northeast by east nineteen degrees from Molucca, to which number of degrees correspond almost seventeen degrees on the equinoctial, amounting to two hundred and ninety-seven and one-half leagues east of the islands of Molucca, allowing seventeen and one-half leagues to an equinoctial degree. In this northeast by east meridian and direction are situated the islands of Las Velas and * Santo Thome, through which the said line and semicircle passes. Sinee these islands are situated and are distant from Molucca the said distance, more or less, the deputies determine and agree that the said line be drawn at the said two hundred and ninety-seven and one-half leagues to the east, the equivalent of the nineteen degrees northeast by east from the said islands of Molucca, as aforesaid. The said deputies declare that, in order to ascertain where the said line should be drawn, two [model] charts of the same tenor shall be made, conformable to the [model] chart in the India House of Trade at Seville, and by which the fleets, vassals, and subjects of the said Emperor and King of Castile navigate. Within thirty days from the date of this contract two persons shall be appointed by each side to examine the aforesaid chart and make the two copies aforesaid conformable to it. In them the said line shall be drawn in the manner aforesaid ; and they shall be signed by the said sovereigns and sealed with their seals, so that each one will keep his own chart ; and the said line shall remain fixed henceforth at the point and place so designated. This chart shall also designate the spot in which the said vassals of the said Emperor and King of Castile shall situate and locate Molucca, which during the time of this contract shall be regarded as situated in such place, although in truth it is situated more or less distance eastward from the place that is designated in the said charts. The seventeen degrees eastward shall be drawn from the point where Molucca is situated in said charts. For the good of this contract the said King of **The word of is omitted from the translation. Cf. Doc. 15, note 23. Saragossa, 1529 189 Portugal must have said chart, and in case the aforesaid be not found in the House of Trade of Seville, the said persons appointed by the said sovereigns shall make said charts within one month, signed and sealed as aforesaid. Furthermore navigation charts shall be made by them, in which the said line shall be drawn in the manner aforesaid, so that henceforth the said vassals, natives, and subjects of the said Emperor and King of Castile shall navigate by them; and so that the navigators of either part shall be certain of the location of the said line and of the aforesaid distance of the two hundred and ninety-seven and one-half leagues between the said line and Molucca. 3. It is covenanted and agreed by the said deputies that, whenever the said King of Portugal shall wish to prove his right to the proprietorship of Molucca, and the lands and seas specified in this contract, and although at that time the said Emperor and King of Castile shall not have returned the price abovesaid, nor the said contract be cancelled, it shall be done in the following manner, namely, each one of the said sovereigns shall appoint three astrologers and three pilots or three mariners, who are experts in navigation, who shall assemble at a place on the frontier between the king doms, where it shall be agreed that they assemble, within four months of the time when the Emperor and King of Castile, or his successors, shall be notified by the said King of Portugal to appoint a day. There they shall consult, covenant, and agree upon the manner of ascertaining the right of said proprietorship conformable to said treaty and contract made between the said Catholic sovereigns, Don Ferdinand and Dona Isabella, and the said king, Dom John II., of Portugal. In case the said Emperor and King of Castile be judged to have the right of said proprietorship, such sentence shall not be executed nor used until the said Emperor and King of Castile, or his successors, shall first have actually returned all the said three hundred and fifty thousand ducats, which by virtue of this contract shall have been given. If the right of proprietorship be conceded to the said King of Portugal, the said Emperor and King of Castile, or his successors, shall be obliged actually to return the said three hundred and fifty thousand ducats to the said King of Portugal, or his successors, within the first four years ensuing after the date of such sentence. 4. Item, it was covenanted and agreed by said deputies, in the names of their said constituents, that, since this contract of sale shall be valid and hold good henceforth from date, if any spices or drugs of any sort whatever be brought to any ports or parts of the kingdoms and seigniories of either of the said constituents, in charge of the vassals, subjects, or natives of the kingdoms of the said Emperor and King of Castile, or by any other persons whomsoever who may not be vassals, subjects, or natives of said kingdoms, then the said Emperor and King of Castile in his kingdoms and seigniories, and the said King of Portugal in his, shall be obliged to order and cause, and they shall order and cause, the said spices or drugs to be deposited securely, without him to whose kingdom they have been brought being so notified to do so by the other side ; but they shall be deposited in the name of both, in the power of the person or persons whom each one of the said sovereigns shall have ordered to take charge of said deposit in his lands and seigniories. The said sovereigns shall be obliged to order and cause such deposit to be made in the manner abovesaid, whether the said spices or drugs are found in the possession of those who brought them, or in the power of any other person or persons, in whatsoever regions or districts they shall 190 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal have been found. The said emperor and kings shall be obliged to give notifi cation to this effect henceforth throughout all their kingdoms and seigniories so that these instructions may be complied with and no one may plead ignor ance of them. The said spices or drugs having been taken to any ports or lands that do not belong to either one of the said sovereigns, provided they are not those of enemies, either one of them by virtue of this contract may require, in the name of both, and without showing any further provision or power of the other to the justice of the kingdoms and seigniories where said drugs or spices happen to be, or to have been found, and they may order them to be deposited, and they shall be deposited. In whatsoever ports said drugs or spices are thus found they will be under embargo and deposited by both until it is known from whose demarcation they were taken. In order to ascertain if the places and lands from which the said spices or drugs are taken and brought fall within the demarcation and limits which by this con tract remain to the said King of Castile, and if they contain the said spices or drugs, the said emperor and kings shall despatch two or four ships, an equal number being sent by both. In these an equal number of persons from both sides, sworn to fulfill their obligation, shall sail to those places and lands whence the said spices or drugs were said to have been taken and brought, in order to ascertain and determine within whose demarcation are situated the said lands and places whence the said spices or drugs are said to have been brought. Should it be found that said places and lands are within the demarcation of the said Emperor and King of Castile, that the said spices and drugs exist there in such quantity that they could reasonably be carried away, then the said deposit shall be given up and freely delivered to the said Emperor and King of Castile without his being obliged to pay any costs, expenses, interests, or any other thing. If, on the other hand, it be dis covered that said drugs or spices were taken from the districts and lands belonging to the said King of Portugal, the said deposit shall be ceded and delivered in like manner to the said King of Portugal without his being obliged to pay any costs, expenses, interests, nor anything whatsoever. The persons who thus imported said drugs or spices shall be penalized and pun ished by the said Emperor and King of Castile or by his justices, as violators of peace and faith, according to law. Each one of the aforesaid, the emperor and king of Castile and the king of Portugal, shall be obliged to send as many ships and persons as may be required by the other. As soon as the said spices or drugs shall be deposited and placed under embargo in the manner aforesaid, neither the said Emperor and King of Castile, nor his agents, nor anyone with his favor or consent, shall go or send to the said land or lands whence were taken the said drugs or spices in this manner. All that is set forth in this section about the deposit of the spices or drugs shall not be under stood to refer to the spices or drugs which may come to any places whatso ever for the said King of Portugal. 5. Item, it is covenanted and agreed that, in all the islands, lands, and seas within the said line, the vessels and people of the said Emperor and King of Castile, or of his subjects, vassals, or natives of his kingdom, or any others (although these latter be not his subjects, vassals, or natives of his kingdoms), shall not, with or without his command, consent, favor, and aid, enter, navigate, barter, traffic, or take on board anything whatsoever that may be in said islands, lands, or seas. Whosoever shall henceforth violate any of the aforesaid provisions, or who shall be found within said line, Saragassa, 1529 191 seized by any captain, captains, or people of the said King of Portugal, and shall be tried, chastised, and punished by the said captains as privateers and violators of the peace. Should they not be found inside of said line by the said captains or people of the said King of Portugal and should come to any port, land, or seigniory whatsoever of the said Emperor and King of Castile, the said Emperor and King of Castile, by his justices in that place, shall be obliged and bound to take and hold them. In the mean time the warrants and examinations proving their guilt in each of the afore said things shall be sent by the said King of Portugal, or by his justices, and they shall be punished and chastised exactly as evil-doers and violators of the peace and faith. 6. Item, it is covenanted and agreed by said deputies that the said Emperor and King of Castile shall not personally, or through an agent, send the natives of his kingdoms, his vassals, subjects, or aliens (and although these latter be not natives of his kingdoms, or his vassals or subjects), to the said islands, lands, and seas within said line, nor shall he consent nor give them aid or favor or permit them to go there contrary to the form and determination of this contract. Rather he shall be obliged to forbid, suppress, and prevent it as much as possible. Should the said Emperor and King of Castile, personally or through an agent, send natives of his kingdoms, or his vassals, subjects, or aliens (although these latter be not natives of his kingdoms, or his vassals or subjects), to the said islands, lands, or seas within the said line, or consent to such a thing, giving them aid or favor or permitting them to go contrary to the form and determination of this contract ; and should he not forbid, suppress, or prevent it as much as possible, the said agreement of retrovendendo becomes null and void ; and the said King of Portugal shall no longer be obliged to receive the said sum, nor to sell back the rights and dominion which the said Emperor and King of Castile might have therein, in any manner whatsoever, but which he has sold, renounced, and delivered to the said King of Portugal by virtue of this contract, and by this very act the said sale shall remain complete and valid forever, as if at first it were made without condition and agreement to sell back. However, since it may happen that, when the aforesaid subjects, natives, or vassals of the said Emperor and King of Castile, navigating as aforesaid in the southern seas, should meet with winds so tempestuous or contrary that they would be constrained by necessity to continue their course and navigation within the said line, they shall in such case incur no penalty whatever. On the contrary, when, in such circumstances, they shall come to and anchor at any land included within the said line, pertaining by virtue of this contract to the said King of Portugal, they shall be treated by his subjects, vassals, and inhabi tants of said land as the vassals of his brother, as in the same manner the Emperor and King of Castile would command the Portuguese subjects to be treated who should in like manner arrive at ports in his lands of New Spain or in any other of his ports. It is understood, however, that when such necessity ceases they shall immediately set sail and return to their part of the southern seas. Should the aforesaid subjects cross said line through ignorance, it is herein covenanted and agreed that they shall incur on that account no penalty whatsoever, and as long as it is not fully evident that they know themselves to be within the said line, they shall not turn about and go outside of it as is covenanted and agreed in case of entering on account of tempestuous and contrary winds or necessity. But, when such a fact is 192 Doc. 16. Spain — Portugal quite evident, if it shall be proved that they have entered the line maliciously, they shall be punished and dealt with as those who shall enter the line as aforesaid and as is set forth in this contract. Should the aforesaid discover any islands or lands while navigating within the said line, such islands or lands shall belong freely and actually to the said King of Portugal and his successors, as if they were discovered, found, and taken possession of by his own captains and vassals at such time. It is covenanted and agreed by said deputies that the ships and vessels of the said Emperor and King of Castile and those of his subjects, vassals, and the natives of his kingdoms may navigate and pass through the seas of the said King of Portugal, whence his fleets sail for India, only as much as may be necessary to take a due course toward the Strait of Magellan. And if they violate the abovesaid and sail farther over the said seas of the said King of Portugal than is mentioned above, both the said Emperor and King of Castile, if it is proved that they did it by his order, countenance, aid, or consent, and those sailing in this manner and violating the abovesaid, shall incur the above penalties in the completeness set forth above in this contract. 7. Item, it was covenanted and agreed that if any of the subjects of the said Emperor and King of Castile or any others shall henceforth be seized and found within the said limits above declared, they shall be imprisoned by any captain, captains, or subjects whatsoever of the said King of Portugal and shall be tried, chastised, and punished as privateers, violators, and dis turbers of the peace by the said captains. Should they not be discovered within the said line, and should afterwards come to any port whatever of the said Emperor and King of Castile, his Majesty and his justices shall be obliged to seize and imprison them until the warrants and testimonies sent by the said King of Portugal, or his justices, shall have been presented. If proved guilty of the aforesaid offenses they shall be punished and chastised to the limit as evil-doers and violators of the faith and peace, and of every thing else set forth in this contract in regard to the crossing of said line by any subjects of the said Emperor and King of Castile, or any others by his command, consent, favor, or aid. It is understood that these penalties shall apply from the day when the subjects and people of the said emperor now in and navigating those seas and regions shall be notified. Before such noti fication they shall not incur said penalties. It is to be understood, however, that the aforesaid refers to the people of the fleets of the said emperor which have until now gone to those parts, and that no others be sent without incurring said penalties from the day of the signing of this contract, and henceforth during the time that the said sale be not cancelled in the afore said manner. 8. Item, it was covenanted and agreed by the said deputies that the said King of Portugal shall not build nor order built for himself, or any other, any new fortress whatever in Molucca, nor within twenty leagues of it, nor any nearer Molucca than the line which is to be drawn according to this contract. It is covenanted unanimously by the said deputies of both sides that this provision shall take effect, namely, from the time that the said King of Portugal can send there a notification to make no new fortress whatever, that is to say, in the first fleet which shall sail for India from the said king dom of Portugal after this contract shall have been confirmed and approved by the said constituents and sealed with their seals. There shall be no new work whatsoever undertaken on the fortress which is already built at Molucca, Saragossa, /5J<, and upon the Holy Gospels, which they touched with their right hands, in the name and on the consciences of their said constituents, by virtue of the said powers which they had especially for this purpose, that they, jointly and severally, themselves and their successors, will keep and observe this con tract and will cause it to be kept and observed forever and ever, as is set forth therein ; and that the said lords, their constituents, and each one of them, will confirm, approve, commend, ratify, and authorize anew this agreement and all that is set forth therein, and each part and parcel of it, and that they will promise, bind themselves, and swear to observe and fulfill it, each one of the parties [promising] to do, observe and fulfill, really and in effect, in good faith and without any deception, evasion, or mental reservation whatsoever, that which concerns, is incumbent upon, and appertains to him; and that neither their said constituents nor any of them will ask for himself or for others, absolution, release, dispensation, or commutation of the said oath, from our Very Holy Father, or from any other person who may have power to give and grant it ; and even though he gives it to them proprio motu or in any other way whatsoever, they will not make use of it, but rather, in spite of this, they will keep, observe, and fulfill, and will cause to be kept, observed, and fulfilled, all that is set forth in this said contract, with all the clauses, obligations, penalties, and every part and parcel thereof, as they stand, faith fully and truly, really and effectively, and that each one of the said parties will give and deliver to the other the said approval and ratification of this contract, sworn to, and signed by each one of their said constituents, and sealed with his seal, within the term of the first twenty days following the day when it is dated. In testimony and assurance of this, the said represen tatives authorized this contract in the foregoing form, before me, the afore said secretary and notary, and the undersigned witnesses; and they signed it with their names and they requested me, the said secretary and notary, to give them one, and, if they should need them, many instruments written under my public signature and sign. This was made and authorized in the said city of Saragossa on the day, month, and year abovesaid. Witnesses who were present at the authorization of this said contract, and saw it Saragossa, 1529 197 signed by all the said representatives in the register made by me, the said secretary, and saw them take oath in person, by the hand of me, the said secretary : Alonso de Valdes, secretary of the said lord emperor ; Augustin de Urbina, chancellor of his Majesty ; Geronimo Ranzo, servant of the said lord Chancellor and Count of Gattinara ; Fernando Rodriguez and Antonio de Sosa, servants of the said lord ambassador, Antonio d'Azevedo ; Alonso de Idiaquez, servant of me, the said secretary. The said witnesses likewise will sign their names in the register made by me the said secretary : Mercu- rinus, chancellor. Fray Garcia, bishop of Osma. The Chief Knight-Com mander. Antonio de Acevedo, contino. Witnesses: Alonso de Valdes, Hieronimo Ranzo, Agustin de Urbina, Antonio de Sousa, Fernando Rodri guez, Alonso de Idiaquez. I, the said secretary and notary, Francisco de los Cobos, was present, together with the said witnesses, at the authorization of this contract and treaty, and at the oath set forth therein, which the said representatives made by my hands, and at the signing of it by them, and by the said witnesses, in the register which remains in my possession ; and at the instance of the said ambassador, Antonio d'Azevedo, I have caused this transcript to be made, and for that reason I have made this my sign here, in testimony of the truth, Francisco de los Cobos. Spanish ratification. The said instrument and treaty, incorporated above, and every part and parcel of it, having been seen and understood by us, we, being certain and assured of all its contents, commend, confirm, approve, and ratify it, by these presents, and so far as is necessary we execute it anew, and we promise to keep and observe the said instrument and treaty, which thus by our said representatives, and likewise by the said ambassador, representative of the said most serene, very exalted, and very mighty King of Portugal, our brother, was agreed to, authorized, and concerted in our names, and every part and parcel of it, to keep and observe it all, really and in truth, in good faith, without deceit, renouncing all fraud and subterfuge, imposition and mental reservation, and every other form of deception and evasion ; and we desire and are content that it shall be observed and fulfilled just as is set forth therein, in the same manner as, and as completely, as if it had been made and adjusted by us. And for the validation, corroboration, and security of the said instrument of sale and treaty, we abolish and abrogate, repeal and annul, all the laws and rights, rescripts, decisions, and opinions of doctors of the law that may be opposed to the validity of the said instrument incorporated above. In particular, we abolish, repeal, and annul any petitions from deputies of the realm that, in the Cortes of Toledo, or in any other cortes whatsoever held by us, they may have presented against our concluding this or any other agreement and treaty with the said Most Serene King, our brother, although they may regard the petition as a kind of contract; and likewise whatever rescripts and articles of the Cortes we may have made, in respect to the said petitions of the deputies of the realm, we, of our absolute royal power, recognizing no superior in temporal affairs, abolish, abrogate, annul, and repeal all and each of them, and deem them as nothing, and we| consider as good the said deed of sale, with the said compact of retrovendendo, and we confirm and ratify it, from now on forever and ever. And we regard 198 Doc. 16. Spain— Portugal it as good and profitable for us and for the crown of our realms ; and we desire that it shall be valid, as if it had been made in the Cortes and with the consent of the deputies of the cities, villages, and towns of our realms. We thus confirm, ratify, and approve it, for reasons known and profitable to us and to the crown of our realms ; and we consider as repealed, annulled, and abrogated all and whatsoever ordinances and laws may be contrary to it. In particular we abolish, repeal, and annul the laws that state and direct that a general renunciation is not valid. And I, the King, swear before God and Holy Mary and on the words of the Holy Gospels and on the sign of the Cross >J» on which I place my right hand, and we promise for ourselves and for our successors never to violate or permit to be violated by ourselves or by another this deed of sale with compact of retrovendendo, or any part of it, directly or indirectly, for any other cause, premeditated or unpremeditated, under any pretext ; nor shall we consent or permit any other person or persons to violate the said deed and treaty, but rather we will forbid, punish, and prohibit it, as much as we can, under obligation of the said oath. We will not ask to be released from the oath as it was executed by my representatives, nor will we make use of the release although the Pope, or other person who shall have his power, shall grant it to us proprio motu, and although it shall have clauses abolishing and abrogating all that is said ; for we renounce it all and promise not to make use of it, under obligation of the said oath. And to secure this our will, and to establish and validate the aforesaid, we order this our letter of approval, ratification, abrogation, and annulment, signed by me, the King, and sealed with our seal, to be drawn up and delivered. Given in the city of Lerida, on the twenty-third day of the month of April, in the year of the Lord, 1529. I, the King. I, Francisco de los Cobos, secre tary of his Imperial Majesty and of their Catholic Majesties, caused it to be written by his command. Mercurino. chancellor. Fray Garcia, bishop of Osma. The Chief Knight-Commander. Portuguese ratification. This instrument of contract, agreement, and compact of retrovendendo, having been seen by me, and all the conditions and clauses contained therein, having been, word for word, seen and well understood, I confirm, approve, and ratify it, and I approve of all and every part of its contents ; and I promise on my royal faith and I swear on the Holy Gospels, on which I place my hands, that I will fulfill and will observe as good the contents of the said contract, treaty, and agreement (?. e., such parts of it as it pertains to me to fulfill and observe), as, and as entirely, as is contained and declared in it, and without any diminution, and under the penalties, clauses, compacts, and conditions contained therein ; and I promise and swear, for me and for my heirs and successors, never, at any time, or in any way, of myself, or through another, to contravene or violate the said contract, agreement, and treaty, or any of its contents, but rather, I will fulfill and observe them wholly and completely, and I will cause them to be fulfilled and observed in good faith, without any evasion, mental reservation, deception, or malice, as is aforesaid ; and to secure this I command this instrument of confirmation, approval, and ratification to be made, signed by me and sealed with my hanging leaden seal. Given in the city of Lisbon on the 2Oth day of June. Pero d'Alcaqova Carneiro made it. In the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1530. THE KING. 17. Articles concluded between France and Portugal at Lyons, July 14, 1536. INTRODUCTION. As early as 1512 King Ferdinand of Spain complained that the King of Portugal sheltered in his ports French vessels lying in wait for the Spanish ships from the West Indies.1 A few years later the French corsairs became a terrible plague to both Spanish and Portuguese mariners, who in turn made reprisals on French shipping.' When the Emperor and Francis I. renewed war in 1536, they both desired the friendship of Portugal, situated near the pathway of their ocean commerce. Portugal, fearing the overgrown power of the Emperor, needing the good-will of the French in order that her spice-fleet might sail safely to Flanders,1 and hoping that the French king 1 C. Fernandez Duro, Armada Espafiola (1895-1903), torn. I., app. 14, pp. 420, 421. Later complaints, which throw light on the meaning of the articles of Lyons, are printed in Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1538-1542, vol. VI., pt. I., p. 294, and in T. Buckingham Smith, Coleccion de Varios Documentos para la Historia de la Florida (1857), I. 116, trans lated in J. P. Baxter, Memoir of Jacques C artier (1906), p. 359. "I see .... no chance for the present of the Portuguese consenting to join their fleet to that of the Emperor, and should the war with France break out .... I fear these people will do everything they can to keep neutral, though on the other hand, should the Emperor put some pressure upon them they will hardly dare to decide for the French. " If a vessel from France happens to meet with bad weather at sea she makes for the coasts of this kingdom, shelters and takes in provisions. The same thing they do as if they were the friends and confederates of Portugal in the lands and territories which this king has on the other side, such as the Terceiras and the island of Madeira, and there prowl about for Spanish vessels returning from the Indies. Should it be known and published that these Portuguese are the friends and allies of the Emperor, the French would not venture on such expeditions." Cal. St. Pap., Spain, loc. cit. In 1541 in a "Statement of what was agreed upon in the Council of the Indies in regard to the fleet to be fitted out to resist that of the French which is said to have set out for the Indies " the following passage occurs : " The most important thing to pro vide for at present, it seems, is that your Majesty ask the Most Serene King of Portugal not to allow the French ships to take shelter in any of the ports of his kingdom or in the Azores ; and that if they should enter port they be treated as enemies of your Majesty and his enemies too, since it is well known that for no other purpose can they sail in that sea than to do injury to your Majesty and his Highness; and that with reference to this matter there should, on your Majesty's part, be shown the king of Portugal all the urgency the case demands." J. P. Baxter, loc. cit. ' For accounts of the French corsairs in the early years of the sixteenth century, see Ch. de La Ronciere, La Marine Franqaise, III. (1906) 243 ff . ; Fernandez Duro, op. cit., torn. I., c. 15; Guenin, Ango et ses Pilotes; Paul Gaffarel, "Jean Ango " in the Bulletin of the Societe Normande" de Geographic, torn. XI. (1889) ; G. Marcel, Les Corsaires Francois au XV Ie Siecle dans les Antilles (1902). 3 Cal St. Pap., Spain, 1536-1538, p. 318. Cf. Doc. 15, introduction, note 8. 199 200 Doc. 77. France — Portugal would prohibit his subjects from going to Brazil and other Portuguese colonies, inclined toward France.4 The negotiations conducted by the Portuguese ambassador in France ' were advanced by the French admiral, Chabot, -a pensionary of Portugal.* In Portugal negotiations were probably entrusted to the French ambassador, Honore de Caix,' an agent especially obnoxious to the Emperor." On July 14, 1536, at Lyons, the temporary residence of the French court,' a treaty between France and Portugal was concluded. It provided for the protection of the neutral commerce of Portugal — a neutrality which, accord ing to the Portuguese, the French had violated during the first war between Francis I. and the Emperor10 — and it permitted the French to bring prizes — and these, for the most part, would be Spanish ships — into the harbors of the King of Portugal. Now, the regions east of the Antilles especially frequented by the French corsairs in wait for the Spanish treasure-ships, were the Azores, Madeira, and the coasts of Portugal. By this treaty the harbors of all these were opened to the French as places from which to pounce upon the enemy or to which to bring the prizes they had made. The Emperor soon observed the ill effects of this treaty. In February, 1537, he instructed his ambassador to Portugal to represent to John III. the many injuries that the French were inflicting upon the Emperor in all parts of the world, " the principal cause of such damages and injuries at sea being that French vessels are allowed to enter and take shelter in the ports of Portugal ". The ambassador was to request the king to order that no French vessels of any description be allowed to enter the ports of the Azores, or take shelter there." For some years France remained on amicable terms with Portugal. In 1536, Francis I. charged his officers to punish violators of the treaty and restore what they had taken from the Portuguese; in 1537 and 1538, he ordered members of the Parliament of Normandy to punish infractors of the treaty.12 In 1537, 1538, and 1539, he forbade his subjects to sail to * Relations des Ambassadeurs Venitiens (ed. M. N. Tommaseo), I. (1838) 88, 89, in Coll. de Docs. Inedits sur I'Histoire de France. " Luiz de Sousa, Annaes de El Rei Dom Joao Terceiro (pub. by A. Herculano, 1844), pp. 400, 401. "La Ronciere, op. cit., III. 291, 292. The Venetian ambassador (cf. note 4), writing >n J535 about the Franco-Portuguese negotiations, described the situation succinctly: " L'amiral traite pour la France, 1'ambassadeur de Portugal pour son roi ; mais les riches presents que celui-ci donne a I'amiral trainent I'affaire en longueur." The Admiral arrived at Lyons on June 2, 1536. Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1536-1538, p. 136. ' Two days after the signing of the treaty, Francis I. ordered 1350 livres to be paid to Honore. Cat. des Actes de Francois ler (1887, etc.), III. 228. 1 Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1536-1538, p. 318, and cf. Doc. 15, introduction. * F. Decrue, Anne, Due de Montmorency, a la Cour de Francois Ier (1885), p. 255. '* Guenin, op. cit., p. 192. "Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1536-1538, pp. 314, 315. For Portugal's answer, see ibid., pp. 317. 3i8, 334, 335. Cf. also ibid., p. 374; and above, note i. " Santarem, Quadra Elementar, III. 257-260; Guenin, op. cit., 204. Lyons, 1536 201 Brazil, or Guinea, or the lands discovered by the Portuguese." In 1540, however, upon the discovery of Admiral Chabot's dealings with the Portu guese ambassador, this embargo was removed, and the French seamen at once prepared to invade again those regions." BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. A copy of the treaty that was signed by Francis I. and Bayard at Lyons, July 14, 1536, is in the National Archives at Lisbon, Corpo Chronologico, parte ia, mago 57, doc. 65. Text: Printed. The text has never, it is believed, been printed. An abstract, in Portuguese, is in Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elementar (1842- 18/6), III. 254-256, and a French translation of this abstract is in E. Guenin, Ango et ses Pilotes (1901), pp. 201, 202. References. Guenin, op. cit., pp. 156, 157, 166, 167; Santarem, op. tit., III. Ixxxviii ff. TEXT." Pera continuar a amizade, alianga, e confederagao dantre o Rey Chris- tianisimo e el Rey de Portugal, e pera bem e proveito dos ditos senhores reis e de seus sugeitos seram gardados os artigos que se seguem. [i.] Primeiramente, que os ditos portos e avras dos ditos princepes fiquaram e seram livres 19 e comuuns a seus sugeitos, e seram suas pesoas, navios, beens, e mercadarias rrecebidas em seguridade, e Ihe seram dados mantimentos e tudo o que Ihe for necesario, pagaudo rrezoadamente a tudo aquilo que for por seus sugeitos respeitivamente tornado e comprado. [2.] Item, pera entretimento e liberdade do dito comergio entre os sugeitos dos ditos senhores reis, os embaixadores do Rey Christianisimo que estam com o senhor Rey de Portugal, depois de feita por elas inquisigam e tornado as copias [blank in original] daram certeficagam, asinadas de suas maos e aseladas de seus selos, aos Portugueses, como os navios e mercadarias declaradas na dita certeficagam pertencem aos ditos Portugueses ou a outros que nam sejam imigos do dito Christianisimo Rey. [3.] E pera que as ditas certefycagoes posam ser mais seguramente feitas, o dito senhor Rey de Portugal fara defesas, sob confiscagam dos corpos e avras, a todos de qualquer estado ou condigam que sejam, que nam careguem nos ditos seus portos e avras alguma mercadaria que pertenga aos Espanhoes e a outros quaes quer sugeitos do emperador, debaixo do nome dos Portu gueses e como a eles pertengem. Sob semelhantes penas sera defeso pelo dito senhor Rey de Portugal a seus sugeitos, que nam metam nem careguem alguuma mercadaria em navios 13 The decree of Dec. 22, 1538, is printed in Guenin, Ango et ses Pilotes, pp. 203-205; see also La Ronciere, La Marine Fran<;aise, III. 292. This decree was referred to by the Portuguese ambassador to England, when he was urging Elizabeth to prohibit her subjects from sailing to Guinea. Cal. St. Pap., Foreign, Elizabeth, 1562, p. 54. " La Ronciere, op. cit., III. 297. 11 The text is from a copy, written on paper, preserved in the Archivo Nacional at Lisbon, Corpo Chronologico, parte i*, maqo 57, doc. 65. " The words e seram livres are repeated in the text. 202 Doc. 77. France — Portugal dEspanhoes e outros imigos do Rey Christianisimo se nam tiver cerleficagam de seus enbaixadores. [4.] E se for achado alguuma mercadaria que pertenga aos imigos del Rey Christianisimo em navios de Portugueses sem a dita certeficacam, tudo sera de boa presa, asy o navio como a mercadaria, ora pertenga aos Portugueses ora aos imigos do dito Christianisimo Rey. [5.] Igualmente, sera de boa presa a mercadaria que pertencer aos Portu gueses que for achada nos navyos dos Espanhoes e outros imigos do dito Rey Christianisimo, se nam for certeficada per seus enbaixadores pela maneira sobredita. Que aqueles que tomaren navios e mercadaryas de Portugueses tendo a dita certeficagam dos embaixadores do dito Christianisimo Rey, tomando os embaixadores do dito Christianisimo Rey verificagam do caso feyta pelos Portugueses, sejam punidos pela justiga do dito senhor Rey de Portugal como quebrantadores de paz, segundo o caso rrequer. E se os ditos rroubadores nam f orem tornados pelos navios c gentes do dito Rey de Portugal, e levarem seus navios ou mercadarias rroubadas ao senhorio do Christianisimo Rey, o dito senhor Rey Ihe mandara fazer a punigam e justiga, como dito he. [6.] E igualmente sera feito aos Portugueses que tomarem navios e mercadaria que pertenger aos sugeitos do Christianisimo Rey. [7.] E por tirar os enganos que poderiam ser feitos por alguuns piratas e rroubadores dos navios e mercadarias Portuguesas, nao obstante as certe- ficagoes dos ditos embaixadores, escondendoas ou queymandoas ou lance- andoas no mar, podera o dito senhor Rey de Portugal cometer e deputar alguumas pesoas nos portos e avras do dito senhor Rey Christianisimo, e fazer secrestar os ditos navios e mercadaria per autoridade de justiga, onde seram achados, ate que seja conhecido e verificado se levavam certeficagam expedida pelos ditos embaixadores, os quaes Ihe daram pelo treslado de seus rregistos tudo aquilo que se achar que nisso fose feyto. [8.] E iguaes certeficagoes acima ditas seram dadas e expedidas pelo embaixador do dito Christianysimo Rey que estaa com el Rey de Ingraterra aos mercadores Portugueses que quiserem caregar na dita terra. [9:] E por nam impedir o dito comercio entre os ditos Franceses e Portu gueses, os portos e avras del Rey de Portugal seram franquos e livres de todas as presas dantre os Franceses e seus imigos nem poderam fazer presas huuns sobre os outros nos ditos portos e avras. [10.] Mas as presas que forem feitas fora das ditas avras em piano e alto mar por os Franceses sobre seus imigos nam seram impedidas pelo dito senhor Rey de Portugal nem por seus navios nem pelos de seus sugeitos, posto que depois as ditas presas, navios, gentes, e mercadarias fosem levadas aos portos e avras do dito senhor Rey de Portugal, onde poderam fazer e despor delas como dautras presas feytas sobre imigos. [u.] Hos quaes artiguos e defesas neles nomeadas seram feytas e publi- cadas nos portos e avras dos ditos senhores Reys, por tal que nenhuum posa pretender causa de inorancia. E por tal que as ditas publicagoes e defesas sejam rrespeitivamente feitas em Franga e em Portugal em iguaes tempos, seram declarados os dias em que se f aram as ditas publicagoes. Sera contente o dito senhor Rey Christianisimo de emviar a Flandres huitma pesoa pera fazer e expedir aos Portugueses taes e semelhantes certe- Lyons, 1536 208 ficagocs como asyma he feyto mengam, que se fara em Portugal e Inglaterra, avendo o dito senhor Rev cle Portugal salvo conduto suficiente pera a dita pesoa e o tera pera o dito efeito na dita terra de Frandes as suas custas e despesas. Sera asy mesmo contente o dito Senhor Rey Christianisymo que os juizes ja ordenados sobre o feyto dos rroubos procedam segundo as comisoes ja expedidas no lugar e dentro daquele tempo que sera ordenado. Feyta em Lyam a xiiii dias de Julho de 1536. FRANCISQUO.IT BAYARD." TRANSLATION." {''or the continuance of the friendship, alliance, and confederation between the Most Christian King and the King of Portugal, and for the good and advantage of the said lord kings and of their subjects the following articles shall be kept : 1. First, that the said ports and roadsteads of the said princes shall remain and be free and common to their subjects, and their persons, ships, goods, and merchandise shall be received in safety, and they shall be pro vided with provisions and everything they may require, everything respec tively taken and bought by their subjects to be paid for at a reasonable rate. 2. Item, for the fostering and freedom of the said commerce between the subjects of the said lord kings, the ambassadors of the Most Christian King to the lord King of Portugal, after making inquiry and taking the copies [blank in original], shall give a certificate signed by their hands and sealed with their seals to the Portuguese, that the ships and merchandise specified in the said certificate belong to the said Portuguese, or to others not enemies of the said Most Christian King. 3. And in order that the said certificates may be given with greater security, the said lord King of Portugal shall make prohibition to all men, of what ever sort or condition they may be, under penalty of confiscation of their persons and goods, forbidding them to lade in his said ports or roadsteads any merchandise belonging to Spaniards, or any other subjects of the F.m- peror, under the name of Portuguese or seeming to be their property. The said lord King of Portugal shall prohibit his subjects, under the like penalty, from shipping or embarking merchandise in ships belonging to Spaniards, or other enemies of the Most Christian King, without the certifi cate of his ambassadors. 4. And should any merchandise belonging to enemies of the Most Christian King be found in Portuguese ships without the said certificate, all shall be lawful prize, both ship and merchandise, whether belonging to the Portu guese, or to the enemies of the said Most Christian King. 5. Likewise, merchandise belonging to the Portuguese which shall be found in Spanish ships, or those of other enemies of the said Most Christian King, uncertified by his ambassadors in the manner aforesaid, shall be lawful prize. 17 The Portuguese form of the name Frangois. 11 Gilbert Bayard, seigneur de Lafont, one of the secretaires des finances. Cf. Doc. 18, note 4. " The translation is by Miss Amalia Alberti. 14 204 Doc. //. France — Portugal Those who shall seize ships or merchandise belonging to the Portuguese having the said certificate of the ambassadors of the said Most Christian King, the said ambassadors having verified the case brought by the Portu guese, justice shall be done upon them by the lord King of Portugal as breakers of the peace, as the case may require. And should the said robbers not be taken by the ships and forces of the said King of Portugal, and should they bring such stolen ships or merchan dise into the dominions of the said Most Christian King, the said lord king shall order them to be brought to justice and punished as aforesaid. 6. And the like shall be done to such Portuguese as shall seize ships or merchandise belonging to the subjects of the Most Christian King. 7. And to avoid the frauds which might be practised by any pirates and robbers of Portuguese ships and merchandise, in spite of the certificates of the said ambassadors, by concealing, burning, or throwing them into the sea, the said lord King of Portugal may commission and depute certain persons in the ports and roadsteads of the said Most Christian King, and cause the said ships and merchandise to be sequestrated by authority of justice, wherever they may be found, until it can be known and ascertained whether they carried certificates granted by the said ambassadors, who shall supply a copy from their registers of everything to be found that has been done in connection therewith. 8. And similar certificates to the abovesaid shall be given and granted by the ambassador of the said Most Christian King to the King of England to Portuguese merchants wishing to embark merchandise in that country. 9. And that the said commerce between the said French and Portuguese may not be impeded, the ports and roadsteads of the King of Portugal shall be closed to and free from all prizes taken from the French by their enemies, nor shall they take prizes from each other in the said ports and roadsteads. N 10. But prizes taken outside the said roadsteads, on the high seas, by the French from their enemies shall not be impeded by the said lord King of Portugal nor by his ships, nor by those of his subjects, though the said prizes, ships, men, and merchandise be afterwards brought into the ports and roadsteads of the said lord King of Portugal, where they may do with them and dispose of them as other prizes captured from their enemies. ii. The said articles, and prohibitions therein mentioned, shall be made and proclaimed in the ports and roadsteads of the said lord kings so that no man may be able to plead ignorance. And in order that the said proclamations and prohibitions may be made respectively in France and Portugal at the same time, dates shall be appointed for the said proclamations. The said Most Christian King shall be obliged to send some person to Flanders to issue such similar certificates to the Portuguese as those to be issued in Portugal and England, as aforesaid, the said lord King of Portugal having sufficient safe conduct for such person ; and he will maintain him for that purpose in the said land of Flanders, at his own cost and expense. The said Most Christian King shall likewise be obliged to have the judges already appointed in the case of thefts proceed in accordance with the com missions already issued, in the place and within the time which shall be appointed. Given at Lyons the I4th day of July, 1536. FRANCIS. BAYARD. 18. Treaty concluded between France and Spain, at Crepy-en- Laonnois, September 18, 1544; 1 separate article relating to the Indies, signed by the plenipotentiaries of France on the same day. INTRODUCTION. Among the articles considered by the Emperor at the end of November, 1537, in connection with the instructions to his ministers, Cobos and Gran- velle, for treating with Montmorency, the grand master of France, the following was included : " Whether some article ought not to be introduced concerning the Indies, to prevent King Francis from undertaking anything in that quarter?"* In the truce of Nice (June 18, 1538), which was the fruit of these negotiations, no reference to the Indies, however, appears to have been made.' In July, 1542, the King of France, Francis I., irritated by the Emperor's action in respect to the Milanese, broke the truce of Nice by declaring war against him. Francis had as allies the Turks and some of the minor European powers ; the Emperor formed an alliance with Henry VIII. of England. Both the last-named allies invaded France, and the Emperor terrified Paris by his successful siege of Saint-Dizier (July 5-August 25) and his subsequent march toward the capital. While the siege of Saint-Dizier was in progress, Francis made overtures of peace. From August 29, there were frequent conferences, at which France was represented by the Admiral d'Annebaut, Gilbert Bayard, secretary of state, and Erraut de Chemans, keeper of the seals, whose place was soon taken by Charles de Neuilly, master of requests. The Emperor's representatives were his chancellor, Nicolas Perrenot, sieur de Granvelle, Ferrante Gonzaga, viceroy of Sicily, Antoine Perrenot, bishop of Arras, and Alonso de Idiaquez, one of the Emperor's secretaries.4 At Crepy- 1 This is the date and place as given in the treaty. Some have maintained that it was concluded a day or two earlier at Soissons, or that it was signed as late as Sept. 19. Cf. Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1544, vol. VII., pp. xxvii, 348; Gachard, Trots Annees, p. 62; Paillard, L'hivasion Allemande, pp. 391 ff., 412 ff. The text of the treaty of peace is printed in F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez (1693), II. 430 ff., and in J. Dumont, Corps EHpIomatique (1/26-1731), torn. IV., pt. II., pp. 279 ff. 1 Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1536-1538, p. 407. " Sy se tractara y articulara alguna cosa tocante a las Indias, a fin que el dicho Rey de Francia no emprenda de aqui adelante algo en perjuyzio de Su Magestad." British Museum Add. MSS., 28590, f. 27. * The text of the truce is in Leonard, op. cit., II. 407 ff. For its effect on depredations by the French in the West Indies, see La Ronciere, La Marine Franfaise, III. 296. 4 Gachard, Trois Annees, pp. 54 ff. ; Paillard, L'Invasion Allemande, pp. 366 ff. 205 20(5 Doc. 18. France — Spain en-Laonnois, on September 18, a treaty of peace was signed, which provided, among other things, for a marriage between the Due d'Orleans and either a daughter or a niece of the Emperor, with either Flanders and Burgundy, or the Milanese, as dower. A secret treaty included the stipulation that France should aid the Emperor in repressing heresy.5 On September 18, the French commissioners also signed the separate article relating to the Indies, which is printed below. To understand this article it is to be recalled that the incursions of the French into the western seas had caused immeasur able annoyance to Spain.8 It was bad enough when the French confined themselves to attacking Spanish treasure-ships and settlements in the West Indies; they became even more obnoxious when they attempted to explore and colonize. Jacques Carder's third voyage had greatly disturbed the Emperor/ The Council of the Indies sent a spy to France to ascertain the equipment and destination of Cartier's fleet. The Emperor despatched a caravel to the region of Newfoundland,8 and vainly tried to persuade the King of Portugal to join him in preventing the French from settling in those regions.' The article respecting the Indies provided that France would leave the Emperor and Portugal in peaceable possession of the West and East Indies, and would not attempt any discoveries or other enterprises therein; but it reserved to the subjects of France the right to go to these Indies, for trade only. Probably the French were the more ready to make this concession because of their disappointment in the " gold and diamonds " of Canada that Cartier had brought back.19 However that may be, the article signed by them, and apparently accepted by the Emperor and Prince Philip," was displeasing to the Council of the Indies, the council of state summoned at Valladolid by Prince Philip," and the Royal Council of Castile ; although, on the other hand, Fr. Garcia de Loaysa," president of the Council of the Indies, * Paillard, op. cit., p. 414. * For instances of depredations committed by the French in the West Indies prior to 1544, see E. Ducere, Histoire Maritime de Bayonne: Les Corsaires (1895), app. 11., pp. 345 ff. ; Fernandez Duro, Armada Espanola (1895-1903), torn. 1., app. 14; La Ronciere, op. cit., III. 249 ff. ; G. Marcel, Les Corsaires Francois au XV Ie Siecle dans les Antilles (1902). 7 As is shown by the documents printed in T. Buckingham Smith, Colecclon de Varios Documentos, pp. 103-116, and in translation in J. P. Baxter, Memoir of Jacques Cartier, PP- 347-3595 and in the letter from the Emperor in Hapke, " Der Erste Kolonisations- versuch in Kanada (1541-1543)", in Hansische Geschichtsblatter, 1911, Heft 2, pp. 450-451. * J. T. Medina, Una Expedition Espai'wla a la Tierra de los Bacallaos en 1541 (1896). ' T. Buckingham Smith, op. cit., pp. 112-114; J. P. Baxter, Memoir of Jacques Cartier, PP- 354-356. "La Ronciere, La Marine Franqaise, III. 326. u A copy of a ratification of the article by Prince Philip is in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 2-5-1/26, ramo i. "Prince Philip's letter to the Emperor, Dec. 14, 1544, Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1544. vol. VII., pp. 479-480. " See Doc. 14, note 8. Crepy-en-Laonnois, 1544 207 believed that " the clause should be accepted with some modifications, and that trade should be permitted "." The objection of the councils was based on the opinion that the contemplated permission to trade would make trouble, because the French would not trade in accordance with regulations. The Council of the Indies urged that in this, as in former treaties, matters per taining to the Indies should not be mentioned at all. If, however, the French were permitted to trade, they should be held to the laws prohibiting the removal of gold and silver from territory subject to Castile, even in exchange for merchandise, and their homeward-bound ships should be obliged to touch at Cadiz or San Lucar." The King of Portugal also objected to the article, declaring that the French went in armed ships not only for the purpose of trading, but in order to rob with more security." Doubtless on account of the strong opposition, the article, as would appear, was never duly ratified ; and in 1545, in accordance with the Emperor's demand, Francis I. forbade his subjects to go to the oversea possessions of Spain." BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original of the article relating to the Indies, printed below, it is believed for the first time, is in the Archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris, Memoires et Documents, Espagne. vol. 306, f. 196. 14 Cal St. Pap., Spain, 1544, vol. VIIV pp. 495-496. "The opinions of the councils are given in a document in the Archives of the Indies, Patronato, 2-5-1/26, ramo i. The opinion of the Council of the Indies is as follows : " Paresce al Consejo que por algunos inconvinientes que se seguiran de la contractagion de los Franceses en las Indias, fuera mas servygio de Su Magestad, que en estas pazes no se tractara en las cosas de las Indias mas que en las pazes y capitulaciones hasta qui hechas, y que se guardara en esto lo que siempre se ha hecho, que los Franceses no fueran a contratar a las Indias, como nunca havian ydo, sin hazer sobresto ntievo asiento, y que esto quedara con la costumbre muy usada, que ha havido desde el tiempo del descu- brimiento y publicacion de las Indias, de no passar a ellas Franceses. Pero sy los negocios vinieron a terminos que se sospechava, que aunque con estos reynos hoviera paz, el Rey de Francia y sus subditos molestaran e hizieran dano a las Indias, y que para assentar bien las cosas dellas, no se pudo, o no se puede, dexar de congeder este capitulo que se ha visto en consejo, en tal caso, por lo que conviene la paz a las Indias, paresge que se puede sufrir lo tractado en el capitulo con tanto que entienda el Rey de Frangia que sus subditos que fueren a contratar a las Indias, han de guardar en todo las leyes y prematicas que ellos mismos y los Ingleses y Portugueses y vassallos de qualquier reyno estrano guardan en estos reynos de Castilla y de Leon, de cuya corona son las Indias, quando vienen a contratar en ellos ; en las quales entre otras cosas se dispone que ningunos mercaderes ny otras personas, estrangeros ny naturales, no puedan sacar de los reynos de Castilla oro ny plata, en pasta ny en moneda ny vellon, aunque lo ayan habido en precio y pago de las mercaderias que a ellos traen, por que si en retorno de sus mercaderias hoviesen de sacar oro o plata, era enriqueger el reyno de Frangia y enpobreger estos reynos, y sy con esto se pudiese tractar que los navios Frangeses a la buelta de las Indias fuesen obligados a tocar en Caliz o en Sanlucar, y manifestar lo que traen ally, escusar seyan algunos inconvinientes que se temen desta contractagion y ellos no rodeavan mncho en su viage." " Santarem, Quadra Elementar, III. 308-309. K La Ronciere, op. cit., III. 302, 303. 208 Doc. 18. France — Spain Translation. A Spanish translation (manuscript) is in the Archives of the Indies in Seville, Patronato, 2-5-1/26, ramo i. References: Contemporary and early writings. Letter from Prince Philip of Spain to the Emperor, Dec. 14, 1544, in Calendar of State Papers, Spain, 1544, pp. 495-496; T. Buckingham Smith, Coleccion de Varios Documentos para la Hlstoria de la Florida, I. (1857) 103-116, with translation in J. P. Baxter, Memoir of Jacques Cartier (1906), collateral documents, nos. 13-17, pp. 347~359; Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elementar (1843-1876), III. 306-309, with translation (not wholly trust worthy) in E. Guenin, Ango et ses Pilotes (1901), pp. 232-233. References: Later writings. Ch. de La Ronciere, Histoire de la Marine Franqaise, III. (1906) 293-305, 315-326; R. Hapke, " Der Erste Koloni- sationsversuch in Kanada (1541-1543)", in Hansische Geschichtsbldtter, 1911, Heft 2. Accounts of the negotiations leading to the treaty of Crepy, but not referring to the article respecting the Indies, are in L. P. Gachard, Trois Annees de I'Histoire de Charles-Quint, 1543-1546 (1865) ; Ch. Paillard, L' Invasion Allemande en 1544 (ed. Herelle, 1884), pp. 366 ff . ; A. Rozet and J.-F. Lembey, L' Invasion de la France et le Siege de Saint-Dizier par Charles-Quint en 1544 (1910), ch. 12. TEXT." L'article suyvant a este accorde par nous, Claude, sieur d'Annibault, cheva lier de 1'ordre du Roy Tres Chrestien, mareschal et admyral de France, lieuten ant general dudict sieur roy en ses armees en 1'absence et soubz 1'auctorite de Messieurs les Daulphin et Due d'Orleans, Maistre Charles de Nully, conseiller et maistre des requestes ordinaire de 1'hostel dudict sieur roy, et Gilbert Bayard, sieur de la Fons, aussi conseiller et secretaire d'estat dicelluy sieur roy et de ses finances, et contrerolleur general de ses guerres, procureurs et ambassadeurs du Roy Tres Chrestien, en passant le traicte de paix entre 1'Empereur et ledict sieur roy avec tres illustre sieur Don Fernando de Gonzague, chevalier de 1'ordre de la Toison d'Or, prince de Melphete, due de Ariano, visroy de Sicille, et lieutenant general de 1'armee de 1'Empereur, et Messieur Nicolas Perrenot, chevalier, sieur de Grantvelle, commandeur de Calamer en 1'ordre d'Alcantara, premier conseiller d'estat et garde des sceaulx de sa Majeste Imperiale, procureurs et ambassadeurs dudict sieur Empereur, au lieu de [blank], le XVIII* jour de Septembre, 1'an mil cinq cens quarante quatre. Et pource que de la part dudict sieur Empereur a este remonstre que aucuns subgectz dudict sieur Roy Tres Chrestien s'avancent de armer navires et bateaulx soubz ombre d'aller descouvrir aux Indes, nonobstant que Sadicte Majeste Imperiale maintient que a luy et au Roy de Portugal, son beaufrere, appartiennent a bon et juste tiltre selon la division de traictez dentre eulx, toutes les terres des Yndes, tant en isles que de terre ferme, descouvertes et a descouvrir, tant par eulx que par le moyen des feurent roys et reynes de Castille et de Portugal, sans que autre y puisse emprendre, como qu'il soit " The following text is taken from the original manuscript, preserved in the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris, Memoires et Documents, Espagne, vol. 306, f. 196. The editor is indebted to Mr. H. P. Biggar for knowledge of this document. Crepy-en-Laonnois, 1544 209 soubz ceste coulleur de descouvrement se font plusieurs roberies et pilleryes en mer, a este accorde par ledict sieur Roy Tres Chrestien que doresnavant luy et ses successeurs, roys de France, et ses subgectz, laisseront paisibles lesdicts sieurs Empereur et Roy de Portugal en tout ce qui concerne lesdictes Yndes, descouvertes et a descouvrir, sans directement ou indirectement y faire emprises quelconques, en quelque lieu ou endroict que ce soit, reservant seullement que les subgectz de France pourront aller marchandement en icelles Yndes, descouvertes et qui se descouvriront par lesdicts sieurs Empereur et Roy de Portugal, et que en cas que soubz coulleur de ceste navigacion ilz font aucune violances, soit esdictes Yndes en allant ou retour- nant, quilz soient chastiez selon et ou ilz seront trouvez coulpables. D'ANNIBAULT. DE NULLY. G. BAYARD. 19. Articles concluded between Spain and Portugal in 1552. INTRODUCTION. Near the close of the year 1551, when France and Spain were on the eve of war and Spain was reorganizing the defense of her commerce/ the Emperor Charles V., acting through Lope Hurtado cle Mendoza, his ambas sador at the Portuguese court,3 endeavored to arrange with the King of Portugal a union of armaments for securing Spanish and Portuguese ship ping against the French corsairs.' The Emperor had long identified his interest in protecting ocean commerce with that of Portugal ; * but Portugal had preferred a French to an imperial alliance.5 The recent capture by the French of richly laden vessels, bound from Lisbon to Flanders," had, however, impressed upon Portugal the necessity of better guarding her ships. More over, as was urged, the proposed union of armaments need cause no breach between Portugal and France, since " the corsairs were not a fleet in the pay of the French King but robbers " whom Portugal had a right to punish.7 1 Fernandez Duro, Armada Espanola, torn. I., app. 14, p. 438, " Prior y Consules de la Universidad al Emperador ", and pp. 440, 441 ; Navarrete, Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos para la Historia de Espana (1842-1895), L. 265 ff., " Copia del asiento de D. Alvaro de Bazan sobre el armada, Valladolid 14 de Febrero 1550 " ; Ordenanzas Reales para la Casa de la Contratacion de Sevilla (1604), ff. 49-53; Cat. St. Pap., Spain. 1550-1552, pp. 27, 364 ff. Cf. Doc. 15, introduction. Lope Hurtado de Mendoza was first appointed to the Portuguese court in 1527. A few years later he was withdrawn and was reappointed in 1543. Santarem, Quadra Elementar, II. 84. 1 Papers concerning this negotiation are in the Archives at Simancas, Secretaria de Estado, leg. 375. *Thus, in 1531, the Emperor had intervened in favor of the King of Portugal in the latter's dispute with France over the issue of French letters of marque against the Portuguese. E. Guenin, Ango et ses Pilotes (1901), ch. 6. The Emperor's instructions on foreign policy sent to Prince Philip in 1548 included an injunction "to keep a good understanding with Portugal, especially in what relates to the Indies, and their de fence ". P. de Sandoval, Historia de la Vida y Hechos del Emperador Carlos V ., II. (1614) 650; or Papiers d'Etat du Cardinal de Granvelle, III. (1842) 296 (ed. by Ch. Weiss, in Coll. de Docs. Inedits sur I'Histoire de France). Cf. also in Prince Philip's letter to the Emperor, Sept. 28, 1544, the passage beginning " Your Majesty knows already that I wrote to the King of Portugal requesting him to send his fleet to the Azores, in order to escort the vessels returning from the Indies ". Cal. St. Pap., Spain, VII. (1899), 375- B Cf. Doc. 17, introduction. * Ch. Piot, "La Diplomatic concernant les Affaires Maritimes des Pays-Bas vers le Milieu du XVI" Siecle jusqu' a la Treve de Vaucelles ", in Bulletin de I' Academic Royale des Sciences, 2d ser., torn. XL. (Brussels, 1875), p. 847, note 2. Paresce que para buscar los corsarios, unos por una parte y otros por otra, se devria conformar, syn embargo del respecto que el senor Rey de Portugal quiere tener a no romper por el presente con Francia, pues que estos corsarios no son armada que anda a sueldo del rey, syno ladrones, que andan a robar a toda ropa, como paresce por el dano que Portugueses han recibido dellos, y justamente el senor Rey de Portugal los puede mandar buscar y seguir para castigallos." Archives of Simancas, Secretaria de Estado, leg. 375, f. 120. 210 155* 211 In the convention that was concluded, Portugal agreed to provide a coast guard, to send vessels to protect the region of the Azores, and to order ships bound for the African islands and mainland and Brazil to sail at fixed seasons, armed and with an armed convoy. Ships bound for the Antilles might accompany these fleets. Spain agreed to guard the straits of Gibraltar and Galicia, and to share with Portugal the defense of the Azores and Cape St. Vincent. J Vi BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. No signed manuscript of the articles has been found. A manu script account of the contents of the articles is in the Archives at Simancas, Secretaria de Estado, leg. 375, f. 102. It corresponds almost precisely to the printed account mentioned below, except that it omits particulars as to the stations of the Portuguese coast-guard. Text: Printed. An account of the articles is in Fr. d'Andrada, Chronica do Key Dom Joao o III. (1796), pt. IV., c. 91, pp. 369-372. References : Contemporary and early writings. For notices relative to the corsairs and the Spanish and Portuguese fleets about 1552, see C. Fer nandez Duro, Armada Espaiiola ( 1895-1903), torn. I., app. 14, pp. 438 ff. ; Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Elementar (1842-1876), III. 330 ft. References: Later writings. For diplomatic relations between Portugal and France, see Viscount de Santarem, op. cit., III. xcvi ff. For accounts of the Spanish treasure fleets, see C. Fernandez Duro, La Mar Descrita por los Mareados — Mas Disquisiciones (1877), " Disquisicion Novena: Galeones y Flotas de Indias " ; and Naval Tracts of Sir William Monson (ed. by M. Oppenheim for the Navy Record Society, 1902), vol. II., app. B, " The Spanish Treasure Fleets of the Sixteenth Century ". TEXT." El Rey nosso senhor * e o Emperador Carlos Quinto, vendo as perdas e danos que seus vassalos recebiao dos continues roubos e insultos dos cossayros, que em todos os tempos e lugares andavao sempre vigiando o mar para este effeito, como erao princepes Cristianissimos e zelosissimos do bem de seus reynos, assentarao antre sy este anno de 1552, mandarem sair suas armadas ao mar para guarda e defensao das suas costas e seguranga do comercio de seus vassallos ; e o concerto f oy que Sua Alteza mandaria armar vinte navios latinos de vinte e cinco ate trinta tonelladas cada hum,10 que andassem sempre ha vista da terra para guarda da sua costa, de que os tres aviao d'estar em Cascaes," coatro na Atougia," coatro em Caminha, " coatro em Lagos," dous "The text is from Andrada, Chronica do Rey Dom Joao o III., pt. IV.. c. 91, pp. 369-372. 'John III., king of Portugal from 1521 to 1557. " For an account of the various kinds of Portuguese ships at this period, see H. Lopes de Mendonga, " Estudos sohre Navios Portuguezes nos Seculos XV. e XVI.", in Centenario do Descobrimento da America: Memorias da Commissao Portuguesa (Acad. Real, das Sciencias, Lisbon, 1892). " A town 14 miles west of Lisbon. 11 Near Cape Carvoeiro. u At the mouth of the Minho river, which separates Portugal from Spain. ** About twenty miles east of Cape St. Vincent. 212 Doc. 19. Spain — Portugal em Villa nova," e tres em Cizimbra ou Sinis," qual milhor parecesse, que erao os lugares a que os navios armados custumavao vir, e que tambem os navios Portugueses e Castelhanos aviao de vir demandar f orgadamente ; e mandaria mais coatro naos ou galeoes para correrem a costa deste reyno mais ao mar, e ajuntariao a sy cada vez que cumprisse os vinte navios acima declarados ; e af ora estas armadas se ordenaria outra para a costa do reyno do Algarve de coatro navios de remo, hum navio grosso e tres caravellas, que tambem ajuntariao a sy, cada vez que fosse necessario, os outros navios latinos que aviao de andar continuamente na costa do mesmo reyno, os quais navios todos mandaria Sua Alteza que no verao e inverno andassem sempre no mar sem se recolherem a porto algum, senao com necessidade, tirando os de remo, que se recolheriao no inverno ; e para as Ilhas " se mandariao cada anno, no mes de Abril, dez navios armados, tres naos ou galeoens e sete caravellas. Mandaria Sua Alteza que os navios que ouvessem de navegar para Arguim, Cabo Verde, tratos de Guine, costa da Malagueta, Mina, Ilha de Sao Tome, e Brasil, f ossem e viessem em tres mougoes, huma em Janeyro, outra em Margo, em companhia das naos da India, e outra em Setembro ; e que alem dos navios armados de Sua Alteza, que aviao de ir naquellas mougoes, se ordenaria que todos os outros navios, ou os mais delles, fossem tambem armados, e de se navegar por aquellas mougoes parecia que se podia esperar seguranga para os que navegassem para aquellas partes, e para as Antilhas, que tambem se podiao aproveitar dellas, e alem disso seria cousa de muyto proveyto para ajudar a guardar as Ilhas dos Ago res, aonde todas aquellas frotas aviao de ir demandar. O Emperador da sua parte parecia que devia de mandar guardar o estreyto, con forme has novas que tivesse dos Turcos e Franceses," porque quanto importava a guarda do estreyto, se conhecia entao claramente do trabalho que dava a toda Christandade estar pejado o canal de Frandes. Parecia que devia o Emperador mandar cada anno, no mes d'Abril, has Ilhas os dez navios redondos," que entao se dizia que para la se armavao em Sevilha, e que deviao de ir bem armados, por quanto importava a seguranga daquella paragem, onde se dizia que aviao de ir armadas grossas ; e por boa rezao parecia que nao deixaria de ser assy, porque em ninhuma outra parte podiao ellas fazer tanto proveito para sy, com dano de todas as outras partes a que pretendessem f azello ; e que esta armada devia andar nas Ilhas ate o fim do mes d'Agosto, e ametade della devia andar todo o anno ao mar do cabo de Sao Vicente, que era a paragem onde vinhao demandar os navios que vinhao das Antilhas e do Peru, e que na costa de Galiza devia o Emperador de trazer coatro ou cinco navios armados, para favor daquella costa, e seguranga das naos, que de todas aquellas navegagoes com alguns tempos contraries hiao demandar os seus portos ; e que as nave gagoes dos Castelhanos, Framengos, e Portugueses destas partes para Frandes fossem cos navios todos juntos, e em duas mongoes, huma em Abril, e outra em Setembro; e as navegagoes de Frandes para estas partes fossem em lf Villa Nova de Portinao, east of Lagos. " Cezimbra is situated on a bay n miles W.S.W. of Setubal. " The Azores. u In the early part of the year 1552, the Turks, whose sea-power was then at its height, were preparing to aid the French in maritime operations against the Emperor. Negotiations de la France dans le Levant (1848-1860), II. 175, 177, et passim (pub. by E. Charriere in Coll. de Docs. Inedits sur I'Histoire de France). 19 For descriptions of the various kinds of Spanish ships of this period, consult C. Fernandez Duro, Disquisiciones Nduticas (1876-1881), general index, torn. VI. 1552 213 outras cluas mongoes, huma em Janeyro, e outra em Junho ; e que para se bem effeituar o que acima fica dito, devia mandar o Emperador dar ordem para que as ureas, que entao estavao reteudas em Frandes, e por este respeito outros muytos navios de Castella e Portugal, viessem logo na milhor ordem que ser pudesse ; e viessem cada anno aos tempos acima declarados, porque de navegarem todos juntos e nas moucoes acima ditas se seguiria seguranga nao somente das mercadorias que elles levassem e trouxessem, mas ainda das dos outros que navegassem dentro daquelles lemites de hunas partes para outras ; e alem destes proveitos, se seguiriao outros muytos grandes aos estados do Emperador e d'el Rey nosso senhor ; e que mandaria Sua Alteza que os navios das suas armadas e dos seus vassallos dessem favor e ajuda aos do Emperador, e o Emperador mandaria que os das suas armadas fizessem o mesmo aos de Sua Alteza, o que se entenderia somente sendo necessario para def ensao de huns e dos outros. O que tudo se aprovou polio Emperador e por Sua Alteza, e ficou antre ambos assentado de se cumprir inteyramente. TRANSLATION.** Our lord, the king, and the Emperor Charles V., in view of the loss and injury which their vassals were suffering from the continual robberies and insults of the corsairs, who at all times, and in all places, kept constant watch at sea for that purpose, and since they were most Christian princes and most zealous for the good of their kingdoms, agreed together in this year of 1552, to send their fleets out to sea for the protection and defense of their coasts, and the security of the commerce of their vassals. The agreement was that his Highness was to have twenty lateen-rigged vessels equipped, of from twenty-five to thirty tons each, which were to cruise continually in sight of land, in order to guard the coast: of which three were to be stationed at Cascaes, four in the Atouguia, four at Caminha, four at Lagos, two at Villanova, and three at Cezimbra or Sinis, as should be thought best — these being the places whither the armed vessels were wont to resort, and to which the Portuguese and Castilian vessels were forced to put in. He [i. e., his Highness] was also to send four more ships or galleons to cruise along the coast of this kingdom, further out to sea, and join with the twenty ships afore said whenever it should be advisable. Besides these fleets, another fleet was also to be prepared for the coast of the kingdom of the Algarve, consisting of four oared vessels, one large ship, and three caravels, which were also to unite, whenever it should be necessary, with the other lateen-rigged vessels, that were to cruise constantly along the coast of that kingdom. His Highness was to order all those ships to remain constantly at sea, summer and winter, without putting into any port, unless in case of necessity, excepting the oared vessels, which were to go in during the winter. Ten armed ships, three ships or galleons, and seven caravels were to be sent to the Islands every year in the month of April. His Highness was to order the ships bound for Arguin, Cape Verde, trade of Guinea, coast of Malagueta, Elmina, Island of St. Thomas, and Brazil, to come and go during the three monsoons, [namely], the one in January, the one in March (in company with the ships India), and the one in September. Besides the armed ships of his 1 The translation is by Miss Arnalia Alberti. 214 Doc. /p. Spain — Portugal Highness, which were to sail during those monsoons, orders were to be given that all the other ships, or most of them, were also to be armed ; and by sailing during those monsoons, it was thought that the vessels journeying to those regions might hope for security, as well as those bound for the Antilles, which might also take advantage of the monsoons. In addition to this, it would be of great advantage in helping to guard the islands of the Azores, where all these fleets had to put in. It was thought best for the Emperor, on his side, to order the guarding of the Straits, in accordance with the news that he might have of the Turks and French, the importance of such guarding of the Straits being then clearly apparent from the trouble caused to the whole of Christendom by the channel of Flanders being blocked. It was thought best for the Emperor to send to the Islands, every year, in the month of April, the ten square-rigged ships which, it was said, were to be equipped for that purpose in Seville ; and that they should be well armed, because of the impor tance of the safety of that region, whither it was reported that great fleets [of the corsairs] were about to sail. There was good reason to believe that such would not fail to be the case, for in no other region could they gain so much profit for themselves or do so much damage to all other parts, as indeed was their intent. [It was thought best] for this fleet to remain off the Islands until the end of the month of August, and that half of it should cruise at sea during the whole year off Cape St. Vincent, since that is the region through which the ships from the Antilles and Peru must pass ; that the Emperor should keep four or five armed ships off the coast of Galicia, for the protection of that coast, and the security of the ships from all the aforesaid routes, which might be driven into its ports by bad weather ; that the voyages of the Castilian, Flemish, and Portuguese from these parts to Flanders should be made by their ships all together, during the two monsoons, [namely], the one in April, and the other in September, and the voyages from Flanders to those parts during the two other monsoons, [namely], the one in January, and the other in June ; that for the good accomplishment of what is set forth above, the Emperor should order the armed fly-boats then retained in Flanders, and for the same reason, many other Castilian and Portuguese ships, to come at once, in the best way possible, and to come every year at the seasons above named, for by voyaging all together during the monsoons, as aforesaid, they would ensure the safety not only of the merchandise which they brought and carried themselves, but also that of others journeying within those limits from one place to another. Besides these benefits, others, many and great, would ensue to the states of the Emperor and of our lord, the king. [It was thought best] for his Highness to order the ships of his fleets, and those of his vassals, to favor and assist those of the Emperor, and for the Emperor to do the like for those of his Highness, this to be understood only in case of necessity for the defense of each other. All of the abovesaid was approved by the Emperor and by his Highness, and the faithful observance thereof was agreed between them. 20. Truce between Prance and Spain, concluded at Vaucelles, Feb ruary $, /55<5; separate article relating to the Indies and Savoy. INTRODUCTION. The war begun in 1552 between the Emperor Charles V. and Henry II. of France involved several other European powers and also spread to America. The corsairs of Guipuzcoa did much damage to the French fish eries of Newfoundland, Spanish troops were landed on the island, and many ships were captured in the ports and neighboring seas.1 In Porto Rico and Cuba the French committed depredations; in 1555, Havana was taken and pillaged by the French Protestant, Jacques de Sores.3 Through the marriage of his son Philip with Queen Mary, Charles V. hoped to gain England as an ally against France, but the English would not be drawn into a Spanish quarrel. Their interest lay in bringing about a cessation of hostilities and Queen Mary undertook the role of mediator. The Pope also desired peace and appointed Cardinal Pole to negotiate it ; but Pole had little success.* Towards the close of 1555, however, conditions were favorable to a truce. Charles V. had already begun abdicating his various dignities, and wished to transfer to his son a realm at peace. He was also alarmed by the alliance between the King of France and the newly-elected pope, Paul IV. Henry II., on the other hand, feared lest his union with the Pope might drive England into an alliance with Spain. Moreover, both realms were impoverished.4 Near the end of the year the French commis sioners, Admiral Coligny and Sebastien de 1'Aubespine, and the Imperial commissioners, Charles de Lalaing and Simon Renard, who were already conferring at the abbey of Vaucelles, near Cambray, were empowered to 14< Informacion hecha en la villa de San Sebastian, el afio de 1555, para acreditar las acciones marineras de los capitanes armadores de Guipuzcoa durante la guerra con Francia ", printed by C. Fernandez Duro, Disquisiciones Nduticas, VI. : " Area de Npe " (1881), pp. 355-378; and by E. Ducere, Histoire Maritime de Bayonne: Les Corsaires, PP- 333-344- 'Ducere, op. cit., pp. 347, 348; La Ronciere, La Marine Franfaise, III. 579-584. *For Pole's part in the negotiations, see P. Friedmann, Les Depeches de Giovanni Michiel, Ambassadeur de Venise en Angleterre de 1554 d 1557 (1869), pp. xxxv ff. ; and Martin Haile, Life of Reginald Pole (1910), espec. chs. 20-22, and 23 to p. 480. * Papiers d'£tat du Cardinal de Graiwelle, IV., 556, 557; Romier, Les Origines Politiques, I. 488 ff. 215 216 Doc. 20. France — Spain conclude a peace or truce.8 In addition, Charles de Tisnacq, Philibert de Bruxelles, and Gian Battista Schizzo were appointed to act for the Emperor and Philip. The five years' truce, signed on February 5, 1556, as a result of their deliberations, included the separate article, printed below, relating to the Duke of Savoy, the Emperor's ally, and to the Indies. By this article it was agreed that during the truce the subjects of the King of France should not sail to or trade in the Spanish Indies without special license from King Philip. Against those that acted to the contrary, force might be used without impairing the validity of the truce. This renunciation of trade in the Indies was obtained with great difficulty from the French, who claimed that the trade had been permitted them." In later treaties with France, e. g., in those of 1559 and 1598, Spain was unable to obtain a similar renunciation, and as late as the middle of the seventeenth century she harked back to this truce as a reason why the French should keep away from Spanish America/ The Spanish contention was of course weak since it rested on an article of a truce that was valid for only a short period. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. A copy of the separate article on the Indies and Savoy, certified by Josse de Courtewille, secretary of state to Philip II., is in the Archives Nationales at Paris, K. 1643 (D. 6). Text of the separate article : Printed. F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez de Paix (1693), II. 506-507; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. IV., pt. III., p. 84; G. Ribier, Lettres et Memoires d'Estat (1666), II. 629-631 (verbal variations from Leonard). References: Contemporary and early writings. Papiers d'Etat du Cardi nal de Gmnvelle (1841-1852), IV. 541 (ed. by Ch. Weiss, in Collection de Documents Inedits sur I'Histoire de France) ; C. Fernandez Duro, Armada Espanola (1895-1903), I. 451. References: Later writings. Ch. de La Ronciere, Histoire de la Marine Fran^aise, III. (1906) 583, 584. The history of the negotiations pre liminary to the truce is given in F. Decrue, Anne, Due de Montmorency, sous les Rois Henri II., Francois 11., et Charles IX. (1889), ch. 8; A. Segre, " La Questione Sabauda e gli Avvenimenti Politici e Militari che prepararono la Tregua di Vaucelles ", in Memorie delta Reale Ac cad. delle Scienze di Torino, 2d ser., LV. (1905) 383-451 ; L. Romier, Les * The powers given to Coligny and 1'Aubespine on Dec. 25, 1555, to conclude a peace or truce are printed in J. Du Bouchet, Preuves de I'Histoire de I'lllustre Maison de Coligny (1662), pp. 475, 476; Henry II.'s instructions to Coligny, Jan. 25, 1556, arc printed in part in J. Delaborde, Gaspard de Coligny (1879), I. 606-607. * Renard wrote to King Philip : " Quant a 1'article concernant les Indes, ilz 1'ont avec grande difficulte accorde, disans que par cy-devant la navigation marchande leur a este permise, comme vostre majeste verra." Papiers d'Etat du Cardinal de Granvelle, IV. 541- 'Thomas Le Fevre du Grand Hamel, Discours Sommaire de la Navigation (Rouen, 1 650), p. 97. Vaucellcs, 1556 217 Origines Politiques des Gucrres de Religion (1913, etc.), torn. I., liv. IV. ; G. Duruy, De pactis anno 1556 apud Valcellas Indutiis (1883). These writers do not, however, refer to negotiations respecting the Indies. TEXT.' Commil soit que aujourdhuy, date de cestes, ait este traicte tresve marchande et communicative entre messres Charles, conte de Lalaing, baron de Scornetz, chevalier de lordre du thoison dor, lieutenant et capitaine general, et grand bailly de Haynnau, Simon Renard, Charles Tisnacq, Phillibert de Bruxelles, et Jehan Baptista Schicio, senateur et regent de Milan, conseilliers et procureurs de lempereur, et de treshault, tres excellent, et tres puissant prince, Don Philippe, roy dangleterre, de Naples, etc., et messres Caspar de Coligny, sieur de Chastillon, admiral de France, gouverneur et capitaine general tant en lisle de France quen Picardie, et Sebastien de Laubespine, abbe de Bassefontaine et de Sainct Martin en Ponthoise, conseillier et maistre des requestes du Roy tres Chrestien de France. Iceulx commis dudit seigneur Roy tres Chrestien ont en vertu de leur povoir oultre le contenu en ladite tresve accorde et promis que ledit seigneur Roy de France payera ou fera payer, reallement et de fait, durant ladite tresve et chacune annee dicelle, aux termes cy apres speciffiez, au sieur Due de Savoye,* ou ses procureurs ou entremecteurs ayans quictance de luy, la valeur du revenu annuel du plat pays et deppendans de la ville de Ivree," tel que sera estime et liquide par commis quy seront pour ce nommez et choisiz. Et se fera ledit paiement en la ville de Lyon par marchant particulier quy sera advise, assavoir la moictie au dernier jour de Juillet prochainement venant, et lautre moictie au dernier jour de Janvier suyvant, et consequamment de termes en termes. Dont ledit seigneur donnera mandemens et lettres en forme requise pour seurete et payement de la somme. Et joyra ledit seigneur due ses pays, subjectz, et serviteurs du benefice de ladite tresve, tout ainsi que les subjectz et pays desdits sieurs Empereur et roys. Et rentreront lesdits subjectz en la joys- sance de leurs biens, droictz, et actions, comme lesdits subjectz et serviteurs de leursdites majestez. Et audit sieur due ne sera mis empeschements en ce quil tient et possede, et se treuvera tenir et posseder, au temps de la date des presentes. Aussy a este expressement convenu et capitule, que jagoit ladite tresve soit marchande et communicative, sy est ce les subjectz dudit seigneur Roy de France ou aultres par leur adveu ne pourront naviguer, trafficquer, ou negocier aux Indes appertenant audit sieur Roy dangleterre, sans son expres conge et licence. Autrement, faisans le contraire, sera licite user centre eulx dhostilite, demeurant toutte ffois ladite tresve en sa force et vigeur. "The following text is from a copy, certified by Philip II.'s secretary, preserved in the Archives Nationales at Paris, K. 1643 (D. 6). 'Emmanuel Philibert, who succeeded to the dukedom in 1553. The question of re storing to the Emperor's ally, the Duke of Savoy, the territories taken from him by France, had been the chief obstacle to an earlier conclusion of the negotiations. The truce was finally arranged on a basis of uti possidetis. The duke, bitterly disappointed, rejected the yearly stipend promised him by this article. A. Segre, "La Questione Sabauda", in Memoric dclla Rcale Accad. delle Sciense di Torino, ad sen, torn. LV. On the importance of the question of Savoy in these negotiations, see also Romier, Les Origines Politiques, torn. I., liv. IV., ch. i. lf Ivrea, a town 27 miles N.N.E. of Turin, taken from Savoy by France in 1553. 218 Doc. 20. France — Spain Moyennant aussy que soubz ceste umbre riens neste face ou commecte au prejudice des subjectz dudit seigneur Roy tres Chrestien quy se treuveront voiaiger par mer, ailleurs a leurs commoditez, et ou bon leur sembleroit, comme du passe. Le marquis Albert de Brandenburg est comprins de la part dudit seigneur Roy tres Chrestien en la presente tresve. Mais pour son esgard a este declaire, que nonobstant la comprehension faicte de luy par ledit seigneur roy, Ion entend quelle ne puisse avoir lieu en ce que concerne lempire, sinon apres que ledit marquis qui est au ban dudit lempire se sera reconcilie et remis comme devant ; et sera bon content que la justice et chambre imperialle y pourvoye commil appertiendra par droict et raison. A la charge aussy que cependant dune part ny dautre ne se donnera faveur ny ayde audit marquis, directement ou indirectement, pour emprendre centre les estatz, pays, et royaulmes de leurs Majestez, ny en quelque lieu que ce soit. Oultre la comprehension generalle, en laquelle la Royne Leonore sera inseree en la tresve, sy bon luy semble, aians les depputez de Sa Majeste Imperiale, et du Roy dengleterre son filz fait instance des arreraiges de son dot, et voulu entrer en la vigeur et contenu aux traictez qui font mention de ladite dame, Les depputez dudit seigneur Roy tres Chrestien ont respondu nen avoir aucune charge, et remis le tout a Sa Majeste royalle pour en adviser, ainsy que de raison. Aussy aiant les depputez dudit seigneur Roy tres Chrestien fait semblable instance pour Madame la Duchesse de Parme, ceulx de sadite Majeste Imperiale et dudit seigneur roy son filz ont remis le tout a leurs Majestez, Comme nen aiant aucune charge esperant quelles y auront tel regard que de raison. Tous lesquelz articles et chacun diceulx auront et sortiront effect comme sy distinctement ilz estoient comprins en ladite tresve generalle. En signe dequoy lesdits deputez ont promis et jure lobservation et ratification diceulx comme de ladite tresve. Et iceulx signez de leurs seingz. Au lieu de Vaulcelles, le cincqizesme jour de Febvr', Ian quinze cens cinc- quante cincq." Ainsy signe, C. de Lalaing, Renard, de Tisnacq, P. de Bruxelles, Giovanni Battista Sichzo, de Coulligny, et S. de Laubespine. Collationne avecq la lettre originale, escripte en parchemin et signee comme dessus par moy. COURTEVVILLE." n The year is reckoned from March 25. "Comparison of signatures shows that this is Josse (or Joseph) de Courtewille, clerk of the Order of the Golden Fleece and commander in the Order of Calatrava. Philip II. took him to Spain to serve as secretary of state for the affairs of the Low Countries. He died in 1572. 21.* * Treaty between France and Spain, concluded at Cateau- Cambresis, April j, 1559. Oral agreement concerning the Indies. INTRODUCTION. The truce of Vaucelles was soon broken. Within a year, Henry II. renewed the papal alliance and began hostilities against Spain. In the ensuing war both sides won notable victories, which offset each other. In October, 1558, after preliminary conferences, the kings empowered plenipotentiaries to negotiate the peace, which both monarchs ardently desired.1 Philip's re sources were nearly exhausted. Henry hoped that the return of the Constable Montmorency, who had been held as prisoner, would check the growing power of the Guises. Both sovereigns wished to begin a domestic campaign against Protestantism.1 In a castle of the Bishop of Cambray, a treaty between France and Spain was signed on April 3, 1559. A treaty between France and England, the ally of Spain, was signed on the day preceding.* The treaty of Cateau-Cambresis, supplemented in 1598 by the treaty of Vervins, was " the fundamental charter of Europe up to the treaty of West phalia ". Contemporaries considered it disgraceful to France, which sur rendered two hundred towns to Savoy and Spain, and abandoned her pretensions to Italy. Among other things the treaty stipulated the marriage of Philip II. and the daughter of the King of France. In the course of the negotiations the right of the French to go to the Spanish Indies was discussed repeatedly and at length.4 'The powers are printed in Traicte de Paix fait a Chasteau-Cambresis (1637), pp. 160-165. The French plenipotentiaries were : the Cardinal of Lorraine, the Constable Montmorency, the Marshal Saint-Andre, Jean de Morvilliers, bishop of Orleans, Claude de 1'Aubespine, secretary of state, and later, his brother, Sebastien de 1'Aubespine, bishop of Limoges. Spain was represented by the Duke of Alva, William, prince of Orange, Ruy Gomez de Silva, count of Melito, Antoine Perrenot de Granvelle, bishop of Arras, and President Viglius. Bishop Thirlby, the Earl of Arundel, and Nicholas Wotton represented England. The Duke of Savoy and the King of Navarre also sent plenipotentiaries. From the middle of October, 1558, till nearly the end of the following January, negotiations were conducted at Cercamp ; afterwards, at Cateau-Cambresis. 1 For the causes that made Philip desire peace, see L. P. Gachard, Relations des Ant- bassadeurs Venitiens sur Charles-Quint et Philippe II. (1855), PP- 3r4. 3*5- *The text of the French-Spanish treaty is in F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitcz (1693), II. 535 ff. ; and J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. V., pt. L, pp. 34 ff. ; the text of the French-English treaty is in P. Forbes, Full View of Public Transactions in the Reign of Q. Elizabeth (1740-1741), I. 68-81. 4 Papiers d'Etat du Cardinal de Granvelle, V. 285, 286, 546, 564; Negociations relatives au Regne de Francois II., p. 270 ; Archives of Simancas, Secretaria de Estado, leg. 518, f. 88. 15 219 220 Doc. 21. France — Spain Philip thought the question of great importance. During the truce, in viola tion of the separate article,'1 and during the war just passed, the Spanish islands had been the prey of French corsairs. Villegagnon's colony in Brazil seemed a new danger to Spain as well as to Portugal.' In 1557 the Venetian ambassador in Spain ascribed the recent rupture between that country and France partly to the sending of French ships to the Indies " to occupy some place and obstruct the navigation "/ The Council of the Indies advised Philip to arrange in the negotiations for the punishment of French corsairs and for the surrender of French pretensions to the Indies. The Spanish commissioners based their claim to a monopoly of the western navigation on the bulls of Pope Alexander VI. and Julius II. and on the fact that Spain alone had borne the labor and expense of discovery. They urged that Villegagnon should be recalled.8 The French deputies, arguing that the sea was common, and making a distinction used by the English merchants during the Anglo- Portuguese negotiations of 1555, would not agree to exclude Frenchmen from places discovered by them and not actually subject to the kings of Portugal or Castile ; but they would consent either that the French keep away from lands actually possessed by the aforesaid sovereigns, or, as an alternative, that, as in earlier treaties, the Indies should not be mentioned, and if Frenchmen were found doing what they should not they might be chastised. Philip did not approve of the former alternative. The Indies were, therefore, not mentioned in the treaty, but an oral agreement was made, apparently to the effect that west of the prime meridian and south of the Tropic of Cancer might should make right, and violence done by either party to the other should not be regarded as in contravention of treaties. Beyond these " lines of amity " treaties should lose their force. Ships cap tured there were considered good prize." At a later period the Spaniards and * Doc. 20. Ch. de La Ronciere, La Marine Franqaise, III. (1906) 584. ' Papiers d'£tat du Cardinal de Granvelle, IV. 659. 7E. Alberi, Relazioni degli Ambasciatori Veneti, ser. I., torn. III. (1853), p. 304. "Letter from the French deputies to the King of France, dated Mar. 13, 1559. Archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Correspondance Politique, Espagne, vol. IX., ff. 168-170. 9 On Mar. 13, 1559, the Spanish plenipotentiaries at Cateau-Cambresis wrote to King Philip as follows : . . . . " Oultres ce, nous avons longuement debatu pour exclure les Franchois de la navigation des Indes : mais nous ne les avons sceu attraire a ce quilz voulussent exclure leurs subjectz de la ditte navigation, ny que Ion leur donnast mettes ou limites : du moins quil ne leur f ut permis daller aux lieux que si bien ilz sont descouvertz, toutesfois nobeissent ny au royaulme de Castille ny a celluy de Portugal. Bien consenti- roient ilz quilz nallassent aux terres possedees par Votre Majeste et par le Roy de Portu gal, ou que Ion demeurast aux termes des traictez passez. quest quil ne sen fist mention, et que si Ion les trouve f aisant chose quilz ne doibvent que Ion les chastye : alleghans les argumens ordinaires que la mer soit commune, et nous au contraire nous servant du fondement de la bulle du pape Alexandra et du pape Julie second, de la semination que se fit aux princes Cretiens pour scavoir ceulx que vouldriont contribuer aux frais du descouvrement, la demarcation que sen fit, et que ce nestoit raison que aultres vinssent joyr des travaulx et fraiz faictz par aultruy pour descouyrir les dittes Indes. Et que nous leur voulions bien declarer que silz y venoient, encoires quil fut en paix, que Ion Catcau-Cambresis, 1559 " 221 French differed as to the situation of the prime meridian. The former placed it in the Azores ; the latter in Ferro, the westernmost of the Canaries.10 In 1634 Louis XIII. ordered French cartographers to place the prime meridian on their globes and charts at the island of Ferro." It may be noted that the " lines of amity " recognized by the Spaniards roughly corresponded to what may be described as the Portuguese demarca tion line of the bull of 1455, Doc. 1 — the meridian of Cape Non " — and the Spanish demarcation line of the bull of May 4, 1493, Doc. 7." procureroit de les jectcr au fond, sans que par ce nous entendissions que Ion peust alleguer davoir contrevenu ausdits traictez en ce quilz traictent de la communication et conversation des subjectz de lung stir les pays de laultre. Et finablement, apres longue dispute, nous nous sumes arrestez a ce que nous ferions coucher ung article sur ce point, lequel nous pourrions veoir et regarder si sur icelluy nous scaurions accorder. En quoy nous avons encharge au docteur portugais qui est icy apres lavoir informe de ce quest passe dy besoigner ceste nuict et demain le matin." . . . Archive General de Simancas, Sccretaria de Estado, torn. 518, f. 88. The following extract from a letter, apparently written by a member of the Council of the Indies, probably dates from or about the year 1565. It is in the Archives Na- tionales at Paris, K. 1504, No. iga (Fonds de Simancas). " Illustre Sefior. Quando Su Mag[esta]d en Elandes tomo el ultimo assiento de las pazes con el Rey de Frangia, embio a mandar a este consejo le advirtiese si en lo que tocaha a las Yndias avia que tratar cosas que tocasen a su servicio, y el consejo rrespondio que ordinariamente andavan frangeses cosarios por la mar aguardando a los navios que venian de las Yndias por hazer alguna presa, o rrobo en ellos, y que estos se debrian castigar como rrobadores, cosarios, y ynquietadores de la paz y amistad de los rreyes. Y asi mesmo que debria asentarse con el Rey de Frangia, que se apartase de qualquier pretension que tuviese en tierra de las Yndias, pues Su Mag[esta]d las tenia y poseya con tan justos titulos. " Y enquanto al primer capitulo se allanaron, y satisfizieron bien, pero enquanto a lo segundo rrespondieron que no tocarian en las tierras que Su Mag[esta]d poseya en las Yndias, pero que en las tierras que Su Mag[esta]d no poseya ni navegar por la mar no se las devia estorvar, ni se consentirian pribar de la mar y cielo. " Esto es lo que me acuerdo que entonges se trato y rrespondio en sustangia, pero yo hacer buscar la digha consulta y rrespuesta y vista advertire a v. m. si en ella oviere otra cosa de alguna ymportangia que se me olbide." Henry IV., writing on Sept. 20, 1604, to Maximilien de Bethune, remarked apropos of the treaty recently concluded between Spain and England (Doc. 27): " Je croy qu'ils en useront de part et d'autre, comme ont faict mes sujets ct les Espagnols depuis la paix de 1'an mil cinq cens cinquante-neuf, que les Frangois ont continue les diets voyages, jagoit qu'il n'en soit fait mention par la dicte paix; mais comme les Espagnols les rencontrans par dela la ligne les ont traittez en ennemis, les diets Frangois leur ont rendu la pareille et pour cela Ton n'a entendu que la dicte paix fut violee." (Le Roi a Bethune, 20 Sept., 1604. Bibl. Nat. 500 Colbert, 348: 590. Printed in P. Laffleur de Kermaingant, L'Ambassade de France en Angleterre sous Henri IV.: Mission de Christophe de Harlay (1602-1605) (1895), I. 193, note I.) See also the letters written by the Queen Regent of France to the King of England in 1610 and 1611, quoted in D. Asseline, Antiquitez de Dieppe, II. 149 ff., and in E. Guenin, Ango et ses Pilotcs (1901), p. 269 ff. In a document of the year 1588 (Santarem. Quadra Elcmentar, III. 510, 511) the tropic of Cancer is mentioned in connection with the prime meridian — the two constituting the " lines of amity ". ** There is an interesting memoir by Richelieu on this question in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris, Memoires et Documents, France, 792. u F. A. Isambert et al., Recucil Central des Anciennes Lois Francoises (1822-1827), XVI. 409-411. "See Doc. 1, note 40. 11 For instances of the use of the demarcation line of the treaty of Tordesillas as the prime meridian, see Doc. 10, introduction. 222 *Doc. 21. France — Spain BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text. No statement of the wording of the oral agreement has been found. References: Contemporary and early writings. Papier s d'Etat du Cardi nal de Granvelle (1841-1852), V. 169 ff. (ed. by Ch. Weiss, in Coll. de Docs. Inedits sur I'Histoire de France) ; Negotiations relatives au Regne de Frangois II., tirees du Portefeuille de Sebastien de I'Aubespine, Eveque de Limoges (ed. by L. Paris in the same collection, 1841), p. 271 ff. Under the title Traicte de Paix fait d Chasteau-Cambresis a collection of letters from the French deputies was printed in 1637. This contains nothing about the Indies, but some omitted passages relating to the Indies are preserved in manuscript form in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Correspondance Politique, Espagne, vol. IX., ff. 168-170. References: Later writings. The history of the treaty, but without refer ence to the question of the Indies, is in F. Decrue, Anne, Due de Mont- morency, sous les Rois Henri II., Frangois II., et Charles IX. (1889), ch. 10; A. de Ruble, Le Traite de Cateau-Cambresis (1889). 22. Treaty between the King of Spain and the Catholic Princes of France, concluded at Joininlle on January 16, 1585* INTRODUCTION. On June 10, 1584, the Duke of Anjou, brother of Henry III., died, and Henry of Navarre, chief of the Huguenot party, became heir to the French crown. In anticipation of this event, the Duke of Guise, who secretly aspired to the throne, his brother, the duke of Mayenne, and other Catholic nobles, had already proclaimed the old and simple Cardinal of Bourbon as heir presumptive, and revived the Holy League of 1576 to oppose the succession of the King of Navarre. The Duke of Guise had long been in the pay of Philip II. That monarch was now at odds with the ruling family of France because of their dealings with his rebellious subjects in the Netherlands and their befriending of Dom Antonio, prior of Crato, a claimant of the crown of Portugal, which Philip had recently annexed to Spain. Thus a common hostility to the Valois and Protestants brought Philip and the Guises into alliance. Negotiations already begun through the Spanish agents, Juan Moreo and Juan Bautista de Tassis, were continued from the last days of December, 1584, to January 16, 1585, at the chateau of the Duke of Guise at Joinville on the Marne. On the latter date, a treaty of offensive and defensive alliance was signed by Tassis and Moreo on behalf of Philip II., by the Sieur de Mainville on behalf of the Cardinal of Bourbon, and by the dukes of Guise and Mayenne in their own names and those of their brother, the Cardinal of Guise, and their cousins, the dukes of Aumale and Elboeuf . The treaty was ratified by Philip,2 and renewed at Rheims by the Duke of Guise on September 2, 1585." Its chief provisions were as follows : the Cardinal of Bourbon should be declared presumptive heir to the throne of France, from which all heretical princes or countenancers of heresy should be excluded, and, if necessary, opposed with arms ; the Cardinal of Bourbon should, on his accession, confirm the treaty of Cateau-Cambresis ; 4 in France, only Catholic forms of worship should be permitted, no places should be left in 1 The main text of the treaty is dated Dec. 31. 1584; one of the separate articles, Jan. i, 1585; the other, Jan. 16, 1585. J. B. de Tassis, one of the negotiators, states with regard to the treaty : " confectum est foedus decima sexta die Januarii, octuagesimi quinti, etiamsi instrumentum Calendis ipsis asserat confectum." Commentariorum Libri Octo, p. 446. 'Ibid., p. 461 ; Riibsam, Johann Baptista von Ta.ris, pp. 75, ?6. 3 See below, p. 225. *C/. Doc 21. 223 224 Doc, 22. Spain — Catholic Princes of France the hands of heretics, those who would not return to the Catholic Church should be exterminated, and the decrees of the Council of Trent should be observed ; alliances with the Turks and voyages of the French to the Indies and Azores should cease; the King of Spain should pay the contracting princes 50,000 crowns monthly, for the expenses of the war, and advance other sums, as specified ; Cambray and the places in the Netherlands yielded by the heretics to the French should be restored to Spain, and every effort made to prevent the French from trading with or helping the heretics in the Netherlands ; all French Catholics might enter the League, but the con tracting parties to the treaty might not separately admit a foreign Catholic prince, or treat with any prince, including the King of France, to the League's prejudice, or make the treaty public. The dukes of Mercosur and Nevers being absent, a space should be left for them to sign the treaty ; the King of Spain, the Cardinal of Bourbon, and the dukes of Mercoeur and Nevers should ratify the treaty before the end of the following March. In two important separate articles,5 the dukes of Guise and Mayenne promised that, on the outbreak of war, they would endeavor to have Dom Antonio delivered up to the King of Spain, on condition that nothing be attempted against his person ; and the Cardinal of Bourbon promised that every effort should be made to put all the lands of the King of Navarre situated outside France into posses sion of the King of Spain. There were obvious reasons why Philip and the Catholic Leaguers should desire to stop the voyages of the French to the Indies, and to the Azores where the Indian fleets regularly put in. Within the last two and a half years, the Queen-Mother, Catherine de' Medici, to whom Dom Antonio had promised Brazil, had used the naval power of France in an attempt to preserve his authority in the Azores. The French captains who undertook the western voyages and chafed under the commercial restrictions imposed by Spain * were mostly Protestants.7 The far-sighted Huguenot statesmen, Coligny and Duplessis-Mornay, had both planned a French invasion of Philip's western dominions in order to stop at its source the " golden Indian stream " that flowed through the Spanish king's coffers into the hands of the soldiers, agents, and rebels who fought with him against Protestantism. The plan of Duplessis-Mornay, which had been submitted to the King of France a few months before, included an attack upon the treasure fleet ; an occupation of the Isthmus of Panama which would give the French command of both oceans and a short route to the Moluccas ; and the diverting of the East Indian trade into the hands of the French by employing the route to Suez and s Printed in de Tassis, Commentariorum Libri Octo, pp. 456-460. 6 Cf. " Plaintes sur les obstacles apportes au commerce maritime des Rouennais par les Espagnols ", Aug. 20, 1584, in E. de Freville, Memoire sur Ic Commerce Maritime de Rouen (1857), II. 503-505. T La Ronciere, La Marine Francaise, IV. (1910) 31. Joini'illc, /5#5 225 thence to the Mediterranean through the territory of their Turkish allies,' who had recently proposed to establish at Antwerp, under the Duke of Anjou, a staple for all their European trade in Asiatic commodities, which should be conveyed across France from Marseilles to Bordeaux." The League was never able to give effect to the article in the treaty of Joinville concerning the Indies. After the death of Henry III., Philip offered in vain to allow the French to trade there on condition that the League should recognize him as protector of France, and agree to the marriage of his daughter (niece of Henry III.) with a French prince, who should become King of France after the death of the Cardinal of Bourbon.1" BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. No original manuscript of this treaty has been found. Two copies of the French text are in the Bibliotheque Nationale, Fonds Frangais, 3363, f. 9, and 3974, f . 67. These are similar and in the same hand. The former is printed in part below. Text: Printed. The French text of the treaty, without the additional articles, is printed in F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez de Paix (1693), II. 636-642, and J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. V., pt. I., pp. 441-443. The Latin text, including the two separate articles, is in Joannis Baptistae de Tassis Commentariorum de Tumultibus Bclgicis sui Temporis Libri Octo, in C. P. Hoynck van Papendrecht, Analecta Belgica ( 1743), torn. II., pt. II., pp. 446-460. References: Contemporary and early writings. J. B. de Tassis, Commen tariorum Libri Octo (etc., as above), torn. II., pt. II., pp. 442-446, 461. References : Later writings. J. Riibsam, Johann Baptista von Taxis ( 1889) , Kap. 3 ; E. Saulnier, Le Role Politique du Cardinal de Bourbon (Charles X.), 1523-1590 (1912), in Bibliotheque de I'Ecole des Hautes Etudes, fasc. 193. TEXT." Traicte faict avec le Roy d'Espagne 1'an 1585 par Messieurs les Cardinal de Bourbon et Ducz de Guise et du Mayne en Janvier, 1585, a Janville. Le diet traicte depuis fut renouvelle par le diet sieur Due de Guise le deuxiesme Septembre, mil Vc quatre vingtz cinq, a Reims." 'Memoires et Correspondance de Dupiessis-Montay (1824-1825), II. 580 ff.. and see La Ronciere, op. cit., IV. 201-205. * J.-A. de Thou, Histoire Universelle (1734), VIII. 646. 10 " Que le commerce de la marchandise sera ouvert aux Francois pour aller aux terres de Perou et autres terres nouvellement conquises par Sa Majeste, et sc pourront associer avec les Espagnols ou Portugais, ou naviger a part si bon leur semble." P. V. Palma Cayet, Chronologic Novenaire, in Michaud and Poujoulat. Nouvelle Collection des Memoires (1836-1839), ire ser., torn. XII., pt. I., p. 190. See also J. Nouaillac, Villeroy (1909), pp. i/off. " The text is taken from a copy in the Bibliotheque NTationale, Fonds Frangais, 3363, f • 9- "In margin in MS. : " Escript en pappier de la main de . . . , secretaire de Monsieur dumaine." This note is in a hand different from that of the text but like that in which the names of the signatories and the notes at the end of the text are written. 226 Doc. 22. Spain — Catholic Princes of France Au nom de Dieu le Createur. A tous ceux qui ces presentes lettres verront, soit notoire comme ainsy soict qu'il ny aict en ce monde rien que oblige daventaige, ny en quoy les rois, princes, et tous Chrestiens soient plus tenuz, qu'a ce qui est du service de Dieu, tuition, deffence, et conservation de sa saincte loy; et que les seectes et heresies de long temps dispersees par la Chrestiente ayent pris tel accroissement que grande partie dicelle sen trouve gastee et infectee, voires sy avant qu'en plusieurs contrees grandes et notables Ion est venu jusques a la, que de banir la religion catolique, appostolicque, et Romaine, en faisant tout 1'effort possible pour 1'extirper et ruyner de fond en comble, et que les chefz et ministres des dictes sectes et heresie ne veillent, jour et nuict, par tous les subtilz couvertz et publicqz moiens quilz peuvent, que a corrompre et gaster de mesme ce quelle a encores, graces a Dieu, dentier et net, et que au lieu qu'entre les princes Chrestiens, les sectaires et hereticques debvroient estre traictez et tenuz comme commungs ennemiz ; ce neantmoings du coste de la France et d'aulcuns Francoys ilz ayent este tellement supportez, favorisez, et entretenuz au Pais Bas, qu'ilz nauroient pen estre chastiez, puniz, et reduictz, comme il appartient par tres hault, tres excellent, et tres puissant prince, le Roy Catolicque, leur souverain. Ce que les soubzscritz catolicques de la dicte France disent avoir este faict en icelle seullement par le mauvais conseil et persuasion de certaines personnes, plus soigneux de leur proffict particullier que de Ihonneur de Dieu, du service de leur roy, et du bien de leur patrie ; et qu'en cecy Ion y continue encores a present plus que jamais par negotiations, promesses, exortations, pour les rendre tous jours plus obstinez et endurciz en leurs pernitieuses intentions, mesmes que au dedans de la France les catolicques se plaignent de veoir limpunite du blaspheme, quilz appellent liberte de conscience, permise entreux, et daultre part, les villes, les forteresses, leurs maisons, et leurs families, voires les peuples entiers, estre livrez et habandonnez au bon plaisir et domination des hereticques. En quoy, oultre ce que lestat de la dicte France se dissippe par ce moien, encores sont ce aultant d'arcenacqs et magasins dressez pour les hereticques affin d'endommager plus aysement les catolicques, et sestant faict plusieurs et diverses plainctes sur ce particulier a tres hault, tres excellent, et tres puissant prince, le Roy Tres Chrestien, leur souverain, tant aux assemblees des estatz generaulx et particulliers que par les tres humbles requestes, supplications, et remonstrances faictes par plusieurs princes et aultres gens de quallite, lesquelles n'auroient peu obtenir aucune consideration par les artifices de personnes trop soigneuses de leur proffict, comme dit est, et sur le poinct du plus grand denger, que depuis la mort de feu tres excellent prince, monsieur le Due dAlengon, le prince du sang, qui de tout temps et encores a present est chef des hereticques, se pretendant attribuer le premier degre en la suc cession de la couronne de France, a par nouveau serment jure et confirme la protection des diets hereticques, non obstant ce peril si present," luy ont este accordees nouvelles investitures pour plusieurs annees des villes quil possede, centre toutte raison, comme si de propos delibere. Ion le voulloict conduire ainsy enneiny de la foy quil est a la succession de ceste couronne de France, advenant le deceds sans hoirs masles du Roy Tres Crestien, qui seroict preparer de longue main lentiere ruyne de leglise de Dieu. Et combien quil soict en sa divine main de donner enffens audict sieur Roy Treschrestien, quant il luy plaira, si estre quil n'est moings possible quil puisse deceder sans iceux, et pour lors il seroict trop tard de penser aux remedes des certains dangers que le present estat des affaires menassent, non seullement a la " Leonard, Recneil des Traitez, II. 637, reads prcssant. Joinvillc, 1585 227 France, mais generallement a toutte la Chrestiente. dont Ion sapperceoit maintenant a veue doeil. Pour ces cau[s]es, nous, Phillippes, par la grace de Dieu deuxiesme de ce nom, roy de Castille, de Leon, dAragon, Portugal, de Navarre, de Naples, de Seecille, de Jhierusalem, de Majorque, de Sar- daigne, des Isles, Indes, et terre f erme de la mer occeane, archiduc d'Autreiche, due de Bourgongne, de Lottier, de Braban, de Lambourg, de Luxembourg, Gueldres, et de Milan, conte de Hasbourg, de Flandres, d'Artois, de Bour gongne, palatin de Haynault, de Holande, et de Zelande, de Namur, et de Zutphun, prince de Zvuanem, marquis du Sainct Empire, seigneur de Frise, de Sallins, de Malignes, des citez, villes, et pais dutrecq, doverissel, et de Groayningin, et dominateur en Asie et Affricque, desirans en tant qu'a nous est subvenir au grand et pressant d'enger de la religion catolicque, et nous, Charles, Cardinal de Bourbon, premier prince du sang de France, legat du Sainct Siege appostolicque au conte d'Avignon, primat de Normandie, arche- vesque de Rohan, etc., considerans lestroicte obligation que nous avons premierement a Dieu et apres a ce royaume, comme premier prince du sang et legitime heritier de la couronne de France, de prevenir et nous opposer au danger de la religion et a levidante et prochaine ruine de la couronne ; Lois, cardinal de Guise, archevesque et due de Reims, premier pair de France ; Henry de Lorraine, due de Guise et de Chevreuse, souverain de Chasteau- regnault et des terres d'oultre et decza la Meuse qui en deppendent, prince de Joinville, comte deu, baron de Lamberg, Orgon, et Esgallieres, pair et grand maistre de France, gouverneur et lieutenant general pour le Roy Tres Chrestien en ses pais de Champaigne et Brie; Charles de Lorraine, due de Maynne, pair et grand chambellan de France, gouverneur et lieutenant general pour Sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne en ses pais et duche de Bourgongne ; Charles de Lorraine, due d'Aumalle, pair et grand veneur de France ; Charles de Lorraine, due delbeuf, aussy pair de France, resentans le debvoir qui nous oblige a la religion catolicque, estans princes Chrestiens et ne pouvans deffaillir aux pais de nostre naissance, comme membres principaulx dicelluy, en ung besoing si grand et remerquable et ou il est question de Ihonneur de Dieu, de la conservation de son eglise et salut de son peuple, apres que noz susdictes supplications et remonstrances, tant de fois reyterees, nont peu rien obtenir ; tous unanimement, poussez d'entier zelle de sa gloire et honneur, et invocans pour la bonne issue de ceste entreprise 1'intercession de la sacree Vierge mere et de tous les sainctz, avons par ensemble traicte, conclud, et arreste, traictons, concluons, et arrestons par ces presentes confederation, union, et ligue, offencive et deffencive, perpetuelle et a tous jours, pour nous et noz hoirs, pour la seulle tuition, deftence, et conservation de la religion catolicque, apostolicque, et Romaine, restauration dicelle, et pour lentiere extirpation de touttes sectes et heresies de la France et des Pais Bas, et ce aux charges et conditions qui sensuyvent : Renoncera " le diet sieur Cardinal de Bourbon ou ses successeurs, comme font aussy lesdicts princes catolicques, entierement aux ligues et confedera- "The Latin text in de Tassis, Commctifariorum Libri Octo, pp. 450, 451, is as follows: " Renuntiabunt prorsus dictus D. Cardinalis aut ejus successor atque etiam principes foederati amicitiis foederibusque initis atque contractis cum Turca, neque posthac poterunt cum eo ejusque successoribus inire alia foedera aut commercia in praejudicium vel tantillum religionis Christianae, quod similiter se facturum spondet Rex Catholicus. Cessabunt statim omnia latrocinia, pyratica, maritimaeque rapinae, omnesque aliae navigationes illicitae, Indiam Insulasque versus sub ea comprehensas quae sunt dominii Regis Catholici, quae navigationes posthac non sunt permittendae." 228 Doc. 22. Spain — Catholic Princes of France tions que la couronne de France a de present avec le Turc, et ne pourront doresnavant en dresser daultres, ou avoir avec icelluy Turc ou ses successeurs aucune corespondance qui puisse tant soict peu prejudicier a la Chrestiente, non plus que ne fera Sa Majeste Catolicque. Cesseront incontinant touttes pirateries, escumeries de mer, et touttes aultres navigations illicites vers les Indes et Isles comprises soubz icelle apartenans a Sa Majeste Catolicque, sans quelles puissent estre permises de la en avant. Ce traicte fut faict, clos, conclud, et arreste, au chasteau de Joinville, au nom et de la part de Sa Majeste Catolicque, par le sieur Jehan Baptiste de Tassis, chevallier et commandeur de Bien venida, de lordre de Monseigneur Sainct Jacques, conseiller du conseil de guerre et vedor general du camp et armee de Sadicte Majeste Catolicque au Pais Bas, a ce speciallement commis et depute par icelle et assiste de frere Jehan Moreo, chevallier et commandeur dalfosses de lordre de St. Jehan de Jhierusalem, y envoye a cest effect de par Sadicte Majeste Catolicque, Francoys de Roncherolles, sieur de Mayneville et Hengueville, premier baron de Normandie, conseiller nay en la cour de parlement dudict pais, cappitaine de cinquante homines darmes soubz la charge de Monsieur le Conte de Soissons, a ce commis et deputte speciallement par le diet sieur Cardinal de Bourbon. Les susdicts Ducz de Guise et de Mayenne, en propres personnes et au nom et de la part desdicts sieurs Cardinal de Guise, Ducz daumalle et delbenf, le dernier jour de decembre, Ian 1584. Jo. BA[U]T[IS]TA DE TASSIS. FRANCOIS DE ROCHEROLLES. HENRY DE LORRAINE. CHARLES DE LORRAINE, due de Maine. Cest escript est de la tant en nostre nom que main de Monsieur de nous faisans fortz de Guise. Messieurs les Cardinal Nota. Ilz ont laisse de Guise et Ducz dau- espace entre la signa- malle et delbeuf. ture de Monsieur dau malle et la leur pour y mectre 2 signatures, et encores place au bas diceux pour y en mectre 4ou 5. 23. League between France, England, and the United Netherlands against Spain. Accession of the United Netherlands, con cluded at the Hague, October j/, 1596. INTRODUCTION. In January, 1595, Henry IV., king of Navarre and France, formally de clared war against Spain. He appealed to Queen Elizabeth for help, but she responded with demands for the cession of Calais. After Calais had fallen to the Spaniards, Henry sent an embassy to the queen, in April, 1596, to conclude an offensive and defensive alliance, which the United Provinces and other Protestant powers should be invited to join, against the common enemy. Elizabeth appeared reluctant to aid Henry further. She had already spent large sums in support of armies in France and Flanders, was now- burdened with the rebellion fostered by Spain in Ireland and with prepara tions for a naval expedition against Cadiz, and on the eve of the negotiations, she learned of the death of Hawkins and Drake off the coast of America. Nevertheless she yielded to the threat that the King of France, if unaided, would conclude a separate peace with Spain ; and the conferences, which had been conducted chiefly by the Duke of Bouillon and the Sieur de Sancy on the part of France and Lord Burghley on the part of England, terminated in the signing at Greenwich of two treaties, one public and the other secret.1 The public treaty, dated May 14/24, stipulated in articles i to 7 that earlier treaties should be confirmed ; an offensive and defensive league should be formed against Spain, which all interested princes and states should be invited to join ; an army should be raised as soon as possible from the com bined forces of the allies to invade the Spanish dominions ; neither sovereign was to treat for peace or truce with the King of Spain or his officers without 1 For an account of the negotiations, see the " Discours de la Negotiation de Messieurs de Bouillon et de Sancy en Angleterre, 1596", in G. Du Vair, Oeuvres (1625) ; De Thou, Histoire Universelle, torn. XII., liv. 116, pp. 647-661 ; A. Poirson, Histoire du Regne de Henri IV. (1862-1867), torn. II., ch. 7; Motley, United Netherlands, III. 450-460; L. A. Prevost-Paradol, Elisabeth et Henri IV., 1595-159$ (1855) ; J- B. Black, Elisabeth and Henry IV. (1914), pp. 103 ff. Du Vair, a negotiator of the public treaty, says nothing of the private treaty, for which see P. Laffleur de Kermaingant, L'Ambassade de France: Mission de Jean de Thumery (1886), pp. 44 ff., or Motley, loc. cit. The public treaty is printed in F. Leonard, Recueil des Trades (1693), II. 652-655; Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. V., pt. I., pp. 525-527. The secret treaty is printed in part in Ker maingant, op. cit., pieces jitstificatives, pp. 256-258. 229 230 Doc. 23. France — England — United Netherlands the other's consent ; the truce in Brittany should be extended to England, when renewed ; no general truce was to be made with places held by the enemy except with the queen's consent, and particular truces were not to be con tinued more than two months without consent of both sovereigns. Articles 8 to 19 provided chiefly that the queen should send 4000 infantry to serve against the Spaniards, but not more than fifty miles from Boulogne ; that she should advance their pay for six months ; and that if the queen's dominions were invaded and she should ask aid of the French king he should send 4000 infantry to England to serve at her expense not more than fifty miles inland. Articles 20 to 23 stipulated that each sovereign might buy munitions of war and provisions from the other, if mutually convenient ; that there should be reciprocal protection of merchants and freedom in trading; and that the King of France and his successors should not permit any subject of the queen to be molested on account of his religion. Two days later a secret treaty was signed, annulling certain stipulations of the public alliance by providing that the queen should send only 2000 men to France, and advance their pay for only four months, and that she need not spend anything for the invading army of the allies, in spite of the article to the contrary inserted in the public treaty " for the reputation of the league ". These treaties having been duly confirmed by both sovereigns, negotia tions with the States General were conducted at the Hague by the Duke of Bouillon, Buzanval, the regular French ambassador there, and George Gtlpin, English councillor in the Council of State of the United Provinces. The public treaty allured the Dutch to the alliance, in which, for the first time in international affairs, they ranked on an equality with other sovereign powers. The terms of their accession to the league, signed on October 21/31, 1596, were the same as articles I to 7 and 20 to 23 of the Franco-English treaty of May 14/24, summarized above. Before the conclusion of this alliance, as well as after it, the Dutch co operated with England against the maritime power of Spain. By the con tract concluded between Elizabeth and the States General at the end of 1577," and again in the treaty concluded between the same in 1585," it had been agreed that the Dutch should send ships of war to resist the enemy's fleet in co-operation with English ships under the English admiral. In June, 1596, the Dutch had gone beyond their treaty obligations in sending a squadron under Admiral Duyvenvoord to join the English in the expedition against Cadiz,4 the staple town for all the American and Eastern trade. To save the outward-bound American fleet from falling into the hands of the allies, "Printed in Dumont, op. cit., torn. V., pt. I., p. 315. * Printed in Dumont, ibid., pp. 454, 455. 4 For the Cadiz expedition, see Cal. St. Pap.. Dom., 1595-1597, especially pp. 231-235, 255-258, 271-273, 290; Oppenheim's edition of Monson, Naval Tracts, I. 344-395. "• 1-20; J. S. Corbett, Successors of Drake (1900), ch. 3. Hague, 1596 231 the Spaniards had burned all the ships and cargo, losing-, it was estimated, 12,000,000 ducats, and "completely dislocating the American trade". In 1597, after the Dutch had bound themselves by the triple alliance to offensive action, they contributed another squadron, also under Duyvenvoord, which accompanied Essex on the unfortunate Islands voyage,5 projected for the purpose of destroying the Adelantado's fleet, intercepting the homeward- bound American fleet, and occupying the Azores. The triple alliance was of short duration, for Henry, in spite of his promise and contrary to the wishes of his allies, made peace with Philip at Vervins, on May 2, 1598.' In these negotiations, as in the Franco-Spanish negotiations at Cateau-Cambresis,7 the question of the Indian trade was discussed ; but Henry did not succeed in obtaining any further concessions from Spain.' BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text: MS. The original of the ratification by the States General is in the London Public Record Office, T. R., Diplomatic Documents, no. 1175. It is in bad condition, but the parts which are illegible can be supplied from a good copy in B. M., Add. MSS., 19876. Text : Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique ( 1726-1731 ), torn. V., pt. I., pp. 531-537 (Dutch and French translation) ; P. Bor, Ncderlandsche Oorlogen (1679-1684), IV. 262-265. Translation. A General Collection of Treatys (1732), II. 97-102. References: Contemporary and early writings. J. A. de Thou, Histoire Universelle (1734), torn. XIL, liv. 116, pp. 663-671; P. Bor, Neder- landsche Oorlogen (1679-1684), vol. IV., bk. XXXIIL, pp. 257-267. References : Later writings. R. Fruin, Tien Jaren uit den Tachtigjarigen Oorlog, 1588-1^98 (5th ed., 1899), ch. 16; J. L. Motley, United Nether lands (1904), III. 450-465; Naval Tracts of Sir William Monson, I. 362 ff., II. 1-20, " The Cadiz Voyage ", II. 21-83, " The Islands Voyage ", ed. by M. Oppenheim in Publications of the Navy Records Society, XXII., XXIII. (1902) ; P. J. Blok, Geschiedenis van het Nederlandsche Volk (2d ed., 1912-1915), II. 294 ff., or, in English translation, History of the People of the Netherlands (1898-1912), vol. III., ch. 8. 'For the Islands voyage, see Cal. St. Pap., Dom., 1595-1597, pp. 437-438, instructions, PP- 439-441, et passim ; Oppenheim's edition of Monson, Naval Tracts, II. 21-83; Corbett, op. cit., chs. 7, 8. * The text is in Dumont, op. cit., torn. V., pt. I., pp. 561-573. 'Doc. 21. * [Anno 1600.] " II [le Roy] me parla particulierement de quelque plainte qu'on faisoit des recherches centre ceux qui avoient pris quelques Espagnols aus Indes, et me diet que ne devions pas favoriser lesdits Espagnols; et puisqu'ils ne vouloient pas permettre que Ton traictast aux Indes, Bresil, et autres lieux au dela de la ligne, et qu'au traicte de paix dernier il n'y avoit peu rien gaigner, qu'il n'entendoit pas qu'on fist recherche aucune de ce qui avoit este execute par nos gens ausdits lieux ; et puisqu'ils prenoient nos vaisseaux quand ils les y trouvoient, qu'ainsi on leur debvoit rendre la pareille." Memoires de Claude Groulart, in Michaud and Poujoulat, Nouvelle Collec tion des Memoires, ir" sen, torn. XI., p. 585. 232 Doc. 23. France — England — United Netherlands TEXT.' Comme ainsi soit que pour resister aux entreprinses et desseins ambitieux du Roy d'Espaigne centre tous les princes et potentats de la Chrestiente, le Treschrestien Roy de France et la Serenissime Royne d'Angleterre ayent conclud, accorde, et jure entre eulx une ligue offensive et defensive, pour la conservation de leurs personnes, royaumes, pays et subjects, contre les in vasions dudit Roy d'Espaigne, leur ennemy commun, ses royaulmes, estats, pays, et subjects, et qu'a ceste occasion leursdites majestez ayent advise et resolu d'associer en ceste confederation leurs treschers et bons amys, Mes sieurs les Estatz Generaulx des Provinces Unies du Pays Bas, comme ceulx qui ont aultant ou plus d'interest que nuls aultres princes, ou estatz souverains, et pour cest effect commis et envoye leurs deputez pardevers eulx. A ces causes, nous, Henry de la Tour, due de Bouillon, viconte de Turenne, mare- schal de France, assiste du Seigneur de Buzanval, gentilhomme ordinaire de la chambre dudit Sieur Roy, et son ambassadeur ordinaire esdites Provinces Unies des Pays Bas, et nous, Georges Gilpin, conseiller introduit de la part de ladite Serenissime Royne d'Angleterre au. Conseil d'Estat desdites Prov inces Unies, authorisez de la part de leursdites Majestez par lettres de creance qui seront inserees a la fin du present traicte, d'une part, et nous les Estatz Generaulx desdites Provinces Unies du Pays Bas d'aultrepart, avons faict et faisons entre nous esdits noms les accords, traicte, et conventions qui ensuivent ; cest ascavoir, nous, Due de Bouillon, assiste dudit Sieur de Buzanval, et en vertu du pouvoir a nous donne par ledit Sieur Roy, qui sera aussi insere a la fin de ce present traicte, et nous, George Gilpin, authorise comme dessus, avons receu et associe, recevons et associons par ce present traicte, pour et au nom dudit sieur Roy Treschristien et de ladite Serenissime Royne d'Angleterre et leurs successeurs ausdits royaulmes, iceulx Estatz Generaulx desdites Provinces Unies du Paysbas, ascavoir de Gueldres avecq Zutphen, Hollande avecq Westfrize, Zelande, Utrecht, Frize, Overyssel, Groeningen et Ommelanden, avecq tous les membres, villes, et habitans d'icelles, et les nobles, villes, et forteresses du Pays de Brabant et Flandres, qui sont a present unis avecq lesdits Estatz Generaulx, et les Pays de Drenthe, ensemble les provinces, nobles, membres, et villes de Brabant, Luxembourg, Flandres, Artois, Haynault, et aultres provinces dudit Paysbas, qui se joindront et reuniront au corps desdits Estatz Generaulx dedans deux ans, a compter du jour et date des presentes, en ladite ligue offensive et defensive contre ledit Roy d'Espaigne, leur ennemi commun, ses royaumes, estats, pays, et subjects, avecq toutes leurs Souverainetez, droicts, privileges, et franchises, et ce aux clauses et conditions dudit traitte faict entre lesdits sieur Roy et Royne, duquel la teneur ensuit : [2.] Erit confoederatio haec offensiva et defensiva inter dictos regem et reginam eorumque regna, status, dominia, etc., contra Regem Hispaniarum et regna et dominia ejus. [3.] Ad hoc foedus a praefatis principibus contrahentibus invitabuntur et intrare in idem poterunt omnes alii principes et status, quorum interest 'This text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by the States General except where that is illegible, when a copy in the British Museum, Add. MSS., 19876. has been used. Hague, /5p<5 233 sibimet ipsis praecavere ab ambitiosis machinationibus et invasionibus quas Rex Hispaniarum molitur contra omnes vicinos suos, et ad hunc effectum mittentur nuncii seu legati a praefatis rege et regina ad tot principes et status, quot dicti confoederati censuri sunt idoneos ad eos permovendos ut intrent in eandem confoederationem. [4.] Quanto citius commode fieri poterit et negotia praefatorum regis et reginae id permittent, conscribetur unus exercitus de communibus copiis, tarn praefatorum regis quam reginae ac aliorum principum et statuum qui intraturi sunt in hanc confoederationem, ad invadendum Regem Hispaniarum et dominia quaecunque sua. Laquelle ligue, nous, lesditz Estatz Generaulx desdites Provinces Unies du Pays bas cy dessus nommez, apres avoir indurement sur icelle delibere en nostre assemblee avecq le hault et tresillustre seigneur, Maurice, ne prince d'Oranges, comte de Nassau, marcquis de la Vere et Vlissingues, gouverneur et capitaine general de Gueldres avecq Zutphen, Hollande avecq Westfrize, Zelande, Utrecht, Overyssel, et des villes et forteresses de Brabant et Flan- dres, admiral general, ensemble avecq le Conseil d'Estat desdites Provinces Unies, et trouve icelle ligue et confederation estre treshonnorable, utile, et necessaire pour la conservation desdites Provinces centre 1'ambition dudit Roy d'Espagne, avons icelle ditte ligue avecq tous et chacuns les articles et conventions y contenues, accepte, et acceptons par ces presentes, moyennant lesquelles leursdites Majestes, leurs successeurs ausdits royaulmes, et lesdits Estatz Generaulx desdites Provinces Unies seront et demeureront respective- ment tenuz et obligez a 1'entretenement et observation de tous et chascun les points et articles contenuz audit traitte de ligue, promettans nous, Due de Bouillon, assiste dudit Sieur de Buzanval, et en vertu de nostre dit pouvoir, de fournir et delivrer dedans six mois prochainement venants, ou plustost si faire se peult, ausdits Estats Generaulx lettres de ratification dudit traitte contenu cy dessus, dudit sieur Roy Treschrestien, pour luy et ses successeurs, en bonne et deue forme ; comme pareillement nous, Georges Gilpin, authorise comme dessus, avons promis et promettons de procurer que ladite Serenissime Royne d'Angleterre leur fournisse et delivre ses lettres de ratification, aussi en bonne et deue forme et dedans ledit temps de six mois, ou plustost si faire se peut, pendant lequel temps sera neantmoins ledit traitte execute et accompli par lesdits sieur roy, royne, et lesdits Estats Generaulx, en tous et chascuns ses poincts et articles, selon la forme et teneur, pour la conservation de leursdits royaulmes, pays, et estats, ensemble des estats, pays, et subjects de tous roys et royaulmes, princes, electeurs du Sainct Empire, seigneuries, et republiques qui entreront et seront receus en icelle ligue. [Here follow the Duke of Bouillon's credentials from the King of France, dated August 16, 1596; George Gilpin's credentials from the Queen of England, dated September n, 1596, and the powers granted by the King of France to the Duke of Bouillon, " assisted by Buzanval ", dated July 9, 1596.] En foy dequoy, nous, lesdits Due de Bouillon, de Buzanval, et ledit Georges Gilpin, authorisez ainsique dessus, avons signe le present traitte de nos mains et a icelluy appose le seel de nos armes, et nous, lesdits Estatz Generaulx desdites Provinces Unies du Paysbas, avons faict appendre a icelluy le grand seel desdits Estatz et signer par nostre greffier. Faict a la Haye en Holland 234 Doc. 23. France — England — United Netherlands Tan de grace mil cincq cens quatre vingt seize, le trentuniesme et dernier jour du mois d'Octobre. Henry de la Tour, Paul de Choart Buzanval, Geo. Gilpin. Par ordonnance desditz Seigneurs Estatz Generaulx. C. AERSSENZ. TRANSLATION OF ARTICLES. 2. This league between the said king and queen, their kingdoms, states, dominions, etc., shall be offensive and defensive against the King of Spain and his kingdoms and dominions. 3. All other princes and states whose interest it is to take precautions with them against the ambitious plans and attacks that the King of Spain is pre paring against all his neighbors, shall be invited by the aforesaid contracting princes to join this league, and shall be able to enter into it. To bring this about, envoys or ambassadors shall be sent by the aforesaid king and queen to as many princes and states as the said allies shall think fit, in order to persuade them to enter the said league. 4. As quickly as can be conveniently done, and as the affairs of the afore said king and queen allow, one army shall be formed from the combined forces, both of the aforesaid king and queen and of the other princes and states that shall enter this league, in order to attack the King of Spain and all his dominions. 24.* * Cession of the Netherlands by Philip II. of Spain to his daughter, Isabella-Clara-Eugenia, on condition of her mar riage unth the Archduke Albert. Madrid, May 6, 1598. INTRODUCTION. On May 6, 1598, Philip II., the dying king of Spain, signed two acts, a public and a private, conditionally ceding to his daughter Isabella, in antici pation of her marriage to the Archduke Albert of Austria, the old Burgundian dominions — the seventeen provinces of the Netherlands, and the counties of Burgundy and Charolais. The public act — part of which is printed below — regulated the mode of succession to the principality ; provided that in default of descendants from the " Archdukes " the territory should revert to the Spanish crown ; that the principality should not be infeoffed or alienated without the consent of Spain ; that a female ruler should marry the King of Spain, his son, or some one acceptable to the king, and that marriages of children of rulers should also be acceptable to the king; that future rulers must take an oath to hold to the Catholic faith ; and that neither the rulers nor their subjects should trade in the East or West Indies. The private act ' stipulated that Spain should, at its discretion, keep Antwerp, Ghent, and some other strong places in the southern provinces, regulating and paying for their defense; and that the archdukes and their successors should perse cute heretics and retain none but Catholics in their household or service. By thus establishing a quasi-independent government in the Netherlands, Philip II. had hoped to induce the rebellious northern provinces to reunite with the southern.2 In August, 1598, the government at Brussels wrote to the States General at the Hague, urging them to reunion.8 Toward the end of 1598, the new King of Spain, Philip III., attempted to coerce the Dutch by closing to them the very profitable trade with Spain and Portugal ; and about the same time the archdukes also prohibited commerce with the rebels/ But the Dutch would be neither persuaded nor coerced into submission. In March, 1599, they responded to the overtures of the Brussels government by pointing out the disadvantageous character of the terms of Philip's cession, 1 The private act is in Brants, Ordontiances des Pays-has. Regne d' Albert et Isabelle, I. 12-13, and in Navarrete, Col. de Docs, para la Hist, de Espaiia, XLII. 222-225. 2 L. P. Gachard, Documents Inedits concernant I'Histoire de la Belgique (1833-1835), I. 378. 3 Gachard, Actes des Etats Generanx de 1600, pp. xxxiii ff. 4 Gachard, ibid., pp. Ixxii-lxxiv. 1 6 235 236 Doc. 24. Cession of the Netherlands and in particular of the article that shut out the Netherlander from the Ameri can and East Indian trade.6 To the commercial restrictions they replied by prohibiting all trade with Spain and the Belgian provinces ; * by equipping a fleet to act against the Spanish armada, the treasure-ships, and the coasts of Spain and America ; and by organizing that direct trade with the East Indies and America which was soon to give them the pre-eminence in wealth that Spain and Portugal were unable to retain.7 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text : MS. A contemporary copy is in jthe Register of the States of Hainaut, in the State Archives at Mons, Etats de Hainaut: Inaugurations et Serments des Princes, Obseques, 1549-1717, no. 660, L, p. 53. Text: Printed. French. V. Brants, Recueil des Ordonnances des Pays- Bas, Regne d' Albert et Isabelle, 1597-1621 (1909), I. 7-12. This text, from the Register at Mons, differs considerably from that in J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. V., pt. I., pp. 573-575, and in E. van Meteren, Histoire des Pays-Bos (1618), liv. XX., pp. 425, 426. Spanish. M. F. de Navarrete, Coleccion de Documentos Ineditos para la Historia de Espana (1842-1895), XLIL 218-222. References: Contemporary and early writings. Meteren, op. cit., liv. XX., p. 428; P. Bor, Nederlandsche Oorlogen (1679-1684), vol. IV., bk. XXXVL, passim. References: Later writings. L. P. Gachard, Actes des Etats Gencraux de 1600 (1849), introduction; A. Levae, Recherchcs Historiques sur le Commerce des Beiges aux hides (1842), pp. 5-8; R. Fruin, Tien Jaren nit den Tachtigjarigen Oorlog, 1588-1598 (5th ed., 1899), ch. 19; G. Turba, " Beitrage zur Geschichte der Habsburger : Aus den Letzten Jahren des Spanischen Konigs Philipp II.", in Archiv fiir Oesterreichi- sche Geschichte, Bd. LXXXVI. (1899), pp. 367 ff. ; H. Pirenne, Histoire de Bclgiqite (1900, etc.), IV. 215-222. TEXT.' Philippe, etc. A tons presens et a venir qui ces lettres verront ou lire oyront. Comme nous ayons trouve convenir tant au bien de la Chrestiente en general qu'au particulier de noz pays d'embas, de ne dilayer plus longuement le mariage de nostre tres chere et tres amee bonne fille aisnee, Tin f ante Isabel Clara Eugenia, et qu'estans a ce meu, tant a cause de la conservation de nostre maison que d'aultres bon respectz, comme aussy pour Taffection particuliere que portons a nostre tres cher et tres ame bon frere, nepveu, et cousin, 5 The document in which the Dutch criticize the terms of the cession is printed in Bor, Nederlandsche Oorlogen, IV. 542. * Gachard, op. cit., p. xxxvii. 7 Gachard, ibid., pp. Ixxiv, Ixxv. "This text is from the contemporary copy in the Register of the States of Hainaut, in the State Archives at Mons, Etats de Hainaut, Inaugurations et Serments des Princes, Obseques, 1549-1717, no. 660, I., p. 53. Madrid, /5p 31 5 J- A. de Abreu y Bertodano, C election de los Tratados de Espaha: Reynado del Rey D. Phelipe III. (1740), I. 164-169. Translation. A General Collection of Treatys (1732), II., 128-131. References: Contemporary and early writings. Due de Sully (Maximilien de Bethune), Menioires in Michaud and Poujoulat, Nouvelle Collection des Menioires (1836-1839), 2e ser., torn. II., cc. 114-122, and in other editions ; P. Laffleur de Kermaingant, L'Ambassade de France en Angleterre sous Henri IV.: Mission de Christophe de Harlay, 1602-1605 (1895), pieces justificatives, pp. 110-121 (letters from Henry IV. to Beaumont) ; Calendar of State Papers, Venice, 1603-1607, nos. 64, 81, 86, 87, 90, 91, 93, 98, 107, 118, 127, 139, 141, 147, 161, 162, 259, 739 (p. 518), et passim. References: Later writings. Laffleur de Kermaingant, op. cit., ch. 2, pp. 110-119; S. R. Gardiner, History of England, 1603-1642 (1894-1896), I. 106, 107; L. von Ranke, History of England (1875), I. 388, 389. In the Revue Historique, torn. LV. (1894), pp. 70 ff., 291 ff., Ch. Pfister examines critically Sully's account of his English embassy. ' Doc. 27. 'Kermaingant, L'Ambassade de France, I. 244; Gardiner, History of England, 1603- 1642, I. 217, 218. fillers Cotterets, Hampton Court, /<5oj 245 TEXT.' Articles traittez et accordez avec le Roy d'Angleterre et d'Escosse * par le Sieur Marquis de Rosny, grand maitre de I'artillerie et grand voyer de France, ambassadeur et envoye par Sa Majeste vers ledit roy. 8.* Davantage a este accorde, que si les deux roys estoient ensemblement attaqut'3 par 1'Espagne ou qu'ilz fussent contraints par raison d'estat et pour la seurete, repos, et utilite de leurs personnes, royaumes, et subjects, d'ouvrir communement la guerre, que un chascun d'eux la fera de son coste, non point a demy mais selon qu'il convient a la dignite et grandeur de telz princes, et avec moyens suffisans pour en faire esperer 1'entiere delivrance des dix-sept Provinces des Pays-Bas. 9. A sc.avoir de la part du roy avec une armee de quinze ou vingt mil hommes, qu'il jettera vers lesdits Pa'is bas, et tiendra les provinces de Guyenne, Languedoc, Provence, Dauphine, Bresse, et Bourgogne, munyes d'un suffisant nombre de gens armez, ensemble d'une suffisante quantite de galeres en equipage de guerre dans la mer de Levant, afin de tenir non seulement ses costes en seurete, mais donner juste jalousie au Roy d'Espagne, et par conse quent occuper et divertir partie de ses forces. 10. Et de la part du dit Roy d'Angleterre la guerre se fera avec deux grandes flottes dignes de faire de bons exploits vers les Indes et costes d'Espagne ; et une armee de terre, laquelle ne pourra estre moindre que de six mil hommes, le tout leve et soudoye a ses f raiz et despens, sans que durant tout ce temps de guerre commune ledit Roy d'Angleterre puisse presser Sa Majeste de ce qu'il luy pourra lors debvoir de reste. Faict a Villiers Costerets le dixneufiesme jour du moys de Juilet, 1603. HENRY. DE NEUFVILLE. 7 The text is from the original manuscript of the agreement signed by Henry IV. on July 19, 1603, preserved in the P. R. O., State Papers Foreign, Treaties, no. 50. * See Doc. 27, end of text, after note 19. ' The articles are not numbered but the text is paragraphed. 27. Treaty between Spain and Great Britain concluded at London, August 18/28, 1604. Ratification by the King of Spain, June 5/15, 1605. [Ratification by the King of Great Britain, August 19/29, 1604.] INTRODUCTION. James I. of England, a lover of peace and favorably disposed toward Spain, regarded the Anglo-Spanish war of Elizabeth's reign as a personal quarrel between sovereigns, which had been ended by Elizabeth's death and his accession.1 In accordance with this theory, on June 23/July 3, 1603, he issued a proclamation that Spanish ships and goods taken by his subjects after April 24/May 4, 1603, should be restored to their owners.1 On May 19/29, 1604, he empowered his leading councillors, Thomas Sackville (earl of Dorset), Charles Howard (earl of Nottingham), Charles Blount (earl of Devonshire), Henry Howard (earl of Northampton), and Lord Robert Cecil, to treat for peace with the deputies of Spain, Juan de Velasco (con stable of Castile), the Spanish ambassador in London, Juan de Tassis (count of Villa Mediana), and Alessandro Rovida (senator of Milan), and with the deputies of the archdukes, Charles, prince-count of Arenberg, President Richardot, and the Audiencer Verreycken. In the negotiations, which began at the residence of the Spanish ambassador on May 20/30 and lasted six weeks, controversy centred about two questions — Anglo-Dutch relations, and the rights of English traders in Spain, Flanders, and the East and West Indies. The English commissioners refused to renounce trade with the Dutch, or, for the present, to hand over the cautionary towns to Spain ; but they agreed that English subjects should not transport Dutch merchandise to the King of Spain's dominions or to the archdukes' provinces, or Spanish merchandise to the United Provinces, or use Dutch ships in the Spanish trade. They also consented to several somewhat ambiguous articles, offensive to the Dutch, which Cecil declared would be rendered harmless by England's friendly interpretation.* In regard to trade with Spain it was provided that imports from Britain and Ireland into the Spanish dominions, and exports from the Spanish dominions into Britain and Ireland, should be exempt from the recently imposed 30 per cent, tax ; and that English traders in the Spanish 1 The king's speech to his first Parliament. Journals of the House of Commons, I. 142. 'Rymer, Foedera, XVI., 516, 517. Cf. below, art. 2. ' Winwood, Memorials, II. 27, 28. 246 London. 1604 247 dominions should not be molested " for the cause of conscience ", " so as they give not scandal unto others" (art. 21). Concerning trade to the East and West Indies, an arrangement but no real agreement was reached. The instructions 4 of the English commissioners in this matter, identical with those for the abortive Anglo-Spanish negotiations at Boulogne, four years * Instructions to English commissioners, May 22/June i, 1604. ..." Lastly, it is likely they will forbid us trade into the Indias, wherein you must by all arguments you can maintaine that it is very disconsonant with trewe amitie to forbid their freinds those common liberties. Yea, though the whole Indias were as meerely subject to their sover- aignetie as Spaine it selfe is, especiallie when in former treaties there have been con- trarie clauses, which have given fr%edome of trade into all their domynions. And yet because it shall appeare that wee will not be found unreasonable, you shall let them knowe that, to avoyde all inconveniences that may peradventure happen in places so remote, when the subjects of other princes shall fall in companie one with another, where their lawes and discipline cannot be so well executed, wee are contented to prohibite all repaire of our subjects to any places where they are planted, but onely to seeke their traffique by their owne discoveries in other places, whereof there are so infinite dymensions of vast and great territories as themselves have no kind of interest, but do trade with divers great kings of those countryes but as forrayners and strangers, from which to barre ourselves by accord, seeing it is not in his power to do it by force, no not to any pettie prince, were both an unkindnesse and an indignitie to be offered." P. R. O., State Papers Foreign, Spain, bundle 10. Also B. M., Cotton MSS., Vesp. C. XIII., f. 61. With these it is of interest to compare the following instructions for the negotiations at Bourbourg in 1587: "15. It is likely allso, that some speciall article will be required to forbyd all trafick of our people into the Indias, both of the west belonging to the crowne of Castill and to the Est allso, now in the K. of Spaynes possession by reason of Portingall. To this it may be allso sayde, that we shall be content to observe such orders as were in any force in the tyme of the Emperor Charles being possessed of the West Indias. And as for the Est Indias, wee are content to covenannt to observe allso all such orderes as were att any tyme accorded and used in the tyme of the King Sebastian. And if these general! answeres shall not content them, then ye shall require of them, what other speciall article they wolde reasonably desyre, for that ye are not warranted otherwise to yeelde to them. But yet our meaning is ye shall as of yourselves reason with them, as it may appeere that ther is no reason to barre our subjects to use trade of merchandise in the Indias, where the Frenche are daily suffred so to doo, so as the same be with the goodwill of the inhabitants of the countryes, and only for lawfull trade of marchandise. And likewise it is no reason by a large naming of the Indias, to barre our marchantes to trade in any places dis covered or to be discovered by our own people, being places where neyther in the tyme of the Emperor Charles, nor of the King that now is, any Spanyard, Portingale, or any other Christian people have had any habitation, residence or resorte. And to those provisions mentioned (as of yourself) to be annexed to the generall prohibitions, if they will condescend ye may saye, ye will send to knowe our opinion, what we lyke therof, and what other conditions we will require to be excepted out of the generall prohibition for our subjects to sayle into the Indias. " In the argument therof ye may aledge that the cheefe reasons why the Emperor Charles and the King of Portingale in their tymes did seeke to prohibite all others than their own subjectes to trade into those Indias discovered by their people, was in recompence of the charges sustayned by the discoverers that the proffitt of the riches discovered might recompence the first discoverers and their heires. A matter agreable to good reason, but not so to be extended as by the large titles and nomination of the Indias (wherof ther is no certain limitation) all parts of the worlde in the West or in the East, that were not or should not be discovered by the subjects of the said Emperor, or by the kinges of Portingale should still so remayne undiscovered and not to be by any other Christians with their laboure sought out and discovered and brought to the knowl edge of God, and of Christ the Saviour of the Worlde, for that were against all Christian charitie, and against all humain reason, and directly againste that generall proposition in the holy Scripture : Coelum coeli Domino, terram dedit filiis hominum." P. R. O., State Papers Foreign, Flanders, 1585-1587, I. Also in B. M., Cotton MSS., Vesp. C. VIII., and ibid., Galba D. II. f. 318 b, a draft in Burghley's hand. 248 Doc. 27. Spain — Great Britain before/ sanctioned only one concession — that Englishmen should be pro hibited from going to any places in the Indies where the Spaniards were actually " planted ". This was in accordance with a principle formulated by the French and English long before " and recently embodied in the charter granted to the English East India Company on December 31, i6oo.T It was rejected by the Spaniards, who insisted that the English should be excluded from every part of the Indies, either expressly or by clear implication ; or else, that the King of England should declare in writing that his subjects would trade in the Indies at their own peril. These demands the English refused. Cecil and Northampton alleged that an express prohibition to trade would wrong James's honor since Spain had not put it in the treaties made with France and other princes ; and that a denial of reciprocal freedom of intercourse was contrary to the law of nations. The Senator of Milan answered " that though ordinary societies by law should be equal, yet that they might be limited by conventions, and that the same ought not to be found strange in this case, because the said Indias was a new world ". After much debate it was resolved that in the article for general intercourse the following words should be inserted : " In quibus ante bellum f uit commercium juxta et secundum usum et observantiam antiquorum foederum." This left the matter " to the liberty of interpretation of former treaties and the observance and use thereof ".* Now, from the time of Hawkins, the English, and Cecil in particular, had interpreted the clauses for mutual intercourse in the old Anglo-Spanish and Anglo-Burgundian treaties as permitting them to trade in the Indies,9 and the government continued to hold to this interpre tation." Soon after the conclusion of the treaty Cecil wrote to the English 8 The instructions are in P. R. O., State Papers Foreign, France, bundle 44. * Cal. St. Pap. Foreign, 1561-1562, p. 72; and cf. J. Williamson, Maritime Enterprise, 1485-1558 (1913), PP- 288 ff. 1 The charter is in S. Purchas, H'akluytus Posthumus or Purchas His Pilgrimes (Maclehose ed., 1905-1907), II. 366-391. 8 Journal of the negotiations. See below, bibliography. 'The Hawkins' Voyages (ed. C. R. Markham for the Hakluyt Soc., LVII. (1878) 30-34, 38) ; W. Camden, History of England during the Life of Elizabeth, in IJ. Hughes], A Complete History of England (1706), II. 410; cf. Cal. St. Pap., Spain, 1558-1567, 593. 10 Cf. the instructions for the negotiations at Bourbourg printed above, note 4. In " Reasons for the trade to the East and West Indians ", compiled by Robert Cotton for Northampton's use in the negotiations of 1604 (Brit. Mus., Cotton MSS., Vesp. C. XIII., ff. 47-50), the " former leagues " of 1489, 1507, 1515, 1520, 1529, and 1543, are adduced. The last four were concluded between Henry VIII. and Charles of Spain. Philip II. had refused to confirm the treaties with England. The article of mutual intercourse in the last two treaties mentioned above refers back to the article in the treaty of Apr. II, 1520, which is as follows: "Item, conventum, concordatum, et con- clusum est quod omnes et singuli subditi regnorum et dominiorum dictorum principum eorumdemque actores, factores, negotiorum gestores, attornati, servitores, et ministri, cum rebus, nayibus, bonis, et mercibus suis quibuscumque, ad omnia et singula terras, patrias, dominia, civitates, oppida, villas, castra, portus, jurisdictiones, et districtus utriusque principum praedictorum accedere, navigare per terram, mare, vel aquas dulces, venire, morari, et perhendinare, ibique omnium mercium genera, cum quibuscumque mercatoribus cujuscumque nationis, emere, vendere, permutare, et cum eisdem vel London, 1604 249 ambassador in France: "If it be well observed how the [ninth] article is couched, you shall rather find it a pregnant affirmative for us than against us ; for, sir, where it is written that we shall trade in all his dominions, that comprehends the Indies; if you will say, sccundum tractatus antiques, no treaty excluded it "." The Spaniards, on the other hand, resolutely affirmed that the terms of the peace excluded the English from the Indies." However, as was remarked in the instructions cited above, they were not able to bar out the English by force ; and the latter not only continued their trade in the East, but, in spite of Spanish opposition,13 proceeded to colonize Virginia under a charter which allotted to the grantees a portion of America " not actually possessed by any Christian prince or people "." The treaty was not signed until August 18/28, after the arrival in London of the Constable of Castile, who had been detained in Flanders. It was confirmed by King James on the following day, and ratified by the King of Spain on June 15, 1605. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text : MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Spain, June 15, 1605, is in the London Public Record Office, Museum, Case G. The ratification by the archdukes is in the Public Record Office, T. R., Diplomatic Documents, no. 1176; and the enrolled treaty is in the same depository, Treaty Roll, no. 216. Text: Printed. T. Rymer, Foedera (1704-1735), XVI. 585-596, 617-629; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. V., pt. II., pp. 32-36, and, more completely, pp. 625-631 ; J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados de Espana: Reynado de Phelipe III. (1740), I. 243-286 ; separate articles defining art. XXI. are in R. Winwood, Memorials of Affairs of State in the Reigns of Elisabeth and James I. (1725), II. 29 ; concerning German merchandise, in Abreu, loc. cit. Several early edi- aliis bonis, navibus, rebus, et mercibus suis ad alia regna, loca, portus, et ad quetncumque vel quaecumque locum vel loca voluerint recedere, et oinne genus commercii invicem exercere libere et licite valeant, juxta et secundum vim, formam, et effectual tractatus intercursus mercium de data vicesimi quarti diei mensis Februarii, anno domini mil- lesimo quadringentesimo nonagesimo quinto, et articulorum subsequentium, durante provisione praesenti." Rymer, Foedera, XIII. 713, 716. The treaty of Feb. 24, 1495/6, is the well-known Intercursus Magnus. Ibid., XII. 5/8-591. a P. R. O., State Papers Foreign, Spain, bundle 10. Cf. the answer of James I. to the Venetian ambassador, Nov. 2, 1604. Cal. St. Pap., Venice, 1603-1607, pp. 189-190; and Cecil's letter to Winwood, " For the matter of the Peace which is lately concluded, it was a very good judgment of Barnevelt, when he said, that Litera occidit, spiritus autem vivificat ; for so treaties are commonly carried between great princes, where many things are left to interpretation for saving reputation to those that will make no quarrell for things done, though they never give consent thereunto by their treaty." Winwood, op. cit., II. 27. "Grotius, Annals (1665), p. 920; and cf. Doc. 29, introduction and note 5. 13 See the letters from Zufiiga to the King of Spain and from the King of Spain to Zuniga in A. Brown, Genesis of the United States (1890), I. 45, 46, 88-91, 97-99, 102- 104, etc. "The expression occurs in the preamble of the charter. The charter is printed in Brown, op. cit., I. 52 ff. 250 Doc. 27. Spain — Great Britain tions and translations of the text are listed in the British Museum Catalogue, under " England : Treaties ". This appears to have been the first English treaty printed by royal authority. Translations. Articles of Peace . . . 1604 (ed. R. Barker, 1605) ; A Gen eral Collection of 7'reatys (1732), II. 131-146; British Museum, Harleian MSS., 35- References: Contemporary and early writings. A journal of the nego tiations by Sir Thomas Edmondes is in the London Public Record Office, Treaty Papers, 64; copies of the journal are in the British Museum, Harleian MSS., 35, and Add. MSS., 14033 ; several copies are mentioned in the Reports of the Commission on Historical Manuscripts, and one is printed in part in the appendix to the Eighth Report, pt. I., pp. 95-98 ; Calendar of State Papers, Venice, 1603-1607, passim; Winwood, op. tit., II. i ff. ; Works of Sir Walter Ralegh (1829), VIII. 299-316, " A Dis course touching a War with Spain, and of the Protecting of the Nether lands " ; E. van Meteren, Histoire des Pays-Bas (1618), pp. 547-550. References: Later writings. S. R. Gardiner, History of England, 1603- 1642 (1894-1896), I. 206-217, 342; P. Laffleur de Kermaingant, L'Ambassade de France en Angleterre sons Henri IV.: Mission de Christophe de Harlay, 1602-1605 (1895), cn- 3 > L. Willaert, " Negocia- tions Politico-Religieuses entre 1'Angleterre et les Pays-Bas Catholiques (1598-1625)", II. "Intervention des Souverains Anglais en Favettr du Protestantisme aux Pays-Bas ", in Revue d'Histoire Ecclesiastique, July. 1907, pp. 5i4ff. TEXT." Philippus Tertius, Dei gratia rex Castellae, Legionis, Aragonum, Utriusque Siciliae, Hierusalem, Portugaliae, Navarrae, Granatae, Toleti, Valentiae, Galleciae, Majoricarum, Hispalis, Sardiniae, Cordubae, Corsicae, Murtiae, Giennis, Algarbii, Gibraltaris, Insularurn Canariae, necnon Indiarum Ori- entalium et Occidentalium, insularum ac terraefirmae maris Occeani ; archidux Austriae, dux Burgundiae et Mediolani, comes Abspurgi, Barchinoniae. Cantabriae, et Molinae Dominus, etc. : omnibus et singulis ad quos praesentes literae pervenerint, salutem. Cum tractatus quidam firmae amicitiae et pacis perpetuae ac commertii inter commissarios et deputatos nostros et serenis- simorum principum Alberti et Isabellae Clarae Eugeniae, archiducum Aus triae, ducum Burgundiae, et Jacobi, Magnae Britanniae, etc., regis, fratrum et consanguineorum nostrorum charissimorum, Londini, vigesimo octavo die Augusti, stillo novo, anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo quarto, concor- datum et conclusum f uerit, cujus tenor sequitur : Noverint omnes et singuli quod post diuturnum et saevissimum bellorum incendium, quo Christianae provintiae per multos annos insigni jactura conflagrarunt, Deus, in cujus manu omnia posita sunt, ex alto respiciens et sui populi (cui ut pacem afferret et relinqueret, proprium sanguinem effundere non dubitavit) calamitates miseratus, potentissimorum Christiani imperii principum stabili conjunctione, saevientem ignem potenter restinxit, et diem pacis, diem tranquillitatis, hujus- que magis optatam quam speratam, misericorditer attulit. Devolutis enim, per ipsius Dei maximi gratiam, ad extirpanda discordiarum semina, Angliae '* The following text is printed from the original manuscript of the ratification in the Public Record Office. Museum, Case G. London, 1604 251 et Hiberniae regnis ad Serenissimum Jacobum Scotiae regem, sublatisque ideo illis dissensionum causis quae bella inter antecessores serenissimoruni principum, Philippi III., Hispaniarum regis, et Alberti ac Isabellae Clarae Eugeniae, Austriae archiducum, ducum Burgundiae et Serenissimi Jacobi regis Angliae tamdiu aluerunt, animadverterunt dicti omnes principes (Deo corda illorum illuminante) nihil superesse cur odiis, quae nunquam inter ipsos extiterunt, certarent, vel armis, a quibus majores ipsorum semper abstinuerunt, contenderent, et ab antiquissimo ac supra hominum memoriam custodito foedere discederent, arctissimaque necessitudinis, quae praedicto serenissimo Regi Angliae cum serenissimis Austriaca et Burgundica familiis intercedit, vincula disrumperent, ac veterem amicitiam, novis semper ac indies cumulatis amoris ac benevolentiae officiis excultam, violarent. Propterea, audito de successione dicti Serenissimi Scotiae Regis ad regna Angliae et Hiberniae, missisque ex parte Serenissimi Regis Hispaniarum, Domino Joanne Taxio, comite Villaemedianae et, ex parte dictorum Serenissimorum Archiducum, Domino Carolo, principe comite Arembergii, qui de regni suc cessione, nomine serenissimorum principum, respective, gratularentur dicto Serenissimo Regi Angliae, eaque legatione humanissime suscepta, legatisque amantissime receptis, certiores redditi fuerunt dicti Serenissimi Rex Hispa niarum et Archiduces a suis legatis de propensa Serenissimi Regis Angliae voluntate, nedum ad observanda antiqua foedera, sed alia (si opus foret) arctiora et firmiora ineunda. Quare nihil ab ipsis praetermittendum esse putarunt, quo posset communis Reipublicae Christianae tranquillitas pro mo veri, et populorum sibi commissorum utilitati prospici ; et ut quamprimum et sedulo opus tarn pium conficeretur, commissarios suos ac procuratores generales ac speciales constituerunt, cum amplissima facultate ad ineunda cum ipso serenissimo Rege Angliae ac stabilienda foedera, renovandaque jamdiu intermissa commercia, pacemque ac amicitiam perpetuo duraturam inter ipsos principes, confirmandam. Quapropter, nos, Johannes Velaschius, Castellae et Legionis comestabilis, dux civitatis Friensis, comes Hari, dominus villarum Villalpandi et Pedratiae de la Sierra, dominus domus Velaschiae et Septem Infantium de Lara, cubicularius major Serenissimi Philippi III., Hispaniarum, etc., regis, ac suus in pertinentibus ad statum ac bellum consiliarius, ac preses Italiae, procurator et commissarius specialis a Rfegia] Cfatholica] Mfajestate] constitutus, ad praedicta et infrascripta omnia stabilienda et peragenda, cum amplissima facultate (ut patet in mandate regis, facto in Valladolid primo Octobris, anno 1603, manu propria dicti Catholici regis subscripto, et suo sigillo regio munito, de verbo ad verbum inferius registrando) ; et nobiscum, Joannes Taxius, comes Villaemedianae, a cubiculo regis et cursorum in regnis et dominiis Regis Catholici generalis praefectus, et a Regia Catholica Majestate ad tractatum pacis nominatus ; et Alexander Rovidius, collegii Mediolanensis jurisconsultus et Mediolanensis provintiae senator, a nobis nomine S[uae] R[egiae] Cfatholicae] M[ajesta]tis nominatus, et a nobis pariter, dum properantes in Angliam, superveniente valitudine, in Belgio distineremur, virtute facultatis regiae nobis concessae ad ipsam pacem, interea, cum eadem facultate et auctoritate quae nobis tributa fuerat, tractandam — una cum dicto Comite Villaemedianae — substitutus (ut patet mandate facto Bergis Sancti Winoci, decimo quinto Maii, 1604, inferius de verbo ad verbum registrando) omnes commissarii ex parte dicti Serenissimi Regis Hispaniarum ; Carolus, 17 252 Doc. 2j. Spain — Great Britain princeps comes Arembergii, eques Ordinis Aurei Velleris, a consiliis rcrum status, admiralius generalis ; Joannes Richardotus, eques, Secreti Consilii preses et a rerum status consiliis ; Ludovicus Verreycken, eques, primarius secretarius et audientiarius, serenissimorum principum Archiducum legati et deputati (ut patet mandate facto Bruxellis, die duodecimo mensis Aprilis, 1604, inferius quoque registrando) ; Thomas, comes de Dorset, baro de Buc- hurst, thesaurarius magnus Angliae ; Carolus, comes Nottingham, baro Howard de Effingham, capitalis justitiarius et justitiarius itinerans omnium forestarum citra Trentam, magnus admiralius Angliae et praefectus generalis classium et marium regnorum Angliae, Franciae, et Hiberniae, ac insularum et dominiorum eorundem ; Carolus, comes Devoniae, baro de Mountjoy, locumtenens pro serenissimo Rege Angliae, etc., in regno suo Hiberniae, munitionum bellicarum praefectus, gubernator oppidi, insulae, et castri Portis- mout, — praenobilis Ordinis Garterii milites ; Henricus, comes Northamp- toniae, dominus Howard de Marnehil, custos et admiralius Quinque Portuum maritimorum ; et Robertus, dominus Cecil, baro de Esingden, primarius dicti Serenissimi Regis secretarius, magister curiae Wardorum et Liberationum, — consiliarii e Secretioribus Consiliis Serenissimi Regis Angliae deputati et commissarii pro dicto Serenissimo Rege Angliae (ut patet mandate facto in palatio Stiae Majestatis Westmonasterii, sub die nono Maii, stillo veteri, anno Domini 1604, inferius registrando). Praemissis prius diligenti rerum omnium examine ac discusione, factisque pluribus sessionibus et conferentiis, ac post diuturnam disceptationem ad Omnipotentis Dei gloriam, totius Christiani orbis beneficium, subditorumque dictorum serenissimorum principum utilitatem et quietem, fuit per nos con- clusum, stabilitum, ac concordatum prout infra : i." Primo, conclusum, stabilitum, et accordatum fuit et est, ut ab hodie in antea, sit bona, sincera, vera, firma, ac perfecta amicitia et confoederatio ac pax perpetuo duratura, quae inviolabiliter observetur, inter Serenissimum Regem Hispaniarum et Serenissimos Archiduces Austriae, duces Burgundiae, etc., Serenissimum Regem Angliae eorumque haeredes et successores quos- cumque, eorumque regna, patrias, dominia, terras, populos, homines ligeos, ac subditos quoscumque, praesentes et futuros, cujuscumque conditionis, dignitatis, et gradus existant, tarn per terram quam per mare et aquas dulces ; ita ut praedicti vassalli ac subditi sibi invicem favere, et mutuis prosequi officiis ac honesta affectione invicem se tractare habeant. 2. Cessetque imposterum omnis hostilitas ac inimicitia, offensionibus omni bus, injuriis, ac damnis quae (durante bellorum incendio) partes quoquomodo percepissent, sublatis ac oblivioni traditis ; ita ut imposterum nihil alter ab altero, occasione quorumcumque damnorum, offensionum, captionum, aut spoliorum pretendere possit, sed omnium abolitio sit et censeatur facta, ab hodie in antea ; omnisque actio extincta habeatur, salvo et praeterquam respectu captionum " factarum a die vicesimo quarto Aprilis, 1603," citra (quia de illis debebit reddi ratio) ; abstinebuntque in futurum ab omni praeda, captione, offensione, ac spolio, in quibuscumque regnis, dominiis, locis, ac ditionibus alterutrius ubivis sitis, tarn in terra quam in mari et aquis dulcibus. Nee per suos vassallos, incolas, vel subditos. aliquid ex praedictis fieri con- " The articles are paragraphed hut not numbered. 17 Thus, in the enrollment. The ratification reads cautionum, which is. of course, wrong. 11 Cf. above, introduction and note 2. London, 1604 253 sentient ; omnemque praedam, spolium, ac captionem, ac damnum quod inde fiat vel dabitur, restitui facient. 9. Item conventum ac stabilitum fuit et est, quod inter dictum Serenissimum Regem Hispaniae ac dictum Serenissimum Regem Angliae ac cujuslibet eorum vassallos, incolas, et subditos, tarn per terrain quam per mare et aquas dulces, in omnibus et singulis regnis, dominiis, ac insulis, aliisque terris, civitatibus, oppidis, portubus, ac districtibus dictorum regnorum et domi- niorum, sit [et] esse debeat commertium liberum in quibus ante bellum fuit commercium, juxta et secundum usum et observantiam antiquorum foederum et tractatuum ante bellum. Ita ut, absque aliquo salvo conductu, aliaque licentia, generali vel speciali, tam per terram quam per mare et aquas dulces, subditi et vassalli unius et alterius regis possint et valeant ad regna et dominia praedicta, eorumque omnium civitates, oppida, portus, littora, sinus, ac districtus, accedere, intrare, navigare, et quoscunque portus subire, in quibus ante bellum fuit commercium, et juxta et secundum usum et ob servantiam antiquorum foederum et tractatuum ante bellum, cum plaustris, equis, sarcinulis, navigiis, tam onustis quam onerandis, merces importare, emere, vendere in eisdem quantum voluerint commeatum, resque ad victum et profectionem necessarias justo pretio sibi assumere, restaurandis navigiis et vehiculis propriis vel conductis aut commodatis operam dare, illinc cum mercibus bonis ac rebus quibuscunque (solutis juxta locorum statuta teloniis ac vectigalibus praesentibus) tantum eadem libertate recedere, indeque ad patrias proprias vel alienas quomodocumque velint et sine impedimento recedere. Et in omnium et singulorum fidcm manu nostra propria subscripsimus. Londini, die vigessimo octavo Augusti stilo novo, et die decimo octavo ejusdem mensis stilo veteri, anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo quarto. Joan de Velasco, condestable, El Conde de Villa Mediana, Alex[ander] Rovidius, Charles P. Co. D'Arenberg, Praeses Richardotus, L. Verreycken, T. Dorset, Nottingham, Densier [sic], H. Northampton, Ro. Cecil. Dat. Vallisoleti, decimo quinto die mensis Junii, anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo quinto. PHILIPPUS. Notandum " praefatum Serenissimum Principem Jacobum, Magnae Bri- tanniae, etc. regem, in ipso tractatu capitulorum praedictorum atque adeo in instrumento suo ratificationis eorundem, procuratoribus Domini mei Clementissimi Philippi, ejus nominis tertii, Hispaniarum, etc. regis, tradito, titulo usum esse Regis Angliae Scotiaeque, quern ex illo tempore in stilum Magnae Britanniae mutavit. Dominus Rex mandavit mihi. ANDREAS A PRADA. TRANSLATION. Philip III., by the grace of God king of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the Two Sicilies, Jerusalem, Portugal, Navarre, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, the Majorcas, Seville, Sardinia, Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Guinea, Algarve, " What follows is written in another hand, evidently that of the secretary, who signs it. 254 Doc. 2f. Spain — Great Britain Gibraltar, the Canary Islands, also of the East and West Indies, and the islands and mainlands of the ocean sea, archduke of Austria, duke of Bur gundy and Milan, count of Hapsburg, Barcelona, and Biscay, and lord of Molina, etc. To all and singular to whom the present letters shall come, greeting. Whereas our commissioners and deputies and those of the most serene princes, Albert and Isabella Clara Eugenia, archdukes of Austria, dukes of Burgundy, etc., and of James, king of Great Britain, etc., our dearest brothers and kinsmen, agreed and concluded at London on August 28, n. s., A. D. 1604, a treaty of firm friendship and perpetual peace, and of commerce, whose tenor follows : Be it known to all and singular that after the long and very fierce fires of the wars that for many years have devastated Chris tendom, at great cost, God, in whose hands all things are, beholding from on high and pitying the calamities of his people (for whom, in order that he might bring them peace and leave it with them, he did not hesitate to shed his own blood) effectually extinguished the raging fire by a stable union of the most powerful princes of Christendom, and mercifully brought a day of peace and tranquillity — a thing wished rather- than hoped for. For when, by the grace of Almighty God, and to extirpate the seeds of discord, the kingdoms of England and Ireland had devolved on James, the most serene king of Scotland, and those causes of dissension had on that account been removed which so long had nourished the wars between the predecessors of the most serene princes, Philip III., king of the Spains, and Albert and Isabella Clara Eugenia, archdukes of Austria, dukes of Burgundy, and the Most Serene James, king of England, etc., all the said princes considered (God illuminating their hearts) that there was no longer any reason why they should contend in hate, which never existed between them, or fight with arms, from which their ancestors had always abstained, or why they should withdraw from the very ancient alliance, observed beyond the memory of man, or should sever the very close bonds of friendship that existed between the aforesaid Most Serene King of England and the most serene families of Austria and Burgundy, or violate the ancient friendship, daily cultivated with new and additional offices of love and good-wilL -Therefore, notice being received of the succession of the said Most Serene "King of Scot land to the kingdoms of England and Ireland, and the lord Juan Tassis, count of Villa Mediana, having been sent on the part of the Most Serene King of the Spains, and the lord Charles, prince-count of Arenberg, on the part of the said most serene archdukes, to congratulate, respectively, in the name of their most serene princes, the said Most Serene King of England on his succession to the throne, and those embassies having been most kindly accepted and the ambassadors most lovingly received, the said Most Serene King of the Spains and the archdukes were informed by their ambassadors that the Most Serene King of England was inclined not only to observe the ancient treaties, but, if necessary, to enter into others that should be closer and more binding. Wherefore they thought they should neglect no means of promoting the common tranquillity of Christendom and the interests of the people committed to their charge ; and to accomplish so pious a work with all speed and diligence, they appointed general and special commissioners and procurators, with the fullest powers, to enter into and conclude treaties with the said Most Serene King of England, to renew long-interrupted commerce, and to confirm a perpetual peace and amity among the said princes. London, 1604 255 Wherefore we, Juan de Velasco, constable of Castile and Leon, duke of the city of Frias, count of Haro, lord of the towns of Villalpando and Pedraza- de-la-Sierra, lord of the house of Velasco and of the Seven Lords of Lara, grand chamberlain of the Most Serene Philip III., king of the Spains, and his councillor in affairs of state and war, president of Italy, appointed by his royal Catholic Majesty procurator and special commissioner, with the fullest power to decide and complete all matters mentioned above and below (as appears in the royal commission executed in Valladolid October I, 1603, signed personally by the said Catholic king and sealed with the royal seal and to be registered word for word below) ; and with us, Juan Tassis, count of Villa Mediana, gentleman of the king's chamber and postmaster general in the kingdoms and dominions of the Catholic king, and named by his Royal Catholic Majesty to treat for peace ; and Alessandro Rovida, professor of law in the college of Milan and senator of the province of Milan, nominated by us in the name of his Royal Catholic Majesty and, while we on our way to England were detained in Flanders by illness, substituted by us by virtue of the royal commission granted to us for this peace, in order that he might treat meanwhile, together with the said count of Villa Mediana, with the same power and authority that had been given to us (as appears in the commission executed at Bergues-St. Winoc, May 15, 1604, to be registered word for word below) — all commissioners on the part of the said Most Serene King of the Spains ; Charles, prince-count of Arenberg, knight of the Order of the Golden Fleece, councillor of state, and admiral general ; Jean Richardot, knight, president of the privy council and councillor of state ; and Louis Verreycken, knight, principal secretary and audiencer — ambassadors and deputies of the most serene princes, the archdukes (as appears by a commis sion executed at Brussels April 12, 1604, also to be registered below) ; Thomas, earl of Dorset, baron of Buckhurst, high treasurer of England ; Charles, earl of Nottingham, baron Howard of Effingham, chief justice and justice in eyre of all forests on this side Trent, high admiral of England and captain general of the navies and seas of England, France, Ireland, and the islands and dominions thereof ; Charles, earl of Devonshire, baron of Mount- joy, lieutenant in the kingdom of Ireland for the Most Serene King of England, etc., master of the ordnance, governor of the town, island, and castle of Portsmouth — knights of the most honorable Order of the Garter ; Henry, earl of Northampton, Lord Howard of Marnhull, warden and admiral of the Cinque Ports ; and Robert, lord Cecil, baron of Essingden, principal secretary of the said Most Serene King, master of the Court of Wards and Liveries — all lords of the Privy Council of the Most Serene King of En gland — deputies and commissioners for the said Most Serene King of England (as appears in the commission executed in his Majesty's palace at Westminster on May 9, o. s., A. D. 1604, to be registered below). After diligent preliminary examination and discussion of the whole affair, after many sessions and conferences had been held, and after long-continued debate, it was agreed, settled, and concluded by us, for the glory of Almighty God, the benefit of all Christendom, and the advantage and quiet of the sub jects of the said most serene princes, as below : i. First, it was and is agreed, settled, and concluded that from this day forward there shall be a good, sincere, true, firm, and perfect amity, league, and peace, to endure forever, and inviolably to be observed, both by land and sea and fresh waters, betwixt the Most Serene King of the Spains and the Doc. 2j. Spain — Great Britain Most Serene Archdukes of Austria, Dukes of Burgundy, etc., and the Most Serene King of England, and all their heirs and successors whomsoever, and all their kingdoms, countries, dominions, lands, peoples, vassals, and subjects, present and future, of whatsoever condition, dignity, or rank they may be ; so that the aforesaid vassals and subjects shall each favor the other, shall act one toward the other with mutual courtesies, and shall treat one another with sincere affection. 2. And that from henceforth all hostility and enmity shall cease, and all offenses, injuries, or damages which either part (during the period while war was waging) has sustained in any manner shall be offered and consigned to oblivion, so that hereafter neither party may make any claim against the other, because of any damages, offenses, depredations, or spoils, but that, from this day henceforth, all such claims shall be abolished and shall be considered as closed; and all actions [for the same] shall be considered as extinguished, except in regard to such depredations as are committed after April 24, 1603 (because of these a reckoning ought to be made) ; and each party shall hereafter abstain from all booty, depredation, offenses, and spoils, both by sea and land and fresh waters, in any of the kingdoms, dominions, places, or jurisdictions of the other, wherever they may be situated. Neither shall they [i. e., the aforesaid princes] consent that any of the aforesaid be done by their vassals, the inhabitants of their kingdoms, or their subjects ; and they shall cause restitution to be made of all booty, spoils, depredations, and damages which shall hereafter be committed. 9. Item, it was and is agreed and settled that there shall be and ought to be free commerce between the said Most Serene King of Spain and the said Most Serene King of England, and the vassals, inhabitants of their kingdoms, and subjects of each of them, both by land and by sea and fresh waters, in all and singular their kingdoms, dominions, islands, other lands, cities, towns, ports, and straits of the said kingdoms and dominions, where commerce existed before the war, agreeably and according to the use and observance of the ancient alliances and treaties before the war : so that, without any safe conduct, or other special or general license, the subjects and vassals of both kings may, and shall have the power, both by land and by sea and fresh waters, to approach, enter, and sail to the aforesaid kingdoms and dominions, and to the cities, towns, ports, shores, bays, and straits of all of them ; to enter any ports in which there was commerce before the war, agreeably and according to the use and observance of the ancient alliances and treaties before the war, with wagons, horses, packs, and boats, laden and to be laden, to bring in merchandise and, in these places, to buy and sell as much as they wish, and to procure for themselves, for a just price, supplies and commodities necessary for their sustenance and voyage, and attend to the necessary repair of boats and vehicles, whether their own, hired, or borrowed. They will be equally free to depart thence with their merchandise, goods, and all other commodities, on payment of the tolls and duties then in force, accord ing to the ordinances of the places ; and they may go thence to their own or other countries, as they please, without hindrance. And in pledge of all and singular we have subscribed our names with our own hand. London, August 18/28, A. D. 1604. Juan de Velasco, constable, London, 1604 257 the Count of Villa Mediana, Alessandro Rovida. Charles, prince-count of Arenberg, President Richardot, L. Verreycken, T. Dorset, Nottingham, Devonshire, H. Northampton, Robert Cecil . . . Given at Valladolid. June 15, A. D. 1605. PHILIP. It is to be noted that the aforesaid Most Serene Prince James, king of Great Britain, etc., in the treaty of the aforesaid articles itself, and hence in his instrument of ratification of them delivered to the representatives of my Most Clement lord Philip, king of the Spains, etc., third of his name, made use of the title, King of England and Scotland, which afterwards he changed to the style of Great Britain. The lord king has commanded me. ANDRKS DE PRADA. 28. Truce between Spain and the United Netherlands, concluded at Antwerp, April p_, idop. Ratification by Spain, July j, 1609. [Ratification by the States General, April u, 1609.] INTRODUCTION. By separately concluding the treaty of Vervins with Spain,1 Henry IV. of France had seemingly abandoned both his allies, England and the United Provinces, although, contrary to the treaty, he actually continued a limited aid to the Dutch ; 2 by signing the treaty of London 3 the King of England had weakened the Dutch still further in their struggle with Spain. This defection of their allies, Spinola's military successes, and especially the proposals of Henry IV. to assume sovereignty over the Provinces, alarmed the great Advocate of Holland, Oldenbarnevelt, who with his followers dominated the States General, and inclined them to listen to the overtures for peace which in 1606 and early in 1607 came from the archdukes, the rulers of the southern provinces. On the other hand, a party led by Prince Maurice and Count William Lewis of Nassau, and including among its most ardent adherents those who had an interest in the East India and American trade, desired the continuance of the war. The merchants knew that Spain would demand the renunciation of the distant traffic as the price of peace, and even were the trade permitted it would be less profitable under conditions of peace than when conducted in armed vessels. The hope of expelling the Dutch from the forbidden regions was believed by many to be the principal motive that induced Spain to treat.4 Within a few years Dutch trade beyond the oceans had attained great proportions. When peace negotiations began, the powerful East India Company, char tered in 1602, had seriously undermined the power of the Portuguese in the East ; with Guinea, Brazil, Guiana, Punta del Rey, Cuba, and Hispaniola, 1 Doc. 23, last paragraph of introduction. 1 An excellent account of Franco-Dutch relations at this period is in Nouaillac, I'illeroy. pp. 373 ff., and ch. 5. * Doc. 27. 4 Jeannin asserted that it was the principal motive, Negotiations (ed. Petitot), III. 291, and cf. II. 95, 96, 199; Prince Maurice said the same, Bentivoglio, Relazione (1644), p. in. Relations (1652), p. 106; Grotius says that the Spaniards declared that it was the main reason, Annales, lib. XVII. 258 Antwerp, 1609 259 the Dutch were also prosecuting an active trade." In consequence of their losses the Portuguese were earnestly petitioning Philip to end the war ; * and among the influences that inclined the Spanish government toward peace were reports of the project of a Dutch West India Company " that should with a strong fleet carry, at once, both war and merchandise into America ", and drive the enemy thence. William Usselinx had been advocating the formation of this company for several years, and in 1606 his plan was approved by the States General and a draft charter submitted to the cities.' In the peace parleyings held early in 1607, the United Provinces demanded the recognition of their independence as an indispensable preliminary step. To this demand the archdukes yielded by declaring in somewhat equivocal terms that they would treat with them for a peace or long truce " in the quality of and as holding them for free provinces and states over which they had no pretensions ".' The archdukes, in their turn, asked for an eight months' armistice, which the United Provinces conceded, but on condition that Spain should confirm the armistice as well as the recognition of their independence. It was not until October, 1607, that this recognition was received from Spain," and meanwhile negotiations were at a standstill. During this interim, however, representatives of those neighboring princes upon whom the Prov inces had formerly leaned were gathering at the Hague to watch or, if possible, to direct the negotiations. France was represented by Jeannin, president of the Parlement of Burgundy, by Buzanval,10 the regular resident at the Hague, and by De Russy ; England, by Sir Ralph Winwood, who, in accordance with treaty provisions, had sat in the States General as Coun cillor of State, and by Sir Richard Spenser.11 Denmark and several of the Protestant princes of Germany also sent envoys. A possible danger to the Dutch lay in the interest felt by Henry and Jeannin in the project of forming 5 Meteren, Histoire des Pays-Bas, p. 629. On the relations of the Dutch with America at this time, see reports by J. F. Jameson and G. L. Burr in U. S. Commission on Boundary between Venezuela and British Guiana, Report and Papers (1897), I. 37 flf., 99 ff. ; and articles by G. Edmundson in the Eng. Hist. Rev., XVIII. (1903) 642 ff., XXI. (1906) 229 ff. For further bibliographical indications respecting Dutch colonial trade, see C. de Lannoy and H. Vander Linden, L' Expansion Colonial?: Necrlandc et Dane- mark (IQII), and, in addition, F. Rachfahl, "Die Hollandische See- und Handels- macht ", etc., in Lens-Festschrift (1910), pp. 39-88. * Grotius, op. cit., lib. XV. 'Ibid., English translation (1665), p. 864; Jameson. Willem Usselinx, pp. 31-32, in Papers of the Am. Hist. Assoc., II. ; G. M. Asher, Bibliographical and Historical Essay on New-Netherland (1854-1867), p. 46. " This formula was embodied in the preamble of the truce. * The declaration, armistice, and confirmation are printed in Jeannin, Negotiations, and thence in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. V., pt. II., pp. 83, 84. The Spanish ratification offered to the States in July, 1607, was not accepted by them. " Buzanval died in the autumn of 1607. "The instructions of the English commissioners are in Winwood, Memorials, II. 329-335. 260 Doc. 28. Spain — United Netherlands French companies for trading in the East and West Indies ; and in their belief that if Dutch merchants failed to obtain the India " navigation ", they might be attracted to France.1' On the other hand, these statesmen realized how important the India trade was to the Dutch, and how much damage it had enabled and would enable them to inflict upon Spain, the common enemy." The States having accepted the Spanish confirmation, deputies were ap pointed by the principal parties to the negotiations. The archdukes' dele gates, who were also empowered to treat in the name of the King of Spain, were the Marquis Spinola, Secretary Don Juan de Mancicidor, President Richardot, the Audiencer Verreycken, and Father Neyen. The States were represented by Count William Lewis of Nassau and Walraven van Brederode, delegates at large, and by one delegate from each of the seven provinces, among whom Oldenbarnevelt played the leading role. On February i, 1608, the archdukes' ambassadors reached the Hague, and a few days later con ferences began at the Binnenhof. The main points of dispute were the recognition of the independence of the United Provinces, the restitution of places held by them in Brabant and Flanders, toleration of the public exercise of the Roman Catholic religion in the United Provinces, and the India trade. The debate on the India trade began on February 13, continued through many sessions, and was marked by great vehemence. Both sides regarded the question as vital. The Dutch believed the trade necessary to their exist ence. It drew money to them from other nations ; maintained sailors and armed vessels without expense to the state ; sapped Spain's strength ; made them superior to her in sea-power ; and caused the republic to be desired as a friend by other nations. By renouncing it they would betray the native princes who had aided them, and having once abandoned these they could never reinstate themselves. The Dutch had a right to the traffic, for in many parts where they traded the King of Spain exercised no authority, or was hated by the natives, or was unable to defend himself. To withdraw from a traffic which was allowed them by the laws of nature and of nations would prejudice their status as a sovereign power, and the principle of the freedom of the seas. Finally, the archdukes and Spain had agreed to treat on the basis of uti possidetis, and the Dutch were in possession of the India trade. They suspected that the negotiations had been begun for the purpose of weak ening them by obtaining their withdrawal from the navigation, after which Spain would try to reduce them again to her authority. If the Dutch would relinquish the trade, the archdukes offered to give up their title of sovereigns over all the Netherlands and to abstain from using the seal of the seventeen " Jeannin. ed. Petitot, II. 135-136, 204, 258, 322-323. III. 262. 280-284. See La Ronciere, La Marine Fran^aisc (1899. etc.), IV. 268 ff. ; P. Laffleur de Kermaingant, L'Ambassade de France en Angleterre: Mission de Christophe de Harlay (1895), I. 288-293. "Jeannin, cd. cit., II. 136, 534. III. 290 ff.. 296 ff., 305. Antwerp, i6op 261 provinces ; and Philip would reopen the trade with Spain." On the other hand, if Spain conceded the India trade to the States it might cause other rulers to demand the same liberty for their subjects, or to take it without demanding it ; and the Dutch might undersell the Portuguese or oblige the king to give up the tribute that he levied on the Portuguese trade." At the end of February the States brought forward three alternative means of accommodation : " peace, with free trade to those parts of the Indies not actually possessed by Spain ; peace in Europe, and a truce in the Indies for a term of years with permission to trade during that period ; trade to the Indies " at their peril " after the example of the French and English. The Catholic deputies totally rejected the first and third propositions but would submit the second to Spain if it were acceptably modified. They rejected a draft to the effect that whatever might happen in the Indies during or after the truce, peace should not fail to be perpetual as far south as the tropic of Cancer," for they wished to confine the dispute to the East Indies, and feared that by referring to the tropics, which encircled the earth, the West Indies would seem to be comprised. They wished the States to declare expressly that they would abstain from going to the West Indies, and that in the East Indies they would not vi^it the places held by the Portuguese.18 The States, who meanwhile had tried to frighten their opponents by showing a renewed interest in the West India Company,19 finally drafted an acceptable article, stipulating that during nine years after the conclusion of the truce they might trade anywhere in the Indies except in places held by the King of Spain where they might go only with the consent of the governors or in case of necessity. Before the termination of the nine years, an attempt should be made to come to a lasting agreement.28 The West Indies were not specifically mentioned." In April this draft was despatched to the King of Spain for his considera tion, and negotiations flagged ; in August it was known that Spain insisted on the prompt withdrawal of the States from both the East and the West Indies and complete toleration for the public exercise of the Catholic religion in the Provinces as indispensable conditions of her recognition of the inde pendence of the States.23 It was certain that peace was unattainable and negotiations were broken off. 14 For the debates on the India trade, see especially Deventer, Gedenkstukken, III. 178 ff., Meteren, Histoire des Pays-Bas, pp. 626 ff. ; and Jeannin, ed. cit., III. 198 ff.. 236, 239 ff., 251, 252, 287, etc. 1§ Jeannin, ed. cit., III. 251-252. "Rodriguez Villa, Ambrosia Spinola, p. 217; Deventer, op. cit.. III. 188-189; Jeannin, ed. cit., III. 287 ; Grotius, op. cit., lib. XVII. "Jeannin, ed. cit., III. 311; Deventer, op. cit., III. 196. "Deventer, op. cit., III. 198; Jeannin, op. cit., III. 315. "Jameson, op. cit., p. 35; Jeannin, ed. cit., III. 289; Grotius, loc. cit. 20 Meteren, ed. cit., p. 633 b; Grotius, loc. cit.; Jeannin, op. cit., III. 373, 374. "Jeannin, ed. cit., III. 326. "Meteren, cd. cit., p. 650 b; Jeannin, ed. cit., IV. 86. 262 Doc. 28. Spain— United Netherlands This result could scarcely have been displeasing to Jeannin, who preferred a truce to a peace, since the former would leave the Dutch more dependent on France and suspicious of Spain. In concert with the English ambassadors, and in spite of the bitter opposition of Prince Maurice and the Zeelanders, he persuaded the States to revive negotiations in behalf of a truce, and to employ the French and English ambassadors as intermediaries. In February, 1609, the French and English ambassadors opened their con ference with the deputies of the archdukes at Antwerp. The principal point of difficulty was the India trade. The Catholic deputies would not have the word Indies in the treaty, lest other governments should demand the same concession, and thought it sufficient to proclaim the truce general. Henry IV. saw an advantage in omitting the term Indies, since if it were used the King of Spain would make a distinction between the East and West Indies, excluding the Dutch from the latter. The French statesmen were inclined to minimize the value that this trade would have for the Dutch when carried on in accordance with agreement and not par host-Hit e™ Yet Jeannin labored for the end desired by the States, not because France wished to strengthen the States unduly, but because she was unwilling to restore Spain to her former strength, or to play into the hands of the English, who were believed to desire the trade for themselves.24 After much discussion it was agreed that the second article should declare a general truce without mention of the Indies. The fourth article contained a concession of the India trade, veiled by circumlocutions : — traffic was permitted in Spain's European lands and in any other of her possessions where her allies were permitted to trade ; outside these limits (i. e., in the Indies) subjects of the States could not traffic with out express permission from the king in places held by Spain ; but in places not thus held they might trade upon permission of the natives, without hindrance from the king or his officers. In order to make the meaning of this fourth article unmistakable, Jeannin further insisted on inserting the fifth article, which declared that owing to the time that must elapse before news of the truce could reach the forces and ships " outside the stated limits " the truce would not begin there until a year from the date on which the treaty was signed. This the Catholic deputies conceded with great reluctance." The agreement that Spain would not hinder the subjects of the States in their trade with other princes and peoples " outside the limits " was also strength ened by a special and secret treaty, to be considered as forming part of the principal treaty, in which the name Indies was again avoided. The name, 13 Jeannin, ed. cit., V. 214, 233, 234, 237. 24 Ibid., pp. 235-238, 321. Henry was also jealous of the settlement of the English in Virginia. On March 28, 1609, Villeroy wrote to Jeannin that they had heard " que le roi d'Angleterre a dessein de s'accroitre et etablir en ces pays-la, et que des a present il a envoye des colonies entieres pour fortifier les siens en un lieu qu'ils nomment la Virginia ; de quoi notre Roi n'est sans martcl qui aiguise son appetit en ces affaires." Ibid., V. 321-322. 25 Ibid., p. 242. Antwerp, 1609 263 however, appeared in an act signed by the French and English ambassadors, which certified that the archdukes' deputies had agreed that just as the Dutch should not traffic in places held by the King of Spain in the Indies without his permission, so subjects of the King of Spain should not traffic in places held by the States in the Indies without their permission ; and secondly, that the States' deputies had declared that if their native allies in the Indies were molested, they would aid them, and that such action should not be a violation of the truce. Other principal points of dispute were adjusted as follows : the independ ence of the States was acknowledged ; the exercise of the Catholic religion in the Provinces was not conceded ; the States were left in enjoyment of the places that they occupied in Brabant and Flanders ; and they kept a tax on vessels passing through the Scheldt to Antwerp. Toward the middle of March, after the success of the negotiations had become assured, Jeannin acquainted the States General with what had passed in the conferences at Antwerp, and with the articles as agreed to by the deputies of the archdukes, persuaded them suitably to recognize the services of Prince Maurice and of his house," and promised that if Spain disturbed the India commerce the kings of France and England would deem it a rupture of the truce." Toward the end of the month, the deputies of the States General, who with one exception 28 were the same as those of the preceding year, met with the deputies of the kings and of the archdukes at Antwerp, and on the ninth of April the treaty and the additional acts were signed in that city. They were ratified a few days later by the States General at Bergen-op-Zoom, and by the archdukes, and after an interval of three months by the King of Spain, who added that he hoped that during the truce the States would treat the Catholics well." BIBLIOGRAPHY. Text : MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Spain is in the Rijksarchief at the Hague, Secrete Casse, Spaignen en de Ertzhertogen, casse B, loquet A, no. 24. Text: Printed. French. Authorized editions were issued by Velpius in Brussels and by Jacobsz in the Hague in 1609. They do not include the secret treaty and the ambassadors' certificates, which are published together with the text in P. Jeannin, Negotiations (ist ed., 1656; in Petitot, Collection des Memoires, toms. XI-XV., 1821-1822, V. 365-383), and thence in J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. V., pt. II., pp. 99-102, and in J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados de Espafia: Reynado de Phelipe III. (1740), I. 458-489. A "Ibid., pp. 29^-303, 305, 310, 311. " Grotius, of. cit., lib. XVIII.; Jeannin, op. cit., V. 302. M Cornelius Renessen was substituted for Nicholas Berk, deputy for Utrecht. M See below, p. 267. 264 Doc. 28. Spain — United Netherlands recent edition of the text with some cognate documents is in V. Brants, Recueil des Ordonnances des Pays-Bos, Rcgne d' Albert et Isabelle, 1597- 1621, torn. I. (1909), pp. 402-411. Dutch. Groot Placaet-Boeck van de Staten Generael (1658-1796), I. cols. 55-72. References : Contemporary and early writings. P. Jeannin, Negotiations, ist ed., 1656; in Petitot, Collection des Memoires, toms. XI. -XV., and other editions ; M. L. van Deventer, Gedenkstitkken van J. van Olden- barncvelt (1860-1865), III. 71-312 — a diary of the negotiations for the truce from Feb. i, 1608, to Mar. 4, 1609, is on pp. 168-239; R. Winvvood, Memorials of Affairs of State in the Reigns of Elisabeth and James 1. (1725), II. 298-492, III. 1-17; A. Rodriguez Villa, Ambrosio Spinola (1904), pp. 150-255, 627-651, 667, 704, 705; Recueil des Lettres Mis sives de Henri IV., torn. VII. (1858), passim (ed. by M. Berger de Xivrey in Collection de Documents Inedits sur I'Histoire de France} ; Lettres d' Henry IV. et de Messieurs de Villeroy et de Puisieux a Mr. Antoine Le Fevre de la Boderie, 1606-1611 (1733), 2 vols., passim; Resolutien of the States of Holland (1772-1798), vols. for the years 1607-1609, passim; Cardinal G. Bentivoglio, " Relatione del Trattato della Tregua di Fiandra ", in Opere . . . do e Relatione di Fiandra, etc. (1644), pp. 99-130, also in Collezione de' Classici Italiani (1802- 1850), CLXXXIV. 255-339; English translation, entitled Historical Relations of the United Provinces and of Flanders (1652), pp. 95-127 ; E. van Meteren, Histoire des Pays-Bas (1618), livs. XXVIII.-XXX. ; Hugo Grotius, Annales et Historiae de Rebus Belgicis (1657, etc.), libs. XV.-XVIIL, English translation (1665), pp. 858-974; Dominicus Baudius, Inducianun Belli Belgici Libri Tres (ist ed., 1613, 3d ed.. 1629) ; Calendar of State Papers, Venice, 1603-1607, passim, and id., 1607-1610, passim; Kroniek van Historisch Genootschap te Utrecht, Jaarg. 28, 1872 (1873), pp. 226-239, 242-283, 363-375 ; G. Groen van Prinsterer, Archives de la Maison d' Orange-Nassau (1835, etc.), 2" ser., IL369ff. References: Later writings. J. L. Motley, The United Netherlands (1904), vol. IV., cc. 46-52 ; P. J. Blok, Geschiedenis van het Nederlandsche Volk (2d ed., 1912, etc.), II. 346-362, abridged English translation. History of the People of the Netherlands (1898-1912), III. 304-314, German translation, Geschichte der Niederlande (1902, etc.), III. 623-655, in Heeren und Ukert, Geschichte der Europ'dischen Staaten (1829. etc.) ; J. F. Jameson, Willem Usselinx, pp. 22-46, in Papers of the American Historical Association, II. (1887) ; M. Philippson, Heinrich IV. und Philipp III. (1870-1876), III. 67-252; J. Nouaillac, Villeroy (1909), pp. 461-477 ; J. P. Arend et al., Algemeene Geschiedenis des Vaderlands (1840, etc.), III. (2), 244-344. TEXT.3" Comme ainsi soit que les Serenissimes Archiducqz, Albert et Isabella Clara Eugenia, etc., ayent dez le vingt-quatriesme d'Apvril, seize cens et sept, fait une trefve et cessation d'armes pour huict mois avec Illustres Seigneurs les Estatz Gencraulx des Provinces Unies des Pays Bas, en qualite et comme "From the original manuscript of the Spanish ratification in the Rijksarchief at the Hague, Secrete Casse, Spaignen en de Ertzhertogen, casse B, loquet A, no. 24. Antwerp, 1609 265 les tenans pour Estatz, Provinces, et Pays libres, sur lesquelz ilz ne pre- tendoyent rien, laquelle trefve debvoit estre ratiffiee avec pareille declaration par la Majeste du Roy Catholicque, en ce qui le povoit toucher et lesdites ratiffications et declarations delivrees ausdits sieurs Estatz trois mois apres icelle trefve, comm'il s'est fait par lettres patentes du dix-huictiesme de Septembre audit an, et oultre ce donne procuration specialle ausdits sieurs Archiducqz du dixiesme de Janvier, seize cens huict, pour tant en son noni comme au leur, faire tout ce qu'ilz jugeroyent convenable pour parvenir a une bonne paix, ou trefve a longues annees, en suyte de la quelle procuration, lesdits sieurs Archiducqz auroient aussi, par leurs lettres de commission du xxvii du mesme mois, nomme et depute commissaires pour en conferer et traicter esdits noms et qualitez, et a cest' occasion consenty et accorde que ladite trefve fut prolongee et continuee par diverses fois, mesme le xxe de May jusques a la fin de la dite annee, XVIC huict, mais apres s'estre assemblez plusieurs fois avcc les deputez desdits sieurs Estatz, qui avoient aussi procu ration et commission d'eulx, datee du v* de febvrier audit an, ilz n'auroient peu demeurer d'accord de la dite paix, pour plusieurs grandes difficultez survenues entr' eulx, au moyen de quoy les sieurs ambassadeurs des Roys Treschrestien et de la Grande Bretaigne, des Princes Electeurs Palatin et de Brandenbourg, Marquiz d'Ansbach, et Landtgrave de Hessen, envoyez sur le lieu de la part desdits sieurs roys et princes pour ayder a 1'advancement d'ung si bon oeuvre, voyans qu'ilz estoient prestz de se separer et rompre tout traite, auroient propose une trefve a longues annees, a certaines conditions contenues en ung escript, donne de leur part aux ungz et aux aultres, avec priere et exhortation de s'y vouloir conformer. Sur lequel escript plusieurs aultres difficultez estans derechef survenues, en fin ce jourd'huy neufiesme du mois d'Apvril, mil six cens et neuf, se sont assemblez Messire Ambrosio Spinola marquiz de Benaffro, chevalier de 1'Ordre de la Thoison d'Or, du conseil d'estat et de guerre de sa dite Majeste Catholicque, mestre de camp, general de ses armees, etc., Messire Jehan Richardot, chevalier, sieur de Barly, du conseil d'estat, chief president du conseil prive de leurs Altezes, etc., Jehan de Mancicidor, du conseil de guerre et secretaire de sa dite Majeste Catholicque, reverend pere frere Jehan Neyen, commissaire general de 1'Ordre de St.-Frangois es Pays-Bas, et Messire Loys Verreyken, cheva lier, audiencier et premier secretaire de leurs dites Altezes, en vertu des lectres de procuration desdits sieurs Archiducqz, pour traitter, tant en leurs noms qu'au nom dudit sieur Roy Catholicque, la teneur de laquelle procuration est cy apres inseree, avec celle dudit sieur Roy, d'une part, et Messire Guillaume Loys, conte de Nassau, Catzenellebogen, Vianden, Dietz, etc., sieur de Bilsteyn, gouverneur et capitaine general de Prize, ville de Groen- ingen et Ommelanden, Drente, etc., Messire Walrave, sieur de Brederode, Vianen, viconte d'Utrecht, sieur d'Ameyden, Cloutingen, etc., les sieurs Cornille de Gendt, sieur de Loenen et Meynerswyck, viconte et juge de 1'empire, et de la ville de Nyemegen, Messire Jehan d'Oldenbarnevelt, cheva lier, sieur de Tempel, Rodenrys, etc., advocat et garde du grand seel, chartres, et registres de Hollande et Westf rize, Messire Jacques de Malderee, chevalier, sieur des Heyes, premier et representant la noblesse aux Estatz et conseil de la conte de Zelande, les sieurs Gerard de Renesse, sieur van der Aa, de Streeffkercken, Nyeuwlekkerlandt, etc., Gellius Hillama, docteur es droitz, conseillier ordinaire du conseil de Frize, Jehan Sloeth, sieur de Salick, drossard du pays de Vollenhoo et chastellain de la seigneurie de Cunder, et 266 Doc. 28. Spain— United Netherlands Abel Coenders de Helpen, sieur en Faen et Cantes, au nom desdits sieurs Estatz, aussi en vertu de leurs lettres de procuration et commission, cy apres semblablement inseree, d'autre, lesquelz avec 1'intervention et par 1'advis de Messire Pierre Jeannin, chevalier, baron de Chagny et Montjeu, conseillier du Roy Tres-chrestien en son Conseil d'Estat et son ambassadeur extra ordinaire vers lesdits sieurs Estatz, et Messire Elye de la Place, chevalier, sieur de Russy, viconte de Machault, aussi conseillier audit Conseil d'Estat, gentilhomme ordinaire de la chambre dudit sieur roy, bailly et capitaine de Vitry le Frangois, et son ambassadeur ordinaire resident pres lesdits sieurs Estatz, Messire Richard Spencer, chevalier, gentilhomme ordinaire de la Chambre Privee du Roy de la Grande Bretaigne et son ambassadeur extra ordinaire vers lesdits sieurs Estatz, et Messire Rodolphe Winwood, chevalier, ambassadeur ordinaire, et conseillier dudit sieur Roy ail Conseil d'Estat des Provinces Unies, sont demeurez d'accord en la forme et maniere que s'ensuyt : 1. Premierement, lesdits sieurs Archiducqz declarent tant en leurs noms que dudit sieur Roy, qu'ilz sont contens de traicter avec lesdits sieurs Estatz Generaulx des Provinces Unies en qualite et comme les tenans pour pays, provinces, et estatz libres, sur lesquelz ilz ne pretendent rien, et de faire avec eulx, es noms et qualitez susdites, comme ilz font par ces presentes, une tref ve, aux conditions cy apres escrites et declarees. 2. Asscavoir, que ladite trefve sera bonne, ferme, loyalle, et inviolable, et pour le temps de douze ans, durant lesquelz il y aura cessation de tous actes d'hostilite, de quelque fagon qu'ilz soyent, entre lesdits sieurs roy, archiducqz, et Estats Generaulx, tant par mer, aultres eaues, que par terre, en tous leurs royaulmes, pays, terres, et seigneuries, et pour tous leurs subjects et habitans, de quelque qualite et condition qu'ilz soyent, sans exception de lieux ny de personnes. 3. Chacun demeurera saisy et jouyra effectuellement des pays, villes, places, terres, et seigneuries, qu'il tient et possede a present, sans y estre trouble ny inquiete, de quelque fagon que ce soit, durant ladite trefve ; en quoy on entend comprendre les bourgs, villages, hameaux, et plat pays qui en dependent. 4. Les subjectz et habitans es pays desdits sieurs roy archiducqz, et Estatz, auront toute bonne correspondence et amitie par ensemble, durant ladite trefve, sans se resentir des offences et dommaiges, qu'ilz ont receu par le passe. Pourront aussi frequenter et sejourner es pays 1'ung de 1'aultre, et y exercer leur trafficq et commerce en toute seurete, tant par mer, aultres eaues, que par terre. Ce que toutesfois ledit sieur roy entend estre restrainct et limite aux royaulmes, pays, terres, et seigneuries, qu'il tient et possede en 1'Europe et aultres lieux et mers ou les subjectz des roys et princes qui sont ses amis et alliez ont ledit trafficq de gre a gre. Et pour le reguard des lieux, villes, portz, et havres qu'il tient hors les limites susdits, que lesdits Sieurs Estatz et leurs subjectz, n'y puissent exercer aulcun trafficq, sans la permission expresse dudit sieur roy. Bien pourront ilz faire le dit trafficq, si bon leur semble, es pays de tous aultres princes, potentatz, et peuples, qui le leur vouldront permettre, mesme hors lesdits limites, sans que ledit sieur roy, ses officiers, et subjectz, qui